Full text of "The Philippine journal of science"

See other formats

: a
een sabe

PVONER

+ ee
HM Gem o

Oa aes

9 208 D504) Ptr RE WM eases

Sises

+348

4 & O56

et Pathe) = eB

eet}

eats

nate
sisiet
pa 73
be

sty

e568

72 Oe he tae be

pop 92 =f ee

3 BEAh aor &
COC

ane

yooh SO" Ser OM

am 2) ae

232

Pst

*
ce)

47 B-Gres
$0015 98004 Bate |

aot

rotates

3%
$

ace

ree

ON epee oot

+82

ie
s

seeest

nek Hos omega de BS

WUD Soh sep sed:

bet

nag

pyete > deme

=
ES

NEDO Ds Behe Ordr ea be
Pa? P00 hata bogs

‘ u Fete
S401) 4° Oe bo Gabo Nabe ha

C4 e oO. wee

Prost tie eect
ste Oty be Oe Bet +

Hi
333
‘se

ered
yeire seems
neha pict

ate
iad Oh.60 Bot

ee aewt
orth
Ostet)
Sita. tepene y

<Ba De Bei
mA

Ptah one et tae
dire ts et de

tote
are

o0 fete oawtur

oe ne
Oe” Dome
Pr eor yt

pan ned

Big eee bt eee

att Fee:

ine

Hin

Site
a |
Pied

mets

u
CT

hee
Dit

wiz

Hears wi
Robt Pte

obese et
a2 ie Babe obs
oe
take
ee 92

seh
Ht He
g2he 3
oat
2h 5

hupse

Tes

ji na eee

23 fei
pattie #

Re pepepeit
rhstae
Ce eR otters
5 8 OE 8 ba
+6 950 o- snare

teeraege
e

OOO BeBe dee,
ERDF Or db Baw:
4 OE HHT:
ARO 0d IO
0 Be Ha

2 then gateee he

rerorh

des oath gs:

36
+

$2
=
1

4
Cre ceerteer ss

ps aren

rae

ss
eho Be on

peer

‘
5

seedy

oh een

Eee ALEK OW By Tee tbe Umma he
oe

H
2
t
uy
;
3
4

yea?

see

qatar eee bees
ae & gr Were

ra
eles teal s
OF. Bed? AP

assy

that

379%:
S45

3 1
eee ee:
s5sieeace
S25

en e7 poasde
as be Or ihe

ns Bo 3:
33 bea

aaa
ner

rs
Tes

Bese

:
ipa

eeengsist

523,
oe)
(7 2%

*
setnsetat

setsscas

Pot)

Nubiere

aad

ecinse

Lehn Dae
ee 45

8-8

iit

=
23
+

Ciorerhs
retake

aca
Wen ae

Wee
aebes

pomrerer ey
Oot Bos 8208)

i
Becaese

6
.

3
33

aes

bi
4

£333

sitet

soasrese
Prsriaats

are
et

rot

WP Oe ee
o

Canine

arts
wae

ire

e r3 fae
Hy areigetieas
ere sf te eee*
: getetete
:

as :

nee ee es

Hebets ube eee
oe

Ad)

aes
Hae a ©
re
s
Lihat

ts
eps Be
ob

va
a.
ve!
a
ee

2e5.5 14
+4

Ser

Sie

vasa
sSiatesae
Setareetsee
faaegeat iste ts

Le
tt

tat
Pair
ee
te
es)
it
.
Coie
orare:
oot hee

fa!

a
oe

Siar
sii
”

LA
oo

ste
eye rt.
ere ai aH
a3! dt $37
Hatiiicites Stnateetrani is
th +:

neieueetataes
te ile
a Saeseae = see
3 S' Bbsiee i 3r esate

si its

Fy} ones

$74543 $2227 43. 5318 35:
stake Darerar setae
easy Sree tacks.
ave. getaia} 33
saesei este
asaen85S22 53 rr

: .

*
3
sats? *

+33 Saas otetaced
cedistetstetasetetetaters
Ht

str
4f =
2°

2 ae
$337. es
eet et S2%5.
Pie ey
Sits - &
at 4
rs

RUA

eure
an ew

mo! Ae

$333

Cron:
Coe rn
wttet>

DB a- Oey nas abe
CO ta

3 stthtz

Pee
eo.

ss REN |
de oe ny:
os bose Wee iW: Woe 306 40°

wey

oe ie

323235

ote ee ee
tefssstaais
teiteeiees

BAER
tie

Fe reets

t
ee

34323:

rts
Bers 2185
Sats35$

s+
+ ebe-bree
‘Poti: be tre the ees ts
breed
oer Stinttys
; Me
Beate wes et a

ae os

2
3

a a anmnaananaaeeaaee ~n Annan pas
aappernnaaaaaa eepnecenanonnnnanepneocecee aARARAR:
ARR A Za —~o a
ranan ep Peer maanan

a= | == 1 ENE
SAAR AAA ae RRAARRAE

YYAAAAAAA Z An AAAA aA , am my (Bi f a alg \f an anon on
eas aa) AARARR Y ’ Ne BaARerry pal aps ean
PARE RRRACCERRAREACERAC n= SA ARAAR’ nae
ante ARR RRRR AAR A oe onan AAnnnnnnn A Aant

a aanrrrN” ‘aiasg oe a Anam
aa RARARARRRAAA AANA =a aR RRR ARARAAAAA RR RARAAARS FARE PE

amibbahbbnegico] a ana nasa aaGRAaRAGn sao.

Fy ee (Se, iP \ | \
i . PAA A na / ‘a Y \) | an | (Sin
PR A fi pan mn Raaannenannasnanenananees PAA -
: \ A a \7_\) Z|, 7 v y \ \ aaa a \ NY : a oe \ AR AF Baar FA Es ee a penne
Qa Pan an aan

ESN ES NY

LN NS

Raamsanaace

| ‘ Y_ =m

NARA ar AREA ARAP

= SA RAAAAAY ARRAA ARG AERA RAE

YY. \on\ en anian NE ay am A Aran AAAs REAES
AAA AAA ~ RAAAY AA ARARABZBRA a el :

Se apt laa v AAAAR Nm meaABEe ~— BARA AARY ARAE: I eel Ol | om oo | ci | \aglgmena\s.\.\-

SR APL REN ANA A NON NN AANA NR

Pm py
lan onl

YY Annnnnannnnnnanmannnmnnee

MARR Amana AAR AAA era.
> an an ae \ a } \ (roel | | feel ( Se} if — —
se la Ratan anna ene aea a AA Ar AG:
!\NMONR EOE \ me BAR > AN fER abet es a = > \

aA
AAA MN NEN SAA AAAA yal a ce EEN EN LEN ON EN FR
ANA A a FRAO sey gts

<—_

ys oaaaarrr’. _ a
pw iy UYvlCUYtC«C YC COIL eae | SA
SAA AAR REAR AR RRRA ROPE OROPPPT TT aap arrrnn
. ain ale canals oe ary _Y..\-\—\at ear \ A |, »\ an gnian an an GRRE Gans + \\\\Zos foe

»)
»)
om
)
)

PD i

| we | ret aed es

i ; em D>»)
DYDD)
. DD»
1 dD

p>)

» )

))) DD )) DB
»)) D »))
I»

))

> D))) 2D >) BD)
2D) WD IY) DB

vweoe~

ee Wet Ned ead See

ed el

)
)

»)
>)

> PPI) d Ps

\ a — ~< ss I) } y ) ) y

> DP Dy ») BED 3 7
) DD By ))) 7 3
D 2.)»BY)) > Bw)

) yy) ) J ys
3B}
I) ®)
3d)

)

\
s\
ee — A

\ ed
WSF GG'A|
| | |

“—
wt Nest \
wf Na, a

~~
shed

\ \ \

IY
we
New es

j j j
SS SS ~~
eS A EY ees

\ aes Ne

—— See Yet hows

1 Ae a ee a ae

\
we Nd ed Ned

A aes
~~~
. SS

Need
Sy \
jo

es
Res
J

~
| a a

i
}
~~ HY

\ SF OTe et Net Nee
yw ey aw 7 \ x ASS —
js

ks
IW
NN

S
LF]

SM
\
se

POO WwW,
a S| fl 4
Neat tea Ne Nea AY

SSeS —j\ed | ad od md
SE) vad |

—

ee
Fe
_—
=
i\
—

/
/

»)

—j§\—

4] js“ —_
t ww os
= | [ef
Net Ned oe
=
‘sa

A \ ait

A\ /\
==

vee
acs ne
Sw
TOR tee;

Phe

] | j { Nn
wy ey ell SS

~
S
w

Y i

|
(eal

GIS G

SSS
A, - Se

:
A
~~ \
wey
A
= 3 | S
| n

aes
|

OOO SSS
eS

———

{ i, y a jj y ad
7) taut) Ye) a Wa) 1 Va Yen Vals Year Yona Yee =f A= = . ‘ — i eae = =
CeCe ee ded 4 J , / | | | \ dh ‘ om \ Se — \ -
emalite sh i : | Cae) j \ wo a tas
= i =

dl dl

—

\ a ew SSerw
Cee

IS
Net Ni)

SeeeuLeocuos

aa,
ss S aN #4
Nes

~yF SSS Sa"
fd had Ne Ne a Ne

| SS
A A A Ag - A 4 Ad

4 sf
we

Y> PW I) D> B) 2D I> wD

p>)” a) ms yp

yd ) » Dy. DY PDD DBD |
DD») Fo _D»)

{
i } |
j |
eel ee ih
ry ‘ \ \
‘

e
we
wa a a Ne

pus
ey) ~
aw

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

ALVIN J. COX, M.A., Pu. D.
GENERAL EDITOR

SECTION D
GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF
M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALE, A. B.

C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. 5S. BANKS, M.8.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B.

VOLUME X
1915

WITH 24 PLATES AND 63 TEXT FIGURES

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING

137400

Bo | | “@ Morrie me
Hi a MOOIOMETR YOO Rie lagna:
ae | WOO LOGAN CUA”

Mad suashanines vem ies Me ae

i aid me UGLY 1 Cee ee
3? eb rey i ihe BO A
a pay ch ae, dh hed nee Van scsi il

* EMULOV
ater” i

wna PRET Oh OA SES ee

ATTA
CS Lay Oe Ee eae |

This Gee

CONTENTS

No. 1, January, 1915

LicHt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part III: Two new
species of Lithophytum Forskal from the Philippines...__..............
Two plates and 3 text figures.

CowLes, R. P. The habits of some tropical Crustacea: II...................
Three plates and 2 text figures. i

HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: II..........................

Zwolf Figuren im Text.

BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, II: Philippine Jas-
TEE cachet ke cael Sey ss ER ew sn) 8 ARE A a Ao ae et ee
Five text figures.

GRIFFINI, ACHILLE. Prospetto dei Grillacridi delle Isole Filippine....
Una tavola.

Poprius, B. Neue orientalische Bryocorinen

No. 2, March, 1915

TAYLOR, EDWARD H. New species of Philippine lizards
One plate.

WHARTON, LAWRENCE D. The eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides

BERNHAUER, Max. Zur Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen: VI.
Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Indo-malayischen Fauna

GROUVELLE, A. Dryopide et Heteroceride des Philippines

BAKER, C. F. Notices of certain Philippine Fulgoroidea, one being
of economic importance

Two plates and one text figure.

Cowes, R. P. Are Atya spinipes Newport and Atya armata Milne

One text figure.

Lieut, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part IV: Notes on
Philippine Stolonifera and Xeniide

No. 3, May, 1915

KEMP, STANLEY. On a collection of stomatopod Crustacea from the
Philippine Islands

One plate.

BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, III: The Stenocotide

OM Che wa hall ta eS Mesa a ee me a ea Ne

Four text figures.

LicgHt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part V: Cornularia
minuta, a new species
Seven text figures.

SEALE, ALVIN. Note regarding the dugong in the Philippine Islands..
One plate. i
: iii

Page.

111

117
131

137

147

155

169

189

203

215

lv Contents

No. 4, July, 1915

HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: III...
Hine Tafel.

Baker, C. F. Two Amphipoda of Luzon..........-.....22.---.-:0-0-e
Three plates.

CRAWFORD, D. L. Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Homoptera) ..
One plate.

ScHULTZE, W. I. Beitrag zur coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen...
Zwei Figuren im Text.

No. 5, September, 1915

WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera and their larve:

Parte DD cect cce st cence Lake dence tence cee eee
Three colored plates.

Day, ArTEMAS L. Difficulties encountered in the culture of the

bangos, or milkfish, in Zambales Province.................-.---.---------------

No. 6, November, 1915

BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV: The Idiocerini
of the) “Plailapa pine se eee eee a ese eo eee

Twenty-three text figures.

WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera and their larve:
JE. W Fal Ul Men ee ener tone ee eer Mau ae indd ge TN ea a ON a sae

Three colored plates.
alte ma _

Hl etd Leiba ab tah ul WS ssn ke Mu !
FUNKHOUSER, W. D. Review of the Philippine Membracide............
Two plates and 8 text figures.

Page.
219

251

257

271

281

307

317

44d
VoL. X, SEc. D, No. 1 JANUARY, 1915

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

ALVIN J. COX, M.A. PRD. =e
GENERAL EDITOR ( ON

Section D

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

M. L. MILLER, Px. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEHALH, A. B.
C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. 8. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. H. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, 89 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.

The vocabulary is given in !gorot-English
and English-lgorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By Otto SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILLER

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29

plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7

pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER

OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES

By OTTo SCHEERER
and

“FE” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES

By CARLOS EverETT CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su-
banuns of this region were studied by Mr.
Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the people
themselves.

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid.

In the preparation of his manuscript for
The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent
much time and effort in gaining access
to documents in the possession of the Sultan
of Sulu. This book is a history of the
Moros in the Philippines from the earliest
times to the American occupation,

ETHNOLOGY—Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao are
recorded in five folding diagrams.

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By Wittiam ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, $3 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and arrows, dances, and various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES

PHILIPPINE HATS
¥ By C. B. Ropinson

Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, §&
plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper is a ncise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands.

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
ISLAND OF NEGROS

By Herpert S. WALKER

Order. No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.

Considered from the viewpoint of prac-
tical utility, Mr. Watker’s Sugar Industry
ine the Island of Negros is one of the most
important papers published by the Bureau
of Science. This volume is a real contribu-
tion to the subject; it Is not a mere. com-
pilation, for the author was in the field and
Unter Staaes the conditions of which he
writes,

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILE
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larve to-
gether with a description of the new Philip-
pine race.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BioLoGy, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

VoL. X JANUARY, 1915 No. 1

NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA

PART III: TWO NEW SPECIES OF LITHOPHYTUM FORSKAL
FROM THE PHILIPPINES /

By S. F. LicguHt
(From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)
TWO PLATES AND 3 TEXT FIGURES

The history of the genus Lithophytum Forskal, formerly Am-
mothea Savigny, has been well treated by Ktikenthal (1903)
in his revision of the Nephthyide, and by Shann (1912). In
his revision Ktikenthal included in the genus several species
which in his latest work (1913) he has transferred to the genera
Lemnalia and Paralemnalia. He there defines the genus Litho-
phytum as follows:

Die weichen und biegsamen Kolonien sind strauchartig oder baumartig
aufgebaut. Stets findet eine Verzweigung der Hauptstamme statt. Die
Polypen stehen stets in “Katzchen” oder “Lappchen.” Hin Stiitzbiindel
fehlt, die Polypen sind nicht retraktil. Die dtinnen Kanalwande enthalten
spdrlich spindelformige Spicula, die auch fehlen kénnen. Die Polypen-
spicula, die ebenfalls fehlen konnen, sind bedornte Spindeln, deren Dornen
aber nicht zu Kranzen zusammentreten. Verbreitung: Indopazifischer
Ozean, in flachem Wasser, auf Korallenriffen.

He recognizes 12 species belonging to the genus as thus diag-
nosed. One of these, Lithophytum acutifolium, is a new species
from the Red Sea related to L. stuhlmanni (May). Two other
species have been proposed by Thomson and Henderson (1906
and 1909). Their L. macrospiculatum is a species of Nephthya,
for as Kiikenthal (1913) has noted the descriptions and figures
of the authors show, very plainly, the presence of a “Stiitz-

* For the preceding articles of this series see This Journal, Sec. D (1913),
8, 435, and (1914), 9, 233.
132399

2 The Philippine Journal of Science alas

biindel.”” Their very short description of L. indicwm and the
lack of figures of any kind make it impossible to determine
definitely just where it belongs. The large single polyps without
a Stiitzbtindel and the fact that the specimen came from a
depth of 400 fathoms suggest the genus Hunephthya. No hint
is given in the description, however, as to the consistency of
the colony, the spiculation of the canal walls, or the comparative
size and arrangement of the canals. For these reasons it would
be practically impossible to diagnose any alcyonarian as belong-
ing to this species. It would be interesting, in the light of
their descriptions of these two-species, to know just what Thom-
son and Henderson consider to be the distinguishing characters
of the genus Lithophytum.

The zoological collection of the University of the Philippines
contains a large number of specimens of shallow-reef Neph-
thyide. These include among others one or two species of
Dendronephthya,? 3 species and 3 varieties of Capnella (Light,
1914), a number of species of Lemnalia, and the common Para-
lemnalia thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Ktikenthal (1913). The remain-
der and by far the greater number of specimens belong to the
genera Nephthya and Lithophytum. The majority of these show
the heavy spiculation, the leathery cortex, the rather stiff colony,
and the Stiitzbiindel of Nephthya. A few specimens, belonging
to the 2 species described in this paper, have the characters of
Lithophytum: the light spiculation of the cortex, the soft flaccid
colony, the canal walls with few spicules, and the polyp with few
spicules and without a Stiitzbiindel. In the 2 species of this
type in our collection there are no polyp or branch spicules.
Between these groups, however, are many forms with more or
less intergrading characters. They range from forms which
have the characters of Nephthya, but show a short indistinct
Stiitzbiindel, through forms which in other characters agree to
a greater or less extent with Lithophytum but which have an
unmistakable Stiitzbtindel, to those forms which have all the
other characters of Lithophytum but have on the abaxial sur-
face of some or all the polyps one or more larger, longitudinally
arranged spindle-shaped spicules, which we must consider a
Stiitzbiindel. While some of these specimens are, to all appear-
ances, more nearly related to Lithophytum than to Nephthya,
yet in order to prevent the possibility of a return to the chaotic
condition which has existed in the past with regard to the

* Our large collection of Philippine Dendronephthya and Nephthya has
been sent to Dr. W. Kiikenthal at Breslau.

0D, 1 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, III 3

species of these two genera it is necessary to adhere strictly
to the generic definition, which makes it impossible for any
species having a Stiitzbiindel to belong to the genus Litho-
phytum. Further a colony must be considered as having Sttitz-
biindel if any of its polyps show on their abaxial surfaces an
arrangement of one or more spicules, usually larger than those
of the rest of the polyp, in the form of a median longitudinal
bundle, which may or may not project beyond the surface of the
polyp. The reason for this will be clear to anyone who has
studied the stormy history of the genus Ammothea, now Litho-
phytum, and of the genera Nephthya and Dendronephthya
(formerly Spongodes) and has seen the almost endless variety
of intergrading forms. Any definition of a Stiitzbiindel which
leaves it to the opinion of the individual as to just when such
a spicule arrangement becomes a “Stiitzbiindel” will lead to
‘confusion in determining whether or not one of these forms
belongs to Nephthya or to Lithophytum. This matter has been
admirably summed up by Shann (1912).

While it is necessary for the reasons given above and in view
of our present knowledge—or rather lack of knowledge—of the
finer structure of the species of these genera to adhere, for the
present at least, to what seems to be an artificial division of the
species, it is to be earnestly hoped that other and more natural
generic characters may be found on which the separation of the
species of Nephthya and Lithophytum may be based.

Until the present time no species of Lithophytum has been
reported from the Philippines. This is another instance of the
lack of knowledge of the Philippine Alcyonaria and particularly
of the reef forms, which is so strikingly apparent in a review of
the literature of the subject. The only extensive collection of
Philippine Alcyonaria which has been reported on is the one
made by the Challenger, and that is surprisingly lacking in reef
forms. The collection made by the Albatross in Philippine wa-
ters from 1908 to 1910 has not been reported, but it is very
unlikely that it will contain any large number of reef forms. It
is not surprising, therefore, that the two species of Lithophytum
in our collection are new to science.

Lithophytum philippinensis sp. nov. Plate I and text figure 1.

The very long, flaccid, bushy or treelike colony, which reaches
a height of from 200 to 300 millimeters, arises from a narrow
base. The longitudinal lines marking the lines of junction of
the outer canal walls and the stem cortex are especially distinct
in the branches where the cortex is transparent. The colony

A The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

may consist of a main stem, from which arise throughout its
length numerous long branches, or it may consist of a number
of stems arising from or near the base. The slender lateral and
terminal lobes which are borne on the primary or secondary
divisions of the main branches are cone-shaped in contracted
specimens and nearly cylindrical in expanded colonies. They
vary greatly in size and arrangement, reaching a length of
about 20 millimeters in expanded specimens. The polyps are
arranged singly or in little groups on the lobes and are not
crowded in expanded specimens. They are from 0.6 to 1 mil-
limeter in length and from 0.5 to 0.7 millimeter in diameter.
The short thick tentacles make a right angle with the oral sur-
face in expanded polyps and give them a flowerlike appearance.
The tentacles average 0.4 millimeter in length and 0.15 milli-
meter in width and bear on either side from 6 to 8 short, thick,

Fic. 1. Spicules from the stem cortex of Litho-
5) phytum philippinensis sp. nov. X 112.5.

rounded pinnules. The contracted polyps are club-shaped. and
the tentacles are folded in over the edges of the oral surface,
leaving a hollow in the center.

The spicules of the stem cortex are straight or slightly curved,
opaque white spindles covered with large, blunt, smooth or tuber-
culated projections flattened in the line of the short axis of the
spicule. These spicules form a scattered layer on the base and
the stem, being absent in the branch cortex and in the polyps.
They show a dark central axis and are from 0.2 to 0.45 milli-
meter in length and from 0.025 to 0.04 millimeter in diameter.
Scattered among these spindles are smaller, smoother, rod-shaped
spicules with a few conical projections. The ends of all the
spicules are more or less flattened and divided and receive
branches from the central axis.

The canals are numerous with very thin walls containing few,
if any, spicules. They radiate from the center where their walls
are fused and thickened to form a small central axis containing

Dd Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, IIT 5

a few large spindles covered with small projections. These
average 0.8 millimeter in length and 0.08 millimeter in diameter.

The endoderm of the entire colony contains large numbers
of zodxanthelle to which the color of the colony is due.

In life the stem was light yellow or brown and the polypary
greenish brown to green. These colors gradually fade out in
formalin, leaving the stem white and the polypary yellow.

Locality—Collected by Day in Little Baleteros Cove, Port
Galera, Mindoro, and by Light from Port Galera Bay, Mindoro,
and from Taytay Bay, Palawan, in from 1 to 3 meters on the
shallow reefs.

Type.—No. C. 246 in the zoélogical collection of the University
of the Philippines.

Systematic position.—In colony form this species is most like
L. acutifolium Kiikenthal (1913), and in spiculation it is most
like L. ramosum (Q. and G.). It differs from all other species
of Lithophytum with the exception of L. ramosum and L. stuhl-
manni (May) in that there are no spicules in the polyps and the
cortex of the distal portion of the colony. The position and
number of the lobes, the scarcity of the canal-wall spicules,
and the fact that the spicules are all spindles and found only
in the center of the stem effectually differentiate it from L.
ramosum. From L. stuhlmanni it differs, among other things,
in that its spicules are spindles only, while in L. stuhlmanni
they are irregular forms, double stars, etc.

I have 9 colonies of this form from the two widely separated
habitats, all of which agree very closely with the description
given above. As it is the most widely distributed form on the
Philippine reefs, I have given it the specific name philippinensis.

Lithophytum rigidum sp. nov. Plate II and text figures 2 and 3.
The rather short, bushy colony consists of a number of cy-
lindrical stems which arise from a narrow base and extend
laterally and distally, reaching a length of from 75 to 100 milli-
meters. These stems have a swollen fleshy appearance and
a stiffness which keeps them in position. They are smooth in
appearance, being covered in their middle and lower portions
with a thin layer of numerous small spindles, but having no
spicules in their upper portions nor on the branches, twigs, or
polyps. The longitudinal line marking the points of junction
of the outer canals and the stem cortex are very distinct in the
upper portion of the colony, but are somewhat obscured by the
spicules below. The branching is irregular. A few of the stems
give off one or two short branches near the base, and most of

6 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

them divide in their distal por-
tion into two or three short, dis-
tally directed, main branches.
These branches divide to form
a number of lateral branches
and one terminal branch, which
bear the distally directed, single
or compound, polyp-bearing
catkins. In an expanded colony
the catkins are about 9 milli-
meters in length, and taper from
a basal diameter of 3.5 milli-
meters to a blunt point.

The polyps which are tubular
or club-shaped are from 0.4 to
0.7 millimeter in diameter just
Fig. 2. Spicules from the stem cortex of below the tentacles and from

Lithophytum rigidum sp. noy. X 112.5. 0.5 to 0.8 millimeter in length.

When contracted, the tentacles
are folded in around the edge of the oral surface, leaving a
hollow in the center. When in a resting condition the tentacles
extend in the direction of the long axis of the polyp, and when
expanded they make a right angle with the long axis of the
polyp. The tentacles are short and broad and give the ex-
panded polyp a flowerlike appearance. There is a single row
of from 6 to 8 short, thick, rounded pinnules on each side of
each tentacle. The polyps arise close together on the catkins,
singly or in little clumps, or in broken oblique whorls.

The endoderm of the entire colony from the base to the tips
of the pinnules contains many small unicellular alge, which
appear under the microscope as tiny transparent or greenish
spheres and which give the colony its peculiar greenish color in
life.

The spicules of the stem cortex are straight or slightly curved
spindles covered with large somewhat irregular projections.
The spindles are from 0.15 to 0.4 millimeter in length and from

Fic. 8. A spindle from the canal wall of Lithonphytum
rigidum sp. nov. X 47.3.

Zo AOR AY Light: Philippine Alcyonaria, III re

0.02 to 0.04 millimeter in diameter in the cortex of the midstem
and average about 0.3 millimeter in length. They have a dis-
tinct central axis which extends into the projections. The pro-
jections, which are bluntly conical or flattened in the line of the
short axis of the spicule, reach a length at the center of the
spicule of 0.025 millimeter and are usually flattened or divided
in that region. The ends of these spicules are irregular and us-
ually flattened and divided. Scattered among these larger spic-
ules are a few small rod-shaped spicules bearing a few broadly
cone-shaped projections near each end. These spicules average
0.07 millimeter in length and 0.01 millimeter in diameter.

The canals of the stem radiate from the center, where there
is a small central cavity between their converging walls. The
larger canals are usually found near the center, and the peri-
pheral canals are usually small. Those portions of the walls of
the inner canals which lie near the center of the stem contain
a few large slightly curved spindles and an occasional triradiate
form covered with small closely crowded projections. The
spindles reach a length of 0.8 millimeter and a diameter of
0.1 millimeter.

In life the entire colony is green shading into light yellow
on the stem and base. In formalin the green fades, leaving the
polyp-bearing portion light yellow and the stems white.

Locality.—Collected by Light from the shallow reefs in Taytay
Bay, Palawan.

Type.—No. C. 2097 in the zoological collection of the Univer-
sity of the Philippines.

This species agrees very closely with L. philippinensis in the
size and shape of the spicules and in their distribution. The
spicules are much more numerous in L. rigidum, however, than
in L. philippinensis. Lithophytum rigidum differs from L. phil-
ippinensis, also, in that its polyps are consistently smaller and
in the form and consistency of the colony. This is not a dif-
ference due to contraction as might be supposed, for I have had
the opportunity of observing and collecting the living colonies
of the two species and the difference is even more striking there
than in the preserved material. The much longer and very
flexible colonies of L. philippinensis are treelike with long slender
branches and twigs, the whole colony waving with every current
of water, while the colony of L. rigidum is short, bushy, and
stiff, maintaining a fixed position; its stem and branches are
short, thick, and plumply rounded and the polyp-bearing portion
is mainly confined to the distal region of the colony.

8 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Had I seen but a single preserved colony of L. rigidum, I
should probably have felt it necessary to consider it a variety
of L. philippinensis, but I have a considerable series of specimens
of each species, the individuals of which show characteristic and
consistent differences and do not intergrade, and as I have seen
the living colonies side by side where the differences are more
marked it seems necessary to consider L. rigidum and L. phil-
ippinensis to be distinct but closely related species of the genus
Lithophytum.

LITERATURE

KUKENTHAL, W. Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien. II. Die Familie
der Nephthyiden. 1 Theil. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. (1903), 19, 99-172.

IpEM. Alcyonaria des Roten Meeres. Expedition S. M. Schiff “Pola” in
das Rote Meer, nordliche und stidliche Halfte. Zool. Ergeb. (1913), 29.

Licnt, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part I: The Philippine
species of the genus Capnella. Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8,
435.

SHANN, E. W. Observations on some Alcyonaria from Singapore, with a
brief discussion on the classification of the family Nephthyidae. Proc. .
Zool. Soc. London (1912), pt. 3.

THOMSON and HENDERSON. Report on the Alcyonarians collected by the
R. I. M. S. S. “Investigator” in the Indian Ocean. I. The Deep Sea
Forms. Calcutta (1906).

IppM. Ibid. II. The Alcyonaria of the Littoral Area. Calcutta (1910).

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATE I. Lithophytum philippinensis sp. nov. X 2.

II. Lithophytum rigidum sp. nov. X 1.
TEXT FIGURES

Fic. 1. Spicules from the stem cortex of Lithophytum philippinensis.
x 112.5.
2. Spicules from the stem cortex of Lithophytum rigidum. X 112.5.
3. A spindle from the canal wall of Lithophytum rigidum. X 47.3.
9

plete NL Lats os ahi anetbn a
Hi € Yeathe, ste ich apart eel) panes,
hot eee a ce es Tela piitrald
age any any Re tee ans
ee oN, AMR ts at reed
ACOA AN eae,

nai Piet
oe Leela’ 4 hes

nutes Seach $0 pa etac) mia od fort ae
rere aresaiafin dete ea aid te:

LIGHT: PHILIPPINE ALCYoNaRIA, III.] [Pui. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1.

PLATE 1. LITHOPHYTUM PHILIPPINENSIS SP. NOV,

Licht: PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA, III.] [Puw. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1.

PLATE Il. LITHOPHYTUM RIGIDUM SP. NOV.

THE HABITS OF SOME TROPICAL CRUSTACEA: II

By R. P. Cowes
(From the Department of Zodlogy, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)
THREE PLATES AND 2 TEXT FIGURES
FEEDING HABITS OF ATYA MOLLUCCENSIS AND CARIDINA SPECIES

At least one species of the genus Atya and several species of
the genus Caridina are found in the fresh-water streams of the
Philippine Islands, but these crustaceans are of almost no com-
mercial value, although they are sometimes eaten when food is
very scarce. Their habits, however, are very interesting, and I
consider it worth while to publish my observations along this
line, especially since the accounts published for other species
are somewhat at variance.

Both genera are characterized by the possession of remarkable
chelze (pincers) on the first and second legs, and to these struc-
tures various functions have been ascribed. The peculiarly
shaped chelz are provided with dense groups of hairs, which
when the chelz are closed remind one of a wet camel’s hair brush
from which the excess water has been pressed so that the tip is
pointed. Some observers of Atya have seen these brushes, when
the fingers were open, spread out into the form of a fan under
which condition they acted as a sieve to catch minute organisms.
On the closure of the fingers the fan was seen to assume the
form of a brush, closing around the food and compressing it
into a pellet, which was passed to the mouth with great rapidity.
Also it has been stated that members of the family Atyidz use
the brushes in sweeping up minute particles of food from the
mud, and one observer states that the chele are used for digging
burrows. Finally, it has been suggested that it is highly prob-
able that all species of the family Atyideze use the bunches of
hairs in the form of fanlike sieves for food gatherers as de-
scribed above.

I have had the opportunity of collecting atyas from a moun-
tain stream near Manila and caridinas from streams in different
parts of the Philippine Islands. Also I have observed the feed-
ing habits of atyas in aquaria and of caridinas both in their
natural habitat and in captivity. All the species of Caridina

12 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

and Atya that I have observed use the first and second legs as
feeding organs, but in the two genera they are used in a different
manner, and this difference seems to be correlated to some extent
with their difference in habitat.

Atya molluccensis de Haan, which is the only species of this
genus I have collected in the Philippines, is found in abundance
in mountain streams several hundred feet above the sea level,
but an occasional specimen is sometimes seen in the streams of
the lowlands. Individuals of this species and probably of other
species of the genus are found clinging to roots, twigs, grass,
ete., in their natural habitat, and this tendency is one of their
striking characteristics. In aquaria supplied with running
water they show the same tendency, and it is almost as marked
in still water. They crawl rapidly when taken out of water,
but even the same clinging habit is seen when a suitable object
presents itself. The animal seems to be uneasy when there is

Fig. 2. Atya molluccensis
de Haan. Left first leg,
outer aspect, showing chela
turned backward for ap-
plication to the mouth.
X 3.5.

Fic. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first
leg, outer aspect. X 3.5.

nothing to hold on to, but this uneasiness disappears, even when
the atya is removed from water, if it is so placed that it can
cling to a finger or to anything of similar shape. In general,
Atya molluccensis lives in rather swiftly moving, shaded streams
where it is necessary for it to cling to roots, etc., in order to
prevent its being swept away. As a rule it does not seem to
spend much of its time crawling on the bottom and probably
does not feed in the mud. I have kept this species in an aqua-
rium with and without a mud bottom and in both cases with and
without running water, for many months. Never have I seen
a specimen feeding in the mud or sweeping organisms off of
water plants. In still water they either attach themselves to
some root or twig or search for a hole or crevice to protect
themselves and remain still without feeding. In a running-
water aquarium, however, they find the entering point of the
water, seek an object to cling to, and arrange their bodies so as
to head upstream. When settled in this position, they are un-
doubtedly under conditions very similar to those of their natural

xD Cowles: Tropical Crustacea, II 13

habitat. Then begins the interesting process of feeding which
was first described by Fritz Miiller: for Atyoida potimirim ?
(now known as Atya potimirim).

The method as observed by me is as follows: Usually, as soon
as the atya becomes settled, the first and second pairs of legs
are extended anteriorly, the chele—4 in all—open, and the
brushes of hairs spread out so as to make wide open, almost
funnel-shaped strainers, whose larger open ends are directed
toward the stream. Each chela has 2 strainers, making 8
strainers in all. When a pair of strainers has collected enough
food, the chela is closed, the hairs become grouped into a single
brush, the chela turns backward on its basal end as an -axis
through almost 180°, and finally the brush of hairs is applied
to the mouth where the food is extracted. The maneuver last
described is executed very quickly, in less than half a second,
and when it is completed the chela returns to its former position
and opens and the strainer begins to perform its function again.
The other strainers when filled are handled in the same way.

There seems to be no regularity in the order in which the
chele are brought to the mouth, it depends apparently upon
the rapidity with which the strainers collect the food. A micro-
scopic examination of the hairs of the strainers shows that each
has finer hairs growing from it and they probably interlace,
thus increasing the collecting power of the strainers. In con-
clusion, then, Atya molluccensis is, primarily at least, a feeder
on small organisms or other finer particles of food which are
floating in the water, and judging from observations of the
feeding and other habits of the animal in its natural habitat,
it is probable that the method described above is the only one
used.

The species of Caridina which | have collected have not been
identified, but I find that they all have similar habits. They
occur in springs, shallow streams, and lakes in the Philippines
and like the species of Atya are good crawlers.

The first and second legs are somewhat similar to the same
structures in the genus Atya, except that the chele have a dif-
ferent form and the hairs are shorter and less numerous. In
all my observations of these crustaceans, both in the field and
in captivity, I have never seen the hairs spread out to form a
strainer, nor have I seen these animals taking advantage of the

* Kosmos. Stuttgart (1881), 9, 117.
*I am much indebted to Dr. W. T. Calman, of the British Museum, for a
copy of Miiller’s paper.

14 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

current of water for feeding purposes. If specimens of Atya
and Caridina are put in the same running-water aquarium with
mud in the bottom, the difference in the behavior is striking.
The specimens of Atya seek the current and after attaching
themselves to some object remain quiet for long intervals while
feeding with their strainers; but the specimens of Caridina
apparently disregard the current and begin to crawl about ac-
tively over the muddy bottom. During this time the latter
are engaged in feeding, which consists of slightly opening the
brushes of hairs, sweeping them over mud and other objects,
and then applying them to the mouth. They are certainly
mud-feeders, although they undoubtedly brush many small or-
ganisms off of stones and sticks and alge, grasses, and other
plants. When placed in dishes of water with no mud in the
bottom, but with a supply of algz and other water plants, they
usually attach themselves to the plants, when hungry, crawling
gradually about and sweeping off the organisms, since this is
the only place they can obtain their food. I have not observed
this method of feeding in the natural habitat; there, the cari-
dinas are usually found on the bottom of the stream feeding
according to the first method.

There seems then to be a distinct difference in the feeding
habits of the species of Atya and Caridina found in the Philip-
pines, although the first and second legs in the two genera are
guite similar in structure. I have never seen specimens of
either genus digging burrows with their first and second legs,
nor in fact have I ever seen them make burrows in any way.

HABITS OF MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE

The interesting genus Myctiris contains only 2 well-defined
species, Myctiris longicarpus Latreille* and Myctiris platycheles
Milne-Edwards,‘ both of which inhabit the islands of the Pacific.
Up to the present time only Myctiris longicarpus has been taken
in the Philippines. The zodlogical department is indebted to
Dr. L. E. Griffin for specimens from Bantayan, a small island
off the northwest coast of Cebu; to Mr. W. Schultze for speci-
mens from Iwahig, on the eastern coast of Palawan; and to
Mr. José Laki for a large collection from Taytay, Palawan,
where I have studied the habits of these crustaceans. All of
these localities are in the Philippine Islands.

Myctiris longicarpus is not a land crab. It is never seen at

“Milne-Edwards, Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés (1887), 2, 37.
‘Ann. Sci. Nat. (1852), 18, 154.

X,D,1 Cowles: Tropical Crustacea, II 15

Taytay along the beach in such regions as are inhabited by
Ocypoda. In fact I have never seen Myctiris longicarpus except
at low tide, and then only at a considerable distance seaward
from the high-tide mark on exposed sand flats. When the tide
is low and the sand flats are uncovered, this Myctiris makes its
appearance in bands of almost countless individuals. They
move about like diminutive armies, reminding one somewhat of
the habits of certain species of fiddler crabs, but as soon as the
tide begins to flood they disappear, and I have never been able
to see them on the bottom, even with the aid of a water glass,
until the sand flats became exposed again. —

While Myctiris longicarpus is quite inconspicuous at a dis-
tance of from 12 to 15 meters, it is very striking in appearance
at close range. The body, which is almost spherical in shape
and grayish blue in color, is of about the size of a large cherry.
The light-colored legs, including the chelipeds, are set rather
close to the body and are curved to conform with the spherical
shape of the animal.

If one is fortunate enough to get close to a group of these
crabs, it is seen that while the individuals seem to be scrambling
along in a rather awkward and aimless manner, they all are
headed in the same general direction and are moving forward
as a unit. Sometimes, however, the group becomes separated
into two, after which each group may move in a different
direction.

So far as I have been able to make out, these crustaceans do
not eat either dead or live crabs or fish. During their migrations
over the sand flats they are continually scooping up sand with
their chelipeds and smearing it over the mouth parts. Undoubt-
edly the latter manipulate the sand so as to extract the food,
and it is highly probable that Myctiris lives on the minute or-
ganisms and possibly minute pieces of decaying matter found
on: the surface of the sand flats.

The most remarkable part of the behavior of Myctiris is the
rapidity with which it disappears when disturbed. An observer
may approach sometimes within from 6 to 10 meters of a group of
individuals (Plate II, fig. 1), when suddenly they seem to sink
into the sand. The disappearance seldom takes more than two
or three seconds and even by running one usually fails to reach
the group before it has disappeared. Occasionally, however,
when the sun is obscured and the approach is made carefully
and slowly, the observer may get close enough to watch the
migration and feeding. Then if a quick movement is made or

16 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

the sand is sharply stamped with the foot the disappearance
begins. Almost simultaneously each individual ceases feeding
and begins to dig with the legs of one side at the same time
rotating so that the digging follows a spiral. The result is that
a circular mound covering the crab is soon thrown up which
usually has a small hole in the center of it, but this hole is
quickly closed by wet sand pushed up from below (Plate III,
figs. 1 to 3). As all of this is done within two or three seconds,
it is evident that they work very rapidly. The individuals of
a group of feeding crabs are usually packed together so that
they touch one another, and since they dig down where they are
when they stop feeding the circular mounds interfere with one
another, producing a large patch of disturbed sand in which the
individual mounds are almost.indistinguishable (Plate II, fig.
2). These patches of turned up sand are often very conspic-
uous when surrounded by the smooth surface of sand left by
the receding tide. If the observer waits for a few minutes with-
out moving, a few individuals of the sunken group make their
appearance by digging themselves out along the line of a spiral
and moving away to form a little group of their own or joining
large groups some distance away. More little groups from the
buried army appear at intervals and do the same or join with
one another. In Plate II, fig. 3, is seen a vertical section made
through the mound of a single individual and it shows the little
spherical cavity which the myctiris makes after it gets below
the surface. I was unable to determine whether or not this
cavity filled with air really remains in the natural habitat after
the tide has risen and covered the sand flat, but judging from
the results obtained in attempting to reproduce such a condition
in the laboratory it seems possible. Several specimens of Myc-’
tiris were placed in a receptacle half-filled with wet sand taken
from the sand flats. After they had dug down and had been
allowed enough time to make cavities, the receptacle was filled
with water. Later in the day I dug down in the sand at a place
where a crab was supposed to be and in so doing released the
crab and a large bubble of air. The latter undoubtedly filled
the cavity occupied by the myctiris and was held in place by
the firmly packed sand surrounded on all sides by water.

Fig. 1.

Fig.

Fie.

Fig.

of COD

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATE I
(Drawings by Castro)

Caridina sp. A female with eggs from Sisiman, near Mariveles,
Bataan Province, Luzon. X 3.

. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female without eggs from Sisiman,

near Mariveles, Bataan Province, Luzon. December. 1.5.
The spines on the third, fourth, and fifth legs vary in number.

. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female from Sisiman, Bataan

Province, Luzon. Drawn from a living specimen. X 2. a, hairs
on chelipeds, enlarged. This figure shows the methods of feeding
of Atya when there is a stream of water.

PLATE II. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE

(Photographs by Cowles)

. A band of crabs on a tide flat.
. A portion of a tide flat, showing piles of sand above the burrows of

Myctiris.

. A vertical median section of a burrow.

PLATE III. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE

(Photographs by Cowles)

. A crab partly covered with sand.

. The mound of sand above a hole.

. The mound of sand above a hole, the entrance completely closed.
. Dorsal view of Myctiris.

. Front view of Myctiris.

TEXT FIGURES ~

(Drawings by Cowles)

. Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect. > 3.5.
. Atya molluccensis de Haan. Left first leg, outer aspect, showing

chela turned backward for application to the mouth. x 3.5.
1323992 17

edly Met a ibe
anni ath Beye

wat: sh Guage mi
Here ett aA

Wah)

ei ‘iit Prop)

CowLes: TROPICAL CRustTACcEA, II.] [PuHtL. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1.

Fig. 1. Caridina sp. A female with eggs.

Fig. 2. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female without eggs.

Fig. 3. Atya molluccensis de Haan. A female. a, hairs on chelipeds, enlarged.

PLATE lI.

*
“4

coe | =
\

oe.
i

.
oY

CowLes: TROPICAL CRUSTACEA, II.] [Pum. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1.

Fig. 1. A band of crabs on a tide flat.

Fig. 3. A vertical median section of a burrow.

PLATE Il. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE.

CowLes: TROPICAL CRUSTACEA, II.] [PuHin. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 1.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Fig. 5.
PLATE III. MYCTIRIS LONGICARPUS LATREILLE.

NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN: II *

Von K. M. HELLER

(Kgl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum,
Dresden, Germany)

MIT 12 FIGUREN IM TEXT

Da mir ausser dem Material des Bureau of Science in Manila
in gleich dankenswerter und liberaler Weise auch die Sammeler-
gebnisse des Herrn C. F. Baker, Professor fiir Agronomie an
der Universitat der Philippinen in Los Banos, zur Verfiigung
gestellt wurden, bin ich in der Lage einen weiteren Beitrag zu
der erwahnten Inselfauna zu geben. Es ist vorlaufig nur ein
Teil der mir tiberwiesenen neuen Arten, die hier charakterisiert
werden, die tibrigen gehéren meist kleinen Formen an, die noch
eines sorgfaltigen Studiums bediirfen; doch hoffe ich, dass in
nicht all zu ferner Zeit ein 3. Beitrag wird folgen konnen.
Den erfolgreichen, eifrigen Sammlern sei aber auch an dieser
Stelle der Dank fiir die coleopterologische Erforschung der phi-
lippinischen Fauna ausgesprochen, die, allem Anscheine nach,
einen grossen, noch zu hebenden Formenreichtum in sich biret.

Es sind folgende neue Arten, die hier beschrieben werden:

HISTERIDA
1. Trypeticus longicollis. 2. Epiechinus lagune.
EUCNEMIDA
38. Semnodema bakeri.
CURCULIONID4)
4. Styanax luzonicus. 11. Endymia apicalis.
5. Nanophyes (s. str.) proles. 12. Idotasia paucisquamosa.
6. Nanophyes neuter. 13. Mecopus bakert.
7. Nanophyes discoidalis. 14. Lobotrachelus gentilis.
8. Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor. 15. Otidognathus elegans sericopla-
9. Apoderus (Cyanotrachelus) led- gia.
yardi. 16. Protocerius rufifrons.
10. Cronus (Stereonychus) reitteri.
ANTHRIBID As

17. Mecocerina guttata jordant.

* Proof read by W. Schultze and C. F. Baker.
19

20 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

CERAMBYCIDAi
18. Epania (?) longicollis. 25. Oberea flavoterminata.
19. Pharsaha truncatipennis. 26. Oberea albocuspis.
20. Oberea erythrostoma. 27. Oberea balinez.
21. Oberea melanostoma. 28. Oberea punctiventris.
22. Oberea schadenbergi. 29. Oberea micholhiizi.
23. Oberea quianga. 30. Oberea mimetica.
24. Oberea makilingi.
HISTERIDA

1. Trypeticus longicollis sp. nov. Fig. 1, 1a.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus; fronte planiuscula, elevato-mar-
ginata, rostro apice simplici, paulo incurvato, vertice in medio
foveolato; prothorace elytris longioribus, sat fortiter, ante den-
sius punctato, linea mediana levi, apice subcarinulata, maxima
latitudine ad angulos anticos, sulco laterali ante evanescenti;
elytris thoracis basi aequilatis, apice singulis rotundatis, basi
oblique truncatis, praesertim apicem versus prothorace subtilius
punctatis; propygidio pygidioque rude, hic
creberrime punctatis; prosterno irregulariter
parceque punctato, sulco laterali ante abbre-
viato; mesosterno sulcis lateralibus latiori-
bus, parallelis ac plus distantibus; femoribus
anticis subter tri-, tibiis anticis quinque-
dentatis.

Fic- pete long- Long., 2.8; lat., 0.8 mm.
eit LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Cylindrisch, glanzend schwarz, Fiihler, Beine und der Seiten-
rand der Decken in der hinteren Halfte schwarzlichrotbraun.
Stirn in der Mitte kaum merklich eingedriickt, sehr fein, vorn
verschwindend punktiert, erhaben umrandet, hinten durch eine
gerade Querleiste begrenzt, vorn mit einfacher kaum aufgeboge-
ner Spitze, Scheitel zerstreut punktiert, mit groésserem Punkt-
griibchen in der Mitte. MHalsschild langer als die Fliigeldecken,
an den stumpfen Vorderecken am breitesten, die Seiten leicht
konkay, die Mittellinie 12 mal so lang wie die Basis breit ist,
Oberseite kraftig, vorn dichter punktiert, in der Basalhalfte
mit undeutlicher glatter Mittellinie, im vorderen Sechstel mit
schwacher Medianleiste. Die stumpf verrundeten Vorderecken
mit Griibcheneindruck, die Seitenrandfurche kraftig, vorn er-
loschend. Fliigeldecken so breit wie die Halsschildbasis, die
hautig gesaumten Spitzen einzeln abgerundet, tiberall, aber na-
mentlich nach hinten zu, feiner punktiert als der Halsschild, ein
hinter der Schulter beginnender bis zur Deckenhalfte nach hinten
reichender breiter Streifen glatt. Propygidium kaum, Pygidium

rD, 1 Heller: Kéfer von den Philippinen 21

deutlich grober und viel dichter punktiert wie der Spitzenteil der
Decken. Prosternum vorn und hinten abgestutzt, am Vorder-
rand etwas breiter als am Hinterrande, mit parallelen im vor-
deren Viertel abgekiirzten Seitenrandfurchen, fein zerstreut
punktiert. Mesosternum noch weitlaufiger punktiert, mit weiter
von einander abstehenden Seitenrandfurchen. MHinterbrust mit
Mittelfurche. Abdomen ziemlich kraftig punktiert, Intercoxal-
fortsatz des ersten Sternites jederseits mit Langsfurche, letztes
Abdominalsternit am Basalrand breit glatt. Vorderschenkel
unterseits drei-, die Vorderschienen aussen ftinf-zahnig.

Mit T. grouvelli eine der kleinsten Arten der Gattung und
durch den langen, vorn verbreiterten Halsschild und die einfache
Spitze des Rostrums ausgezeichnet.

2. Epiechinus lagune sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Ex affinitate E. birmani Lewis, niger, rotundatus, seriatim
ochraceo-tomentosus; antennis, articulo primo, majore, nigro,
excepto, ferrugineis; vertice carinula me-
diana, fronte carinula laterali antrorsum
convergente, apice bifida, ochraceo-setosis;
prothorace fortiter punctato, utrinque sulcis
duabus, latis, glabris, carinulis tribus, se-
tosis, determinatis; elytris striato-punctatis,
punctis ad basin majoribus, sutura spatiisque
alternatis, angustioribus, carinulatis ac se- figs!

Y aS eee 2 ‘ bs Fic. 2. Epiechinus lagu-
tosis; prosterno simili ut in EK. birmano bica- new Sp. NOV.
rinato, mesosterno medio haud, ad basin in
medio vix, metasterno ad apicem distincte foveolatis; tibiis an-
ticis margine externo subangulato, remote setoso.

Long., 1.7; lat., 1.4 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafios (C. F. Baker).

Matt schwarz, die streifenartig erhabene Naht glanzend, Kopf,
Halsschild, an den Seiten und die Fliigeldecken mit Reihen von
schmutziggelben, aufgerichteten Schuppenborstchen, Fiihler und
Tarsan rotlichbraun. Kopf zwischen den Fiihlern mit vorn ab-
gektirzter, beborsteter Mittelleiste, unterhalb dieser beiderseits
auf der Stirn je eine schrag nach innen gerichtete, vorn gega-
belte, ebenso beborstete Leiste. Erstes Glied der Fiihler, lang-
lich viereckig, so dick wie die Keule, 3.-6. Glied der Geissel
quer, Keule sehr wenig linger als dick. Halsschild mehr als
doppelt so breit wie lang, entfernt grob punktiert, beiderseits
parallel zum Seitenrande mit 2 breiten, tiefen, glatten Furchen
deren 4ussere an der Spitze nach innen gebogen ist, und die durch
feine beborstete Leisten begrenzt sind. Fliigeldecken breiter als

D2 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

lang, ihr Seitenrand zur Aufnahme der Hinterschenkel etwas
ausgerandet, mit entfernten an der Basis gréberen, gereihten
Punkten, neben der Naht und das 2., 4., 6., 8., und 10. Spatium in
der Mitte mit beborsteter Lingsleiste. Vorderbrust dhnlich wie
bei H. birmanus, jederseits mit nach vorn konvergierender
Langsleiste. Mittel- und Hinterbrust jedoch von abweichender
Bildung, namentlich die Mittelbrust in der Mitte ohne Griibchen
(siehe Abbildung).
EUCNEMIDZA

3. Semnodema bakeri sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Ex affinitate S. aucti Bonv., nigrum, capite prothoraceque
subtiliter parceque griseo- elytris nigro-tomentosis, his lateribus
ante medium macula subquadrata alba (calva, in-
pigmentata) ; capite creberrime punctato, antice
impresso, vertice carinato; antennis articulis 3-10.
flabellatis; prothorace latitudine perpaulo longiore,
lateribus parallelis, basi impressionibus quatuor
oblongis, ad basin confluentibus, interioribus major-
ibus, disco impressione oblonga postrorsum lineatim
attenuato-producta, utrinque altera rotundata, ely-
tris usque ad medium substriatis, reliquis estriatis,
subtilissime punctatis; pedibus nigris, tarsorum
vel ae is articulo ultimo rufo.

sp. nov. Long., 11; lat., 3 mm.

LUZON, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker).

Aus der Verwandtschaft des Semnodema auctum Bonv.,'
glanzend schwarz, fein und sparlich tomentiert, jede Decke an
den Seiten, etwas vor der Mitte, mit einem langlich viereckigen
Fleck. Kopf dicht punktiert, Stirn vorn im Apicalwinkel einge-
driickt, ohne Scheitel mit kurzer Mittelleiste. Halsschild wenig
breiter als die Mittellinie lang ist, etwas vor der Mitte auf der
Scheibe mit ovalem, nach hinten furchenartig verlangertem
Langseindruck und die Wurzel mit 2 am Grunde zusammenflies-

*Fleutiaux erwahnt in den Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1897), 41, 258, ein
Exemplar von S. auctum Bony. aus dem k. Mus. Berlin von Sumatra (Deli)
mit weissem Lateralfleck der Decken, das er mit einem Sttick aus Engano,
im Museum in Genua, verglichen hat und von diesem artlich nicht zu unter-
scheiden vermag und, trotzdem Bonvouloir nichts von weissen Seitenflecken
erwahnt schon friiher auch als S. auctum bestimmt hat. Es lage daher die
Vermutung nahe, dass das hier beschriebene S. bakeri, mit weissem Lateral-
fleck, auch dieser Form von auctum zuzurechnen ist. Die wesentlichen
Sculpturunterschiede, namentlich des Halsschildes, zwingen jedoch zur An-
nahme einer besonderen Art. Was die geographische Verbreitung der
nunmehr bekannten Arten betrifft, so ist sie demnach folgende:

RD, 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 23

senden Langseindriicken, von denen der innere tiefer und fast
bis zur Halsschildmitte verlingert ist, ausserdem fast in einer
Querlinie mit dem Discoidaleindruck, nur wenig nach vorn
verschoben, je mit einem rurnden, flachen Eindruck. Fliigel-
decken nur in der Basalhalfte mit feinen Streifen, tiberall fein
und dicht punktiert, jeder Punkt mit feinem schwarzen Harchen,
der weisse Seitenfleck reicht bis zum 4. Langsstreifen nach innen
und nahe bis zum Seitenrand nach aussen. Beine schwarz,
letztes Tarsenglied dunkel rot.

CURCULIONIDA®

4, Styanax ? luzonicus sp. nov.’

Aterrimus, St. anthracino brevior, vertice sulco mediano, ma-
nifeste setoso-squamoso; prothorace oblongo, lateribus paulo
rotundatis, granoso; scutello subovato; elytris prothorace latio-
ribus, parallelis latitudine sesqui longioribus, seriato-foveatis,
foveis lateralibus oblongo-rectangularibus, spatiis granulis, mag-
nitudine diversa, interrupte seriatis; femoribus breviusculis,
subter minutissime dentatis, posticis sternito quarto abdominali
superantibus.

Long., 11; lat., 4.8 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker).

Kleiner wie die von mir in der Ent. Zeitg., Stettin (1908),
135, beschriebene St. anthracinus, sowie diese glanzend schwarz,
mit parallelseitigen, aber viel kiirzeren Fliigeldecken. Riissel
grob gekornelt punktiert, mit kurzer Dorsalleiste und zwischen
den Augen mit glanzend glatter Makel, von ungefahr halber
Augengrosse. Scheitel mit spdarlichen, nach vorn gerichteten,
braunlichroten Borstenschiippchen (bei St. anthracinus mit
feinen gelblichen Harchen). MHalsschild langer als breit, an der
Basis gerade abgestutzt und erhaben gerandet, daselbst kaum
merklich schmA@ler als in der Mitte, die ganze Oberseite maul-

Semnodema flabellicorne Bonv., Borneo (Sarawak).
Semnodema harmandi Fleut., Mém. Soc. zool. France (1896), 297,
Siam (Lakhon).
Semnodema loriai Fleut., Ann. Mus. Genova (1896), 36, 601; Nordost
Neuguinea.
Semnodema auctum Bony., Malacca, N. O. Sumatra (Deli), Engano.
Semnodema ornatum Fleut., Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. (1897), 41, 259,
N. O. Sumatra (Deli).
Semnodema bakeri sp. nov., Philippinen (Luzon).
Semnodema resplendens Fleut., Notes Leyd. Mus. (1896), 18, 156,
W. Sumatra (Tapanuli).
* Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc. (1871), 164.
*Vergl. die synoptische Arttabelle: Ent. Zeitg., Stettin (1908), 136.

24 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

beerartig gekornt. Schildchen langlich, sowie der Basalrand
des Halsschildes mit weisslichen Borsten bedeckt. Fliigeldecken
14 mal so lang wie breit, grubig gereiht punktiert, an den Seiten
die Gruben langlich viereckig, breiter als die Spatien, diese mit
ungleich grossen, hie und da unterbrochenen Kornerreihen, 2.
Spatium nahe der Wurzel mit einem langlichen, gekérntem
Hocker und zu Beginn des Deckenabsturzes mit grésseren Kor-
nern, das 4. Spatium weiter hinten mit eben solchen. Decken-
spitze ganzrandig. Unterseite sparlich mit gekriimmten,
weisslichen Schuppenborstchen bedeckt. Beine relativ kurz,
Hinterschenkel das 4. Bauchsternit kaum tUberragend, alle
Schenkel mit kleinem, spitzem, unter den Borsten verstektem
Zahne.
Genus Nanophyes Schoénherr

In Wytsmans Genera Insectorum haben die Nanophyine 1909
von A. Bovie eine Bearbeitung gefunden. In der dort gegebenen
Gattungscharakteristik werden die Fiihler mit 5-gliederiger Geis-
sel angegeben, obwohl F. Pascoe bereits 1883 in den Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. V, 12, 94, zwei Arten, eine aus Borneo (N. finitus)
und eine aus Celebes (N. concretus) mit 6-gliederiger Geissel
beschrieben hat und diese Arten auch in Bovies Artaufzahlung
angefiihrt werden. Sehr auffallend ist ferner, dass von friiheren
Autoren, wie Schonherr, Lacordaire, Bedel, Redtenbacher und
Brisout, ein, wie ebenfalls schon Pascoe erwahnt, auch bei euro-
paischen Arten (UN. siculus, globulus, posticus etc.) vorkommen-
des Merkmal unerwahnt geblieben ist; es sind dies die ausser-
gewohnlich verlangerten Trochanteren, deren Spitze die Schen-
kel gleichsam angefiigt sind. Ob es sich, wie Pascoe annimmt,
nur um eine starke Abschntirung der Schenkel handelt, scheint
mir noch fraglich.

Die 4 mir von den Philippinen bekannt gewordenen Arten
zeigen alle das Merkmal der Schenkelabschniirung und 2 Arten,
wie aus der folgenden Ubersicht hervorgeht, auch eine 6-gliede-
rige Geissel.

a. Klauen in der Basalhalfte verschmolzen.
b*. Fiihlergeissel mit 5 Gliedern, ktirzer als die 3-gliederige Keule.

Comuluigeld eckenmoanZisc lit et rz tereeesse sees een nee N. proles.
c’. Fligeldecken vorwiegend dunkel rot.........................--.---- N. discoidalis.
ora Huhlergeissellimaity 6" Glied erriticscceecccesscess corse eres merece N, neuter.

a’, Klauen frei, Geissel mit 6 Gliedern, Keule nicht lose gegliedert.
N. varicolor.
Fur die Arten mit freien Klauen ist von Des Gozis die Gattung
Gorimalia geschaffen worden, so dass demnach varicolor dort-

GMD, 2 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 95

hin zu stellen ware, wie ich angebe, doch unterscheidet sie sich
von ihr durch die Zahl der Geisselglieder.

5. Nanophyes (s. str.) proles sp. nov. Fig. 4, antenna.

Niger, antennarum scapo trochanteribusque fulvis, prothorace
subtilissime, elytris fascia obliqua humerali ad suturae medium
currente trienteque parte apicali distinctius griseo-pilosis.

Long., 2; lat., 1.1 mm.

LuzON, Laguna, Los Banos et mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker).

Den N. rufipes Motsch.* sehr ahnlich, aber die Beine mit
Ausnahme der langen, gelben Trochanteren ganz schwarz, das
letzte Keulenglied langer und mehr zugespitzt. Riissel 14 mal
so lang wie der Halsschild, beiderseits mit 2 weisslich behaarten
Dorsalfurchen, von welchen die innere nur bis zur Riisselhalfte,
die 4ussere weiter nach vorn reicht und daselbst in Punktreihen
aufgelost ist, Mittellinie leisten-
formig. Fiihler vor der Mitte des
Riissels eingefiigt, der Schaft und
das 1. Geisselglied braunlichgelb,
das 2. Geisselglied etwas kiirzer
als das erste, 4. und 5. kugelig,
Keule langer als die Geissel, diese

Fies. 4-7. Fiihler von Nanophyes. 4.
Nanophyes proles sp. nov. 5. Nano-

lose gegliedert, ihr 1. und 2. Glied phyes neuter sp. nov. 6. Nanophyes

discoidalis sp. nov. 7. Nanophyes
(Corimalia) varicolor sp. nov.

kugelig, das letzte dreimal so
lang wie dick, konisch zugespitzt. }
Halsschild konisch, an der Wurzel deutlich breiter als lang
(2:3.6), sehr fein zerstreut punktiert, jeder Punkt mit nach
‘vorn gerichtetem Harchen. Fliigeldecken an der Spitze einzeln
abgerundet, Basalrand fein erhaben und gekerbt, Streifen kraf-
tig, eine breite von der Schulter in schwachem Bogen nach hinten
auf die Naht zu gerichtete Binde, sowie das Spitzendrittel der
Decken fein grau, im tbrigen schwdarzlich behaart. Beine
schwarz, fein grau behaart, Schenkel mit einem feinen Dorn,
Klauen in der Basalhalfte verschmoltzen.

6. Nanophyes neuter sp. nov. Fig. 5, antenna.

Praecedenti (N. proles) subsimilis, sed major, rostro longiore,
niger, antennarum scapo, funiculi, sex-articulato, articulis duo-

* Mir liegt ein Exemplar, das von J. Faust als N. rufipes Motsch. bestimmt
ist und aus Ceylon von Dr. Dohrn stammt, vor; es steht in keinem Wider-
spruch zur folgenden Diagnose Motschulskys:

Statura N. lythri, sed niger. Oblongus, convexus, nitidus, elytris antice
utringue fascia nebulosa, pedibus rufis, geniculis paulo infuscatis. Long.,
3/41.; lat., 1/41.

96 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

bus basalibus trochanteribusque fulvis; elytris griseo, plaga
magna dorsali, fere glabra subtilissime nigro-, pedibus parce
griseo-pilosis; femoribus trispinosis.

Long., 2.5; lat., 1.7 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F'. Baker).

Grosser als N. proles, schwarz, fein grau behaart, Decken in
der Mitte mit einer grossen gemeinsamen, bis zum 6. Streifen
nach aussen reichenden, nur dusserst fein schwarz behaarten
Makel. Fiihlerschaft, sowie das 1. und 2. Geisselglied und die
Trochanteren, braunlichgelb. Riissel fast doppelt so lang wie
der Halsschild, beiderseits mit 2, nahe bis zur Spitze reichenden
Punktstreifen und glatter, ziemlich breiter Mittelleiste, die Wur-
zel spdrlich weiss behaart. Fiihlergeissel 6-gliederig, die Keule
deutlich (nicht lose) 4-gliederig, gestreckt, so lang wie die ersten
3 Geisselglieder zusammen. MHalsschild konisch, an der Basis
fast doppelt so breit wie in der Mittellinie lang, sehr fein und
weitlaufig punktiert, jeder Punkt mit feinem nach vorn gerich-
tetem Harchen. Fliigeldecken viel feiner als bei N. proles ge-
streift, die Streifen an den Seiten verschwindend, tiberall fein
greis behaart, die Haare normal orientiert. Schenkel mit einem
grosserem Dorn und 2 kleineren Dornen.

7. Nanophyes discoidalis sp. nov. Fig. 6, antenna.

Niger, subtiliter griseo-pilosus, elytris plaga magna, subcor-
data communi, stria quinta determinata, rufa; antennis scapo
fulvo, funiculo quinque-, clava laxe tri-articulatis, articulo se-
cundo rotundato; femoribus trispinosis, spinis duabus distalibus
minutissimis; tarsis unguiculis brevibus basi connatis.

Long.) 2-2)-lats, dA mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Schwarz, fein weisslich behaart, der Fiihlerschaft gelbbraun,
eine grosse den Decken gemeinsame und diese mit Ausnahme
der Wurzel und des Seitenrandes fast ganz einnehmende Makel
rot. Riissel spdrlich weiss behaart, ziemlich dick, und beim
Mannchen so lang wie der Halsschild. Fiihler mit 5-gliederiger
Geissel, die Keule lose drei-gliederig, langer als die 5 vorher-
gehenden Geisselglieder, ihr 2. Glied kugelig, sehr wenig langer
als dick. Halsschild konisch, an der Basis breiter als lang
(5:3), etwas entfernt und fein punktiert, jeder Punkt mit fei-
nem, nach vorn gerichtetem Haar. Fliigeldecken fein gestreift,
das 1. Spatium breiter als die Naht, die schwarze Deckenbasis
und der schwarze Seitenrand deutlicher sparlich behaart als
die rote Scheibenmakel, die den gréssten Teil der Decken ein-
nimmt und am Vorderrande ausgebuchtet ist. Schenkel und
Korperunterseite ziemlich lang, anliegend weiss behaart, erstere

=D; 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen Or

mit einem grosseren proximalen Dorn und 2 kleinen distalen
Dornen. Tarsen mit 2 kurzen, an der Wurzel verwachsenen
Klauen.
8. Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor sp. nov. Fig. 7, antenna.

Niger, antennis, clava nigra excepta, elytris macula communi
postmediana, antice latiore et ad humeros producta pedibusque,
femorum apice exceptis, fulvis, sutura in primo quarto albo-
pilosa; antennis funiculo sexies articulato; femoribus trispinosis,
spina proximali majore, unguiculis binis, liberis.

Long., 2.4; lat., 1.3 mm.

Luzon, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker). ;

Schwarz, Fiihler mit Ausnahme der schwdarzlichen Keule,
Prothorax, eine sehr grosse gemeinsame Makel auf den Decken
und die Beine mit Ausnahme der angedunkelten Schenkelspitzen
und schwarzen Tarsen gelbbraun, fein gelblich, das 1. Viertel
der Naht dichter weisslich behaart. Riissel beim Mannchen
wenig, beim Weibchen 14 mal so lang wie der Halsschild, bei
ersterem der Riicken mit einer scharfen Mittel- und jederseits mit
einer Seitenleiste, die streifenartigen Zwischenraume mit gereih-
ten weisslichen Borstchen, bei letzterem glatt, nur an der Wurzel
mit kurzen Punktreihen. Augen grob fazetiert, nur durch eine
haarfeine, weiss behaarte Linie getrennt. Fiihler mit 6-glie-
deriger Geissel, deren 2. Glied langer als das 1. ist, die folgenden
an Lange etwas abnehmend, das letzte wenig langer als dick,
die Keule so lang wie die 5 vorhergehenden Geisselglieder zusam-
men, schwarzlich, deutlich abgesetzt, 4-gliederig. Fliigeldecken
einfach gestreift, fein behaart, das 1. Spatium breiter als die
Naht, hintere Deckenhalfte mit grosser gemeinsamer braunlich-
gelber, ungefahr trapezoidaler Makel, die vorn breiter und nach
den Schultern zu ausgezogen ist. Schenkel mit einem grésseren
Dorn und 2 kleinen Dornen. Fiisse mit 2 langen, freien Klauen.

9. Apoderus (Cyanotrachelus) ledyardi sp. nov.

Atro-cyaneus, epimeris mesosternalibus basi, metasternalibus
totis albo-sericantibus; prothorace disco transverse strigoso;
elytris usque ad apicem distincte striato-punctatis, spatio primo
secundoque basi subcallosis, quarto basi vix plicato, reliquis
subtiliter rugulosis ac punctulatis; abdomine sat fortiter
punctato.

Long. thoracis plus elytris maris, 5; feminae, 4; lat., 2-2.4 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Schwarzlichstahlblau, nur die Epimeren der Mittelbrust an
der Wurzel und die Episternen der Hinterbrust in der einge-
driickten hinteren Hialfte weisslich, seidenglanzend, behaart.

98 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Beim M&nnchen der Kopf mit dem Riissel so lang wie der Hals-
schild und die Fliigeldecken, sein halsartiger Basalteil undeut-
lich querfaltig, Halsschild konisch, etwas langer als an der Basis
breit. Beim Weibchen der Basalteil des Kopfes 14 mal so lang
wie dick, sowie der hinter Teil des Kopfes leicht querrunzelig,
Halsschild an der Basis etwas breiter als lang. Fiinftes Glied
der Geissel beim Mannchen kiirzer als das 1., so lang wie das
3., beim Weibchen so lang wie das 1. und linger als das 3.
Halsschild mit undeutlicher Mittelfurche, in der hinteren Halfte
vor dem auch hinten durch eine Querfurche begrenzten Basal-
wulst fein querstreifig, die Streifen leicht mit ihrer Convexitit
nach hinten gebogen. Fliigeldecken linger als breit (3:3.7),
die Naht leistenartig erhaben, das 1. und 2. Spatium an der
Basis mit gemeinsamer flacher Beule, dahinter kaum merklich
eingedrtickt, das 4. an der Wurzel sehr schwach filtchenartig,
im tibrigen die Zwischenraume leicht querrunzelig und sehr fein
zerstreut punktiert. Pygidium, Mittelbrustepimeren und die
Seiten der Hinterbrust sehr grob, die Seiten des Abdomens we-
niger grob punktiert. Schenkel, die gekdrnelte Spitze ausge-
nommen, glatt, unbewehrt.

Von den ahnlich gefarbten Arten, wie A. coloratus Faust,
A. coeruleatus Faust und 2 unbeschriebenen, die eine aus China
(A. sharpi Faust i. 1.) und einer anderen aus Formosa, steht
die neue Art wegen der hinten nicht erléschenden Deckenstreifen
dem A. coeruleatus Faust, aus Birma, am nachsten, unter-
scheidet sich jedoch von ihm u. a. durch das auf der Scheibe
quergestreifte Halsschild und die leicht querrunzeligen und fein
punktierten Deckenspatien.

10. Cionus (Stereonychus) reitteri sp. nov.

Maximus, omnino dilute murino, aut cano-tomentosus; elytris
spatiis alternatis punctis subtuberculato-seriatis scutelloque
paulo pallidioribus; antennarum scapo funiculoque fulvis, clava
nigra, elongata, funiculo fere aequilonga; prosterno margine
antico emarginato; femoribus dente magno, obtuso, armatis.

Long., 5.5; lat., 3.8-4 mm.

MINDORO, Mangarin (C. M. Weber; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 18434).

Die grésste mir bekannte Cionus-Art, die wegen der nur mit
einer Klaue versehenen Tarsen zur Gattung Stereonychus zu
stellen ist. Schwarz, ziemlich gleichmassig maus- oder aschgrau
beschuppt. Riissel fast doppelt so lang wie der Halsschild, ziem-
lich grob, teilweise gereiht punktiert, mit glattem Mittelstreifen.
Zweites Glied der 6-gliederigen Geissel das langste, so lang wie
die 4-folgenden zusammen, das letzte quer, der Keule angeschlos-
sen, diese lang gestreckt, spindelférmig, fast so lang wie die ganze

Dt Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 29

Geissel. Augen durch einen sehr schmalen Streifen, der kaum
so breit wie die Fiihlergeissel dick ist, getrennt. Halsschild
quer, gleichmassig gewoélbt, im vorderen Drittel leicht einge-
schniirt. Vorderbrust am Vorderrand schwach ausgerandet.
Schildchen linglich weiss tomentiert. Fltigeldecken mit kaum
starker erhabenen abwechselnden Zwischenraiumen, diese mit
wenig schwielig vortretenden, heller tomentierten Punktmakeln,
die bei dem zweiten mir vorliegendem Exemplar ganz erloschen
sind. Unterseite sowie die Oberseite beschuppt, alle Schenkel
mit grossem, die vorderen mit stumpferem Zahne.

11. Endymia apicalis sp. nov. Fig. 8, antenna, ¢.

Nigra, fuscescenti-grisea squamosa, prothorace elytrisque ae
berculis fusco-, macula apicali albicanti-squamosis; mas rostro
in dimidia parte apicali carinula dorsomediana tenui, feminae
leviusculo, antennarum scapo apice abrupte incrassato, funiculi
longitudine clava aequali (mas), aut paulo longiore
(femina) ; prothorace transverso, lateribus paral-
lelis, antice constrictis, seria antemediana transversa
e turberculis quatuor, disco utrinque impreso; elytris
spatio secundo quartoque paulo elevatis tuberculis
nigro-velutinis remote seriatis, circiter quinque; fe- ries. Fihler

moribus breviusculis nebulose fusco-annulatis. ven ie
apicalis sp.
Long., 7.5; lat., 3 mm. nov.

Luzon, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker; et La-
mao, Bataan; Bur. Sci. Acc. No. 9801).

Schwarz, dicht mit briunlichgrauen Schiippchen scheckig be-
deckt, Decken mit dunkleren sammetartig braun beschuppten
Hockerchen, sehr vereinzelten weissen Schuppenbérstchen und
hellem Apicalfleck. Riissel des Mannchens fein runzelig punk-
tiert und beschuppt mit feiner, an der Wurzel abgekiirzter Dor-
salleiste, der des Weibchens kiirzer, vor den Fiihlern glatt, in
der Basalhalfte mit undeutlicher Mittelleiste. Fitihlerschaft an
der Spitze plotzlich verdickt, beim Mannchen die Verdickung
innen mit einer nach hinten gerichteten Spitze (siehe die Figur),
Keule so lang, beim Weibchen etwas langer, als die Geissel. Tho-
rax quer, mit parallelen Seiten und abgeschniirtem vorderem
Drittel, hinter der Abschniirung mit einer Querreihe von 4 Héck-
ern, die durch Eindriicke getrennt sind, von welchen der mittlere
Eindruck eine glatte Mittelleiste aufweist, hinter den inneren
2 Hockern ein runder, flacher Eindruck. Schildchen rundlich,
heller als die Umgebung beschuppt. Fliigeldecken mit leicht
erhabenem zweiten und vierten Spatium, die beide braun be-
schuppte, entfernt gereihte und erhohte Punktmakeln aufweisen.

30 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Vorletztes Spatium in der hinteren Halfte mit einer, den Seiten-
rand bildenden Reihe feiner Kornchen, die je ein weisses Bor-
stenschtippchen tragen, ausserdem tiber dem ersten Bauchsternit
und tiber der Mitte der Hinterbrust mit weisser Punktmakel.
Spitze des 3.-8. Spatiums mit gemeinsamer weisslicher Makel.
Vorderschenkel des Mannchens wenig langer als die des
Weibchens.

Endymia philippinica® Heller unterscheidet sich von dieser
neuen Art u. a. durch bedeutendere Grosse, durch den mehr
konischen Halsschild, der keine Kindrticke zeigt, durch das quere
Schildchen, den Mangel eines hellen Apicalflecken auf den
Decken, etc.

12. Idotasia paucisquamosa sp. nov. Fig. 9, 9a.

Nigra, elytris obscure rufis, punctis
nonullis albo-squamosis uno utrinque
majore, basali et apicali atomisque per-
paucis subsuturalibus; sutura sat crebre,
spatio primo secundogue remote seriato-
punctatis.

Long., 3.5; lat., 1.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F.

Baker).
= ; Nahe verwandt mit J. honesta Pasc.,
1c. 9. Idotasia paucisquamosa ce x
sp. noy. aber noch gestreckter. Riissel in der

Basalhalfte sparlich beschuppt, mit 3
feinen Langsleisten. Fiihlergeissel 7-gliederig, rotgelb, die
einzelnen Glieder vom zweiten ab, an Linge ab, an Dicke zuneh-
mend, Keule eif6rmig deutlich geringelt. Stirn mit sehr
entfernten, groben Punkten. Halsschild so lang wie breit,
an der Basis etwas breiter als an dem schwach abgeschniirten
Vorderrande, die Seiten sehr leicht gerundet, ihre grdésste
Breite in der Mitte, Oberseite sehr grob und ziemlich dicht,
langs der glatten Mittellinie etwas kleiner punktiert. Fliigel-
decken mehr als 14 mal so lang wie breit, vor der Mitte,
im ersten Drittel, am breitesten, im Spitzendrittel leicht
eingeschniirt, mit Reihen entfernter Punkte, von denen die
1. und 2. Reihe, namentlich nach der Spitze zu, streifenartig ein-
gedriickt sind, die tibrigen Punktreihen nur durch eine haarfeine
Linie verbunden werden. Naht ziemlich dicht mit ungeordneten,
1. Spatium mit einer gréberen, 2. Spatium mit einer feineren
Reihe von Punkten, Wurzel des 2. und 3. Spatiums mit gemein-

* Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8, 148.

X,D,1 Heller: Kdfer von den Philippinen 81

samer gelblichweisser Schuppenmakel, eine ahnliche kurz vor
der Spitze zwischen dem 3. und 7. Streifen und einige wenige
kleine Schuppenptinktchen auf dem 1. Spatium. Riicken der un-
terseits gefurchten Schenkel mit weisslichem Schuppensaum.

13. Mecopus bakeri sp. nov.

Ex affinitate M. hopei, niger, variegatim stramineo- et nigro-
tomentosus; prothorace vittis tribus obsoletis, ad basin in macu-
lis tribus condensatis; scutello vittiforme, latitudine duplo lon-
giore, griseo; elytris basi singulis rotundato-productis, sutura
basi albicanti, in triente apicali ut spatio secundo post medium,
asperato-granulosis; corpore subter stramineo-squamoso, meta-
episternis in dimidia parte anteriore macula magna, rotundata
nigra; femoribus posticis dimidia parte elytris superantibus.

Lone..005 latsy3.mim.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F’. Baker).

Eine grau und schwarz melierte Art, aus der Verwandtschaft
des M. hopei, mit grossem dreieckigem Hinterschenkelzahn, Vor-
derbrust des Mannchens jederseits mit kurzem Dornchen. Rts-
sel des Mannchens so lang wie die Fliigeldecken, kraftig gereiht
punktiert mit glatter Dorsallinie und feiner Seitenleiste. Fiihler,
mit Ausnahme des in der Basalhalfte rotlichen Schaftes, schwarz,
2. Geisselglied deutlich langer als das 1., die tibrigen kegel-
formig, unter einander ziemlich gleich lang. MHalsschild 15 mal
so breit wie lang, an der Basis jederseits ausgebuchtet, dicht
punktiert, nur in der Mittellinie und beiderseits ein Langsstreifen
sparlich, an der Wurzel dichter beschuppt. Schildchen doppelt
so lang wie breit, weisslich beschuppt. Flitigeldecken an der
Wurzel einzeln gerundet, Punktstreifen kraftig, der 7. und 8.
an der Schulter abgekiirzt, die Naht in der hinteren Halfte er-
haben, mit einer nicht ganz bis zur Spitze reichenden Reihe
entfernter Stachelkérnchen, 2. Spatium hinter der Mitte etwas
gewolbt mit ungefahr 5 gereihten Stachelkérnchen. K6rperun-
terseite dicht gelblichweiss, ein rundlicher Fleck in der vorderen
Halfte der Hinterbrustepisternen, der auf die Seiten der Hinter-
brust tibergreift, sowie die dausserste Spitze des Analsternites,
schwarz beschuppt.

14. Lobotrachelus gentilis sp. nov.

Niger, antennis tarsisque fulvis, prothorace angulis posticis
lobo scutellari maculaque utrinque postmediana, oculi magni-
tudine, elytris sutura, triente apicali excepta, interstitiis 1-3. ad
basin maculaque laterali postmediana, inter striam quartem et
octavam, ut corpore subter albo-squamosis.

82 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Long., 2.2—2.5; lat., 1—-1.2 mm.

LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Schwarz, Spitzensaum der Decken gelbrot durchscheinend.
Vorderrand bis zu den Vorderecken sowie die Hinterecken des
Halsschildes, der Scutellarlappen und jederseits vor ihm ein
schrag gestellter, ovaler Tropfen, die Deckenwurzel und die
basalen zwei Drittel der Naht (diese zuweilen in der Mitte unter-
brochen), ferner jederseits im zweiten Drittel zwischen dem 4.
und 8. Streifen ein ovaler Tropfen, der so gross ist wie der auf
dem Halsschild, und eine kleine Quermakel an der Deckenspitze
dichtweiss beschuppt. Riissel so lang wie der Halsschild ohne
dem Scutellarlappen, mit zwischen die Augen heraufreichendem,
adusserst feinem Dorsalkielchen, in der Basalhalfte sparlich weiss,
ziemlich lang und anliegend beborstet. Fiihler rotgelb, das 5.
Glied der 7-gliederigen Geissel etwas kleiner als das vorherge-
hende und folgende, so lang wie breit, Keule deutlich 4-gliederig,
ihr 1. Glied an der Spitze etwas breiter als lang, ihr 2. Glied
stark quer. MHalsschild in der Mittellinie 12 mal so lang
wie an der Wurzel breit, grob und ziemlich dicht, aber nicht tief
punktiert, jeder Punkt mit schwarzem Borstchen, die Mittellinie
in der Basalhalfte glatt. Vorderrand der Vorderbrust breit
weiss, doch so beschuppt, dass die Vorderecken von oben her nur
einige wenige weisse Schtippchen erkennen lassen. Halsschild-
hinterecken, der Scutellarlappen und jederseits davon, nahe dem
Halsschildhinterrande, eine schrig gestellte Makel, von Form
und Grésse des Auges, dicht weiss beschuppt. Fliigeldecken sehr
wenig langer als an der Schulter breit, an der rotlich gesiumten
Spitze einzeln abgerundet, die 6 ganzen Dorsalstreifen tief, auf
dem Grunde undeutlich entfernt punktiert. Tarsen gelbbraun,
ihr 1. Glied so lang wie die drei Folgenden zusammen. Schenkel
nahe der Mitte mit kleinem Zahne.

15. Otidognathus elegans sericoplagia subsp. nov.

Differt a specie typica: statura minore, colore tota nigra, pro-
sterni, metasterni, sternitorum abdominaliumque lateribus, meta-
episternis (margine antico glabro excepto) dense ochraceo-
sericeo-pilosis.

Long., 13-15; lat., 6-7 mm.

LUZON, Cagayan, Ilagan (H. H. Stevens; Bur. Sci. Acc. No.
9773).

Otidognathus (Litorrhynchus olim.) elegans Fairm. ist eine in
Grosse und Farbung, sowie beziiglich der Dichte der Behaarung
der Korperseiten, sehr veranderliche Art. Mir liegen Stiticke
von 11.5 — 23 mm. Linge, ohne Riissel, vor, die bald rot sind und

xD, 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 33

eine schwarze Makelzeichnung aufweisen, bald ganz schwarz
sind. Gewohnlich ist die Art dunkelrot, mit schwarzlichen
Schenkelspitzen und ebenso gefairbtem Riissel, ihr Halsschild
zeigt einen breiten, nach hinten zu verbreiterten Mittelstreifen
und am Seitenrande eine grosse ovale Makel, die weder den Vor-
der- noch den Hinterrand erreicht, ihre Decken haben hinter den
Schultern eine Quere und zwischen dem 2. und 5. Streifen, in
der Mitte der Decken, eine rundliche Makel, haufig ist auch der
Spitzenrand der Decken schwarz. Neben diesen Stiicken gibt
es solche, die zwar den Halsschild eben so gemakelt haben, aber
einfarbig braunrote Flitigeldecken oder solche mit schwarzem
Apicalrand aufweisen, oder solche bei denen der Halsschildmittel-
streifen nur auf die vordere Halfte beschrankt, oder gar nur zu
einer kleinen Discalmakel reduziert ist, wahrend die Decken bald
Makeln, bald keine aufweisen. Beziiglich der Tomentierung ist
zu erwahnen, dass die kleineren Stiicke ein dichteres Haarkleid
an den Korperseiten zeigen als die grdsseren, doch lasst sich
auch bei diesen wenigstens eine Spur einst vorhandener Tomen-
tierung nachweisen. Am weitesten von der typischen Form ent-
fernt sich die von mir als subspecies abgetrennte sericoplagia, die
bei geringerer K6rpergroésse und vorwiegend schwarzer Farbung
dicht goldgelb behaarte Korperseiten aufweist, doch sind die
Epimeren der Mittel- und Hinterbrust ganz, die Epimeren der
Mittelbrust am Vorderrande breit kahl. Da sculpturelle Unter-
schiede nicht vorhanden zu sein scheinen, so kann die Form kaum
artlich abgetrennt werden.

16. Protocerius rufifrons sp. nov. Fig. 10.

Supra, rostro, scutello pygydioque nigris exceptis, dilute fer-
rugineus, prothorace disco utrinque plaga oblongo-triangulari
vittaque laterali, antice attenuata elytrisque lateribus nigris;
rostro prothorace, margine antico constricto haud computato,
fere aequilongo, dorso tuberculis geminatis circiter octo; pro-
thorace carinula basali in medio dilatata; elytris quinque striatis,
stria quarta quintaque basi paulo approximatis, vitta laterali,
basi angustata, post humeros usque ad striam quintam dilatata,
ante apicem abrupte angustata, margine apicali, nigro, conjuncta
suturaque partim nigris; corpore subter nigro, maculis duabus
fere connexis, infra marginem prothoracalem, episternis epi-
merisque mesosterni maxima parte, meta-episternis in dimidia
parte supero-posteriore metasternoque in angulis posticis fulve-
scenti-ferrugineis; tibiis anticis fortiter compressis, prothorace
aequilongis, longitudinaliter subsulcatis.

132399——3

84 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Long. (sine rostro), 47; rostri, 16; prothoracis, 19; lat. thor.,
15.7 mm.

MINDANAO, ad flumen Agusan (C. M. Weber; Bur. Sci. Acc.
No. 17309). ;

Von der Grésse und Gestalt des P. grandis Guér. und von allen
Arten durch die mit dem Halsschild gleich gefarbte rostgelbe
Stirn und durch die auffallende schwarze Makelzeichnung aus-
gezeichnet. Von der rostgelben Oberseitenfarbung sind ausge-
nommen: Der Riissel, das Pygidium, der abgesetzte Vorderrand
des Halsschildes, je eine lange, keilformige, vorn spitze Makel,
beiderseits auf der Scheibe des Halsschildes, die aber nur bis
zur Hohe der Hinterecken nach hinten reicht, ein von oben eben
noch sichtbarer Seitenrandstreifen, die Seiten der Decken, hinter
der Schulter bis zum 5. Streifen nach innen zu, vor
der Spitze des 4. Streifens aber plotzlich schmal und
mit dem Spitzenrand zusammenhangend und stellen-
weise auch die Naht, schwarz. Unterseite gross-
tenteils schwarz, rotlichgelb’sind:

Zwei fast zusammenhangende Léangsmakeln
beiderseits unterhalb des Seitenrandes des Hals-
schildes, von welchen die vordere bandformig, die.
hintere dreieckig ist, die Episternen der Mittelbrust,
mit Ausnahme des schmalen, oberen Randes, deren
Epimeren mit Ausnahme der unteren spitzen Halfte,
die hintere, obere, durch die Diagonale begrenzte
Fic.10. Pro. alfte der Hinterbrustepisternen, je eine grossere

tocerius Makel in den Hinterecken der Hinterbrust und eine

Se sP- kleinere runde an deren Seiten, in der Mitte. Beine

relativ schlank, die Hinterschenkel das 4. Abdominal-

sternit deutlich tiberragend. Vorderschienen sehr lang, stark

compresst, an der Wurzel mit Zahn, an der Innenflache mit
flacher Langsfurche.

ANTHRIBIDA®

17. Mecocerina guttata jordani subsp. nov.

Differt a specie typica: prothorace disco haud vittato sed utrin-
que ante et post carinam macula nigra punctiformi, posterio-
ribus quam anterioribus plus approximatis; antennis fulvis, arti-
culis tribus apicalibus nigris; tibiis tarsisque totis fulvis.

Long., 9; lat., 3.5 mm.

LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F.. Baker).

Dunkel rotbraun, dicht lehmgelb tomentiert, Fiihler gelbbraun,
die letzten 3 Glieder schwarz, Halsschild vor der Mitte unter
und dicht iiber dem Seitenrande, sowie beiderseits der Scheibe

Sel TDN Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 35

vor und hinter der Antebasalleiste, mit je einem schwarzen
Punkt, von welchen letztere einander mehr gendhert sind als
die vor der Leiste gelegenen. Fliigeldecken mit einer Discoi-
dalreihe von 2 grossen und einem kleinen apicalen, sowie mit
einer Marginalreihe von 4 kleinen schwarzen Punktmakeln. Alle
Schienen und Tarsen gelbbraun, goldgelb tomentiert.

Diese Unterart ist Herrn Dr. K. Jordan, Tring, der so giitig
war sie zu vergleichen und sie mir als eine Form von M. guttata
Jord.® zu bezeichnen, in aufrichtiger Dankbarkeit gewidmet.

CERAMBYCIDAs

18. Epania (?) longicollis sp. nov. Fig. 11, lla.

Nigra, omnino parce longeque albido-pilosa, antennis dimidia-
que basali femorum, tibiis tarsisque rufis, elytris testaceis, dimi-
dia parte apicali nigro-plagiatis; prothorace lati- 9
tudine multo longiore, reticulato-punctato, maxima
latitudine in secundo triente, lateribus rectis, pos-
trorsum divergentibus; elytris coxis posticis haud
superantibus, apice singulis rotundatis, sat for-
titer, apice remotius punctatis, vitta -humerali
levi; abdomine nigro-nitido, sternitis abdominali-
bus tres anticis, ante medium, transverse sulcatis,
in parte basali fortiter punctatis, quatuor anticis
lateribus per totam longitudinem foveolato-
impressis; femoribus clavatis, posticis sternito
secundo abdominali paulo superantibus; unguiculis
basi dente minuto.

Long., 8; lat., 1.5 mm. :

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker). . ee ae

Schwarz, tiberall mit feinen abstehenden, ™”
weissen Wimpern sparlich besetzt, Fiihler, Basalhalfte der ge-
keulten Schenkel, alle Schienen und Tarsen rot, Fliigeldecken
lehmgelb, mit ovalem, die Apicalhalfte einnehmenden, schwarzen
Fleck. Kopf quer, netzartig punktiert, nicht schnautzenartig
verlangert. Fiihler die Spitze der MHinterschenkel kaum
erreichend, ihr 38. Glied langer als das 4., dieses kiirzer
als das 5. MHalsschild viel langer als breit, netzartig, der
Vorderrand grob und einfach punktiert, der abgeschniirte
Basalteil quer strigiliert, Seiten gerade, nach hinten diver-
gierend, ihre grosste Breite im zweiten Drittel ihrer Lange,
Mittellinie in der hinteren Halfte furchenartig vertieft.

*Novit. Zool. (1908), 10, 427 (die Stammart ist aus Nord Celebes
beschrieben) .

26 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Schildchen kurz dreieckig, iiber die Naht erhaben, schwarz.
Fliigeldecken wenig langer als zusammen breit, an der Spitze
einzeln abgerundet, mit ringsum laufender Randfurche, grob und
dicht, im Spitzenteil sparsamer punktiert, ein von den Schultern
innen bis zur Deckenmitte hinziehender Streifen glatt. Seiten
der Vorderbrust vor den Vorderhiiften fast ganz (vergl. Fig.
lla.) von einer grossen, ovalen, innen dicht weisslich behaarten
Grube eingenommen. Hinterbrust ziemlich dicht und grob
punktiert. Hinterleib glanzend schwarz, die 3 vorderen Sternite
naher der Wurzel mit einer Querfurche, der Basalteil vor dieser
grob punktiert, alle Sternite, mit Ausnahme des letzten Sternites,
an den Seiten mit tiefer ihre ganze Lange einnehmender Langs-
grube. Schenkel glinzend, die hinteren das 2. Abdominalsternit
etwas tiberragend. Klauen am Grunde mit kleinem Zahnchen.

Diese Art ist wahrscheinlich Reprasentant einer neuen Gat-
tung, auf die ich bei spaterer Gelegenheit noch zurtickzukommen
gedenke.

19. Pharsalia truncatipennis sp. nov.

Pharsalia agenori simillima, sed elytris apice truncatis, trun-
catura angulo externo haud producto, macula laterali postmediana
nulla.

LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Baker).

Der Ph. agenor in Grosse, Farbung und Sculptur sehr ahnlich,
jedoch die Fliigeldecken an der Spitze einfach abgestutzt, ohne
vorgezogene Aussenecke und an den Seiten, hinter der Mitte,
ohne grossere schwarze Makeln. Ausser diesen Unterschieden
bin ich nicht im Stande noch irgend einen weiteren wesentlichen
Unterschied anzugeben, so dass ich die Form, ware der plastische
Unterschied an der Deckenspitze nicht vorhanden, nur als Varie-
tat aufftihren wiirde. Unterseite, wie bei Ph. agenor, dicht
schmutzigrehbraun tomentiert, die Abdominalsternite jedoch nur
an den Seiten, nicht auch in der Mitte, mit einer Kahlmakel am

Hinterrande.
Genus OBEREA Muls.

Weitaus die grésste Zahl der indo-malayischen Arten der Gat-
tung ist von Pascoe 1867 in den Trans. Ent. Soc. London, III, 3,
420—488, beschrieben worden, sie wurde spater namentlich von
Gahan, Fairmaire, Jordan und v. Heyden durch Arten aus Birma,
Tonkin, Celebes und Borneo wesentlich vermehrt, so dass es bei
der Unbestimmtheit der von den Autoren angegebenen Merkmale
(Fiihler- und Schenkellange, Thoraxform, Hohe der Wangen
im Vergleich zur Héhe des unteren Augenlappens, sollten im-
mer angegeben werden) recht schwierig ist, einen Uberblick

eal Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 37

tiber die verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen der Arten zu ge-
winnen. Die Beschaftigung mit dieser Gattung lehrt nur, dass
die Arten local sehr beschrankt sind.

Daher gelang es mir trotz aller Miihe nicht die Oberea-Arten,
die mir in stattlicher Anzahl von den Philippinen vorlagen, mit
Ausnahme einer einzigen Art (seminigra) mit bereits bekannten
Arten zu identifizieren.

Neben dem von Professor Baker gesammelten Material und
dem aus dem Bureau of Science lagen mir, aus der Sammlung
des Kgl. Zoologischen Museums in Dresden, auch noch von Dr.
A. Schadenberg und dem bekannten Orchideensammler W. Micho-
litz herriihrende Arten vor, so dass die 3 bisher von den Philip-
pinen bekannten Formen um 2 vermehrt werden. Bemerkens-
wert ist dabei, dass mir 2 der Newman’schen Arten unbekannt
geblieben sind: demissa und macilenta (nec macilenta Pasc., die
ich fiir eine andere Art halte), doch habe ich sie in der folgenden
Artiibersicht einzureihen vermocht; alle scheinen der 2. Gruppe
Pascoes: Deckenspitze schrig ausgerandet, der Aussenwinkel
vorgezogen, anzugehoren.

a. Erstes Fiihlerglied schwarz.
b*. Abdomen ganz schwarz.

c. Hinterschenkel schwarz.

d. Fliigeldecken ganz schwarz oder héchstens mit verwaschenem

braunlichem Langswisch an der Wurzel.
e’. Kopf schwarz, Thorax und Mund dunkelrot.
Q. erythrostoma sp. nov.
f’. Halsschild mit breitem schwarzen Basal- und Apicalrand und

= eben solchem Mittelstreifen................ 0. melanostoma sp. nov.
fe lalsschildmcan7eo tess 0. macilenta New.’

e’. Kopf und Halsschild gelbrot, groésste Breite des letzteren hinter

dereMitte- S222. Pee Ue AS en. eecs 0. schadenbergi sp. nov.

d@. Flugeldecken an der Wurzel ganz gelbrot.... 0. quianga sp. nov.
@. Hinterschenkel gelb oder rotgelb, Fligeldecken der ganzen Lange
nach mit schmutziggelben Langsstreifen...... 0. makilingi sp. nov.
b*. Abdomen schwarz, 4. Sternit gelb, Fltigeldecken mit gelben Spitzen-
IGKe(O CCpeRe te aoe ye Re a ee SORES cota ot) oe EE Oe Oe 0, flavoterminata sp. nov.
b’. Abdomen an der Wurzel, das 1. Sternit ganz, das 2. meist gréssten-
teils gelb.
g. Kopf schwarz, Thorax rot, Fligeldecken schmutziggelbbraun, alle’
Schenlel@cellplacieee sera eee 0. albocuspis sp. nov.
g’. Kopf, Halsschild und Schenkel braunlich oder rotgelb.
h*. Hinterbrust, ausgenommen die vordere Halfte, sowie die Seiten-
: Stickers schwarz. ee eae eee aie TB se 0. balinee sp. nov.
h?. Hinterbrust und Seitenstiicke ganz gelb.
¢. Fuhler schwarz, Abdomen nur an den Seiten deutlich punktiert.
0. seminigra Chvr.
¢@. Fuhler vom halben 4. Glied ab rostrot, Abdomen tiberall kraftig
DUKE Te 1b eee eee eee steer SEES tee 0. punctiventris sp. nov.

88 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

b*. Abdomen ganz gelb.

j. Halsschild mindestens so lang wie breit, Fliigeldecken im Spitzen-
drittel kaum) pumnktiert.2 ee 0. micholitzi sp. nov.
j’. Halsschild quer, Fliigeldecken im Spitzendrittel deutlich punktiert.
0. mimetica sp. nov.
a. Erstes Fihlerglied braunlichgelb, Thorax gelb, Abdomen schwarz, an

der Wurzel goldig behaart, Fiisse gelb, Hintertibien schwarz.
0. demissa New.’

20. Oberea erythrostoma sp. nov..

Nigra, subtilissima griseo-pubescens, ore rufescenti-fulvo; pro-
thorace rufo, antennarum articulo apicali albido; fronte rude
remoteque, prothorace, subtransverso, subtilius punctatis, hic
transverse subrugoso; elytris in triente basali fortiter, apicem
versus sensim subtilius seriato-punctatis ; abdomine lateribus vix
punctatis, coxis posticis parte interna trochanteribusque fulvis.

Long., 16; lat., 2.5 mm.

LuzON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker); et Atimonan (W.
Micholitz) .

Schwarz, fein grau pubescent, die Umgebung des Mundes,
vom Stirnunterrand ab und die Backen, rotgelb, Halsschild rot,
Fiihler die Decken iiberragend, ihr Spitzenglied weisslich, das
4. Glied viel langer als das 3. (5:3.3), das 5. wenig kiirzer als
das 4. Kopf breiter als der leicht quere Halsschild, dieser mit
zerstreuten und feineren Punkten als jener, mit undeutlichen
Querrunzeln und in der hinteren Halfte mit Mittelleiste. Schild-
chen leicht quer, schwarz, grau tomentiert. Fliigeldecken im
Basaldrittel mit groben, weiter hinten viel feiner werdenden
Punktreihen. Abdomen mit sehr zerstreuten, besonders an den
Seiten undeutlichen Punkten und daselbst dichter tomentiert.
Hinterschenkel das 1. Bauchsternit sehr wenig tiberragend.

"Bei der schweren Zuganglichkeit lasse ich hier die Originalbeschrei-
bungen folgen:

Oberea macilenta: Nigra, prothorace rufo, antennz corpore vix breviores
pilosae; oculi prominentes; caput prothorace manifeste latius; elytra aspere
punctata, punctis magnis, profundis, lineatim dispositis; apice oblique trun-
cata, angulis acute productis; pedes brevissimi: insectum gracillimum.

’ 0.625 unc., lat. 0.065 unc.

Oberea demissa: Facies gibba, faciei epicranisque sulcus manifestus
longitudinalis continuus; oculi prominentes, nigris; antenne nigrae,
articulo basali fulvo; caput fulvum; prothorax fulvus, linea _dorsali,
longitudinali, subelevata, concolori; scutellum fulvum; elytra nigra, basi
sordide fulva, perlonga, dorso longitudinaliter depressa, aspere puncta,
punctis vix ordinatis, apice subrotunda, intus oblique truncaturae externo
paullo producto; abdomen nigrum, basi aureo-villosum; pedes breves, fulyi,
metatibiis nigris, tarsis piceis. Corp. long. 0.725 unc., lat. 0.15 une.

Dy 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 39

Hinterbrust mit zerstreuten, langeren weissen Haaren. Hinter-
hiiften innen und die hinteren Trochanteren ganz gelbbraun.
Vorderschienen gleich breit, schwach gebogen.

21. Oberea melanostoma sp. nov.

Nigra, prothorace margine antico et postico vittaque mediana
nigris exceptis sanguineis; elytris in triente basali seriato-, in
triente apicali (striis subsuturalibus exceptis) haud punctatis;
corpore subter subtiltter griseo-tomentoso, abdomine lateribus
distinctius punctatis; femoribus posticis sternito abdominali
primo parum superantibus.

Long., 13.5; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F. Benerye

Schwarz, fein grau tomentiert, Halsschild, mit Ausnahme des
schwarzen, durch einen Mittelstreifen verbundenen Vorder- und
Hinterrandes, rot. Epistom braunlichgelb. Fiihler ganz
schwarz, das 4. Glied fast um ein Viertel langer als das 3. Hals-
schild deutlich linger als breit, sein Vorderrand sehr stumpf-
winkelig ausgerandet, beiderseits des breiten schwarzen Mittel-
streifen unregelmassig zerstreut punktiert, die Zwischenraume
leicht quer runzelig. Fliigeldecken im basalen Drittel mit 5,
von oben sichtbaren Punktreihen, deren Punkte wesentlich
kleiner als die Spatien sind und weiter nach hinten zu noch
kleiner und unregelmassiger werden, im Spitzenviertel, abge-
sehen von einigen Punkten langs der Naht, jedoch ganz erloschen.
Die aussere Ecke der sehr schrag abgestutzten und leicht aus-
gerandeten Deckenspitze mit spitzem Dorn. Korperunterseite
ausser der feinen grauen Pubescenz mit zerstreuten langeren
weisslichen, die Oberseite mit ebensolchen schwarzen Haaren.
Hinterschenkel das 1. Bauchsternit sehr wenig tiberragend.
Bauchsternite an den Seiten entlang des Deckenseitenrandes mit
unregelmassig zerstreuten, groberen Punkten. Vorderschienen
starker als bei anderen Arten gebogen.

22. Oberea schadenbergi sp. nov.

Nigra, capite prothoraceque rufo-testaceis; antennis corpore
longioribus, articulo ultimo toto, paenultimo parte majore albidis;
Prothorace maxima latitudine post medium et hic capite aequi-
lato; scutello luteo; elytris seriato-punctatis, punctis apicem
versus magnitudine decrescentibus; abdomine, ut pedibus, nigris,
lateribus haud distinctius punctatis, femoribus posticis sternito
abdominali primo vix superantibus.

Long., 14; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, Laguna (A. Schadenberg).

40 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Der Farbung nach muss diese Art der mir unbekannten O.
rubetra Pasc. ahnlich sein, unterscheidet sich aber von ihr durch
die Fuhlerspitze, deren letztes Glied ganz, deren vorletztes in der
grosseren Apicalhalfte weisslich ist. Drittes bis 6. Fiihlerglied
an Lange zunehmend, das 6. sehr deutlich langer als das 3. Hals-
schild so lang wie breit, seine groésste Breite hinter der Mitte,
feiner und zerstreuter als der Scheitel punktiert, mit undeut-
lichen Querrunzeln, in der Basalhalfte mit glattem Mittelstreifen.
Schildchen braunlich. Fltigeldecken wie gewohnlich im basalen
Drittel mit grésseren, nach hinten zu allmdlig kleiner werdenden
gereihten Punkten, die aussen doch bis zur Deckenspitze kennt-
lich sind. Abdomen sowie die Mittel- und Hinterbrust und
alle Beine schwarz, fein grau behaart. Seiten des Abdomens
chne grossere Punkte.

Die Art gleicht auch einer mir vorliegenden Art aus Bali, die
ebenfalls eine weissliche Fiihlerspitze hat, deren Halsschild aber
vollkommen cylindrisch ist und deren Fliigeldecken an der Wurzel
einen hell bréunlichen Langswisch aufweisen.

23. Oberea quianga sp. nov.

Nigra, capite, prothorace, scutello elytrorumque octava parte
basali rufo-testaceis, antennarum articulis duobus apicalibus albi-
dis, prothorace latitudine paulo longiore, indistincte punctato,
lateribus aequaliter subrotundatis; elytris ad basin punctis seria-
tis, paulo majoribus, retrorsum decrescentibus, sed etiam in parte
apicali sat conspicuis ; mesosterno episternisque rufis, metasterno
abdomineque nigris, segmentis tres anterioribus ante medium
impressione laterali punctiforme, transversa.

Long., 18; lat., 2 mm.

MINDANAO, Davao (W. Micholitz).

Schwarz, Kopf, Halsschild, Mittelbrust und das basale Achtel
der Decken gelbrot, die 2 letzten Fiihlerglieder weisslich. Stirn
grob und zerstreut, Scheitel etwas dichter punktiert. Viertes
Fiihlerglied um zwei Drittel langer als das 3. Halsschild etwas
langer als breit, am Vorder- und Hinterrande leicht abgeschnirt,
beiderseits schwach querrunzelig. Punktreihen der Decken an
der Basis kraftig, nach hinten zu zwar feiner werdend, aber auch
im Spitzenteil kenntlich. Abdomen schwarz, fein grau tomen-
tiert, seine 3 vorderen Sternite an den Seiten, vor der Mitte,
mit querem Griibchen. Hinterschenkel die Halfte des 2. Ab-
dominalsternites kaum erreichend.

24. Oberea makilingi sp. nov.

Nigra, capite, prothorace femoribusque fulvis, elytris per totam
longitudinem vitta discoidali ochracea; antennis elytris distincte

SDL Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen Al

superantibus, nigris vertice prothorace multo grossius punctato;
prothorace latitudine paulo longiore, fere cylindrico, brevissime
aurato-tomentoso, remote punctato, disco utrinque plaga, in medio
calositate oblonga, postice subsulcata, glabriusculis; elytris apice
oblique truncatis ad suturam acute dentatis; abdomine nigyro,
subtilissime griseo-tomentoso, lateribus haud fortius punctatis;
femoribus sternito primo abdominali superantibus.

Long., 13.5; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, mons Maquiling (C. F’. Baker).

Schwarz, Kopf und Halsschild rotgelb, Schenkel gelb, Fliigel-
decken der ganzen Lange nach auf der Scheibe mit braunlich-
gelben Langsstreifen. Backen etwas weniger hoch wie der tn-
tere Augenlappen. Stirn und Scheitel tief und gréber wie der
Halsschild, erstere etwas sparsamer punktiert. Fiihler ganz
schwarz, ihr 3. Glied deutlich kiirzer als das 4. Halsschild ziem-
lich cylindrisch, breiter als lang, viel feiner als der Scheitel
punktiert, beiderseits der Scheibe und langs der Mittellinie un-
punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit feiner Mittelfurche, die Punkt-
reihen schon im ersten Drittel feiner werdend, im Spitzenfiinftel
ganz erloschen. Der gelbe Discoidalstreifen reicht vom 1.—5.
Punktstreifen und lasst nur einen schmalen Nahtstreifen und
die schwarzen Deckenseiten frei. Alle Htiften, Hinterbrust und
Abdomen, sowie die Schienen und Tarsen, schwarz, Hinterschen-
kel den Hinterrand des 1. Bauchsternites tiberragend.

25. Oberea flavoterminata sp. nov. Fig. 12.

Nigra, elytris postrorsum fortiter angustatis, disco in quarto
basali fuscescenti, singulis gutta apicali flava; femoribus anticis
- totis, reliquis basi rufis; segmento abdominali quarto fulvo.

Long., 16; lat. hum., 2 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Schwarz, Taster, 4. Bauchsternit und ein lainglicher Tropfen
auf der Deckenspitze gelb, die ganzen Vorderschenkel und die
Wurzel der beiden hinteren Paare rot, Decken im 1. Viertel mit
einem hinten spitz zulaufenden, braunlichen Langswisch. Kopf
breiter als der Halsschild, sehr fein gelblich tomentiert, am Unter-
rande der fast die Mandibelwurzel tangierenden Augen mit einem
langeren Wimpernkranz. MHalsschild deutlich langer als breit,
cylindrisch, die Seiten hinter der Mitte kaum merklich erweitert,
in der hinteren Halfte mit feiner Mittelleiste, lings des Vorder-
randes leicht querstreifig gerunzelt, im tibrigen zerstreut punk-
tiert. Schildchen zungenférmig, etwas breiter als lang. Fltigel-
decken an der Wurzel kaum breiter als der Halsschild, nach
hinten bis zur Abdomenwurzel hin stark verengt, dann bis zur

4? The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Spitze hin gleich schmal, mit an der Wur-
zel groben und unordentlichen, hinten
feiner werdenden Punktreihen, von denen
die an der Naht bis zur Spitze reichen,
jede Deckenspitze mit doppelt so langer
wie breiter, dunkel gelber, ovaler Makel.
Hinterschenkel die Halfte des 2. Bauch-
sternites nicht erreichend. Seiten des
Abdomens bis zur Halfte des 3. Sternites
zerstreut aber deutlich, von da ab versch-
Fig. 12. A Fla eae windend punktiert. Letztes Sternit etwas

ines glanzend, tief schwarz. Vorderschienen
an der Spitze keulenartig erweitert.

26. Oberea albocuspis sp. nov.

Fusca, capite nigro, regione orali genisque ut thorace rufis;
antennis corpore longioribus, nigris, articulo tertio quarto bre-
viore, articulo apicali nigro; prothorace fere quadrato, longitudi-
ne paulo latiore, ad basin distinctius quam ad apicem constricto,
remote punctato, in dimidia parte basali carinula mediana ob-
soleta; elytris luteis, lateribus infuscatis, punctis seriatis apicem
versus subtilissimis; metasterno, meta-episternis abdomineque
in dimidia parte apicali nigricantibus, femoribus fulvis, posticis
dimidium sterniti abdominali secundi fere attingentibus, tibiis
tarsisque infuscatis.-

Tongs, 16. late 2:5) mmae,

Luzon, Laguna, Los Bafos (C. F. Baker).

Eine mit O. erythrostoma verwandte Art, mit schwarzem Kopf,
rotlichem Mund und Halsschild und eben solchen Wangen, gelb- -
braunen, an den Seiten dunkleren Fliigeldecken, mit Ausnahme
des weissen Endgliedes schwarzen Fiihlern, gelben Schenkeln,
brdunlichen Schienen und Tarsen und in der hinteren Halfte
schwarzem Hinterleib. Unterer Augenlappen deutlich hoher als
die Wangen. Halsschild wenig breiter als lang, fast quadratisch,
vor der Basis stirker als am Vorderrand eingeschniirt, zerstreut
punktiert, in der Basalhalfte mit feiner Mittelleiste, an den Seiten
mit einzelnen langen Wimpern. Fliigeldecken im ersten Drittel
mit gréberen, nach hinten zu feiner werdenden, bis zur Spitze
reichenden Punktreihen. Hinterbrust und ihre Seitenstiicke
schwarzlich, 1. und 2. Bauchsternit braunlichgelb, allmalig in
die schwarze Farbung des Abdomens tibergehend, alle Htiften
und Schenkel gelb, die hinteren die Halfte des 2. Abdominalster-
nites erreichend. Schienen und Tarsen braunlich, Abdomen fein
greis behaart, ohne groébere Punktierung an den Seiten.

Ds 1 Heller: Kafer von den Philippinen 43

27. Oberea balinee sp. nov.

6 et 9: Fulvo-testacea, antennis, corpore brevioribus, elytris
quinta parte basali excepta, metasterno in dimidia parte postica,
metepisternis, sericantibus, totis, abdomine sternitis quatuor
posticis, tibiis posticis tarsisque omnibus nigris; abdomine late-
ribus haud distinctius punctato.

Long., 17—19; lat., 3—3:2 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (C. F. Baker).

Braunlichgelb, die Fiihler, die gréssere Halfte der Hinterbrust,
deren Seitenstiicke ganz, die Decken in den hinteren vier Fiinf-
teln, die hinteren 4 Abdominalsternite, die Hintertibien ganz, die
2 vorderen Paare in der Apicalhalfte des Aussenrandes und alle
Tarsen schwarz, Backen so hoch wie der verticale Durchmesser
des unteren Augenlappens. Fiihler die Hinterleibsspitze nicht
liberragend, ihr 4. Glied viel ktirzer als das 3., das 5. so lang
wie das 1. MHalsschild deutlich breiter als lang, aufstehend gelb
behaart, am Vorder- und Hinterrande leicht abgeschniirt, die
Seiten schwach gerundet, Oberseite zerstreut punktiert, in der
hinteren Halfte beiderseits leicht eingedriickt, mit sehr groben
Punkten, davor eine glatte Schwiele. Schildchen, sowie die Basis
der Decken, bréunlichgelb, doch verlauft die Abgrenzungslinie
bei diesen nicht quer, sondern es reicht die schwarze Farbung bis
zur Halfte der Hinterbrustepisternen nach vorn, wahrend sich
die gelbe Basalfarbung der Decken als verwaschener Streifen
bis zur Hohe der Hinterhiiften nach hinten erstreckt. Drittes-
Spatium in der Basalhalfte leicht gewolbt, die hinten kleiner
werdenden Punkte der Reihen auch im Spitzenteil deutlich. Hin-
terschenkel die Mitte des 2. Abdominalsternites erreichend.

28. Oberea punctiventris sp. nov.

¢ et @: Ferruginea, antennarum articulis tres basalibus basi-
que quartae nigris; elytris tribus quartis apicalibus abdomine-
que apicem versus infuscatis, hoc ubique distincte remoteque
punctato; femoribus posticis sternito abdominali primo paulo
superantibus.

ones oil Matemieo—- amine

LuZON (A. Schadenberg).

Gelblichrostbraun, die 3 basalen Fiihlerglieder und die Wurzel
des 4. Fiihlergliedes schwarz, die hinteren drei Viertel der Decken
gebraunt. Stirn stark gewolbt, unterer Augenlappen relativ
gross, so dass die Entfernung seines Unterrandes von der Man-
dibelwurzel kaum die Dicke des 3. Fiihlergliedes tibertrifft.
Fiihler die Deckenspitze nur wenig tiberragend, in der grosseren
Spitzenhalfte rostgelb. Halsschild vollkommen cylindrisch, deut-

4A The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

lich langer als breit, ohne Basalrandfurche, undeutlich zerstreut
punktiert, fein tomentiert und, sowie die Deckenwurzel, mit spar-
lichen feinen abstehenden Haaren. Fliigeldecken fast bis zur
Spitze hin deutlich gereiht punktiert, ihre Spitze schrag ab-
gestutzt, mit kaum vorgezogenen Ecken. Abdomen iiberall fein,
aber deutlich zerstreut punktiert, nach hinten zu allmalig dunkler,
die letzten 2-3 Sternite meist ganz schwarz. Beine ganz gelb-
braun, Hinterschenkel den Hinterrand des 1. Sternites deutlich
uberragend.

29. Oberea micholitzi sp. nov.

Fulva, antennis elytrorum apicem haud attingentibus elytris-
que dimidia parte apicali nigris; genis lobo oculari inferiore alti-
tudine aequali; prothorace latitudine longiore, fere cylindrico,
disco rude punctato, punctis nigro-ciliatis, basi utrinque callosi-
tate oblonga; elytris basi capite angustioribus, punctis serratis
nigro-ciliatis, post medium evanescentibus; pedibus totis fulvis,
femoribus posticis sterniti primi abdominalis apicem haud
attingentibus.

Long., 18; lat., 2.6 mm.

MINDANAO, Davao (W. Micholitz).

Rotlichgelb, die die Decken nicht tiberragenden Fiihler und die
hintere Halfte der Decken schwarz. Unterer Augenlappen
relativ klein, so dass seine Hohe der der Backen gleichkommt.
Halsschild deutlich langer als breit, hinter dem Vorder- und dem
Hinterrande kaum merklich eingeschniirt, namentlich auf der
Scheibe mit groben zerstreuten Punkten, deren jeder eine
schwarze Wimper traégt und deren Zwischenraume leicht quer-
faltig sind, Seiten mit einem geglatteten Wulst, der nahe den
Hinterecken beginnt und sich bis zur Vorderrandabschniirung
erstreckt. Fltigeldecken schon von der Mitte ab sehr fein
gereiht-punktiert, die gréssere hintere Halfte schwarz, vorn
verwaschen. Unterseite und die ganzen Beine rotgelb, Abdomen
an den Seiten ohne deutlichere Punktierung. Hinterschenkel
den Hinterrand des 1. Bauchsternites nicht erreichend.

30. Oberea mimetica sp. nov. ;

Fulva, antennis corpore brevioribus, in triente apicali ferru-
gineis, elytris in dimidia parte apicali nigris; prothorace trans-
verso, fulvo-velutino, ante basin sulco transverso obsoleto; elytris
apice oblique subsinuatis; corpore subter pedibusque concoloribus
fulvis, femoribus posticis sternito primo abdominali distincte
superantibus.

Long., 17-18; lat., 3-3.2 mm.

Det Heller: Kdfer von den Philippinen 45

LuZON (A. Schadenberg).

Braunlichgelb, Fiihler schwarz, ihr Spitzendrittel rostgelb, Api-
calhalfte der Decken schwarz. Hohe der Backen nur wenig
kleiner als die des unteren Augenlappens. MHalsschild quer, dicht
sammetartig braunlichgelb tomentiret, undeutlich zerstreut
punktiert und in den Hinterecken mit rundlicher Kahlschwiele,
die meist mit einer 4hnlichen beiderseits der Scheibe zusammen-
fliesst. Punktreihen der Decken nach hinten zu verhaltnismassig
nur wenig kleiner werdend und auch im Spitzendrittel deutlich.
Korperunterseite und Beine ganz gelb. Hinterschenkel die Mitte
des 2. Bauchsternites erreichend. Seiten des Abdomens ohne
grobere Punkte. :

ANHANG

Von anderen bemerkenswerten Funden in und in der Umgebung
von Los Banos, die Prof. C. F. Baker machte, méchten wir an-
hangsweise noch erwahnen.

Galba auricolor Bonv. Oxypygus exclamationis Wied.
Galba funebris Chevr. Diocalandra discors Faust.
Cylas turcipennis Boh. Cerobates sexsulcatus Mots.
Omphasus mansuetus Faust. Gelonzetha hirta Thoms.
Gasterocercus anatinus Chevr. Xylotrechus australis G. P.
Telephaé obliquefasciata Mots. Xylorrhiza adusta Wied.
Pempheres affinis Faust. Nyctimene vittata Pasce.

Phzenomerus sundevalli Boh. Ostedes pauperata Pasc.

wee eile tte me a
Fythipneiitiat tit oir dadg tess, t

eh
tu ‘6N a 4 .

scdlibaldbatacecaiaienies ;
ate ee thee Bue te Mu ets ak Be
Nah ar »

sh NY ARN 3 A a Ms ba a eee A
4 id Ni spt ip shane devin
‘tard ill a

ky hee ia’ TD! hee an

Bi if : At AE NET INT i Ma eR, Wh oon 7“ wIrNy J

ean \

i i Nas a8 ban ee ‘a Pn kde ola"

7 | | DON eT re
avity! a it tee havens PTT) bel Ss ih iN r :
ye Rene aa ee ke ee

|
i a Wy

FIG.

ERKLARUNG DER FIGUREN

. Trypeticus longicollis sp. nov.
. Epiechinus lagune sp. nov.

Semnodema bakeri sp. nov.

Fihler von Nanophyes (s. str.) proles sp. nov.
Fuhler von Nanophyes neuter sp. nov.
Fihler von Nanophyes discoidalis sp. nov.

. Fuhler von Nanophyes (Corimalia) varicolor sp. noy.
. Fuhler von Endymia apicalis sp. nov.

. Idotasia paucisquamosa sp. nov.

. Protocerius rufifrons sp. nov.

. Epania (?) longicollis sp. nov.

. Oberea flavoterminata sp. nov.

‘hh

hee iar plea a sii gue

a By ae et Age Woke vai aie

aN ae Done ry Bit ani seaboarowy (aos: i a
ii etn tana aS ay er a

or es ‘ So arene, Ae et 4g Welwomipaln nein

ale. . Pi Dai Pn ei ov. ‘iriey pAb

f i : ; ey way ye ; a
eA ty ‘ ‘ or
Vt 1 1 1 >
; ‘ ie | ee ee (i ted
ih
4 * ’
‘
f i
ki i
(
;
' \ <
‘
VA . a
*
< lee
7 t
; i
‘ x
rt)
‘i
Ip yt
|
fee
) i
i
.
‘
P
fe om ,, i

STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE JASSOIDEA: II, PHILIPPINE JASSARIA

By C. F. BAKER
(From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines)

FIVE TEXT FIGURES

The present classification of the jassoid insects is one of the
most artificial groupings in the Hemiptera. Groupings have
been proposed by various authors, in each case based principally
on the Jassoidea! of a single country or at least of limited
regions. We have had these, more or less varied in detail, for
Europe, America, India, and Australasia and Polynesia. Any
one of these classifications is largely broken down in attempts
to use it for the jassoid insects of the world. But very few
generic or even family types have been given thorough ana-
tomical study, the bulk of the genera and even higher groups
having been so incompletely described, that their arrangement
in a common system, at this time, is next to impossible. Ad-
equate anatomical studies in this superfamily will surely bring
about a more natural arrangement, as it has recently done in
the Psylloidea. For example, it may justly be said that we
know next to nothing of the composition of the thorax of the
jassoid insects. Some observations I have made on pleural and
sternal sclerites in certain forms indicate that this will be a
fruitful subject for study. Ihave labored for many years simply
to bring together enough material from all regions to gain some
elementary idea of the broader groupings possible. I estimate
that more undescribed species now exist in collections than all
previously made known by all authors. It may be imagined
how all this coming work will modify our present conceptions
of genera. Some of the existing ‘“‘genera” will completely dis-
appear in this flood of species, while many new genera will have
to be erected, this in its turn widely modifying family limits.

*It seems that the time is soon coming when the Homoptera by general
consent will be divided into the superfamilies Fulgoroidea, Cicadoidea, Cer-
copioidea, Membracioidea, Jassoidea, Psylloidea, and Coccidoidea. These can
then be divided into numerous natural families. Only special students of
the group are aware of the enormous extent of the Homoptera, even as im-
perfectly known as it is at present, and these students, at least, welcome
the greater clarity and simplicity possible in the recognition of more
numerous families.

1323994 49

50 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

At present I am grouping my material in seven families:
Ledridz, Stenocotide, Ulopide, Tettigoniellide, Jassidz, Koe-
beliidze, and Bythoscopide. The Ledride, if restricted, form a
fairly homogeneous group. The Stenocotide include the Steno-
cotine, Megophthalminz (formerly family Paropiide), and Sig-
noretiine. The Ulopide form a passage to the next family.
The Tettigoniellide include the Hylicine, Gyponine, Penthimi-
ine, and Tettigonielline (with the tribes Ciccini, Tettigoniel-
lini, and Errhomenini). The extensive family Jasside ? includes
the Eupelicine and Jassinz; the latter subfamily I divide into
6 tribes: Acocephalini, Cephalelini (with the divisions Cephale-
lusaria and Hecalusaria), Phrynomorphini (formerly Athysa-
nini) (with the tribes Stegelytraria, Tartessusaria, Selenoce-
phalaria, Phrynomorpharia, and Limotettixaria), Balcluthini
(formerly Gnathodini), Eupterygini (formerly Typhlocybini),
and Jassini (with the tribes Xestocephalaria and Jassaria).
The Koebeliide represent an anomalous group showing a strange
mixture of relationships. The Bythoscopid# should be sepa-
rated into Bythoscopine and Eurymeline (if included at all).
The latter subfamily, having strong membracid affinities, should
be examined as to its relationships with the ethalionids.

Taking up the Jassini, we find the tribe, throughout, readily
recognizable by the reduced venation, distinctive form of head
and thorax, and other general characters. It seems that Xes-
tocephalus should find a place here. Its form, venation, and
position of ocelli all find close analogues in this tribe. The
genus Macroceratogonia of Kirkaldy indubitably belongs in this
tribe and is closely related to Palicus and Neocoelidea. It has
nothing clearly to distinguish it but the higher position of the
antennz, and this character is not of tribal value.

The division Thagriaria of Distant seems to be unnecessary,
since there are some quite intermediate forms. The logical fol-
lowing out of such a separation would be the recognition, among
these genera, of a number of other groups of equal value and all
difficult of definition. In Distant’s synopsis of genera the diag-
nostic character used to separate Guliga has only a specific value
among these insects. Also his alternative group characters for
separating Jassus-Arya from Kunasia-Myittana are both amply

*The use of the family name Jasside by Stebbing (Amphipoda: Gam-
maridea) [Das Tierreich 21, 8, 647, 739], for a family of Amphipoda, is
untenable. Jassus Fabr., as a genus of the Homoptera, dates from 1803,
while Jassa Leach of Amphipoda dates from 1814. Fieber had used this
family name in the Homoptera in 1866.

RD Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 51

represented in endless intergrading conditions in American
species of Jassus. In the several hundred tropical American
species of the genus Jassus we might easily separate a large
number of genera as good as Guliga of Distant. A number of
the genera included in this tribe are so described that they
cannot be understood without further study and description.
For instance, in Kirkaldy’s description of Muirella he mentions
a number of characters not at all generically diagnostic, but
fails to mention if an appendix is present or not, and this point
is not clearly shown in the accompanying cut. In the same
genus he describes the vertex as two and one-half times as long
as wide at base, but his figure shows it not twice as long as
wide. In this case I have followed the figure.*

A provisional synopsis—confessedly imperfect—of the genera
of this division will indicate some of the relationships men-
tioned above. In many respects this synopsis is too artificial,
but this cannot be avoided with our incomplete knowledge of
some of the genera. For instance, the median pronotal carina
should not be used as a primary character, and Thagria should
fall near Tharra and Soortana.

Key to the genera of the division Jassaria.*

a’. Fore femora and tibie normal.
b*. Pronotum not medially carinate or only obsoletely so near anterior
margin.
c. Eyes not adjoining front in facial view.
dra scucellumiamin tere sso ee ey nee Tinobregmus Van D.
@. Scutellum normal to large.
e. Antennal scrobes abnormally high on face, above level of eyes in
facial view; antenne longer than body.

Macroceratogonia Kirk.

e*. Antennal scrobes near inner lower angle of eyes.

f. Wings with two apical cells.

g. Clypeus strongly umbonate..............-....... Paracoelidea Baker.

Grim Clypeuseplanes wc. eee Ne ele Neocoelidea Baker.
f’. Wings with three apical cells.

g. Tegmina without an appendix.........-.0..00---2..... Palicus Stal.

g. Tegmina with an appendix.

h*. Vertex more or less elongately, usually angularly pro-
duced, always longer than width between eyes and
usually strongly foveate; front usually very long and
narrow.

* A specimen of Muirella, received from Muir since the above was writ-
ten, does not agree with either the description or figure, the length of
vertex being slightly more than twice interocular width.

*Here should also be included the Doda of Distant and apparently the
Toba of Schmidt.

52 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

v. Vertex but little longer than broad, acutely pointed
anteriorly.

7. Front very long and narrow, but without angulate

ridge above; ocelli near apex of vertex; tegmina

UIELEN OAS) BOOZ Neo seccesceocecerctecccossaceeneerace Varta Dist.

7. Front not long and narrow, but with an angulate
ridge above; ocelli not near apex of vertex; tegmina

FOUN Ged wapiCalllly ase en ne Sabima Dist.

v. Vertex little less than twice as long as broad, or longer.
- jg. Vertex with anteocular portion far longer than inter-
ocular.
k*. Anteocular portion of vertex with lateral margins
in line with outer margins of eyes.

l’. Pronotum and vertex medially longitudinally
carinate; margins of anteocular portion of
vertex sinuate; clypeus narrowed to tip.

Dussana Dist.

?. Pronotum and vertex noncarinate; margins of
anteocular portion of vertex straight; clypeus
broadened at tip and marginate.

Muirella Kirk.
k*. Anteocular portion of vertex greatly contracted
within outer eye margins; clypeus narrowed

EO} GAY Ase eee Dharmma Dist.
7. Vertex with anteocular portion far shorter than
interocular.

k*. Front with sides strongly sinuate and distinctly
broadened above; lateral carinate margins of
vertex parallel as far as to base of vertex, ante-
riorly curved on to the temples next the eye;
front more or less distinctly medially carinate;
secutellum longer than vertex... Tharra Kirk.

k°. Front with sides straight, scarcely broadened
above; lateral carinate margins of vertex sud-
denly converging posteriorly and “terminating
in a sulcate process;” front noncarinate; scutel-
lum about as long as vertex........ Soortana Dist.

h?, Vertex but little and very obtusely produced in front of
eyes, commonly about as long as broad, never much
longer than broad between eyes, sometimes much less.

a. Head distinctly narrower than pronotum.

j*. Head about half the width of pronotum and not as
wide as scutellum; vertex about as long as width
between eyes, subangulate anteriorly and smooth,
nonecarinate; ocelli very near eyes.... Placidus Dist.

7. Head always wider than half pronotum and wider
than scutellum; vertex very obtuse and usually
carinate medially or laterally or both; ocelli very
near eyes.

k*. Face broader than long; vertex broader than long
and far shorter than pronotum; tegmina with 4
BpPIcalecellig nee eee we Sees Kunasia Dist.

BSD) Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 53

k*. Face always far longer than broad; vertex usually
as long as, or longer than, broad; tegmina with 5
apical cells.

UV. Vertex subangular anteriorly; clypeus medially
(CEWSTUNGNID, get tee AR AL eee pees ES Guliga Dist.°
. Vertex very obtuse anteriorly; clypeus usually
noncarinate, except occasionally toward base.
Jassus Fabr.
7. Head about as wide as pronotum.

7. Pronotum slightly emarginate behind; clypeus
broadened to tip; tegmina with 2 subapical cells.
Arya Dist.
7. Pronotum deeply emarginate behind; clypeus nar-

rowed to tip; tegmina with 1 subapical cell.
Myittana Dist.

c?. Eyes broadly adjoining front in facial view; vertex foveate, short
angulate anteriorly; pronotum with anterior margin acutely pro-
duced between the eyes.........22--.---:-:c-:c:cceeeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees Pugla Dist.

b*. Pronotum distinctly medially carinate; vertex laterally carinate, twice
as long as width between eyes, apically acute, anteocular portion
longer than interocular.

c. Scutellum longer than pronotum; anteocular portion of vertex with
subangulated lateral margins; lateral carine of vertex widely
separated at base and apeX....-.-.....---0..ceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Thagria Mel.

c’. Secutellum shorter than pronotum; anteocular portion of vertex with
nearly straight lateral margins; lateral carinze of vertex con-

Wereine yatebaseganduapexe. <2 <a: er hee Mukwana Dist.

a. Fore femora or tibiz foliaceous or curved.
b*. Fore femora normal, fore tibize curved..............-...2-22.----+-- Terulia Stal.
6’. Fore femora dilated....................---..-. Gabrita Kirk. (Petalopoda Spang.)

Genus JASSUS Fabricus

So far as known to me, there are 4 common species of Jassus
in Luzon. Three of these species were described by Stal and
are easily recognized from his descriptions. Apparently the
rostrum is distinctly longer in J. philippinensis than in obscurus
or conspersus, but it is not clear what Stal refers to as the “‘last
segment,” since the divisions of the joints are in part quite
obscure.

Drawings of a full-face view in these species does not show
at all the exact form of the front. At the antenna the frontal
margin is incurved into the basin of the antennal scrobe and
there acutely angled. Along the general line of the margin, on
the side of the disk of the front at this position, is a sharp

* As will be noted by students of this group, the separation of Guliga
on the characters given is wholly inadequate to establish the genus.

*A number of other species from the southern islands will be reported
on later.

54 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

carina, which gives in a remarkable fashion an appearance in
the front view of a continuous lateral margin. This is shown
in the figures of the accompanying cuts.

The species group out as Stal suggests, even when various
other important characters besides those used by him are taken
into consideration. The upper extension of the lora furnishes
a character peculiar in the two groups of species. Less clear,
but still characteristic, is the form of the lower margin of the
antennal cavity between the lora and the eye. In Jassus ob-
scurus and J. conspersus this is more or less distinctly carinately
margined and is slightly curved toward the antenna, making
the lower point subacute where it joins the lora. In J. luzon-
ensis and J. philippinensis there is no carina, the lower margin
of the cavity being curved away from the antenna, making the
cavity broadly rounded below. Jassus dubia Walk., described
from the Philippines, is unknown to me, and unrecognizable on
account of the inadequate description.

Synopsis of species of Jassus known from Luzon.

a’. Vertex longer than width between eyes and longer than pronotum;
clypeus very strongly broadened apically; tegmina without a costal
transparent spot; acute upper tip of lora falling far short of reaching
antenna.

b*. Pronotum and tegmina clear black, vertex piceous; face clear dark
brown; hind margin of last ventral segment of female truncate
medially, slightly incurved laterally.....................-........ obscurus Stal.

b?. Pronotum and tegmina brown and thickly yellow granulate, the vertex
yellow; front yellow, laterally brownish to reddish; hind margin
of last ventral segment of female subtruncate medially, very strongly
and suddenly bisinuate laterally.........__.--...-.---------------- conspersus Stal.

a’. Vertex shorter than width between eyes and shorter than pronotum;
clypeus not very strongly broadened apically; tegmina with a costal
transparent spot; acute upper tip of lora reaching antenna.

b'. Tegmina thickly yellowish granulate and without discal yellowish
spots; front brown, thickly yellow-dotted; ocelli nearer to eyes than
to median line; scutellum small; hind margin of last ventral segment
of female strongly produced, medially broadly emarginate, angles
ONIN Ans CAL TO Mel C Ute eee ee luzonensis sp. nov.

b?. Tegmina without yellowish granulations, but with several discal yel-
lowish spots; front brownish, lower two thirds medially yellow-
ish; ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes; scutellum very large;
hind margin of last ventral segment gently sinuate.

philippinensis Stal.

Jassus obscurus Stal.

This large species, with tegmina unicolorous blackish, and
with under parts unicolorous brownish, is the most readily
recognized species in this region. The propleura, below the
carina, presents a remarkable character in that the anterior

X,D,1 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 55

half is finely shagreened, the posterior half being long-ovally
and sharply depressed, almost foveate; this area rugose. Vertex
with a strong sharp continuous median carina, and with deep
interocular depressions on either side of median carina, leaving
strong folds next eye, which, passing forward, bend suddenly
from eyes to apex of vertex, and posteriorly gradually converge
along lines of eye margins to posterior margins of vertex near
the median carina. Pronotum and anterior area of scutellum
tuberculate, but not at all rugose; posterior area of scutellum
distinctly longer than wide and obscurely transversely wrinkled.
Tegmina frequently with. a whitish bloom.

Luzon, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (Baker). Frequent, and
apparently a forest inhabitant.

Jassus conspersus Stal.

This species is well marked by the numerous yellowish dots
and the reddish or brownish lateral stripes of the front.

Oo is}

pees EOS eet)

Fig. 1. Jasus obscurus Stal. A—A, lateral Fic. 2. Jassus conspersus Stal.
margin of front; B, carina forming false
frontal margin; C, lora; D, antenna.

The propleure below the carine are only slightly concave poste-
riorly where they are narrowly wrinkled, the remainder of the
surface being thickly coarsely shagreened. Structure of vertex
totally different from that of J. obscurus. The median carina
becomes obsolete anteriorly; the lateral folds are only distinct
posteriorly where they join the posterior margin distant from
median carina; disk of vertex anteriorly not at all or only slightly
depressed, but with strong oblique rugz which converge at apex
of vertex; disk posteriorly with 2 depressions, each midway
between carina and lateral fold. Pronotum and anterior fold
of scutellum with large tubercles, and the former also trans-
versely subobsoletely wrinkled. Tegmina frequently with a
strong greenish tinge.

56 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos and Mount Maquiling (Baker).
Abundant.

Jassus luzonensis sp. nov.

Vertex and fore and middle legs yellowish, remainder dark
brown. Pleure black, borders of abdominal tergites narrowly
yellowish. Wings smoky. Front and basal portion of clypeus
with numerous small round yellowish dots. Pronotum strongly
yellow tuberculate. Tegmina with numerous yellow interrup-
tions on the veins; membrane within the cells basally, with a
few small irregular dots. A small yellowish dash at two thirds
of the costal margin and a more indistinct yellowish mark across
the 2 outer apical cells. Length, ¢ 7, 2 8 mm.

Clypeus but little expanded apically, the apical margin de-
pressed and roughened. Front, length not twice its greatest

Fic. 3. Jassus luzonensis sp. nov. Fig. 4. Jassus philippinensis Stal.

width, its surface, with that of clypeus except apical margin,
coarsely evenly shagreened. Lore acutely extended above to
antenne, their surface, with that of gene, minutely rugose.
Vertex shorter and broader than in other Philippine species,
length but little less than width between eyes; surface broadly
depressed on either side, without distinct ocular fold; median
carina double, forming a very slender median sulcus; surface
rugose, the rugosities, anteriorly, converging obliquely to tip.
Ocelli slightly nearer to eyes than to median line. Width of
pronotum two and two thirds its length, with a vestige of a
median carina anteriorly, strongly tuberculate but without
ruge ; lateral carina somewhat incomplete, below this shagreened
except the slightly roughened posterior border. Surface of
scutellum slightly roughened and with a few yellowish dots.
Hind margin of last ventral segment of female somewhat ex-

X,D,1 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea 57

tended, slightly emarginate between 2 acute projections, lateral
to which the margin is suddenly oblique.
LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos and Mount Maquiling (Baker).
The splitting of the median carina of vertex, so distinct in
this species, is very faintly suggested in J. conspersus.

Jassus philippinensis Stal.

Easily recognized by the large pale transverse spots on apical
two thirds of tegmina, which, however, entirely lacks yellow-
ish interruptions on the veins. Face brownish above; below,
with fore and middle legs, yellowish. The males are uniformly
a little paler in general color than the females. The propleure
are largely shagreened and have 2 small smoother areas poste-
riorly. Structure of vertex very similar to that of J. luzonensis,
but here the central raised sulcus is still more marked and much
wider posteriorly, and the rugz on the surface of vertex are
stronger. The tubercles on the pronotum are weak, their color
running together in transverse groups, the surface between not
rugose. Scutellum nearly smooth. Tegmina very smooth.

LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos and Mount Maquiling (Baker).
Abundant.

Genus THARRA Kirkaldy

On the mossy-forest summit of Mount Maquiling at 3,600
feet altitude we find abundant a very peculiar member of this
division, evidently not a true Jassus, which I at first took to
represent a new genus near Soortana of Distant. I had been
unable to get any clear understanding of the Tharra of Kirkaldy,
but it appears plain now that this species pertains to that generic
group. The venational characters given for the genus by Kirk-
aldy are without generic significance. A figure published by
the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association’ is apparently in-
tended to illustrate a member of this genus, although I can find
no reference to it in the text. The figure, however, shows well
the remarkable structure of the head. The species previously
described are all Fijian and Australian, and it is a most inter-
esting discovery to find a representative in Luzon. Others will
doubtless be found in intervening islands.2 Evidently our
species closely resembles 7. labena, the type of the genus, from
Queensland.

* Bull. Hawarian Sugar Plant. Assoc., Div. Ent. (1907), 3, Pl. II, fig. 16.
* Collection made since the above was written show peculiar species to
exist in Negros and Mindanao, and others in Luzon.

58 The Philippine Journal of Science

Tharra carinata Sp. nov.

Pronotum pale brownish, with minute indistinct darker
markings. Scutellum, vertex, face, sternum, and legs, pale
yellowish; scutellum with basal angles, two discal spots, and
incised transverse line, dark; point of vertex carmine; antennal
scrobes, band across anterior coxe, and hind tarsi, dark. Abdo-
men yellowish, the incisures above, and all below apically, dark.
Tegmina brown, tip narrowly whitish translucent, the veins
red, nearly every cell with a small irregular whitish translucent
spot on its disk. Costal margin with 3 translucent spots on
its basal half and a much larger costal spot on its apical half.
Length, ¢ 6, 2 6.5 millimeters.
Clypeus slightly expanded dis-
tally, the apex not emarginate.
The whole face is evenly finely
shagreened. Front a little
more than twice its greatest
width, medially finely but dis-
tinctly carinate. Lore suddenly
acutely extended above but not
reaching antenne. Length of
vertex one and three fourths
times width between eyes, with
sharp and high lateral carine,
which are nearly parallel and
anteriorly curve down on to the
temples, reaching the antennal scrobes; the median carina is
distinct only posteriorly, disk depressed, its surface strongly
sublongitudinally rugose, anteriorly the ruge bend obliquely
toward the apex. Ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes.
Pronotum nearly three times wider than long, not at all tuber-
culate, but minutely rather sparsely pitted and roughened, and
with a subobsolete median carina. Lateral carina of pronotum
entire, below this shining, the upper part minutely roughened.
Scutellum shagreened nearly throughout. Hind margin of last
ventral segment of female truncate.

LuZzON, Laguna, summit of Mount Maquiling (Baker).

Fic. 5. Tharra carinata sp. nov.

FIG.

ILLUSTRATIONS

TEXT FIGURES

. Jassus obscurus Stal.

. Jassus conspersus Stal.

. Jassus luzonensis sp. nov.
. Jassus philippinensis Stal.
. Tharra carinata sp. nov.

SS ee Ae
a eee) es ; i
peas ta

Nae
i

A iin Pepe aye aria

u 7) Ne f
eS CAR ce

‘e

ie ees. Kee. et

ae aN ge ai Me tu o Rh et ee 4

| MOLT ATE oe

we en Tiree

PROSPETTO DEI GRILLACRIDI DELLE ISOLE FILIPPINE
Pel ACHILLE GRIFFINI
CON UNA TAVOLA

In parecchi miei lavori pubblicati nell’ultimo quinquennio, e
che si troveranno elencati nell’indice bibliografico che accom-
pagna il presente articolo, avevo gia avuto occasione di occuparmi
di Grillacridi delle Filippine; una gran parte anzi delle specie
abitanti codeste isole fu da me riscontrata e studiata nelle colle-
zioni comunicatemi da molti Musei.

Pertanto ho subito accolta con piacere la proposizione fattami
dai Signori Entomologi delle Filippine perché io scrivessi per
questo importante periodico scientifico un Prospetto dei Grilla-
cridi Filippinensi, analogo a quelli, in vario modo redatti, che
ho gia pubblicati intorno a diversi altri gruppi di Grillacridi.

Veggansi, ad esempio, i miei studi riassuntivi sul gen.
Hyperbaenus ;: sul gen. Neanias,? sui Grillacridi africani,’? sulle
Gryllacris americane,* su quelle di Madagascar,° sulle hyalino-
fasciatae,® sulle Gryllacris abitanti la Nuova Guinea,’ su quelle
di Giava,® su quelle di Borneo,® e su quelle del Tonkino.’

Pero, mentre avevo potuto aver in esame i tipi delle Gryliacris
filippiniche descritte da Stal e da Navas, e mentre potevo render-
mi conto esattamente delle specie descritte da Brunner, studiando
le sue buone diagnosi, mi occorreva assolutamente possedere
qualche migliore cognizione delle specie state imperfettamente
descritte da Walker.

* Giornale Redia, Firenze (1911), 7.

* Le specie africane del gen. Neanias Br., Zool. Jahrb., Jena (1911), 31.
Le specie orientali del gen. Neanias Br., Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1914).

* Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar. Torino (1911), 26, No. 634.

“ Giornale Redia, Firenze (1909), 6; Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar.
Torino (1911), 26, No. 639.

"Zool. Anzeiger, Leipzig (1910), 35.

* Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Milano (1910), 49.

"Zool. Anzeiger, Leipzig (1911), 37.

*Tudschr. voor Ent., S. Gravenhage (1913), 56.

* Sarawak Mus. Journ., Singapore (1912), 1, No. 2.

“Zool. Jahrb., Jena (1914).

62° The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Queste sono le seguenti: Gryllacris nasalis, Gr. vittipes, Gr.
arctata. I loro tipi si conservano al British Museum e non si
possono avere in communicazione.

Pertanto mi rivolsi alla cortesia del Dr. Meade-Waldo, as-
sistente al British Museum, pregandolo di voler far eseguire
per mio conto e di farmi avere le fotografie dei suddetti tre tipi
di Walker. Egli gentilmente me le procuro con molta premura,
ed eseguite in modo assai soddisfacente, per il che ancor qui gli
rivolgo i miei migliori ringraziamenti.

Credo anzi utile pubblicare nel presente lavoro una riprodu-
zione in grandezza naturale delle figure fotografiche di quei tre
tipi, potendo esse riuscire utili agli studiosi. L’esame di tali
fotografie mostra che i tipi sono in mediocre stato di conser-
vazione e di preparazione, ma puo tuttavia far comprendere
che cosa sono queste specie, cid che dalle incomplete ed anche
erronee descrizioni di Walker non risultava possibile.

La Gr. nasalis e la Gr. vittipes si veggono appartenere alle
hyalino-fasciatae; questo, dall’opera di Walker, non appariva
chiaramente per la Gr. vittipes che l’autore aveva collocato fra
le fusco-fasciatae, comparandola anzi colla Gr. signifera Stoll
(= maculicollis Serv.) ; lo stesso fatto poi non risultava asso-
lutamente per la Gr. nasalis, le cui ali sono erroneamente da
Walker dette pallide cineree e persino con vene trasversali oscure
(gruppo bbb di Walker), mentre dalla fotografia si vedra subito
come sieno brune con vene trasversali pallide e marginate da
fascie pallide.

Cosi la Gr. nasalis Walk. viene a constatarsi sinonima della
Gr. biguttata Stal, godendo anzi del diritto di priorita, como io
avevo gia supposto in alcuni miei lavori, nei quali facevo ogni
riserva sulla espressioni di “alae posticae cinereae”’ usata da
Walker nella descrizione della Gr. nasalis come in quelle di varie
altre specie aventi le ali colorate e variegate nei modi i pit dif-
ferenti.2. Dall’esame della fotografia del tipo della Gr. arctata
Walk. appare che questa é realmente sinonima della Gr. brevis-
pina Stal, come gia aveva concluso el Kirby,’* cid che, prima
di conoscere il tipo e stando alla sola descrizione di Walker, io
finora non avevo accettato che con riserva.

Posto cid in chiaro, posso dunque tracciare il mio Prospetto
dei Grillacridi delle Filippine.

“Walker descrive come cineree anche le ali della Gr. nobilis che sono
invece brune col centro di ciascuna areola nettamente ialino, e quelle della
Gr. armata che sono inyece gialliccie con macchiette nerastre sulle venule.

* Synonym. Catalogue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2.

X,D,1 Grifini: Prospetto dei Grillacridi 63

Dispositio specierum Gryllacridarum philippinensium.

a@. Corpus in adultis apterum. Statura minore: capite, pedibus, ventre
necnon lateribus corporis rufo-testaceis; abdominis dorso piceo-casta-
neo; prothoracis, mesothoracis metathoracisque dorso piceo-castaneo
sed in medio longitudinaliter late rufo-testaceo.

a’. Corpus in adultis perfecte alatum. do Miebihue ts WRN a tus Cai

b*. Alae posticae bicolores, seu fusco et hyalino variae: fuscae hyalino-
fasciatae, vel fuscae hyalino-areolatae, vel hyalinae fusco-fasciatae.
c’. Alae posticae maxima pro parte dilute fusco tinctae, fere subhya-
linae, tantum margine externo areolis totis fuscis, caeterum areolis
subhyalinis venulis fuscis utrimque dilute fusco marginatis, parte
subhyalina areolarum et fasciis fuscis haud definite limitatis.
Caput concolor ferrugineum; pronotum ferrugineum, atro-fusco
trimaculatum.

2. Gryllacris nigripennis Gerst. subsp. trimaculata Griff.

c. Notae alarum et corporis haud ut in c’.

d’. Alae posticae hyalinae fusco-fasciatae (seu venulis fuscis utrim-
que fusco marginatis) vel fuscae hyalino-areolatae (seu colore
fusco utrimque venulas fuscas marginante magis in areolis
expanso, tantum centrum areolarum subrotunde et angustius-
cule hyalinum liberante).

e’. Alae posticae hyalinae, nitide fusco-fasciatae. Pronotum lineis
atro-fuscis pictum. Tibiae omnes superne infuscatae.

8. Gryllacris obscura Brunner var.

e*. Alae posticae fuscae hyalino-areolatae. Elytra venulis dimidii
apicalis campi postici leviter infuscatis.

f’. Caput et pronotum ferruginea nebulosa, facie leviter fusciori;

pedes ferruginei nebulosi............ 4. Gryllacris pustulata Stal.

f. Caput aterrimum, tantum occipite et parte postica genarum

castaneis. Pronotum atro-piceum tantum gibbulis laterali-

bus castaneis. Femora antica latere basi castanea, supra

subtusque et ad apicem atro-picea; femora postica castanea

superne usque fere ad apicem testacea, apice atro; tibiae

omnes atratae.

5. Gryllacris pustulata subsp. mindorensis Griff.

ad’. Alae posticae fuscae hyalino-fasciatae; seu areolis omnibus vel fere

omnibus fuscis, venulis transversis pallidis utrimque hyalino vel
hyalino-testaceo marginatis.

g*. Elytra basi ad marginem anticum macula magna nigro-cyanea,
azureo nitente, longiori quam latiori, irregulari, ornata.
Haec macula marginibus antico et postico pluries incisis.
Maculae obscurae parvae nonnullae interdum post eam conspi-
ciuntur. Femora postica basi parum incrassata.

h*. Caput ferrugineum facie fusciori, macula ocellari frontali
permagna citrina, optime delineata. Lamina subgenitalis
? subtriangularis, valde latior quam longior, vertice rotun-
dato, leviter tumido................ 6. Gryllacris maculipennis Stal.

h’. Caput testaceum sine maculis ocellaribus distinguendis.
Macula nigro-cyanea elytrorum magis evoluta. Lamina
subgenitalis 2 subtrapetioidalis elongata, apice attenuata
ibique bidentata et inter dentes sinuata.

7. Gryllacris maculipennis var. bakeri nom. nov.

64 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

g’. Wlytra macula magna nigro-cyanea destituta.

7. Corpus statura permagna; testaceo-ferrugineum incerte
nebulosum, pedibus leviter pallidioribus, apice femorum
inferius atro, macula utrimque apicali tibiarum atra, spinis
pedum posticorum atris, lobis tarsorum omnium aitris.
Elytra areolis paucis mediis dilute infuscatis. Ovipositor
breviusculus, valde falcato-incurvus.

8. Gryllacris princeps Stal.

a*. Corpus statura modica vel sat maiore, haud tamen permagna.
Notae haud ut in 7’.

yj. (Secundum Walker) Femora nigro vittata. Corpus testa-
ceum. Elytra venis concoloribus. Mandibulae nigrae.
Antennae piceae, basi testaceae.
9. Gryllacris vittipes Walker.
j°. Femora haud nigro vittata. Antennae totae testaceae.

k*. Frons cum labro atra, macula ocelliformi flava orbiculari
maxima. Pronotum unicolor ferrugineum. Elytra
ferruginea versus marginem anticum dilute infumata
venulis transversis pallidis. (Teste Brunner.)

10. Gryllacris moesta Brunner.

*, Labrum nigrum nitidum sed frons testaceo-ferruginea,
maculis ocellaribus non distinguendis. Elytra testacea,
venis venulisque concoloribus.

l*. Pronotum utrimque macula magna atra ornatum.
Tibiae omnes post basim usque ad medium plus
minusve dilute brunneae.
11. Gryllacris nasalis Walker.
l?. Pronotum utrimque macula magna atra destitutum.
Tibiae pallidae.
12. Gryllacris nasalis var. detersa Griff.
b*, Alae posticae unicolores, hyaline vel subhyalinae, venis venulisque
subtilibus pallidis vel fuscis, colore a hyalino areolarum distincto
non marginatis. Corpus statura mediocri vel minori.

m*. Elytra (et alae) elongata. Elytra longitudine 24-25 mm., apicem
femorum posticorum optime superantia, subhyalina, leviter testa-
ceo tincta, venis venulisque concoloribus pallidis. Sutura inter
fastigia capitis et sutura clypeo-frontalis piceo tinctae, necnon
vittae duae a sutura supera descendentes inferiusque evanidae ad
latera maculae ocellaris frontalis picescentes. Spinae pedum

breviusculaee 4) See eee 13. Gryllacris arctata Walker.
m7. Elytra et alae apicem abdominis et femorum posticorum non attin-
gentia.

n*. Corpus statura parva, graciliusculum, ferrugineo-fulvum, facie
punctis 6 nigris fere in circulum dispositis ornata. Elytra sat
parva et opaca, longitudine 11-12 mm., crebre venosa; alae
vitreae, venis venulisque pallidis. Ovipositor gracilis, sub-
TECEUS Mh tee werent Rea ee ee 14. Gryllacris punctifrons Stal.

n?. Notae haud ut in n*. Facies punctis 6 nigris in circulum dispo-
sitis destituta. Elytra longitudine 16-20 mm.; alae hyalinae
vel subhyalinae, fusco venosae.

o'. Genicula atrata, seu femorum apex et basis tibiarum atrata.
Tibiae posticae atro spinulosae.

X,D,1 Griffini: Prospetto dei Grillacridi 65

p*. Pronotum flavidum, circumcirca atro marginatum. Caput
totum vel subtotum atrum.
q*. Elytra testacea apice subpellucida, venis venulisque con-
coloribus vel leviter fuscioribus. Labrum nigrum.
Spina coxarum anticarum nigra. Pleurae fuscae.
Femora omnia subtus nigra nitida; postica in utroque
margine spinulis 7-8 ...... .15. Gryllacris limbaticollis Stal.
qg*. Elytra tantum campo antico (minore) subhyalino, campo
postico toto atro, tantum apicem versus leviter grises-
cente, venis venulisque atris. Labrum ferrugineum.
Spina coxarum anticarum et pleurae flavidae. Femora
omnia, excepto geniculo, supra subtusque flavido-testa-
cea; postica margine externo spinulis 6-8, margine
interno spinulis 11-12........_.. 16. Gryllacris isseli Griff.
p*. Pronotum testaceum fusco lineatum. Caput testaceum, occi-
pite et fastigio verticis fusco maculatis. Elytra testacea,
venis venulisque fuscis. Femora postica margine externo
spinulis 8, margine interno conferte spinuloso. (Teste
IBEUNnerS) ee 17. Gryllacris nigrogeniculata Brunner.
o”. Femora tota fulvo-testacea, margine externo spinulis 6-8,
margine interno spinulis 11-138. Elytra subhyalina vel
levissime testaceo aut griseo infumata, venis venulisque
fuscis vel fuscescentibus.
r*. Tibiae omnes plus quam dimidio basali fuscae vel nigrae;
posticae usque parum ante apicem nigrae, atro spinosae.
s*. Caput ferrugineum fusco varium, vertice atro. Pronotum
ferrugineum, vitta atra medio coarctata, posterius plus
minusve evanida, ornatum.. 18. Gryllacris fuscinervis Stal.
s*. Caput et pronotum tota ferruginea nebulosa.
19. Gryllacris brachyptera Gerstaecker.
+”. Tibiae, ut femora, totae fulvo-testaceae; posticae spinis tan-
tum fuscis, basi pallidioribus, sed interdum basi subtus
nigro-fusco cinctis. Caput et pronotum testaceo-ferruginea
nebulosa.
¢*. Pronotum maculis duabus parvis anterioribus fuscis orna-
tum. Spinae tibiarum posticarum basi subtus nigro-fusco
cincta. Elytra campo antico dimidio basali subhyalino,
ibique vena unica obliqua distincta.
20. Gryllacris plebeia Stal.
t*. Pronotum maculis 2 anterioribus fuscis destitutum. Spinae
tibiarum posticarum basi subtus haud nigro-fusco cincta.
Elytra campo antico venis tribus distinctis praedito.
21. Gryllacris plebeia var. immaculata Griff.

OSSERVAZIONI SULLE VARIE SPECIE

Genus NEANIAS (Brunner) Griffini 1914

Neanias philippinus Griff.

Bremus philippinus GRIFFINI, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Milano
(1908), 47, 9-10; ibid (1911), 50, 239.
Neanias philippinus GRIFFINI, Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1914), 33.

132399 5

66 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Habitat: Philippinae; Nagasaki (typus unicus, 3, in Musaeo
Berolinense) .
Genus GRYLLACRIS Serville

Gryllacris nigripennis Gerst. subsp. trimaculata Griff.
Gryllacris nigripennis GERST., subsp. trimaculata Grirr., Ann. Mus.
nation. hungarici, Budapest (1913), 11, 294-296.
Habitat: Philippinae, Mindoro (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo
Budapesti).
La specie tipica e le sue sottospecie Gr. elongata Fritze in Carl
e Gr. alivittata Griff. abitano la regione malese: Malacca, Suma-
tra, Malabar, Java, Borneo; nelle ali della subsp. Gr. trimaculata
manca la lineetta ialina contigua a ciascuna venula oscura, che
esiste invece in quelle.

Gryllacris obscura Brunner var.

Gryllacris signifera var. GRIFFINI, Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar.
Torino (1908), 23. No. 587, 10.

Gryllacris obscura var. GRIFFINI, Ann. Mus. civ. Genova (1911), III,
5, 100-102.

Habitat: Philippinae, Mindanao (specimen philippinicum uni-
cum, é, in collectione mea). ;

La specie tipica e questa stessa sua varieta meno comune,
avente le ali nettamente fusco-fasciate, abitano la regione malese,
con altre varieta di cui la piu comune nelle collezioni é la var.
Gr. sumatrana Griit.

L’insolita ornamentazione delle ali mi aveva fatto dapprima
riferire l’esemplare delle Filippine come varieta alla Gr. sigim-
fera Stoll; migliori studi e varie considerazioni perd mi hanno
indotto a ritenerlo, con altri esemplari malesi ad esso simili, una
varieta della Gr. obscura Br.

Mi sorprende pero molto il fatto che in nessuna collezione io
non ho mai visti altri individui filippinensi né di questa varieta
né della specie stessa, e cid mi fa talora dubitare dell’esattezza
dell’indicazione di provenienza annessa all’esemplare della mia
collezione vendutomi nel 1908 da Bang-Haas.

Gryllacris pustulata Stal.

Gryllacris pustulata STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. Kirpy, Synonym. Catalogue of Or-
thoptera, London (1906), 2. 145. GRIFFINI, Atti Soe. ital. scienze
natur. Milano (1909), 48, 82-84.

Habitat: Philippinae; Taganito (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo
Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus).
Specie dimenticata da Brunner.

ed) 1 Grifini: Prospetto dei Grillacridi 67

Gryllacris pustulata subsp. mindorensis Griff.

Gryllacris pustulata subsp. mindorensis GrirF., Ann. Mus. nation. hun-
garici, Budapest (1913), 11, 292-294.

Habitat: Philippinae, Mindoro (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo
Budapesti).

Gryllacris maculipennis Stal.

Gryllacris maculipennis STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forhand-
lingar, Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47, ¢. BRUNNER, Verhandl. k.
k. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 348, 9. KirBy, Synonym. Cata-
logue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 143. GrirFINi, Atti Soc.
ital. scienze natur. Milano (1909), 48, 78-81; ibid. (1910), 49, 14;
Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar. Torino (1913), 28, No. 668, 5-6.

Habitat: Philippinae; Avayas (typus Stali, ¢, in Musaeo
Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus) ; Philippinae (Brunner),
Los Banos (in collectione Bakeri).

Gryllacris maculipennis var. bakeri nom. nov.

Gryllacris maculipennis var. GRIFF., Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Mi-
lano (1909), 48, 81-82; Rev. suisse zool., Genéve (1909), 390; Atti
Soc. ital. scienze natur., Milano (1910), 49, 14.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus, °, in Musaeo Genavense, a me
descriptus) .

Dopo aver visto la ¢ di Los Bafios ben corrispondente alla
specie tipica, credo si deva distinguere con un nome particolare
questa varieta cosi rimarchevole. Mi procuro dunque il piacere
di dedicarla al sig. Prof. C. F. Baker, agronomo a Los Bajos.

Gryllacris princeps Stal.
Gryllacris princeps STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. BRUNNeER, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 346. KirBy, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthop-
tera, London (1906), 2, 148. GrirFini, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur.
Milano (1909), 48, 72-74; ibid. (1910), 49, 13.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus unicus, ?, in Musaeo Stockhol-
miae, a me rursus descriptus).

Gryllacris vittipes Walker.

Gryllacris vittipes WALKER, Catalogue of the spec. of Dermaptera
Saltatoria, Brit. Mus., London (1869), 168-169. KirBy, Synonym.
Catalogue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 141. Nec Gr. vittipes
Griff., Nuovi studi sopra div. Grillacridi del Mus. Naz. di Buda-
pest, Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Budapest (1906), 9, 172-173.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo Britannico,
hic figuratus fig. 1 V).

68 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Per ben conoscere questa specie sara necessaria una accurata
revisione del tipo ed una nuova descrizione precisa di tutti i
suol pYrincipali caratteri.

Gryllacris moesta Brunner.

Gryllacris moesta BRUNN®ER, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien
(1888), 38, 346-347. KirBy, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthoptera,
London (1906), 2, 148. Grirrini, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Mi-
lano (1910), 49, 13.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus unicus, ¢, in collectione Brun-
neri, quem non vidi).

Gryllacris nasalis Walker.

Gryllacris nasalis WALKER, Catalogue of the spec. of Dermaptera Salta-
toria, Brit. Mus., London (1869), 188. KirBy, Synonym. Catalogue
of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 141.

Gryllacris biguttata STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. Brunner, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 346. Kirpy, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthop-
tera, London (1906), 2, 148. GrirriNi, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur.
Milano (1909), 48, 74-78; Rev. suisse zool., Genéve (1909), 17,
390; Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Milano (1910), 49, 14; Wien. ent.
Zeitg. (1918), 32, 289-240.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus Walkeri, ¢, in Musaeo Britan-
nico, hic figuratus fig. 1 N); Philippinae (typus Stali ¢@, in
Musaeo Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus) ; Manila (spec-
imen ¢, Musaei Genavensis).

Ho qui stabilita finalmente la sinonimia della Gr. biguttata
Stal colla Gr. nasalis Walk. ;

Gryllacris nasalis var. detersa Griff.

Gryllacris biguttata var. detersa GRIFF., Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1913), 32,
241-242.

Habitat: Philippinae, Luzon (typus unicus, ¢, in collectione
Bakeri) .

Gryllacris arctata Walker.

Gryllacris arctata WALKER, Catalogue of the spec. of Dermaptera
Saltatoria, Brit. Mus., London (1869), 184. KirBy, Catalogue of
Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 140.

Gryllacris brevispina STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 48. GRIFFINI, Atti Soe. ital. scienze natur.
Milano (1909), 48, 97-99.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus Walkeri, ¢, in Musaeo Britan-
nico, hic figuratus fig. 2 A); Philippinae (typus Stal, ¢, in
Musaeo Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus).

KD, 1 Griffin: Prospetto det Grillacridi 69

Confermo la sinonimia gia stabilita da Kirby fra la Gr. arctata
Walk. e la Gr. brevispina Stal.
Questa specie fu dimenticata da Brunner.

Gryllacris punctifrons Stal.

Gryllacris punctifrons STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 48. KirBy, Synonym. Catalogue of Or-
thoptera, London (1906), 2, 140 (delenda synonymia errata cum
Gr. nigrogeniculata Br.). GRIFFINI, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur.
Milano (1909), 48, 94-96; Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar. Torino
(1918), 28, No. 668, 6—7.

Habitat: Philippinae, Barrio de Biting (typus Stali, ¢, in
Musaeo Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus), Los Banos (spec-
imina 2, 2, in collectione Bakeri).

Specie dimenticata da Brunner.

Gryllacris limbaticollis Stal.

Gryllacris limbaticollis STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandlin-
gar, Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. Kirspy, Synonym. Catalogue of
Orthoptera, London (1906), 2,141. GrirFINi, Atti Soc. ital. scienze
natur. Milano (1909), 48, 85-87; Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Bu-
dapest (1918), 11, 303.

Habitat: Philippinae, Dugang (typus unicus, 6, in Musaeo
Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus).
Specie dimenticata da Brunner.

Gryllacris isseli Griffini.
Gryllacris isseli GRIFFINI, Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Budapest
(1918), 11, 299-303.
Habitat: Philippinae, Samar (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo
Budapesti).

Gryllacris nigrogeniculata Brunner.
Gryllacris nigrogeniculata BRUNNER, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien (1888), 38, 330. GrirFINI, Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Bu-
dapest (1918), 11, 308.

Habitat: Philippinae, Manila (typus unicus, ¢, in collectione
Brunneri, quem non vidi).

Come ho gia fatto notare, il Kirby ha erroneamente conside-
rata questa specie come sinonima della Gr. punctifrons Stal.

Gryllacris fuscinervis Stal.

Gryllacris fuscinervis STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandlin-
gar, Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. BRUNNER, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-
bot. Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 333. KirBy, Synonym. Catalogue of
Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 141. GriFFINI, Atti Soc. ital.
scienze natur. Milano (1909), 48, 88-91; Ann. Mus. nation. hun-
garici, Budapest (1913), 11, 304.

70 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Gryllacris scripta NAVAS, Bolet. Socied. aragon. cienc. natur., Zara-
goza (1904), 3, No. 5-6, 5-6; ibid. (1909), 8, No. 5, 103-104.
KIRBY, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 140.

Habitat: Philippinae (typus Stali, ¢, in Musaeo Stockholmiae,
a me rursus descriptus), Mindanao, Zamboanga (typus Navasi,
é, & me visus). ; 2

La sinonimia della Gr. scripta Nav. colla Gr. fuscinervis Stal
fu da me definitivamente stabilita nel 1913.

Gryllacris brachyptera Gerstaecker.

Gryllacris brachyptera GERSTAECKER, Arch. f. Naturgesch. (1860), 26,
269. BRUNNER, Verhandl. k. k. Bot. Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 331-332.
KIRBY, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2, 140.
GRIFFINI, Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Budapest (1913), 11, 296—
299, 304. Nec Gr. brachyptera Griffini intorno ad alc. Gryllacris
di Sumatra e di isole vicine; Ann. Mus. civ. storia natur. Genova
(1908), III, 4, 9.

Habitat: Philippinae, Luzon (Gerstaecker) ; Mindoro (2 unica
a me visa, Mus. Budapesti) .

Gryllacris plebeia Stal.

Gryllacris plebeia STAL, Oefvers. k. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandlingar,
Stockholm (1877), No. 9, 47. BRUNNER, Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien (1888), 38, 334. Kirspy, Synonym. Catalogue of Orthop-
tera, London (1906), 2, 141. GRIFFINI, Atti. Soc. ital. scienze natur.
Milano (1909), 48, 91-93; Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Budapest
(1918), 11, 304.

Habitat: Philippinae, Antipolo (typus unicus, ¢, in Musaeo
Stockholmiae, a me rursus descriptus).

Gryllacris plebeia var. immaculata Griffini.

Gryllacris plebeia var. immaculata GRIFFINI, Bollett. Mus. zool. anat.
compar. Torino (19138), 28, No. 668, 7-8.

Habitat: Philippinae, Los Banos (Baker; typus unicus, ¢, in
collectione Bureau of Science, Manila).

BIBLIOGRAFIA

GERSTAECKER, A. Ueber die Locust. Gattung Gryllacris, Arch. f. Natur-
gesch. (1860), 26.

WALKER, F. Catalogue of the spec. of Dermaptera Saltatoria, Brit. Mus.,
London (1869).

STAL, C. Orthoptera nova ex Insulis Philippinis, Oefers. k. Vetensk. Akad.
Forhandlingar, Stockholm (1877), No. 9.

BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, C. Monogr. der Gryllacriden, Verhandl. k. k.
Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1888), 38. _

NAvAs, L. Notas Zoologicas, IV, Bolet. Socied. aragon. cienc. natur., Zara-
goza (1904), 3, No. 5-6.

Kirsy, W. F. Synonym. Catalogue of Orthoptera, London (1906), 2.

xD; 1 Grifimi: Prospetto dei Grillacridi FAL

GRIFFINI, A. Sopra alc. Grillacridi del gen. Hremus, Atti Soc. ital. scienze
natur. Milano (1908), 47.

IpEM. Note sopra alcuni Grillacridi, Bollett. Mus. zoolog. anat. compar.
Torino (1908), 23, No. 587.

IpEM. Le Gryllacris descritte da C. Stal. Revisione ed osservazioni cri-
tiche, Atti Soc. ital. scienze natur. Milano (1909), 48.

IpEM. Studi sopra ale. Gryllacris del Mus. d’Hist. Natur. de Genéve, Rev.
suisse zool., Genéve (1909), 17.

NavAs, L. Notas Zoologicas XIV, Bolet. Socied. aragon. cienc. natur., Za-
ragoza (1909), 8, No. 5.

GRIFFINI, A. Prospetto delle Gryllacris hyalino-fasciatae, Atti Soc. ital.
scienze natur. Milano (1910), 49.
Ip—EM. Studi sui Grillacridi del Mus. Civ. di Storia Natur. di Genova, Ann.
Mus. civ. Genova (1911), III, 5. ,
IpEM. Studi sui Grillacridi del K. Zoolog. Museum di Berlino, Atti Soc. ital.
scienze natur. Milano (1911), 50.

IpEM. Descrizioni di alc. Gryllacris nuove o poco note del Museo Nazionale
di Budapest, Ann. Mus. nation. hungarici, Budapest (1918), 11.

IpEM. Sulla Gryllacris biguttata Stal e sopra una sua nuova varieta, Wien.
ent. Zeitg. (1918), 32.

IDEM. Intorno a tre specie di Grillacridi di Los Banos (Isole Filippine),
Bollett. Mus. zool. anat. compar. Torino (1918), 28, No. 668.

IpEM. Le specie orientali del gen. Neanias Br., Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1914), 33.

tp ae Ws

i i at pil 4
. seit Bee i!

eh 12

bats edasie Pa wi

Mencken 3 Cia sai oy it Helton chit é
ei aint seid sencsn™ caries Swot waste te

Mh a Fae ea Mi
iat | ame sali oe sate
vee . ony fs bay) that “sonar or fea
H } it nent me fy) ee ral

} ; ih cy

Ba, ad.
: ; eS CGE RRR es nu bens. tit ihe
ae: NEE INE RRR ae ARI i voi Audion M9

SU UMA aEMEE RWS SN ERES os Ca eitoe, Dian ame:

; Pe deve aes Cameo are Wea it SOR GE Y
j t yan
ue NY vate sae i aie "7 |
Si me aa HERERO
ASH ial x i hols ROMS. hima
Mj vi] t hg iy & ied ve
yay vie 1 a a | Gh i
a ae ea ae ae Matray i? Tete walt ,
' h' al Nt Be iM at a uv 0 % ap lie ity
eh 4 i/ var
tat ; ' as me ie \4 ne) ae hi rate jae if ot oney Cre Tee Ay aie aut as
; ed

Ay RR aa Poot? eae / Les By aa
. : age ; al ve i tgs ihe iS ge teh wholly ey) TAH i a diy he
| even Ae hh cae at ae ba Oy: At sae vy Ae 2 eed

re San ae | ibe aie Sb ik ie a aioe

ala feo. ERR toe Re eS haar t:
; ; \ was “EY

i ad 4 7 ; On th
ph oe 'y i) whe
i! i ,
At oO ia
a f
aN Ve

SPIEGAZIONE DELLA TAVOLA

TAVOLA I

Fig. 1. V. Gryllacris vittipes Walker. Typus.
N. Gryllacris nasalis Walker. Typus.
2. A. Gryllacris arctata Walker. Typus.

‘

ALOT AU A aoe GUO

Layer rc eins xivyelle gt :

Dara?

wey? Sale elias Seale
aT oN 1a Means saith ane

GRIEFINI: PROSPETTO DEI GRILLACRIDI. | [Puit. Journ. Sci., X, D, No. 1.

Fig. 1. V. Gryllacris vittipes Walker. Typus. N. Gryllacris nasalis Walker. Typus.

Fig. 2. A. Gryllacris arctata Walker. Typus.

TAVOLA I.

NEUE ORIENTALISCHE BRYOCORINEN

Von B. PopPius
(Helsingfors, Finland)

Helopeltis bakeri sp. nov.

é: Glanzend schwarz, eine Langsbinde in der Mitte des
Schildchens und die Basis der Spina auf demselben, der Sei-
tenrand des Hinterkorpers schmal, die Hiiften und die Basis der
Schenkel hellgelb, der Kopf vorne und jederseits unterhalb der
Augen, das Rostrum, die dunkle Spitze ausgenommen, und der
Hinterkérper unten an der Basis und in der Mitte gelb, das 1.
Fihlerglied gelbbraun, oben und zur Spitze dunkelbraun, die
innerste Basis schwarzbraun, die Beine sonst dunkelbraun, un-
deutlich dunkel gefleckt, die Schienen braun, zur Spitze etwas
heller, die Hinterschenkel schwarz, die Hemielytren durch-
sichtig grau, die Venen und der Cuneus schwarz.

2: Rotgelb, auf dem Kopfe die Augen, die Einlenkungsstelle
_ der Fiihler und ein Fleck auf der Stirn zwischen den Augen, die
Seiten der Hinterbrust, der Hinterkérper vor der Spitze unten
und die Fiihler schwarz, das 1. Glied braun, zur Basis heller,
zuweilen gelbbraun, die innerste Basis schwarz, die vorderen
Beine rotgelb, schwarz gefieckt, die Hinterschenkel schwarz-
braun, die Hinterschienen braungelb, an der Basis und an der
Spitze dunkler, die Fiisse und die Spitze des Rostrums schwarz-
braun, die Spina des Schildchens mit braungelber Spitze, die
Hemielytren wie beim ¢, nur die Basis ist rotgelb.

Die Stirn ist beim ¢ und beim @ etwas mehr wie dreimal
so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Das Rostrum er-
streckt sich bis zur Spitze der Mittelhiiften.. Das 1. Fiihler-
glied 3 mm., das zweite 4.2 mm. das dritte 3.5 mm. . Der Hals-
schild an der Basis fast dreimal so breit als an der Spitze, die
Seiten des Basallobus fast gerade. Die Spina des Schildchens
kaum gebogen, etwas nach hinten geneigt, etwa ebenso lang als
der Halsschild.

Long. ¢, 5.5; 2°, 7.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (3 Exemplare, Museum Helsing-
fors).

Von den beiden friiher von den Philippinen bekannten Arten
der Gattung H. pellucidus Stal und H. collaris Stal, durch andere

76 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Farbe verschieden. Ist sonst nahe mit H. bradyi Wat. aus Java

verwandt, unterscheidet sich aber u. a. durch andere Farbe.
Das ¢ ist in Copula mit einem der ¢ gefunden worden, woher

die Zusammengehorigkeit der beiden Geschlechter zweifellos ist.

Helopeltis obscuratus sp. nov.

2: Der Kopf ist gelbrot, die Einlenkungsstelle der Fiihler
und die Stirn zum grossten Teil hinter den letztgenannten braun-
schwarz, die Augen schwarz, der Halsschild einfarbig dunkel-
braun, das Schildchen braungelb mit dunkelbrauner Spina, die
Hemielytren graugelb, durchsichtig, die Basis gelbrot, die Venen
und der Cuneus schwarzbraun, die Membran rauchig schwarz-
braun mit schwarzen Venen, die Unterseite schmutziggelbbraun,
der Hinterkorper schwarzbraun mit brauner Spitze und schmal
gelben Seiten, das Rostrum gelb, die 4usserste Spitze dunkel,
die Fiihler einfarbig schwarz, die Schenkel und die Basis der
Schienen schwarz, die Hiiften und die Basis der Schenkel gelb-
lich, die Schienen und die Fiisse gelbbraun, die erstgenannten
einzeln dunkel gefleckt, die Spitze der Fiisse dunkel.

Die Stirn ist beim ¢ etwa dreimal so breit als der Durch-
messer des Auges. Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze
der Mittelhiiften. Das 1. Fiihlerglied 3, das zweite 5, das dritte
4mm. Der Basalrand des Halsschildes ist etwa dreimal so breit
als der Vorderrand. Die Seiten des Basallobus leicht gerundet.
Die Spina des Schildchens deutlich kiirzer als der Halsschild,
fast gerade, nur wenig nach hinten geneigt.

é unbekannt.

Long., 8 mm.

LuzZON, Laguna, Los Bafios (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsing-
fors; C. F. Baker).

Ist nahe mit der vorigen Art verwandt, unterscheidet sich
aber durch andere Farbe und langere Fiihler.

Helopeltis pollidiceps sp. nov.

@: Gelb, der Halsschild schwarzbraun, die Seiten des Basal-
lobus vom Vorderrande fast bis zu den Hinterecken, nach vorne
zu breiter, gelb, die Hemielytren fast glasartig durchsichtig mit
dunklen Venen, der Cuneus gelb mit dunklem Innenrande, die
Membran rauchgrau mit dunklen Venen, die Spitze des Ros-
trums, das 2. und das 8. Fiihlerglied, die Augen und die Spitze
der Fiisse schwarzbraun, das 2. Fiihlerglied nach der Basis zu
gelbbraun, die Unterseite des Hinterkérpers ausgedehnt braun-
schwarz.

eb! 1 Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen Ae

Die Augen sind ziemlich: gross, hervorspringend, die Stirn
beim ¢ etwa viermal so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges.
Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze der Mittelhtiften, das
1. Glied fast den Hinterrand des Auges erreichend. Das 1.
Fiihlerglied mit etwas verdickter Spitze, 2 mm. lang, das zweite
4.5 mm. (das 3. zum Teil und das letzte mutiliert). Der Hals-
schild ist etwa ebenso lang als an der Basis breit, der letztge-
nannte etwa doppelt so breit als der Vorderrand, die Seiten des
Basallobus leicht gerundet. Die Scheibe ist ziemlich gewolbt
und geneigt, glatt. Die Spina des Schildchens kaum langer als
der Halsschild, ganz leicht nach hinten gebogen, die Spitze ver-
dunkelt. ;

@ unbekannt.

Long., 5.5; lat., 1 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mt. Maquiling (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsing-
fors; C. F. Baker).

Durch die eigenartige Farbenzeichnung leicht erkenntlich.

Genus MANSONIELLA novum

Der Korper ziemlich gestreckt, oben stark glanzend unpunk-
tiert, der Vorderkorper unbehaart, die Hemielytren kurz und
anliegend hell behaart. Der Kopf ist vertical, von oben gesehen
deutlich breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen kurz vorgezogen,
viel breiter als lang, von der Seite gesehen etwa ebenso lang
als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist ziemlich stark gewolbt,
an der Basis ungerandet, in der Mitte ohne Langsfurche, hinter
den Augen stark halsformig verengt. Die Augen sind ziemlich
gross und hervorspringend, glatt, ziemlich weit vom Vorder-
rande des Halsschildes entfernt. Der Clypeus ist ziemlich
hervortretend, von der Stirn deutlich abgesetzt, die Lorae sind
undeutlich, die Wangen klein, die Kehle massig lang, fast hori-
zontal, der Gesichtswinkel ein rechter. Das Rostrum ist kurz
und ziemlich diinn, die Basis der Vorderhtiften nur wenig
liberragend, das 1. Glied nicht tiber den Hinterrand der Augen
sich erstreckend. Die Fiihler sind ziemlich lang, das 1. Glied
ziemlich kurz, zur Spitze etwas verdickt, mit einzelnen, halb
abstehenden, kiirzeren Haaren, die folgenden Glieder unterein-
ander gleich dick, etwas diinner als das 1. an der Basis, massig
lang, halb abstehend, behaart, das letzte ausserdem mit ein-
zelnen liangeren und mehr abstehenden Haaren besetzt, das 2.
viel langer als das 1., etwas linger als das 3., das letzte kaum
kiirzer als das 1. Der Halsschild ist etwas langer als breit,
nach vorne stark verengt, der Basalrand in der Mitté ganz leicht

78 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

ausgeschweift. Die Scheibe am Hinterrande der Calli tief quer
eingedriickt und eingeschniirt, der Basallobus wenig stark ge-
wolbt, leicht geneigt, die Seiten desselben in der Mitte ausge-
schweift, vorne abgerundet. Die Calli sind gross, ganz zusam-
menfliessend, bis zum Seitenrande des Halsschildes sich erstreck-
end, die Apicalstrictur ist breit, flach gewodlbt, etwa um die
Halfte schmdler als die Calli. Das Schildchen ist flach mit
bedeckter Basis. Die Hemielytren beim @ miassig die Hinter-
k6rperspitze tiberragend, hinter der Mitte etwas erweitert, das
Embolium des Coriums schmal, der Cuneus etwas langer als an
der Basis breit. Die Membran fein der Lange nach gestreift,
einzellig, die Zelle ziemlich schmal und gestreckt mit recht-
winkeliger, apicaler Innenecke. Die Hinterfltigelzelle ohne
Hamus. Die Orificien des Metastethiums sind undeutlich. Die
Beine sind kurz, wenig verdickt, lang und halb abstehend be-
haart, die Schienen unbedornt, das letzte Fussglied zur Spitze
erweitert. Die Arolien der Klauen sind gross, mit den letzt-
genannten verwachsen, nur die Spitze ist frei.

Ist nahe mit Pachypeltis Sign. und Eupachypeltis Popp. ver-
wandt. Von der letztgenannten Gattung durch den unbehaarten
Vorderkorper, durch das an der Basis bedeckte Schildchen,
durch die oben glatten Hemielytren und durch die kurzen Beine
zu unterscheiden. Von Pachypeltis durch den gedrungeneren
Korper, durch den Bau des Halsschildes und der Membranzelle,
durch den breiteren Cuneus und durch die kiirzeren Beine ver-
schieden.

Typus: M. nitida sp. nov.

Mansoniella nitida sp. nov.

Rot, der Halsschild in der Mitte gelbrot, das Corium, die Basis
und etwa das apicale Drittel ausgenommen, der Cuneus, die
Spitze ausgenommen, die Unterseite, die Basis des ersten Fiihler-
gliedes und die Beine gelb, die Schenkel zur Spitze und die
Schienen rot tiberzogen, die Membran gelb mit roten Venen,
die Mittelbrust braun.

Die Stirn etwa dreimal so breit als der Durchmesser des
Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied etwas langer als die Apicalstrictur
und die Calli des Halsschildes zusammen, das 2. etwa dreimal
so lang als das 1. Der Basalrand des Halsschildes etwa vier-
mal so breit als der Vorderrand.

Long., 7; lat., 2.6 mm.

Tonkin, Mt. Manson, 2,000-3,000 Fuss, April-—Mai (Museum
Vindob; H. Fruhstorfer).

xe T Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 79

Genus EUPACHYPELTIS novum

Der Korper gestreckt, oben glanzend lang und abstehend
behaart. Der Kopf ist vertical, von oben gesehen breiter als
lang, hinter den Augen ziemlich lang halsf6rmig verengt, von
vorne gesehen breit vorgezogen und viel breiter als lang, von
der Seite gesehen etwas langer als an der Basis hoch. Die
Stirn ist ungerandet, an der Basis kurz und breit, flach einge-
driickt, von der Seite gesehen ziemlich gewolbt, vorne vertical.
Die Augen sind ziemlich gross, stark hervorspringend, glatt, vom
Vorderrande des Halsschildes weit entfernt. Der Clypeus ist
ziemlich hervortretend, vertical, von der Stirn deutlich abgesetzt, -
die Lorae undeutlich, die Wangen sind klein, die Kehle lang,
horizontal, der Gesichtswinkel ein rechter. Das Rostrum ist
ziemlich dick, kurz, die Spitze der Vorderhiiften nur wenig
tiberragend, das 1. und das 3. Glied zur Spitze verdickt. Die
Fiihler sind etwas oberhalb der Spitze des Augenvorderrandes
eingelenkt, das 1. Glied ziemlich lang und dick, in der Mitte am
dicksten, das 2. viel diinner nur langer als das 1., beide mit kiir-
zeren und langeren, abstehenden Haaren bekleidet (die 2 letzten
Glieder mutiliert). Der Halsschild ist etwa ebenso lang als
am Basalrande breit, nach vorne kraftig verengt, der Basalrand
in der Mitte fast gerade. Die Scheibe ist massig gewolbt und
geneigt, unpunktiert und ungerunzelt, jederseits innerhalb der
Hinterecken mit einem Langseindrucke, am Hinterrande der
Calli scharf eingeschniirt. Die Seiten bis zur Einschntirung
leicht ausgeschweift, am Vorderrande der Calli eingeschniirt.
Die Calli sind gross, bis zu den Seiten des Halsschildes sich
erstreckend, zusammenfliessend, ziemlich gewdlbt, die Apical-
strictur ist breit, nur wenig schmdler als die Calli. Das Schild-
chen flach, undeutlich quer gerunzelt, an der Basis etwas
unbedeckt. Die Hemielytren beim ¢? ziemlich die Hinterkorper-
spitze tiberragend, vor der Mitte ganz leicht ausgeschweift,
ziemlich stark, etwas raspelartig, regelmassig gerunzelt, das
Embolium ist ziemlich breit mit aufgebogenem Aussenrande.
Der Cuneus ist wenig lang. Die Membranzelle ziemlich lang
mit fast rechtwinkeliger apicaler Innenecke. Die Hinterfliigel-
zelle ohne Hamus. Die Orificien des Metastethiums sind klein
mit undeutlicher Offnung. Die Beine massiglang, lang und
abstehend behaart, die Schienen ohne Dornchen, das letzte Fuss-
glied zur Spitze erweitert. Die Arolien der Klauen sind gross
und breit, mit den letztgenannten verwachsen, zur Spitze frei
werdend.

&0 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Die Gattung ist nahe mit Pachypeltis Sign. verwandt, der
Korper aber ist mehr gedrungen, die Oberseite und die Fiihler
sind lang und abstehend behaart, der Halsschild ist in der Mitte
des Basalrandes nicht merkbar ausgeschweift, die Hemielytren
sind raspelartig und ziemlich stark gerunzelt, der Cuneus ist
kirzer und breiter und die Membranzelle ist etwas anders ge-
formt.

Typus: EF. pilosus sp. nov.

Eupachypeltis pilosus sp. nov.

@: Schmutzigbraungelb, ein schwarzer Fleck jederseits an
der Basis des Schildchens, das Corium zur Spitze braun, der
Cuneus gelblich, die Membran gelbbraun mit etwas dunkleren
Venen, die Fiihler und die Vorderbeine braun, die Spitze des
zweiten Fiihlergliedes und der Vorderschienen sowie das Ros-
trum braunschwarz, die hinteren Beine gelblich mit schwach
rotlichem Anfluge.

Die Stirn beim ¢@ etwa 24 mal so breit als der Durchmesser
des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied kaum langer als der Kopf und
die Apicalstrictur des Halsschildes zusammen, das 2. etwa
dreimal so lang als das 1. Der Basalrand des Halsschildes mehr
wie dreimal so breit als der Vorderrand.

é unbekannt.

Long., 7; lat., 2.2 mm.

Pulo Laut (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsingfors; Gribodo).

Felisacus pulchellus sp. nov.

@: Oben glanzend, einzeln und abstehend hell behaart. Der
Kopf, der Vorderteil des Halsschildes bis zum Hinterrande der
Calli und die Vorderbrust, die Pleuren ausgenommen, rot, die
Stirn vorne gelbrot, die Kopfspitze, der Basallobus des Hais-
schildes, der Clavus, eine leicht nach hinten gebogene Querbinde
gleich vor der Mitte und eine andere am Apicalrande, die ganze
Commissur, die Clavalsutur und der ausserste Aussenrand des
Emboliums zwischen den Querbinden, die Membran bis zur
Mitte, die Propleuren, die hinteren Briiste und die Spitze des
Hinterkorpers schwarz, die Spitze des Cuneus schwarzbraun,
das Corium und der Cuneus sonst durchsichtig weissgelb, die
Apicalhalfte der Membran glasartig durchsichtig, irisierend, der
Hinterkorper unten gelbweiss, das Rostrum gelb mit dunkler
Basis, die Fiihler schwarzbraun, fast die ganze Basalhalfte des
zweiten Gliedes gelbbraun, die Orificien des Metastethiums und
die Beine hellgelb, das apicale Drittel der Vorderschenkel, die
Spitze und ein Ring vor derselben auf den hinteren Schenkel

KD) L Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 81

sowie etwas mehr als das basale Drittel der Schienen schwarz-
braun.

Die Kopfspitze ist von der Seite gesehen kurz riisselartig
vorgezogen. Die Stirn ist beim ¢ mehr wie doppelt breiter als
der Durchmesser des Auges. Das diinne Rostrum erstreckt sich
bis zu den Mittelhiiften, das 1. Glied die Kopfbasis nicht erreich-
end. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der Kopf bis
zum Vorderrande der Augen und die Apicalstrictur des Hals-
schildes zusammen, das 2. etwas langer als das 1., deutlich kiirzer
als das 3., das letzte etwas ktirzer als das 1. Der Basallobus
des Halsschildes ziemlich stark gewolbt, unpunktiert, die Seiten
desselben leicht gerundet. Das Schildchen ist etwas gewolbt.
Die Hemielytren beim @ ziemlich weit die Hinterkorperspitze
liberragend, die dunklen Zeichnungen derselben sind matt.

¢ unbekannt.

Long., 4; lat., 1 mm.

LuZzON, Laguna, Los Banos (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsing-
HORS >) Gali Baben)k

Ist am nachsten mit F. magnificus Dist. verwandt, unter-
scheidet sich aber durch andere Farbe, durch etwas anderen
Bau der Fitihler und durch den glatten Basallobus des Hals-
schildes.

Felisacus glabratus (Motsch.), fritiher von Ceylon und Java
bekannt, kommt auch auf den Philippinen vor. Mir liegt ein
Stiick aus Los Banos, von Prof. Baker gesammelt, vor.

Genus VOLKELIOPSIS novum

Der Korper ziemlich gedrungen, an den Seiten wenig gerun-
det, oben glanzend, abstehend, kurz, schwarz behaart, auf dem
Kopfe ist die Behaarung weitlaufiger und etwas langer. Der
Kopf ist vertical, von oben gesehen viel breiter als lang, von
vorne gesehen breit und kurz vorgezogen, viel breiter als lang, von
der Seite gesehen etwa ebenso lang als an der Basis hoch. Die
Stirn ist vorn stark gewolbt, an der Basis ungerandet, mit einer
ziemlich breiten Langsfurche, vorne gleich oberhalb der Cly-
peusbasis mit 2 nahe zu einander stehenden Hoéckerchen. Die
Augen sind glatt, massig gross, von oben gesehen rundlich, sehr
stark hervorspringend, wie gestielt, von vorne gesehen gerade
‘nach den Seiten zu gerichtet, vom Vorderrande des Halsschildes
entfernt, der Kopf hinter denselben sehr stark verengt. Der
Clypeus ist ziemlich hervortretend, von der Stirn deutlich ab-
gesetzt, nach der Spitze zu etwas nach hinten gerichtet, in der
Mitte breit stumpfwinkelig ausgeschnitten. Die Wangen sind
massig hoch, die Kehle wenig lang, horizontal, der Gesichts-

132899 6

82 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

winkel ist ein rechter. Das Rostrum ist ziemlich dick, gerade,
bis zur Basis der Mittelhtiften sich erstreckend, das 1. Glied
wenig verdickt, die Kopfbasis nicht erreichend. Die Fiihler
sind sehr kraftig, vor den Augen eingelenkt, dicht, ziemlich kurz,
halb abstehend behaart, die Hinlenkungsstelle kurz gestielt.
Das 1. Glied ist kurz, dick, nur etwa 4 langer als breit, die
Basis unten breit vorgezogen, das 2. viel langer als das 1.,
wie das 3. mit flachen Unebenheiten, nach der Spitze allmahlich,
ziemlich schwach verdickt und hier nur unbedeutend diinner als
das 1., das 3. ktirzer als das 2., nach der Spitze zu massig ver-
dickt und hier ebenso dick als das 1. (das letzte Glied muti-
liert). Der Halsschild ist breiter als lang, nach vorne stark
verengt, die Seiten ungerandet, fast gerade, der Basalrand in
der Mitte breit ausgeschweift, die Hinterecken nicht vorgezo-
gen, gerundet. Die Scheibe ist ziemlich gewolbt, stark geneigt,
sehr stark, dicht punktiert, jederseits innerhalb der Hinterecken
abgefiacht. Die Calli sind deutlich abgesetzt, klein, flach, ziem-
lich weit von einander getrennt, die Apicalstrictur ist breit. Das
Schildchen ist an der Basis quer eingedrickt, flach gewolbt, wie
der Halsschild punktiert mit ziemlich breit abgerundeter Spitze,
in der Mitte mit einer flachen, wenig hervortretenden Langs-
linie. Die Hemielytren beim ¢ ziemlich die Hinterkorper-
spitze tiberragend, die Seiten derselben fast gerade, der Clavus
und das Corium ausserst fein gerunzelt, der Cuneus etwas langer
als breit. Die einzige Zelle der Membran ziemlich gestreckt mit
spitzer apicaler Innenecke. Die Hinterfliigelzelle ohne Hamus.
Die Propleuren dicht und stark punktiert. Das Metastethium
ohne deutliche Orificien. Die hinteren Hinterkérpersegmente
mit spitz vorgezogenen Aussenecken, das Convexivum von oben
gesehen unbedeutend ausserhalb der Hemielytren sich erstreck-
end. Die Beine ziemlich kurz, kurz und halb abstehend behaart,
die Schienen fein bedornt. Das 1. Glied der Hinterfiisse etwa
ebenso lang als das 2., das letzte nach der Spitze zu kaum ver-
dickt, die Arolien der Klauen sind ziemlich breit, an der Basis
mit denselben verwachsen, sonst denselben stark gendhert.

Diese Gattung ist nahe mit Volkelius Dist. verwandt. Der
Kopf ist anders gebaut, der Bau der Fiihler und des Schildchens
ist abweichend.

Typus: V. frontalis sp. nov.

Volkeliopsis frontalis sp nov.

3: Rotgelb, die Stirn oberhalb des Clypeus mit einem brau-
nen Flecke, die Hemielytren, die innerste Basis ausgenommen,
die Seiten des Hinterkérpers vom dritten Segmente an, die aus-

mo Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 83

serste Spitze des Rostrums und die Fiihler, die innerste Basis
’ des ersten Gliedes ausgenommen, schwarz, die Membran rauch-
schwarz.

Die Stirn ist beim ¢ etwa viermal so breit als der Durchmesser
des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der
Kopf von der Seite gesehen vom Vorderrande der Augen bis
zur Clypeusspitze, das 2. etwa sechsmal so lang als das 1., das
3. etwa um die Halfte kiirzer als das 2. Der Halsschild ist
etwa um {} kiirzer als am Basalrande breit, der letztgenannte
etwa dreimal so breit als der Vorderrand.

? unbekannt.

Hones, (> lates >mm

LUZON, ibaa Mt. Maquiling (1 Exemplar, Museum Hel-
singfors; C. F. Baker).

Prodromopsis philippinensis sp. nov.

9: Oben glanzend, kurz und halb abstehend weiss behaart.
Griin, der Kopf, das Schildchen an der Basis, die Unterseite
zum grossten Teil und die Fiisse gelb, die Spitze der letztgenann-
ten und die Fiihler schwarzbraun, die innerste Basis des ersten
Fiihlergliedes hell, die Membran glasartig durchsichtig, irisie-
rend,.die Venen griin.

Der Kopf ist vertical, ein wenig nach hinten geneigt, von oben
gesehen breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen lang vorgezogen,
spitz dreieckig. Die Augen sind ziemlich gross, stark hervor-
springend und von vorne gesehen nach oben gerichtet. Die Stirn
leicht konkav, von oben gesehen vorne zwischen den Fiihlern
etwas ausgeschweift, beim ¢ etwa 24 mal so breit als der Durch-
-messer des Auges. Das gelbe, an der Spitze verdunkelte Ros-
trum erstreckt sich bis zur Mitte der Mittelbrust, das 1. Glied
kaum die Kopfbasis tiberragend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa
ebenso lang als der Apicalrand des Halsschildes breit, das 2.
etwa doppelt so lang als das 1., das 3. kaum kiirzer als das 2.,
etwa 4 kiirzer als das letzte. Der Halsschild ist langer als
breit, der Basalrand ziemlich tief ausgeschweift, etwa doppelt
breiter als der Vorderrand, die Seiten etwas ausgeschweift.
Die Scheibe massig gewodlbt, kaum geneigt, dick und méassig
stark punktiert, die Calli deutlich abgesetzt, flach gewolbt. Das
Schildchen ist unpunktiert. Die Hemielytren beim ¢ ziemlich
die Hinterk6orperspitze tiberragend, undeutlich runzelig punk-
tuliert, die Punktur auf dem Clavus etwas mehr hervortretend.
Der Cuneus ist lang, bis zum letzten Fiinftel der Membran sich
erstreckend, etwas breiter und zur Spitze mehr allmahlich
verengt als bei den anderen Arten der Gattung.

84 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

é unbekannt.

Long., 4.5; lat., 1.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsingfors;
C. F. Baker).

Am nachsten mit Pr. cuneatus (Dist.) verwandt, von dieser
sowie auch von Pr. oculatus Popp. durch den breiteren Cuneus
zu unterscheiden. Von der erst genannten Art ausserdem durch
von vorne gesehen schmaleren Kopf mit mehr nach oben gerichte-
ten Augen, durch die einfarbig schwarzen Fiihler, deren drittes
Glied kiirzer ist, sowie durch schmileren, in der Mitte mehr
ausgeschweiften Halsschild verschieden. Von Pr. oculatus aus-
serdem durch anderen Bau des Kopfes abweichend.

Hekista laudator Kirk.

Hekista laudator Kirk., Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1902), 248.

Combalus laudator Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynch. (1904), 2, 481.

Die Gattung Combalus ist mit Hekista synonym. C. novitius,

die einzige Art der Distant’schen Gattung, ist jedoch nicht mit
H. laudator Kirk. identisch. Die beiden Arten unterscheiden
sich leicht von einander u. a. durch andere Farbe, indem bei
laudator der Basalrand des Halsschildes, die Clavalsutur und
der Basalteil der Commissur auf dem Clavus sowie der. Cuneus,
der Innenrand ausgenommen, gelb sind. Eine ausfiihrlichere
Beschreibung der Gattung ist in Tijdskr. voor Ent. (1914)
publiciert.

Taivoniella cuneale Sp. nov.

é, 9: Gestreckt, oben matt, anliegend und kurz, weiss be-
haart, nur der Kopf glanzend. Schwarz, der Cuneus, der
scharf begrenzte, schwarze Aussenrand ausgenommen, gelbweiss,
die Membran rauchig gelbgrau, nach der Basis zu dunkler, die
Beine und das Rostrum hellgelb, die Schienen mehr oder weniger,
beim ¢ deutlicher schwarzbraun, die Spitze der Fiisse und die
2 ersten Fiihlerglieder (die 2 letzten mutiliert), schwarz, das
1. Glied beim ¢ gelbbraun mit schwarzer Spitze.

Der Kopf ist wie bei F. fulvigenis Popp. gebaut, die Stirn
ist etwa doppelt (¢)—25 mal (?)—so breit als der Durch-
messer des Auges. Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Basis der
Hinterhiiften, das 1. Glied etwa die Mitte der Vorderhiiften
erreichend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa ebenso lang als der
Vorderlobus und die Apicalstrictur des Halsschildes zusammen,
das 2. fast dreimal so lang als das 1. Der Halsschild ist wie
bei fulvigenis gebaut, nur der Basallobus ist nach vorne weniger
stark verengt und die Apicalstrictur ist etwas schmaler. Die

Xe) 1 Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 85

Hemielytren ziemlich weit die Hinterkérperspitze iiberragend,
die Membranzelle gestreckt mit zugespitzter, apicaler Innenecke.

Long., 3.8; lat., 1 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (2 Exemplare, Museum Helsing-
fors; C. F. Baker).

Von T. fulvigenis Popp. durch die Farbe des Kopfes und des
Cuneus sowie durch das auffallend langere zweite Fiihlerglied
zu unterscheiden.

Genus EOFURIUS novum

Der Korper ist klein, ziemlich gestreckt, oben massig glan-
zend, punktiert, halb abstehend, ziemlich kurz weiss behaart.
Der Kopf vertical, leicht nach hinten gerichtet, von oben gesehen
viel breiter als lang, von vorne gesehen ziemlich breit vorge-
zogen, etwas breiter als lang, von der Seite gesehen etwas kiirzer
als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist ungerandet und ungefurcht,
unpunktiert, glanzend, massig gewolbt. Die Augen sind ziemlich
klein, hervorspringend, fein granuliert, den Vorderrand des
Halsschildes bertihrend. Der Clypeus ist wenig stark hervor-
tretend, von der Stirn deutlich abgesetzt, die Lorae undeutlich,
die Wangen ziemlich klein, die Kehle kurz, fast vertical, der
Gesichtswinkel leicht zugespitzt. Das Rostrum ist massig dick
und erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze dex Mittelhtiften, das 1. Glied
etwa die Mitte der Vorderhiiften erreichend. Die Fiihler sind
diinn, kurz und etwas abstehend behaart, etwas vor den Augen
eingelenkt, das 1. Glied ist kurz, zur Spitze nicht verdickt, das
2. viel langer als des 1., zur Spitze kaum verdickt (die 2 letzten
Glieder mutiliert). Der Halsschild ist etwas kiirzer als breit,
nach vorne ziemlich verengt, der Basalrand gerade, die Seiten
nach vorne ausgeschweift, ungerandet. Die Scheibe ist ziemlich
gewolbt und geneigt, am Hinterrande der Colli bis zu den Seiten
quer eingedriickt, dicht und ziemlich stark punktiert. Die Colli
sind massig gross, bis zu den Seiten des Halsschildes sich
erstreckend, in der Mitte von einander getrennt, glatt. Die Api-
calstrictur ist scharf abgesetzt, breit, etwas schmdler als die
Colli, dicht und fein punktiert. Das Schildchen ist flach und
matt, kurz, unpunktiert und ungerunzelt, mit bedeckter Basis,
hinter der letztgenannten quer eingedriickt. Die Hemielytren
fast matt, undurchsichtig, beim ¢ weit die Hinterkorperspitze
iiberragend, fast parallelseitig, der Clavus und das Corium fein
quer gerunzelt, die Commissur des letzt genannten ganz kurz,
der Cuneus lang und schmal, die Membran einzellig, die Zelle
ziemlich lang und schmal mit abgerundeter apicaler Innenecke.
Die Hinterfliigelzelle ohne Hamus. Die Orificien des Metastethi-

86 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

ums sind undeutlich. Die Beine sind ziemlich lang, nicht
verdickt, halb abstehend behaart, die Schienen sind unbedornt,
das letzte Fussglied zur Spitze verdickt. Die Arolien der Klauen
sind gross und breit und mit denselben verwachsen.

Ist nahe mit Palaeofurius Popp. verwandt, unterscheidet sich
aber durch weniger hervortretenden Clypeus, durch die Augen,
die den Vorderrand des Halsschildes beriihren, durch den gera-
den Basalrand des Halsschildes und durch die undurchsichtigen,
quer gerunzelten, fast matten Hemielytren.

Typus: f. pygmaeus sp. nov.

Eofurius pygmaeus Sp. nov.

é: Weissgelb, die Augen schwarz, der Basalrand des Kopfes
ganz schmal, der Basalrand des Halsschildes in der Mitte, das
Schildchen, der Clavus, die Apicalhalfte des Coriums, der Aus-
senrand und die 4ussere Apicalecke ausgenommen, die Vorder-
brust jederseits, in der Mitte, die hinteren Briiste und der
Hinterkorper, die Spitze ausgenommen, braunschwarz, das 1.
Fiihlerglied gelb, zur Spitze braun, das 2. schwarzbraun.

Die Stirn beim ¢ etwa dreimal so breit als der Durchmesser
des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied etwa ebenso lang als der Kopf
von der Seite gesehen, das 2. fast 24 mal so lang als das 1. Der
Basalrand des Halsschildes etwa doppelt so breit als der Vor-
derrand. Das Genitalsegment beim ¢ links mit einer langen,
unten an der Spitze vorgezogenen Spina.

@ unbekannt.

Hong 2a lab... OL9.mm,

Luzon, Laguna, Los Bafios (1 Exemplar, Museum Helsingfors;
C. F. Baker).

Pycnofurius amorphophalli sp. nov.

é, 9: Oben glanzend, auf dem Vorderkérper abstehend, auf
den Hemielytren halb abstehend, kurz hell behaart. Schwarz,
die Hemielytren, das Rostrum, das 1. Glied und die Spitze aus-
genommen, die Fiihler und die Beine gelbweiss, der Clavus, ein
breiter Querfleck hinter der Mitte auf dem Corium, nach aussen
bis zum Embolium sich erstreckend, die Membran bis etwas
liber die Mitte und das 2. Fiihlerglied schwarz, die dunkle
Zeichnung auf den Hemielytren ein Kreuz bildend.

Der verticale Kopf ist viel breiter als lang. Die Stirn von
der Seite gesehen gewolbt, sowohl beim ¢ wie beim ¢ mehr
wie dreimal so breit als der Durchmesser des Auges. Die
Augen sind missig gross und hervorspringend, ganz fein gra-
nuliert. Das Rostrum erstreckt sich bis zur Spitze der Mittel-
hiiften, das 1. Glied etwas die Basis der Vorderhiiften tber-

Reps Poppius: Orientalische Bryocorinen 87

ragend. Das 1. Fiihlerglied ist etwa um ein Drittel kiirzer als
die Breite der Stirn zwischen den Augen, das 2. zur Spitze
leicht verdickt, etwas mehr wie doppelt so lang als das 1., die 2
letzten diinn, das 3. linger als das letzte, das etwa ebenso lang
als das 1. ist. Der Halsschild ist kaum langer als am Basal-
rande breit, der letztgenannte in der Mitte leicht ausge-
schweift, etwa doppelt so breit als der Vorderrand. Die Seiten
sind bis zur Einschniirung ziemlich gerundet, dann bis zum
Vorderrande gerade. Die Scheibe sehr kraftig gewolbt und
geneigt, am Hinterrande der Calli tief quer eingedriickt, vor den
Calli massig aufgetrieben, dicht und ziemlich stark punktiert, die
Punktur auf dem Vorderteil etwas feiner. Das flache Schildchen
ist unpunktiert. Die Hemielytren sowohl beim ¢ wie beim 9
weit die Hinterkorperspitze tiberragend, undeutlich, auf dem
Clavus etwas dichter gerunzelt, die schwarzen Zeichnungen matt.
Die Membranzelle mit rechtwinkeliger, apicaler Innenecke.

Long., 3.5; lat., 1.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos, an Amorphophallus campanulatus
lebend (2 Exemplare, Museum Helsingfors; C. F’. Baker).

Von der einzigen, friiher bekannten Art der Gattung, P.
puncticolliis Popp., durch andere Farbe, durch ktirzere und dik-
kere Fiihler sowie durch die nicht abgerundete, innere Apicalecke
der Membranzelle zu unterscheiden.

Genus SIPORIA novum

Der Korper gedrungen, oben glanzend, ziemlich kurz, abste-
hend, gelb behaart, punktiert. Der Kopf ist klein, massig stark
geneigt, von oben gesehen ktirzer als breit, von vorne gesehen
etwas spitz vorgezogen, etwas breiter als lang, von der Seite
gesehen etwas langer als an der Basis hoch. Die Stirn ist
massig gewolbt, fein gerandet, in der Mitte mit einer feinen
Langsfurche, der Clypeus ist kréftig hervortretend, von den
Seiten etwas zusammengedriickt, von der Stirn wenig scharf
abgesetzt, die Lorae sind schmal, die Wangen sind ziemlich klein,
die Kehle massig lang, geneigt, der Gesichtswinkel ein rechter.
Die Augen sind fast glatt, gross und stark hervorspringend, den
Vorderrand des Halsschildes fast beritihrend, vorne nicht ausge-
schweift. Das Rostrum ist kurz, die Spitze der Vorderhtiften
kaum erreichend, das 1. Glied die Augenmitte nicht tiberragend.
Die Fiihler sind gleich unterhalb der Mitte des Augenvorder-
randes eingelenkt, kurz, das 1. Glied wenig verdickt, nach der
Spitze zu etwas dicker werdend, einzeln, halb abstehend behaart,
die Kopfspitze etwas tiberragend, das 2. langer als das 1., dichter
behaart, nach der Spitze zu ziemlich verdickt und hier dicker

88 The Philippine Journal of Science

als das 1., die 2 letzten diinn, zusammen etwas kiirzer als das
2. und unter einander etwa gleich lang. Der Halsschild ist
ziemlich stark gewolbt, massig geneigt, kraftig punktiert, viel
breiter als lang, nach vorne stark verengt mit leicht gerundeten
Seiten. Der Basalrand ist breit gerundet, die Calli sind klein,
flach, von einander getrennt, die Apicalstrictur ist scharf abge-
setzt, ziemlich schmal. Das Schildchen ist klein, flach, glatt,
mit bedeckter Basis. Die Hemielytren beim ¢° nur unbedeutend
die Hinterkorperspitze tiberragend, fein runzelig punktiert, das
Corium mit 2 Langsfurchen, von denen die innere kiirzer ist,
der Cuneus ist schmal, linger als breit, durch eine ziemlich tiefe
Fractur vom Corium abgesetzt. Die Membran mit einer Zelle,
die massig gestreckt ist mit fast rechtwinkeliger apicaler Innen-
ecke. Die Hinterfliigelzelle ist ohne Hamus. Die Orificien des
Metastethiums sind klein mit feiner, ungekanteter Spalte. Die
Beine sind kurz, kurz und halbabstehend behaart, die Schienen
unbedornt, die Hinterschienen ganz leicht gebogen, das letzte
Fussglied nach der Spitze zu etwas erweitert, das 1. Glied der
Hinterfiisse kurz. Die Klauen kurz mit breiten, mit denselben
verwachsenen Arolien.
Typus: S. flaviceps sp. nov.

Siporia flaviceps sp. nov.

2: Schwarz, der Halsschild etwas metallisch schimmernd,
der Kopf, auf dem Halsschilde die Apicalstrictur und die Hin-
terecken ganz schmal, die Vorderbrust, das Rostrum, die Fiihler
und die Beine gelb, die Kopfspitze, auf den Hinterschenkeln ein
Ring vor der Spitze und ein Fleck oben an derselben braun, das
2. Fiihlerglied und die hinteren Hiiften schwarzbraun, etwas
mehr als das basale Drittel des erstgenannten gelb, die Mem-
bran rauchig braunschwarz mit etwas dunkleren Venen, die
Spitze breit gelblich.

Die Stirn beim ¢ fast doppelt so breit als der Durchmesser
des Auges. Das 1. Fiihlerglied kaum langer als die Stirn zwi-
schen den Augen breit (¢), das 2. etwa doppelt so lang als das
1. Der Halsschild ist nicht voll um die Halfte kiirzer als am
Basalrande breit, der letztgenannte mehr wie dreimal so breit
als der Vorderrand.

é unbekannt.

Long., 4; lat., 2 mm.

MENTAWEI, Sipora, Sereinu, Mai—Juni, 1894 (1 Exemplar,
Musum Genova; f’. Modigliani).

[Vol. 1X, Sec. D, No. 8, of this Journal was issued September 29, 1914;
No. 4 was issued March 25, 1915; No. 5 was issued April 22, 1915; and
No. 6 was issued May 20, 1915.]

“PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Extmer D. MerrRRILL

Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

Practically a complete flora of the cul-
tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip-
tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590
genera, and 136 families, with native names,
glossary of technical terms, etc.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
~ IPPINE ISLANDS

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
$1, postpaid.

The reprint contains the following arti-
cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut
Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its
Relation to Coconut Oil, The Keeping Quali-
ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its
Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack-
ing the Coconut Palm.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By Frep W. FoxwortTHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy has brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZOOLOGY &

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep Hottistrer

Order No. 428. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid.

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By RicuHarp C. McGrecor

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid.

A Manual of Philippine Birds contains
in compact form descriptions of all the
known species of Philippine birds. The
usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families,
and genera help the novice in identification.

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES

By Davin STARR JoRDAN and RoBERT EARL
RICHARDSON

Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.

This list will be found a convenient guide
to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology.
The nomenclature-is thoroughly revised,. and
the distribution of each species within the
Philippine Islands is given.

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by Erich Martini, G. F. Perris,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RIcHARD P.
STRONG

4S3 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12-charts and maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to-
gether with the results of certain bacte-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report.

The Bureau of Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine Islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the printed proceedings of the Interna-

tional Plague Conference.

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. L,
or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C.,; England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

CONTENTS

: Page.
LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part II]: Two
New Species of Lithophytum Forskal from the Philippines... 1
COWLES, R. P. The Habits of Some Tropical Crustaceans. 11
HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: I. 19
BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: II, Philippine
JaSSaltia ke ese ek eS Oe a 5 ee a ee A oe 49
GRIFFINI, ACHILLE. Prospetto dei Grillacridi delle Isole
Filippinte ecb or Aah Tes at SN a es ce a eae 61
POPPIUS, B- -Neue Orientalische Bryocorinen..... 0. 75
U. S.
The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency.
Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries.. $2.00
Section B. ‘Tropical Medicine * 2-2-2252. 22.22. a eee 3.00
Section :C, Botamy (22.25 cee es ei Feat a renee nce eee 2.00
Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- :
tion D began with Volume VY) -.------:-------2----12-2--222-- 2s A ee 2.00
Entire Journal, Volume II, Til, IV, or W ---------------2----------=--------=-- 5.00
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI ---------------------------------- _ 7.00
Single numbers (except of Volume I) -----------------------------------.---. .00

Flach section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold

only with a complete file of section A, B, or C-_----..------..-..-.-.-- 10.00
Supplement to Volume I (botany) --.-----.----------------------------------- 3.50
Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete tiie of

SECHIOM Ags Boy VOR see sa EN NCE ae ee eee ae 6.50
Single numbersof Volume E202 es ao een ee «tb

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour- ©
nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents

listed below:
AGENTS

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger-
many.

Kelly & Waish, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.

A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter.

sh eel eS He Bey

Sec.D, No.2 Marcu, 1915

_ THE PHILIPPINE
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE |

ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Px. D,
GENERAL EDITOR

SecTIon D

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

Ae F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, 89 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.
The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English
and English-Igorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By OTTo SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILuERr

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29

plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7

Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER
OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES
By Otto SCHEERER
and
“FE” AND “V’ IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES
By CARLOS EverETT CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By EMERSON B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su-
banuns of this region were studied by Mr.
Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the _ people
themselves.

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By NaAsEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid.

Moros in the Philippines from the earliest '

times to the American occupation.

ETHNOLOGY—Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao are
recorded in five folding diagrams.

——

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By WILLIAM ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, 83 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and arrows, dances, and various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES

PHILIPPINE HATS
By C. B. RoBINSOoN

Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, $
plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper is a concise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands. :

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
~ ISLAND OF NEGROS

By HERBERT S. WALKER

Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.

Considered from the viewpoint of prac-
tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry
in the Island of Negros is one of the most
important papers published by the Bureau
of Science. This volume is a real contribu-
tion to the subject; it is not a mere com-
pilation, for the author was in the field and
underesande the conditions of which he
writes.

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larve_ to-
gether with a description of the new Philip-
pine race,

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

VoL. X MARCH, 1915 No. 2

NEW SPECIES OF PHILIPPINE LIZARDS

By Epwarp H. TAYLOR
(Hinigaran, Occidental Negros, Negros, P. I.)

ONE PLATE

This paper is based on the collections made by the Bureau of
Science during the past ten years and that made by me during
the last two years. The latter collection is by far the larger
and more representative. It has been made chiefly in Baguio,
Mountain Province; Occidental Negros Province; and Agusan
Province, Mindanao.

Most of the new species were taken at Bunauan, in the upper
Agusan Valley. So far as I know, no collection has ever been
made before in this locality. Hugh Cuming and A. H. Everett
collected at various places along the coast of Mindanao during
Spanish times; in more recent years Dr. Edgar A. Mearns and
Maj. J. M. T. Partello of the United States Army collected in
various parts of the interior. New species taken by the two
American collectors were sent to the Smithsonian Institution, and
some of them have been described by Stejneger.?

Bunauan is situated in a great sunken lake and swamp
region, and has a remarkable herpetological fauna. More than
120 species were found there and nearly 2,000 specimens were
collected; however, about 500 of these were lost in shipping the
collection from the interior to the coast. In this lot a few very
rare forms, including Draco mindanensis Stejneger, Tropido-
phorus partelloi Stejneger, and 2 others, probably new, were lost.

The faune of the various islands of the Philippine Archipel-
ago are more or less distinct; that of Palawan, as shown by

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1908), 33, 677; (1908), 34, 199; (1911), 39, 97.
132633 89

90 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Everett,? Boulenger,’ Griffin,s and others, has more species of
reptiles in common with Borneo than have the other islands.
The large number of species known only from Mindanao suggests
that this island has a reptilian fauna peculiar to itself. How-
ever, the knowledge of the herpetological faune of all the islands
is very incomplete.

Fewer than 15 species and varieties of lizards have been
described from the Philippine Islands since the publication of
Boulenger’s catalogue,® thirty years ago. In the present paper
14 species are described as new. These are:

Gymnodactylus agusanensis. Sphenomorphus mindanensis.
Gymnodactylus annulatus- Sphenomorphus coxi.
Hemidactylus luzonensis. Sphenomorphus curtirostris.
Ptychozoon intermedia. Sphenomorphus palustris.
Luperosaurus compresicorpus. Dasia griffini.
Lepidodactylus aureolineatus. Tropidophorus rivularis.
Emoia ruficauda. Dibamus argenteus.

Dasia semicincta (Peters) has been redescribed in this paper
from a splendid series of specimens. It appears to be distinct
from D. olivacea Gray, and I doubt if the typical form of the
latter occurs in the Islands. The entire collection has not been
gone over, and further study will probably bring to light other
new species.

Special thanks are due to Dr. Alvin J. Cox, director of the
Bureau of Science, and Dr. R. P. Cowles, of the University of
the Philippines, for facilitating this work; and to Mr. Artemus
L. Day and Mr. S. F. Light, of the University of the Philippines,
for checking identifications and assistance rendered in various
other ways..

Gymnodactylus agusanensis Sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Dorsal granules intermixed with numerous large
conical or trihedral tubercles, 9 or 10 irregular longitudinal rows
on each side; males and females with preanal and femoral pores,
those of the female much smaller; preanal pores arranged in a
broadly angular series, 5 or 6 on each side; tubercles on the tail
arranged in whorls.

Type.—No. R. 1686, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan,
Agusan Province, Mindanao, June, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector.

? Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1889), 220.

‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1894), VI, 14, 81.

‘This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 595; Sec. D (1911), 6, 258.

* Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum (Natural History, 2d ed.
London (1885), 1 and 2; (1887), 3.

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 94

Description.—Rostral large, somewhat wider than high,
broadly entering the nostril and almost surrounding a quad-
rangular median scale above, bounded above by 2 supranasals,
and 2 small roundish internasals; nostrils large, directed back-
ward with a depressed area immediately behind; nostril sur-
rounded by the rostral, the supranasal, and 2 postnasals; scales
on the snout, especially those on the canthus rostralis, much
larger than those on the occiput and neck; a depressed area
between and delineating the supraorbital regions continues some
distance on the snout, giving it the appearance of a “nose;” eyelid
not visible around the entire eye; 10 upper labials, first largest;
a row of enlarged slightly keeled scales above the upper labials;
11 lower labials; mental triangular, as broad as long, a pair of
rectangular chin shields bordering on the first labial and the
mental, forming a suture behind the latter; several rows of en-
larged scales below the lower labials, first row largest; the re-
maining scales on chin and throat uniformly granular; auricular
opening subtriangular; tympanum deeply sunk; body above with
small granules intermingled with 18 or 20 irregular rows of
enlarged, conical or slightly trihedral, tubercles of varying sizes;
tubercles also on the occiput, arms, legs, and tail; those on the
tail arranged in whorls, not continuing to the end of the tail;
scales of the tail arranged in more or less regular transverse
series; 3 or 4 enlarged tubercles on each side of the anus; a
glandular row of tubercles from axilla to groin, giving the ap-
pearance of a fold in the skin; ventral scales larger, imbricate,
subequal in size; preanal pores in an angular series, 5 or 6 on
each side; femoral pores separated from the preanals, from
8 to 10 on each side; several enlarged rows of scales in the
preanal region in front and behind the preanal pores; toes with
a well-defined crook, and with well-developed transverse lamellz
below, 26 under fourth toe; distance from eye to ear equal to
distance from eye to nostril, and slightly greater than the diam-
eter of the eye; hind leg pressed forward reaches between the
ear opening and the insertion of the forelegs.

Color in life-—Grayish white above with 4 or 5 enlarged,
irregular, dark black-brown crossbands, strongly contrasted;
tail annulated with broad black rings and narrow white inter-
spaces; a broad dark line from behind the eye joins the dark
band which crosses the shoulder; a broad light line from the
angle of the mouth to the shoulder; a somewhat darker band
below the white line; a narrow white line from behind the
upper part of the eye to a point above the ear opening, and
across the occiput; head darker than the back, with a few in-

92 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

distinct light markings; labials with several small white spots;
abdomen and throat yellowish white, powdered with brown;
arms and legs marbled with brown; toes with dark and white
spots alternating.

Measurements.—Total length (extreme end of tail regener-
ated), 170 millimeters; snout to vent, 88; foreleg, 36; hind leg,
48; width of head, 18.

Variations.—Several other specimens taken at the same time
vary more or less in the shade of brown or light color. The
markings are much the same in all the specimens; in the young
the colors are almost pure black and white. In 2 specimens
the rostral is fused with the “interrostral.” The largest
specimen, a female with regenerated tail, has the following
measurements: Length, 220 millimeters; snout to vent, 106;
foreleg, 40; hind leg, 55; width of head, 23. The preanal and
femoral pores of the female are much smaller than those of
the male.

Remarks.—tThe occurrence of distinct pores in the female is
very unusual. So far as I know this species is unique in the
family with regard to this characteristic. Boulenger, in de-
scribing the family Geckonide, states :°

Males are generally distinguished from females by a larger size, the

swelling of the base of the tail, and the presence of femoral or przanal
pores, which are constantly absent in the latter.

The perforations in the scales are visible to the naked eye.
Examination of the underside of the skin with a microscope
showed the presence of small glands with well-defined ducts.
I have not ascertained whether or not the pores are functional.

It is true that in many genera of this family, while there
are no pores in the females, the scales corresponding to the
pore-scales of the males are enlarged and differentiated, and it
is possible to ascertain to a certain degree of accuracy the num-
ber of pores in a male of a species by an examination of female
specimens. In Gecko verticillatus the pore scales of the females
have decided pits, but I have not ascertained whether or not
the scales are perforated. This characteristic, I think, does not
necessitate the establishing of a new genus, although it may
call for a modification of the definition.

Gymnodactylus annulatus sp. nov.
Diagnosis —Dorsal granules minute, with from 14 to 16 ir-
regular longitudinal rows of enlarged, conical or trihedral tuber-

° Catal. Lizards Brit. Mus. 2d ed. (1885), 1, 5.

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 93

cles; males with a V-shaped series of preanal pores, 3 on each
side, inclosing a deep pubic groove; no femoral pores; pores
wanting in the female; transverse plates under the basal phalanx
large and well differentiated, 20 under the fourth toe; 12 to
14 upper labials; 11 to 12 lower labials.

Type.—No. R. 1686-7, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan,
Agusan Province, Mindanao, July, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Measurements.—Total length, 122 millimeters; snout to vent,
56; width of head, 13; foreleg, 18; hind leg, 25. The largest
specimen taken is only 141 millimeters in length.

Remarks.—A complete description of this form is hardly

necessary, since it agrees in most details with G. agusanensis

and G. philippinicus. It differs from the latter in its smaller
size and in having 3 instead of 6 preanal pores on each side not
arranged in a parallel series as in G. philippinicus. The plates
under the basal phalanx are enlarged and clearly differentiated.
This species is very common at Bunauan, but was not ob-
served at Butuan near the coast. More than 40 specimens were
taken, all agreeing remarkably well with the type save in the
shades of coloration. They were found under rotten logs and
usually in pairs. They were dark when found, but quickly
became lighter in color when exposed to the sunlight.

Hemidactylus luzonensis sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Digits free and long, with 2 rows of lamelle;
distal phalanx clawed, arising from the end of the distal portion
of the toe; body with about 16 rows of strong, sharply keeled
trihedral tubercles; head much flattened.

Type.—No. 1774, Bureau of Science collection; Manila, Phil-
ippine Islands.

Description of type.—Adult female; head noticeably flattened,
more than twice as wide as deep, neck especially constricted ;
rostral squarish and upright, with a slight notch above, and a
suture half the width of the scale; a supranasal with a small
round internasal; nostril bordered by 2 postnasals, the first
labial, the supranasal, and rostral; 11 upper labials; 10 lower
labials; mental almost triangular, followed by 2 pairs of greatly
enlarged chin shields, the first pair making a long suture behind
the mental; a few slightly enlarged scales border the lower
labials and the chin shields; head scales unequal, those on snout,
especially those in front of eye, largest; a few small scattered
- tubercles on the occiput; ear opening moderate, vertically oval;
back with from 16 to 18 irregular rows of trihedral scales,
_largest on the sides; tail with whorls of spiny tubercles above,

94 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

below with broad transverse scales; tubercles on front legs
smaller than those on hind legs; scales on chin and throat small,
those on abdomen imbricate and very much larger; 8 lamellze
under longest toe; adpressed hind leg reaches beyond the elbow
of adpressed foreleg; distance of ear opening and nostril from
the ear, equal.

Color in formalin.—Ground color drab-gray with a few scat-
tered brown spots; an elongate dark spot behind the eye; snout
with scattered brown spots; below immaculate.

Measurements.—Total length (tail mutilated) , 60 millimeters;
snout to vent, 50; foreleg, 18; hind leg, 24; width of head, 11.

Remarks.—The type specimen was obtained from the Manila
High School where it was being used for dissection. The
abdomen has been opened and the end of the tail lost; otherwise
the body is in good condition. There are no pores present, but
a series of 12 differentiated preanal scales on each side probably
indicates the number of pores in the male. This form is easily
distinguished from H. frenatus by the longer inner toe, with
the claw not sessile, the 8 rows of spiny tubercles on the tail, the
narrowed neck, and the increased number and size of tubercles
on the back. From H. depressus it differs in having the snout
twice the diameter of the eye; the ear opening vertical and less
than one third the diameter of the eye; the tail not depressed,
with angular lateral edge. No other specimen having these
characteristics has been seen. The type specimen was taken in
Manila by a student of the High School.

Ptychozoon intermedia sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Large scales of the dermal lobe on the side of
the head equal to, or slightly smaller than, the largest abdominal
scales; back with from 10 to 12 irregular longitudinal rows of
flat round tubercles; tail with a narrow unsegmented terminal
flap, no wider than the nearest lobes, slightly notched behind;
annulations on the tail marked by lateral lobes directed some-
what backward, and a series of 4 or more enlarged scales above,
much larger than the scales on the lateral lobes.

Type.—No. 1776, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu-
san Province, Mindanao, July 12, 1912; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Description.—Rostral large, rectangular, with a triangular
depression in the upper part; the nostril is surrounded by the
rostral, the first labial, 2 postnasals, and a rather large supra-
nasal; latter is distinctly triangular and forms a suture with its
mate behind the rostral; a large scale lies partly between the

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 95

supranasals; a small roundish scale on either side of this and
directly behind the supranasals, touching the superior postnasal;
11 upper labials; 10 lower labials; mental much smaller than ©
the rostral or any of the five first lower labials, followed by two
postmental scales; latter elongate, widest in the middle; on each
side of the postmental a row of scales gradually diminishing
in size bordering the labials; scales from the supraocular regions
on the head twice as large as those on occiput; latter area with
scattered small tubercles; a group of enlarged scales directly in
front of the eye, back with uniform granular scales intermixed
with flat roundish tubercles, 6 or 7 irregular rows on each side;
scales on belly much larger than dorsal scales, or scales on the
neck; on each side of the head below the auricular opening is a
dermal flap, widest in front of the auricular opening and con-
tinues from near the angle of the mouth to some distance on the
~neck; a similar flap on the foreleg entirely bordering the limb;
the dermal flap on the hind leg is wanting from the groin to the
knee; on each side of the body a wide dermal flap or parachute,
extending from the fore limb, where it joins the flap of the fore
limb, and continuing to the groin; tail with a lateral series of
small rounded lobes decreasing in size toward the tip and directed
backward “saw-tooth” fashion; tail with a flap on the tip, which
is scarcely wider than the nearest lobes; each segment of tail
with a number of enlarged scales; on the first half these are
from 8 to 6 on each segment, on the last half the number is
reduced, digits not webbed to the tips; distal phalanx on inner
finger and toe replaced by a flattened scale. A series of 10 dif-
ferentiated preanal scales arranged in a curved line; widely
separated from these is a series of differentiated femoral scales
13 to 14 in number; a large scale on each side behind anus.
Color in life-—A soft olive gray above with touches of bluish
and brown; body transversed with several wavy lines of dark
brown. Head more or less flecked with brown; a broad brown
band from eye to shoulder; legs indistincly barred with reddish
brown bands; below cream with large indistinct spots under the
tail.
_ Measurements.—Total length, 189 millimeters; snout to vent,
92; length of head, 24; height of head, 10; width of head, 21;
foreleg, 30; hind leg, 48; width of lateral flap, 8.5; length: of
femur, 15; greatest body width, 20. }
Remarks.—tThis species seems to be intermediate between the
two other known species of this genus. From Ptychozoon kuhli
it differs in the absence of the wide flap at the extremity of

96 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

tail, and from P. horsfeldii it differs in having dorsal tubercles.
The type specimen is a female and has no preanal pores; how-
ever, there is a distinct series of.differentiated femoral scales,
14 on a side, and an angular series of 12 preanal scales, which
leads me to believe that the male when found will have a similar
number of femoral and preanal pores. There are 11 upper
labials and 10 lower labials; the second lower labial is largest;
symphysial, small and subtriangular. Markings and goloration
similar to other species.

This apparently is an extremely rare species, as it is wholly
unknown to the Filipinos; were it common, there would be little
doubt of its being recognized by them owing to its extraordinary
appearance. Only one specimen was taken, although great ef-
forts were made to obtain other specimens in the same and
other localities. This is the only record of this genus for the
Philippines.

Luperosaurus compresicorpus Sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Body elongate, compressed, with a very narrow
abdominal region; digits with undivided lamellze; fingers and
toes with rudimentary webs; no dorsal tubercles; chin shields
very small, undifferentiated.

Type.—No. 1781, Bureau of Science collection; Limay, Bataan
Province, Luzon. Collector and date unknown.

Description of type.—Rostral large, entering the nostril, a
very small suture present; 2 supranasals, the first much the
larger; a depressed area immediately behind the nostrils; gran-
ules on the snout and those behind and below the angle of the
mouth equal to, or larger than, dorsal granules; eye large, pupil
vertical; ear opening very small; the diameter of the eye equal
to its distance from the ear, less than its distance to the end
of the snout; 19 or 20 upper labials, 16 lower labials; mental
small; chin shields small, numerous, and irregular; a somewhat
enlarged row of scales bordering the lower labials; granules
on the chin and throat extremely minute; scales on the abdomen
juxtaposed, cycloid, and irregular, arranged in more or less
regular transverse rows, about 16 in a row; a row of differen-
tiated preanal scales, 7 on each side, probably representing the
number of preanal pores in the male; each scale with a distinct
depression; an angular row of larger scales immediately behind
the pore scales; distal phalanx very short with retractile claws
on all save inner finger and toe; undivided lamelle under digits,
15 or 16 under the fourth finger and an equal number under the

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 97

fourth toe; lamelle as wide at the base as at the end of digit;
scales on the underside of tail very irregular in size and shape.

Color in alcohol.—Above, light cinnamon-brown, slightly
darker on arms and legs; below, immaculate; tail with a slight
peppering of cinnamon-brown below. No markings are in
evidence.

Measurements.—Total length, 110 millimeters; snout to vent,
62; width of head, 9; greatest width of body, 7.5; foreleg, 15;
hind leg, 23.

Remarks.—It is with great hesitancy that I have referred
this species to the genus Luperosaurus, since it is unlike other
species of that genus, in having a compressed body with a very
narrow abdominal region. It is possible that it should be made
the type of a new genus.

Lepidodactylus aureolineatus sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Preanal and femoral pores arranged in a contin-
uous angular series, 19 on each side; a narrow, brilliant golden
line from tip of snout through eye to some distance behind eye;
tail subcylindrical, with a sharp lateral edge, somewhat flat-
tened on ventral surface.

Type.—No. 1775, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu-
san Province, Mindanao, June, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Description of type.—Rostral entering the nostril; 2 conjoined
supranasals bordering the nostril above; a large postnasal; a
large irregular internasal separated from the supranasals by a
row of small scales; scales behind the postnasal much enlarged;
mental very small; 11 upper and 10 lower labials; chin shields
numerous, roundish, and subequal in size; no median groove in
the forehead; tail subcylindrical, flattened below, serrated on
the edge, tapering gradually. ;

Color in life-—Color changeable. When first taken, the back
was dark brown with a series of reddish green spots beginning
on the middle of the back and continuing more distinctly to the
end of the tail; a narrow, bright, golden yellow line from the tip
of the snout through the eye, extending to near the insertion
of the front leg; tip of tongue black; belly powdered with
brown. After being kept for some time, these colors changed
markedly. The back became yellowish green, the spots indis-
tinct, and blackish dots appeared about the latter; the abdomen
became green, and most of the brown disappeared. When first
taken, the tail was marked with reddish brown spots; on the
underside brick red, powdered with brown, with indications of

98 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

narrow horizontal lines. No change was observed in the color
of the tail.

Measurements.—Total length, 76 millimeters; snout to vent,
34; width of head, 7; foreleg, 9; hind leg, 15.

Remarks.—This species is allied to Lepidodactylus lugubris,
but differs in the following details: There is no groove between
the eyes, there is a much larger series of pores, there is a
brilliant golden line through the eye, and the first row of chin
shields is smaller than the second. From L. Jabialis it differs
in the presence of femoral pores. A second specimen taken
at the same locality has a regenerated tail, which is peculiar
in its resemblance to that of L. planicaudus. The tail is espe-
cially flattened, with a free, serrated, lateral edge, the sides of
which are parallel for some distance, and then taper rapidly.
It is a male and agrees in all other details with the type. Stej-
neger does not state specifically whether pores are present in
his species or not, but it is probable that it agrees with L. lugu-
bris in this point. A small female specimen from the type
locality agrees with the type save in the presence of pores;
however, there is a series of somewhat enlarged scales equal in
number to the pores in the male. This form is arboreal, and
specimens were taken from the tops of felled trees. Changes
in colorations and markings occur very rapidly, but the golden
line through the eyes is invariable. One specimen, found on a
floating branch in the river, was light yellow-green without
markings. Ten specimens were collected.

Emoia ruficauda sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk;
frontoparietal single; interparietal present; supranasals widely
separated, bordering nostril; 5 golden yellow lines on the body;
tail pale red.

Type.—No. 1778, adult female, Bureau of Science collection;
Bunauan, Agusan Province, Mindanao, June, 1912; E. H. Taylor,
collector.

Description of type.—Rostral forming a straight broad suture
with the frontonasal, which is much broader than long; latter
in contact with the frontal; frontal wide, little more than half
as long as the parietal region; frontoparietal single, inter-
parietal small; 4 supraoculars, the second largest; 7 or 8
superciliaries ; 2 large nuchals; nostril pierced between 3 nasals;
7 upper labials, fifth very large; 6 lower labials; 2 loreals;
2 superimposed preoculars; 4 much enlarged temporals, the one

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 99

bordering the parietal largest; 3 chin shields behind the mental,
second and third divided; 4 enlarged preanals; lamellae under
digits very numerous, close together except the distal part
under which the lamelle are broad and long; 62 under fourth
toe; extended leg scarcely reaches the elbow; 26 rows of scales
around the body, dorsals very large; ear opening moderate, ob-
liquely oval.

Color in life-——Body coal black above with 5 golden yellow
lines on the back; the median line begins on the snout and con-
tinues only to the sacral region; the dorsal-lateral lines begin
just in front of the eyes and are lost on the tail; the lateral
lines begin on the upper labials and continue to the groin; be-
low bluish white; tail bright vermilion. Colors of young and
adult the same.

Measurements.—Total length, 129 millimeters; snout to vent,
50; width of head, 12; foreleg, 15; hind leg, 22.

Remarks.—This species was fairly common in the upper Agu-
san Valley. It is very conspicuous and usually is seen in the tall
grass near the rivers and lakes. <A single specimen was observed
at Butuan near the mouth of Agusan River. Several specimens
from the type locality agree with the type in all essential details.

Sphenomorphus mindanensis sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 1 and 2.

Diagnosis.—Frontoparietal divided; interparietal present;
lower eyelid scaly; 32 scales around the body; ear opening much
smaller than eye opening; adpressed limbs barely touching.

Type.——No. R. 1690, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan,
Agusan Province, Mindanao, September, 1912; E. H. Taylor,
collector.

Description of type.—Rostral twice as broad as high; the
width equal to that of the first labial; frontonasal forming a
suture with the rostral and frontal; prefrontals large, separated;
frontal nearly as broad as the supraocular region; frontoparietal
distinct, elongate; parietals forming a suture behind a moderate
interparietal; 5 supraoculars, the last much the smallest; 2 small
scales inserted between the parietal and the last ocular; 8 or 9
superciliaries; nasal large, with nostril piercing it, followed by
2 or 3 loreals, the first highest; 7 upper labials, sixth much the
largest; fifth low but long; a series of small suboculars, one
entering some distance between the fourth and fifth supralabials;
a large temporal bordering the parietal is bordered by 5 other
enlarged scales; 2 enlarged preanals; 32 scale rows about the
body; about 66 dorsal scales from occiput to above the vent in

100 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

a longitudinal row; diameter of eye much less than distance
from eye to end of snout; auricular opening distinct; tympanum
more or less deeply sunk; tail very slightly compressed.

Color in life-—Above light brown with a more or less reg-
ular series of indistinct, roundish, light yellowish brown spots;
lateral ground color dark brown with a few small, irregular,
yellowish white spots; tail similar in color to the back with
larger light spots on the sides; entire ventral surface of the
body immaculate creamy white.

Measurements.—Total length, 115 millimeters; snout to vent,
48; foreleg, 10; hind leg, 15.5; width of head, 7; greatest width
of body, 8.

Remarks.—This species seems closely allied to Sphenomorphus

jagori, but differs from it in being very much smaller, in the
proportional lengths of the legs being different, and in having
fewer scale rows. A female containing eggs is slightly smaller
than the type, but otherwise the 2 specimens are similar. This
species is very rare. Only these 2 specimens were seen during
a year and a half at Bunauan.

Sphenomorphus coxi sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 3 and 4.

Diagnosis.—F rontoparietal single; prefrontals not in contact;
5 supraoculars; adpressed hind legs fail to reach beyond the el-
bow; frontal as broad as, or slightly broader than, the supra-
ocular region; last 3 labials with distinct yellow spots.

Type.—No. 1782, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu-
san Province, Mindanao, June, 1912; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Description of type.—Rostral moderate, high, forming a short
suture with the frontonasal, which is much wider than long, and
in contact with the frontal; prefrontals not widely separated;
frontoparietal single, followed by a narrow interparietal; nostril
pierced in a single nasal and followed by 2 loreals; 2 preoculars,
superimposed; 2 narrow elongate scales above the fourth and
fifth labials; 5 supraoculars followed by 4 or 5 small scales in-
serted between the parietal and fifth supraocular, although not
entirely separating them; a very much enlarged temporal bor-
dering the parietal, with 2 or 3 smaller temporals touching its
lower edge and bordering the labials; 7 upper labials, seventh
largest; 6 lower labials, last much the longest; ear opening large,
nearer the foreleg than the end of the snout; several pairs of
chin shields; 36 rows of scales around the body; 22 lamelle
under the fourth toe; 2 enlarged preanals; medial row of scales

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 101

under the tail only slightly enlarged; adpressed hind leg fails
to reach the adpressed elbow of the foreleg.

Color in life-——Above reddish brown with a series of about
12 darker bands across the body, indistinct above, but darker
on the sides, especially on the head and neck, where the ends
appear as a series of large black spots; a series of light spots
on the labials, those on the last 3 labials bright yellow; tail
variously barred with very narrow indefinite bars of a darker
color; lower part of the tail dull purplish pink; small brown
spots on the neck; belly immaculate. In young individuals the
tail is pinkish.

Measurements.—Total length, 166 millimeters; snout to vent,
66; width of head, 11; width of body, 14; foreleg, 18; hind
leg, 25.

Remarks—tThis species superficially resembles Sphenomor-
phus jagori from which it is easily distinguished by the un-
divided frontoparietal. Spenomorphus coxi is common in the
swamps and on the sides of the low mountains near Bunauan.
Twenty-six specimens were collected. The species is named for
Dr. Alvin J. Cox, director of the Bureau of Science.

Sphenomorphus curtirostris sp. nov-

Diagnosis.—Limbs well developed; lower eyelid scaly; tympa-
num distinct; no supranasals; nostril pierced in a single large
nasal; snout short and blunt; frontoparietals fused in a single
large plate; parietals forming a suture behind the internasal;
frontonasals separated or forming a suture.

Type.—No. R. 1695, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan,
Agusan Province, Mindanao, September 8, 1912; E. H. Taylor,
collector.

Description of type.—Rostral twice as wide as high, narrowed
on the ends to the width of the first labial; frontonasal twice
as broad as long, forming a broad suture with the rostral;
prefrontals narrowly separated, hexagonal in shape; width of
the frontal equal to, or slightly larger than, the supraocular
region; first 2 supraoculars touching the frontal; 4 supraoculars
(5 on the left side) ; nasal large, bordered behind by 2 loreals,
superimposed; diameter of eye equal to the distance from eye
to end of snout; frontoparietal a single plate; parietals forming
a long suture behind the interparietal; 7 upper labials unequal
in size; 2 or 3 rows of rather large unequal scales separating
the labials from the eye; a very large temporal bordering the
parietal; bordered behind and below by 5 enlarged scales; 10

102 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

or 11 superciliaries; a rather large scale inserted between the
prefrontal and the first supraocular; 6 lower labials; mental
twice as wide as high, followed by a very large unpaired chin
shield; 2 or 3 pairs of enlarged chin shields behind the latter;
auricular opening large, tympanum not deeply sunk; hind leg
equal to the distance from the foreleg to the snout; adpressed
hind leg fails to reach the elbow of adpressed foreleg; toes
somewhat compressed, with transverse, smooth lamelle, 14
under the fourth toe; heel bordered by several enlarged scales;
40 rows of smooth scales around the body, largest on the ventral
side; tail somewhat longer than head and body, slightly com-
pressed, tapering to a sharp point.

Color in life-—Body above variegated yellowish ‘brown, with
a median row of narrow, quadrangular, chocolate-brown spots,
continuing in a median line from the head to the sacral region;
2 or 3 narrow indistinct brownish lines on either side of the
median spots; a wide dark brown lateral line begins on the
snout, continues through the eye along the side to the hind leg,
more or less dove-tailed with the lighter dorsal color covering
the entire side of body; tail of somewhat lighter color with
irregular darker blotches on the sides; arms and legs mottled
above; ventral surface yellowish white with small brown spots,
largest and most numerous under the tail.

Measurements.—Total length, 98 millimeters; snout to vent,
44; width of head, 7; foreleg, 10.5; hind leg, 15.

Remarks.—This form is closely allied to Lygosoma decipiens
Boulenger and to Sphenomorphus steeri Stejneger. Specimens
of both species are at hand for comparison. From the former
it differs in markings, the width of the head, the size of the
preanals, and in the number of scales rows; from S. steeri it
differs chiefly in size. Several specimens of this species from
the type locality agree in essential details, save that the nasals
are separated in about one half of the specimens and form a
suture in the others. This species is common on the low moun-
tains near Bunauan.

Sphenomorphus palustris sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Frontoparietal divided; 6 supraoculars, the last
2 divided; lower eyelids scaly; ear opening large, round; tym-
panum not deeply sunk; frontal slightly longer than the parietal
region; 40 scale rows around the body; side of head barred
with white.

Type.—No. 1687, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu-

xe, Dh Taylor: Philippine Lizards 103

san Province, Mindanao, September 16, 1912; E. H. Taylor,
collector.

Description of type.—Rostral flattened above, broader than
high, forming a narrow suture with the frontonasal; prefrontals
nearly square, not meeting; frontal long, very narrow behind;
not wider than the supraorbital region, but longer than the
parietal region; frontoparietal plate divided; parietals forming
a suture behind the elongated interparietal; both ends of the
latter sharply pointed; supraoculars 6, the last 2 divided; nasal
large, touching first 2 labials; an elongate loreal immediately
behind followed by a second loreal, larger than the first; 2 en-
larged preoculars; 8 upper labials, the seventh largest; 7 or 8
lower labials; mental moderate, followed by 2 chin shields, the
second divided; a row of 3 enlarged suboculars under the fore
part of the eye with a smaller series beginning behind these
and continuing to the supraoculars behind the eye; 9 super-
ciliaries, the first largest, the last 5 subequal; a large temporal
bordering the parietal, with 2 temporals below, and 2 behind
the lower end, subequal in size; 40 rows of scales around the
body, laterals smallest; scales on the hind limb greatly reduced;
30 keeled lamellze below the fourth toe; 2 somewhat enlarged
transverse plates on the wrist; 2 enlarged preanals; diameter
of orbit equal to length of snout; hind leg pressed forward,
reaches to near the elbow of adpressed foreleg.

Color in life-—Mottled brown above with scales of darker and
lighter shades; sides darker, with indistinct, irregular, bluish
bars, distinguishable across the back; area in front of the arm
bluish; head uniform light brown above; 3 white transverse bars
on the side of the head and 3 or 4 dark-chocolate bars alter-
nating with the white; the most distinct white line begins on
the white lower eyelid and continues down through the seventh
labial and is lost on the chin; tail and hind leg dark bluish to
black; chin creamy white, neck with a bluish tinge; abdomen
dirty brownish white.

Measurements.—Total length (tail mutilated and partly re-
generated), 159 millimeters; snout to vent, 95; width of head,
16; foreleg, 24; hind leg, 35.

Remarks.—This species is related to S. jagori, but differs in
many essential points. More than 100 specimens of the latter
which were taken at Bunauan agree remarkably in scalation
and coloration. Two specimens of S. palustris were taken sev-
eral kilometers apart in the large swamp near Bunauan. These
2 specimens agree in scalation, but the coloration of the hind

104 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

legs and tail of the cotype is bluish rather than black. There
is no trace in this species of the distinctive markings of S.
jagori.

Dasia griffini sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 5 and 6.

Diagnosis.—Similar to Dasia semicincta, but with a very
much shorter head and more pointed snout; much narrower
across the orbital region; the frontal longer than frontoparietal
and interparietal together; scales in 26 rows around the body;
scales larger than in D. semicincta; supranasals with a broad
suture.

Type.—No. 1777, Bureau of Science collection; Taytay, Pala-
wan; L. E. Griffin, collector.

Description of type.—Rostral normal, much wider than high;
supranasals present, forming a suture; frontonasal broader than
long, touching the frontal; frontal long and narrow; interparietal
present, separating the parietals; frontoparietal divided; 3
nuchals present; nasal rectangular, as long as the first labial,
followed by 2 loreals subequal in size; 6 or 7 superciliaries; 4
supraoculars; 7 upper labials, fifth largest; 7 lower labials; ear
opening small with 1 large anterior lobule; temporals small,
3 or 4 in number; 18 lamellze under the fourth toe; adpressed
hind leg fails to meet the wrist of adpressed foreleg.

Color in alcohol.—Greenish drab above with a series of 15
transverse bars of black beginning midway on the side; tail
indistinctly mottled; a lighter streak dorsolaterally along the
body to base of the tail; below this line black; under part of the
body immaculate light blue.

Measurements.—Total length (tail regenerated), 224 milli-
meters; snout to vent, 111; foreleg, 30; hind leg, 39.

Remarks.—Two other specimens were taken in Palawan which
agree with the type in scales and markings, but differ some-
what in coloration. The 3 specimens are adult. This species
is easily distinguished from Dasia semicincta by the much
shorter head, the smaller number of scale rows, and the mark-
ings. This species is named for its collector, Dr. Lawrence E.
Griffin, formerly professor of zodlogy in the University of the
Philippines.

Dasia semicincta (Peters). Plate I, figs. 7 and 8.

Euprepes (Titiqua) semicinctus PETERS, Monatsberichte d. Acad. d.
Wissensch. in Berlin (1867), 21.

Boulenger has referred this species to Dasia olivacea Gray.
The taking of a number of specimens has confirmed my belief

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 105

in the distinctness of the species. The specimens collected agree
in scales and proportions, but vary in markings and coloration
with the age. They agree in practically all details with Peters’s
description. The following is a description of a large adult
male:

Description.—Rostral high; the supranasals constantly form
a suture; prefrontal large, as wide as long, making a narrow
suture with the frontal; prefrontals narrowly separated; frontal
bordered by the first 2 supraoculars; first superciliary large,
easily mistaken for a supraocular; frontoparietals and inter-
parietal distinct, the latter separating the parietals; a pair of
nuchals; nasal rectangular, as long as first labial, followed by
2 loreals, second much the larger; 2 enlarged scales under the
fore part of the eye; 4 supraoculars, second largest; 7 super-
ciliaries, first very large; 7 supralabials, fifth largest, entering
the eye; 3 temporals the size of the seventh labial; mental large,
followed by an unpaired chin shield and 2 large paired shields;
7 lower labials; ear opening small, nearer the foreleg than the
snout; 30 rows of scales around the body; preanals somewhat
enlarged; the adpressed hind leg reaches beyond the wrist of
adpressed foreleg. Dorsal scales, at least those on the posterior
half of back, tricarinate, occasionally quinquicarinate.

Color in life—Owing to the extreme variation I append de-
scriptions of specimens of various ages. Young (extreme tip
of tail regenerated): Length, 132 millimeters. Body above
glossy coal black with a series of brilliant orange-yellow bars
from the tip of the snout to the end of the tail; 3 bars in front
of eye, first on the rostral; 2 in front of eye; 2 between the
eyes, having only a single representative below the eye; the
sixth lies across the occipital region passing through the corners
of the mouth; 2 or 3 bars across the neck; 6 on the body in front
of the hind leg, with 13 much wider bars on the tail; the latter
bars are more orange than yellow; legs and digits barred with
canary yellow’; regenerated tail brick red; below, the bars widen
and loose themselves in the immaculate canary yellow of the
abdomen, giving the appearance ventrally of a series of black
belts, the ends of which are pointed and fail to meet. In a
specimen 180 millimeters long (snout to vent, 76 millimeters),
these markings are still very distinct; however, in a specimen
measuring from snout to vent 92 millimeters (tail broken and re-
generated) , the characteristic markings of the young are scarcely
distinguishable save a series of lateral bars of ocellated black
and cream, scarcely traceable dorsally. These are the remains

132638——2

106 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

of the orange bars across the body of the young; below, bluish
yellow. In a large adult (275 millimeters long) the color is
olive brown above with a series of 6 lateral bars of ocellated
scales, widely separated from their fellows dorsally. Traces of
annulations are visible on the tail; bluish beneath. Other speci-
mens agree in markings and coloration with these according to
their ages.

Specimens of this species were collected from the tops of large
felled trees. It is a retiring species and is never observed on the
ground.

Tropidophorus rivularis sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 9 and 10.

Diagnosis——Head scales feebly rugose; 4 supraoculars; no
supranasals; a series of small granular scales inserted in a
groove above the front labials, separating the second loreal and
the anterior suboculars from the labials; 2 interparietals, the
first small, followed by an elongate interparietal completely sep-
arating the parietals; sixth labial very large, below the eye.

Type.—No. 1780, Bureau of Science collection; Bunauan, Agu-
san Province, Mindanao, June, 1912; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Description of type.—Rostral small, little wider than high;
prefrontals forming a broad suture; frontal elongate, narrower
than the supraocular region; nasal small, followed by 2 loreals,
the second loreal separated from the labials by a series of gran-
ular scales; 5 labials in front of subocular, the first smallest;
8 upper labials, the sixth much the largest; mental small, equal
in size to the rostral; a single unpaired chin shield behind the
mental, followed by 2 paired shields lying close together, and a
third pair separated by 3 elongate scales; temporals 5, slightly
enlarged, none as large as the seventh labial; auricular opening
large, more than half the diameter of eye; dorsal scales strongly
unicarinate; a single large preanal; 30 scale rows on the body;
adpressed hind leg reaches beyond the elbow of the adpressed
foreleg. A

Color in life-—Body above reddish brown, barred across the'
back with a series of indistinct, irregular cross bands, not
visible on the sides; sides darker with traces of light bars of
bright yellow; scales flecked with small yellow or orange spots;
an orange spot behind the ear, another between the eye and the
ear; head lighter brown without markings; lips and underside
of throat and chin grayish blue; abdomen and underside of limbs
yellowish white; under base of tail, pinkish.

Remarks.—This species is related to JT. misamisensis Stejne-
ger, but differs in having a double interparietal, in the character

X, D, 2 Taylor: Philippine Lizards 107

of the temporals, and in having a series of small scales in a
groove above the front upper labials. These characters appear
to be constant and are present in both young and adult specimens
of a large series. The species is common near small mountain
streams where it lives under rocks and logs, but takes to the
water at once on being disturbed. A specimen was observed
to swim under -water in a clear pool for about 7 meters; it then
took refuge under a large rock, where it remained for more than
two minutes. These lizards swim by alternating movements of
the arms and legs and an undulating movement of the body
and tail.

Dibamus argenteus sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 11 and 12.

Diagnosis.—Snout covered with a single large rostral, pierced
by the nostril; body elongate with limbs absent; 24 scale rows
around the body, scales equal on body, but slightly smaller on
the tail. Width of tail contained in its length five and two-
thirds times.

Type.—No. 1691, Bureau of Science collection; Butuan, Agu-
san Province, Mindanao, May, 1913; E. H. Taylor, collector.

Description of type.—Snout covered with a single large
rostral pierced by elongate nostrils; a strong suture emerges
from the nostril and continues backward in an irregular line
to a point opposite the eye; behind the rostral all scales im-
bricate; a frontal shaped like a double convex lens forms a
suture with the rostral; bordered on each side by 2 oculars and
behind by a somewhat larger interparietal scale, as wide as,
and a little longer than, the frontal; oculars elongated, slightly
smaller than the frontal; eye appears as a clouded black dot,
opposite the suture in rostral; behind the ocular is a somewhat
enlarged scale and below it an enlarged labial forming a suture
with the rostral; mental narrow, a little longer than wide, with
2 enlarged labials on each side extending farther back than the
rostral; these scales followed on each side of the head by 2
elongate scales opposite the first upper labial; rostral, mental,
and lower labials noticeably thickened; 24 scale rows around
the. body; 250 scales in a longitudinal line from head to tail;
scales around the body equal in size, slightly smaller on the
tail; preanal small, but preceded by 2 or 3 large scales.

Color in life-——Light chocolate brown above and below, with
irregular blotches of silvery gray, 2 of which entirely encircle
the body; anal region creamy white; frontal plate silvery gray;
rostral, mental, and lower labial light.

108 The Philippine Journal of Science

Measurements.—Total length, 125 millimeters; snout to vent,
108; tail, 17; width of head, 4.5.

Remarks.—While no specimen of D. nove-guinee is at hand
for comparison, I have no doubt as to the distinctness of this
species. The difference in the proportional length of the body
and tail is especially evident, while the position and distinctness
of the eye, the smaller size of the interparietal, and the color-
ation are all distinctive characters. The head is not depressed,
but is the same thickness from end of snout to the neck. A
single specimen was found on a small rocky hill emerging from
the great swamp not far from the mouth of Agusan River.
This is the first record of this family and genus in the Phil-
ippines. A second specimen has been taken on Canlaon Volcano
on the Island of Negros, at an elevation of about 915 meters.

Fics. 1

ILLUSTRATIONS

[Drawings by T. Espinosa]

PLATE I

. Sphenomorphus mindanensis sp. nov. X2. From the

type, No. 1690.

. Sphenomorphus coxi sp. nov. X1. From the type, No.

1782.

. Dasia griffini sp. nov. x1. From the type, No. 1777.
. Dasia semicincta Peters. 1.
. Tropidophorus rivularis sp. nov. X1. From the type,

No. 1780.

. Dibamus argenteus sp. nov. Much enlarged. From the

type, No. 1691.
109

“ot
ve wn Me ih

i er

HEARTS SS ie ee
as, A A
iu : J ax

tant

be Nee ee i ; { avon tenn 2 m,
YM rth SO reo Aa Seon

Pe my 00 ‘, iH oie’ a ii90

(ae AVL oll pays edt’ ons whe” yon aan pens sid
ee ee ee ee
\ anges ant aa ee Ts a cia pial

gah enter "a

[PuIL. JourRN. Scti., X, D, No. 2.

TAYLOR: PHILIPPINE LIZARDS. ]

Nunes

=
‘|

PLATE Il.

Figs. 1 and 2. Sphenomorphus mindanensis sp. nov.

3 and 4. Sphenomorphus coxi sp. nov,

7 and 8. Dasia semicincta Peters.

11 and 12. Dibamus argenteus sp. nov.

9 and 10. Tropido-

5 and 6. Dasia griffini sp. nov.

Phorus rivularis sp. nov.

THE EGGS OF ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES

By LAWRENCE D. WHARTON
(From the Zoélogical Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)

In the microscopical examination of feces for the eggs of
Ascaris lumbricoides a number of atypical forms of eggs are
often found of which the origin has not been explained. In
numerous attempts to account for their presence, different
authors have even suggested that the most atypical forms are
produced by another species of worm. While working in the
laboratory with live Ascaris, I have been able to obtain eggs in
large numbers, under conditions which serve to throw consider-
able light on the production of these atypical forms. In this
paper I shall describe the methods by which I have obtained eggs
from living Ascaris, the various forms of eggs which are found
in feeces and which may be obtained in the laboratory, and the
experiments in which the atypical eggs have been produced.

I have been able very frequently to obtain living Ascaris lum-
bricoides from autopsies at the city morgue, through the kindness
of Dr. B. C. Crowell, of the College of Medicine and Surgery.
When the worms are placed immediately in Kronecker’s solu-
tion,’ they live for from five to twelve days at the temperature
of the laboratory (25° to 35° C.), and the females continue to
lay eggs for some days. To obtain eggs for experiment, healthy-
looking, adult females were placed, separately, in glass dishes
of the solution, and the dishes were covered with glass plates.
The solution was changed each day, and a record was kept of the
kind of eggs laid by each individual. No attempt was made to
keep them in the dark during the daytime, and I found that the
eges were generally, although not always, laid at night. To
make sure that the females used in the experiments carried
fertilized eggs, they were generally taken from a host harboring
both male and female worms. In some cases a male was kept

*Common salt, 6 grams; caustic soda, 0.06 gram; distilled water, 1,000
cubic centimeters. I do not consider this solution a very good medium for
Ascaris, but it is the most satisfactory one of which I know. If placed in
water, the worm absorbs so much that in about twenty-four hours the body
wall bursts and the Ascaris dies.

111

112 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

in the same dish with a female, but this did not seem to influence
the number or condition of the eggs laid.

Typical eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides are more or less oval
in form. They average about 70 micra in length and 50 micra
in thickness, although the variation in size and curvature is
rather great. The egg consists of a central mass of protoplasm
and yolk with a very thin vitelline membrane, surrounded by a
thick transparent shell consisting of an inner layer of chitin and
an outer layer of some albuminous material. The chitinous
inner shell is made up of two parts, a thin, tough, very refrac-
tive layer, and a thicker, more brittle, outer layer which often
shows very delicate striations. The egg does not entirely fill
the shell, but forms a round ball in the center with a clear space -
at each end. The polar bodies often may be seen in one of these
clear spaces in a newly laid egg.

On the outside of the chitinous shell is a thick layer of album-
inous material, which is raised all over the surface into small,
round, blunt protuberances, producing a very characteristic
mammillated appearance. This layer is colorless in eggs laid in
the laboratory, but in the feces it generally is colored by the bile
pigment. It adheres very tightly to the chitinous part of the
shell, and I have never been able to remove it without destroying
the egg. When the eggs are first laid, this outer layer is some-
times very soft and sticky, and this fact accounts for one of the
commonest atypical forms which is found in the feces. This
is the form in which the mammillations are missing and the
albuminous layer is denser than in the typical mammillated
form. This condition may be produced by shaking together
freshly laid mammillated eggs or by rolling them about between
two smooth surfaces while they are still soft. The mammilla-
tions are smoothed down, and the layer becomes more compact.
It seems very reasonable to suppose that the same thing may
occur sometimes in the intestine, particularly if the eggs be laid
a little prematurely.

Another atypical form which is often found in feces differs
from the typical eggs in that the outer albuminous layer of the
shell is entirely absent, and the surface, which is formed by the
outer chitinous layer, is perfectly smooth. Eggs of this kind are
the most difficult to diagnose, as they are easily mistaken for
the eggs of other forms of worms, and there even has been
some doubt as to whether they were the eggs of A. lumbricoides
or of some closely related species. It is suggested by some
authors that these eggs are produced by the shelling off of the

XD, 2 Wharton: Eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides 113

albuminous layer in the intestine by pressure or by the rubbing
of the eggs against one another. I have tried to remove this
layer from the eggs by various mechanical means, but have never
succeeded. Shaking or rubbing the eggs together or rolling them
about between two surfaces may smooth down the mammilla-
tions, but it never removes the albuminous layer from around
the shell. The eggs may be broken, but the two layers of the
shell remain tightly attached, so I feel safe in saying that their
condition is not due to pressure.

This form of egg is also often obtained when eggs are laid
in Kronecker’s solution under certain conditions. Table I is a
record of the eggs laid by 56 individuals of Ascaris lumbricoides
kept in the solution in the laboratory. This table shows the
conditions under which the atypical eggs are laid. Of the 56
worms, 13 did not lay eggs. Two, Nos. 19 and 38, laid only
unfertilized eggs. All the others laid at least once, and the
majority laid several times. In all cases except Nos. 26, 27, 28,
and 29 from autopsy 3136 and No. 34 from autopsy 3137 the
first laying consisted of typical 2-layered mammillated eggs.
In the succeeding layings the outer albuminous layer became
much thinner and less typical, and in the majority of cases where
laying continued for several days it disappeared entirely, and
only eggs with a smooth surface, without the albuminous layer

TABLE I.—Eggs laid by Ascaris lumbricoides in Kronecker’s solution.

y Day.
ee eres Date k
ries, | No- of| obtained. |
nose fa OMe i searlneeee ese Ie ret ese, Wie grallneroMl| setae |
cll ara |e 2 AIP SE SSO Se OT Se SS Eh any Ie
al Sollee | Ol © Passi axel ext Oo) ia
Bi aeons Sel ON OM NO Vy Gort a hiya
Pals 104y mee eel acer Maple @ pilin ieeiny Vikedoas | aan TO |e NI i
GY) RO ee) SO SN aay Ee
All ere ll eral Seeley OMA wel os] aati (a
ll $08 Lew Poe WS WSS SSS OMS S oy WE ee a
3) ene Le ae elle seh Or I 3) oath oo roy HR a ea
di eee ell Se P seh oe | © I ON Se iy ES ae
ON ep SSH ne cdes kee | sears om leascout keen see e |) 2 Ip esata. | Slee | INN cays |eyl
si || Ibe La ete caull OSS WS OMICS a. SORE ey
Toi, Siigy ek: Sale Gel AON MSC ele OM APMED Mluldsafietin OF MAD veel, (ined
cel aallAae Bl © |b Sse 1 ISO. |p [gies
GUAo|) HEU peep [ Ov MN SUA eS Ov athe else |i Oat ple DY femelle et
FHS pL opal od ll CO) elle CO) lb ob ne in| Sl litOdyh hal ws Dal aap Lace Lal a
‘ah ee | Ame, TN OO jt Olle leat
id ane ee ee om OM a Emenleoe ele ui: ore ill aS RE Rae
fall ee eo LO GeO W Oe lO Pe os | noe
Ol cosliss, wl oO O11 © | GW O Owe hie! @ iam ae

114

The Philippine Journal of Science

1915

TABLE I.—Eggs laid by Ascaris lumbricoides in Kronecker’s solution—Contd.

No pues Date si |
1M S€-| No. of | obtained.
rles- | host. iy We 2 NB fe 5. 6. Te 8. 9 TOSe|) Tals |] Ts
20 | 3126] Apr. 15] xX x oO Oo |x—| oO _ oO (@) (0) D | eee
21] 3126 |___.do-___| O O oO oO D
22) || 3126 |-=2=do)----| oO) x Oo oO D
23| 3126 |___-do-___| O (@) oO O x
24) 3126 |___-do----| O O (0) 10) D REO EW 28s) te. TE) AE ey peer es
b25 | 3131 | Apr. 17} O O oO O 1 Fe eae ae | aw coe ber. Sema ee ss ae
26} 3186] Apr. 20] O (0) Oo O Di eon see eae al os aes | et |
PH || BIBS je 0 <4] ©») X= (0) Re eer SO | ES Ee eS eee || eee | eee |
28 | 3136 |___-do____| O Ou) KEW XS | OD [Senet Set epee _ ae eee
29 | 3136 |__--do ____| — (@) oO 1 D pal ee Ae le Ss (EN me eee |Fe eel ee
80 | 3186 |-_---do ----| O x <= | = DP: Loe ae eae oo a | ee
31 | 31387) Apr. 22 O x x CSE ER) EE ee RES |S Oe Se Cee
Soy 3137iea--doee nO x x< (6) _ (@) (@) (@) (0) oO Dyseceys
33 | 31387 |_-__-do____| xX 1 pm (ES a nn NAN Se ek ane ye! EEE Pm earn |p
BAN BIBT) (fe GO) ome OU Re SKS Reece gt eee | [ee ee | ree] | Re | er
85 | 3137 |___-do--__| O O (@) Oo |x-—| o x< O ce) — A
86 | 3137) |---:do42-|) O x (0) O x O TKS Oo 0 x=) = K
B87) OTST ee Soi oN SR SII sete | ae ico oll bes | a |
a38 | 31389 | Apr. 24 | U— O O O oO oO oO Daca) ee oe ee
a39 | 31389 |_-.-do.---| xX oO | x-— DAN PM Se Se Te ea | eee eee ee eee
a4Q | 31389 |----do-_--| O x oO O oO Oo (0) D) | \u: spe eel et haa
a41 | 3189 |_---do ----| O Inher oases eee eee oe (are (Apoyo (nse al ie ei Ue
a42 | 3139 |----do ----| O O oO oO x O Oo 1 © Ji) ese (ae et | oe a
a43 | 3189 |----do ----| X O x (0) = oO oO Di [oa ee ee
a44 | 3139 |__--.do-__.| O > (@) x (@) (e) Di, | ee
a45 | 3139 |_---do__--| O O x O O oO 0) Oo Di) |foee.-|-§ See
246 | 3189 |-.--do---_| xX oO O (@) (0) ce) oO (e) — Kes. 2h ees
a47 | 3189 |___-do-_-_| X O x (e) < O Oo }|x-|} — —|—- D
a48 | 31389 |--_-do----| O x O oO (@) (0) (e) (@) D2 eee
49} 3145] Apr. 25} O O O (@) (0) oO (@) Ko - teeta |e el
50), 3145) |-2=2do) -222) O O Oo oO O oO 0) D” | ooo alee eee
bl} 3145) |=--=do) --=2|' (0 x O x oO oO x Ke | 5-5-3 |2c eo See eee
52 | 3145 |_---do----| K O Oo x Oo = oO DD |o2sn.} 2. 4 Se ee
535i) so14 5b =do —2221 10 oO O oO Oo Oo D
54 | 3145 |__--do---_| O (@) (0) (@) (@) (0) (0)
a55 | 3154] Apr. 29| O (@) (@) ~< (@) O D
56 | 3154 |_-_-do----| O O oO oO x Y= || 1D)

4 Male kept in the salt solution with the female.
> Found alone in the intestine of the host.
O No eggs laid.
U Unfertilized eggs only laid.
x Typical mammillated eggs.
Y Eggs on which the albuminous layer is very thin and in some eases lacking.
— All eggs without albuminous layer of shell.
Notre.—In many cases after the first or second layings part of the eggs laid were un-
fertilized. No record is made of unfertilized eggs except in those cases where they were all

unfertilized.
D Died.
K Killed.

xe Wharton: Eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides 115

resulted. I kept these eggs from a number of different indi-
viduals and found that they developed in the same manner and
in the same length of time as the typical eggs. In fact, it was
impossible to find any difference between the two kinds of eggs
except the total absence of the albuminous layer in the second
form. As this layer of the shell is produced only in the anterior
part of the uterus after the chitinous layer has been deposited,
its absence has no effect on the protoplasm of the egg. The
absence of the albumen from the surface must be due to some
physiological condition which prevents the formation and depo-
sition of the required substance by the uterine glands. What
this condition is I am unable to state. That it is not due solely
to a lack of nutritive material in the solution is indicated by the
fact that eggs of this form are sometimes found in the feces
of perfectly healthy well-nourished persons, while in poorly
nourished and diseased persons the eggs may all have the typical
mammillated layer of shell. Although this experiment fails to
show why these atypical eggs are produced, it conclusively shows
that they are produced by Ascaris lumbricoides, if the proper
conditions arise, and that their presence in the feces is not due
to the presence of any other species of worm or any particular
variety of Ascaris lumbricoides.

In addition to the above-mentioned forms, unfertilized eggs
are also frequently found. These may be distinguished readily
by the fact that the protoplasm of the egg is not surrounded
by a vitelline membrane and completely fills the shell. It is also
much more vacuolated than in the fertilized eggs. The shell of
the unfertilized eggs may present any of the conditions found
in the fertilized eggs. In addition, both layers of the shell are
sometimes absent in the unfertilized eggs laid in Kronecker’s
solution, but eggs in this condition are not likely to be found in
fzeces as they would be destroyed very quickly by the juices of
the intestine or by the pressure of its contents and would not
succeed in passing out unbroken.

ies 2 anignabeek acting my i Eo
vaw sbidgetial a

Frengi ee) otysb, ocye oeat

ois) ow wa my |

Liat

eli ibe pita clr se ey ge er
fi ii reE fodeed dures aif nutes otha, ake texte
a Ase st dete in] “ial "atte anne cates
abceiorer vie

ri ‘ganwaney tid sdf He i if 3
¥ sade "ey ti "

f f 4 VEE: “opont 6 a paleo
ay old refed pitt ene
ite hy lekqnion beuie onipnatertonse be itt
BPs th ‘geese bh
He dnote: Nearet aus (nett
i Made ae Te Hock: steht hag ytth are toll
Hasan. me jal. wae: Ba stan one disoa ait ph toni
at hein ART OT NSU Desa

ine am wt Mh

ry a

A
af,

uy sine,

ZUR STAPHYLINIDENFAUNA DER PHILIPPINEN:
VI. BEITRAG ZUR KENNTNIS DER INDO-MALAYISCHEN FAUNA

Von MAx BERNHAUER
(Horn, Nieder Oesterreich)

Herr Professor C. F. Baker, der unermiidliche Erforscher der
Philippinen, hatte die Freundlichkeit abermals eine Partie von
ihm gesammelter Staphyliniden zur Bearbeitung einzusenden.
In dem ich demselben hiefiir meinen besten Dank sage, tibergebe
ich die in dem hochinteressanten Material vorgefundenen Neu-
heiten der Offentlichkeit.

Osorius bakeri sp. nov.

’' Unter den Arten mit nicht ausgebuchteten Halsschildseiten
durch den dusserst dicht und gleichmassig langsgestreiften Kopf
und die zwei seitlichen fast xapfenformigen Fortsadtze der Stirn
leicht zu erkennen. Von der normalen glanzend pechschwarzen
Osorius-Farbe, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rostrot. Kopf et-
was schmaler als der Halsschild, ausser der glatten Scheitelpartie
mit scharfen, kielformigen, die ganze Lange einnehmenden
Langsstrichen sehr dicht besetzt, nur ober der Fiihlerwurzel in
geringerer Ausdehnung geglattet, vorn tief bogig asymetrisch
ausgeschnitten, die Seiten in lange, breite, spitzwinkelige Fort-
satze ausgezogen, von denen der rechte langer, weniger breit und
scharfer spitzwinkelig ist. Halsschild in der vorderen Halfte
breiter als die Fliigeldecken, nach riickwarts geradlinig verengt,
wenig breiter als lang, vor den Hinterecken mit breit abgesetzter
Seitenrandkehle, ziemlich fein und sparlich, unregelmdssig punk-
tiert, zu beiden Seiten der unpunktierten Mittelzone mit je einer
feinen Dorsalpunktreihe. Fltigeldecken etwas langer als der
Halsschild, ohne deutliche Punktierung, nur mit wenigen flachen
undeutlichen Punkten besetzt. Hinterleib ziemlich fein und
sparlich punktiert und mit einzelnen sehr fein eingegrabenen
Querstricheln.
Lange, 6-6.25 mm.
LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

Osorius maquilinganus sp. nov.
Mit dem vorigen sehr nahe verwandt, halb so klein, der Kopf

weniger dicht und weniger ausgedehnt langsgestrichelt, der
117

118 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Hocker tiber der Fiihlerwurzel in grosserer Ausdehnung geglat-
tet, neben demselben nicht gestrichelt, die Stirnfortsitze sind
schmaler und erscheinen dadurch langer. Der Halsschild ist
vor den Hinterecken nicht so stark und breit abgesetzt, die
Seitenrandkehle viel schméler, die Punktierung ist weniger
sparlich. Auf den Fliigeldecken ist die Skulptur auch weniger
undeutlich und weniger sparlich.

Lange, 5.75 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar).

Osorius philippinus sp. nov.

Unter den Arten mit | ee Seiten durch die Farbung
und die Skulptur des Kopfes und Halsschildes gleich ausge-
zeichnet und kaum mit einer anderen Art zu verwechseln.
Pechschwarz, Halsschild, Abdomen, der Vorderrand des Kopfes,
die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rotlichgelb, glanzend. Der Kopf
ist mit Ausnahme der glatten hinteren mittleren Stirnpartie und
der Fiihlerhéckerchen sehr fein aber deutlich chagriniert, nur
matt glanzend, massig dicht mit sehr feinen, nicht zu langen
Langsstrichelchen in der Partie zwischen den Augen. Hals-
schild wenig breiter als lang, nach ritickwarts von den Vorder-
ecken angefangen in fast gerader Linie verengt, verkehrt tra-
pezformig, mit schmal abgesetzter Seitenrandkehle, sehr fein
und sparlich punktiert, in den Dorsalreihen in der Mitte mit
je einem schmalen Langseindruck, in welchem einige grobe
Punkte eingestochen sind. Fliigeldecken kaum linger als der
Halsschild, fast quadratisch, sehr undeutlich und sparlich skulp-
tiert. Hinterleib fein und sparlich punktiert, tiberdies langs-
gestrichelt.

Lange, 4 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

Osorius luzonicus Sp. nov.

In die Nahe des Osorius cribrum Fauv. gehorig, jedoch nur
héchstens ein Fiinftel so gross, die Stirn ist vorn nicht wie bei
diesem in der Mitte zahnf6rmig vorgezogen, sondern gerade
abgestutzt, die Strichelung ist feiner und weitlaufiger. Der
Halsschild ist dem des O. cribrum sehr ahnlich gebildet, die
Punktierung aber ist feiner und weniger tuberkelartig. Endlich
sind die Fliigeldecken etwas weitlaufiger punktiert.

Lange, 3.75 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

x,d,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 119

Osorius minutus Sp. nov.

In der Skulptur des Kopfes mit Osorius minutissimus Bernh.
fast tibereinstimmend, durch mehr als doppelt so grosse Gestalt,
breiteren und kiirzeren Halsschild, viel breitlaufiger und feiner
punktierten Halsschild und langere weitlaufiger skulptierte,
glanzendere Fliigeldecken sofort zu unterscheiden. Der Hals-
schild ist deutlich breiter als lang, sehr fein und weitlaufig punk-
tiert, die glatte Mittellinie nur mdssig scharf abgesetzt. Die
Fliigeldecken sind der Lange nach lang-gerunzelt, an den Seiten
in der Schulter beginnend in eine stumpfe Langsfalte aufge-
worfen.

Lange, 2.75 mm.

LuZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

Stenus (Hypostenus) smaragdinus sp. nov.

Eine reizende durch die Farbe sehr ausgezeichnete neue Art.
Schwarz, die ganze Oberseite hellgriin erzglanzend, die ganzen
Fiihler, Taster und Beine licht rotlichgelb. Kopf sehr breit,
fast breiter als die Fliigeldecken, mit erloschenen Stirnfurchen,
grob und massig dicht punktiert, mit 3 kurzen geglatteten
Langserhabenheiten in der Mitte und ober den Fiihlerwurzeln.
Fiihler kurz, die Keulenglieder wenig linger als breit. Hals-
schild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel langer
als breit, an den Seiten gleichmassig gerundet; oben ziemlich
gleichmassig gerundet ohne EHindriicke, grob und nicht allzu
dicht, gleichmassig punktiert, glanzend. Fliigeldecken kiirzer
als der Halsschild, an den Schultern abgerundet, nach riick-
warts schwach verengt, noch grober und etwas weitlaufiger
punktiert als der Halsschild, glanzend. Abdomen glanzend,
stark, an der Basis der Tergite dicht, in der Apikalhalfte weit-
laufig, am 7. Tergit ziemlich gleichmdssig und ziemlich dicht
punktiert.

Lange, 3.75 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos.

Stenus tropicus sp. nov.

2: Ebenfalls in die Hypostenus-Gruppe gehorig, durch die
Farbung, den breiten Kopf und die gleichmassig dichte Punk-
tierung des ganzen Korpers recht ausgezeichnet. Tiefschwarz,
massig glainzend, die Fiihler bis auf die schwarzliche Spitze, die
Taster und die ganzen Beine rotlichgelb. Kopf fast breiter als
die Fliigeldecken, mit sehr grossen Augen, ausgehohlt ohne
Stirnfurchen, ober den Fiihlerwurzeln mit einer geglatteten kur-

120 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

zen Langserhabenheit, grob und dicht, gleichmassig punktiert.
Halsschild viel schmdler als die Fliigeldecken, etwas langer als
breit, an den Seiten hinten schwach ausgeschweift, etwas vor
der Mitte am breitesten, ziemlich stark gerundet, oben gleich-
massig gewolbt, dicht und grob, gleichmassig punktiert, die
Zwischenriume scharf abgesetzt. Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der
Halsschild, quer-rechteckig, gréber als der Halsschild, aber
weitlaufiger und runzeliger punktiert. Hinterleib walzenfor-
mig, nur an den Seiten des 3., 7. und 8. Tergites gerandet,
weniger grob und weniger dicht als der Vorderkorper punktiert,
glanzender. Die Punktierung ist ziemlich gleichmassig.

Lange, 4.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar).

Stenus (Hypostenus) maquilinganus sp. nov.

é: In die Nahe des Stenus bispinus Motsch. zu stellen, fast
von der gleichen Farbung, jedoch durch dreimal grossere Ge-
stalt, viel langere Fliigeldecken, viel weitliufigere Punktierung
des ganzen Korpers, langeren Halsschild u. s. w. auf den ersten
Blick zu unterscheiden. Schwarz, mit ged’impftem Glanze, die
Fiihler mit Ausnahme der schwach gebraéunten Keule und die
Taster rotlichgelb, die ganzen Beine weisslichgelb. Kopf breiter
als der Halsschild, aber schméler als die Flitigeldecken, ziemlich
flach mit schwach angedeuteten Stirnfurchen, ober den Fiihler-
wurzeln und hinten langs der Mitte geglattet, diese Stellen jedoch
wenig vortretend, sonst madssig stark und weitlaufig punktiert.
Fiihler lang, die Glieder der Keule gut doppelt so lang als breit.
Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel
langer als breit, cylindrisch, in der Mitte nur schwach erweitert,
oben an den Seiten schwach schrag eingedriickt, massig stark
und massig dicht punktiert. Fliigeldecken linger als der Hals-
schild, ziemlich quadratisch, grober als dieser und nur wenig
dicht, hinten feiner und weitlaufiger punktiert. Hinterleib nur
in den Basalfurchen der vorderen Tergite stark und dicht
punktiert, sonst nahezu glatt, nur mit dusserst zarten Piinktchen
vereinzelt besetzt.

Lange, 5.25 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar).

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit sehr breit und sehr tief dreieckig
ausgeschnitten, der Ausschnitt fast bis zur Basis reichend, das
5. Sternit ist der ganzen Linge nach dreieckig dicht goldgelb
behaart, die vorhergehenden bis zum ersten mehr oder weniger
der Linge nach eingedriickt, die Hindriicke dicht behaart, der
Hinterrand des 4. und 3. Sternites schwach bogig ausgerandet.

x%D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 121

Astenus viperinus Sp. nov.

Von der Farbung des Astenus filiformis Latr. durch die eigen-
tiimliche Gestalt des langgestreckten Kopfes sehr ausgezeichnet.
Schwarz, matt, der Hinterleib glanzend, der Hinterrand der
Fliigeldecken breit gelb ges’umt, die gelbe Farbe neben der Naht
nach vorn verlangert, die Fiihler und Taster rotlichgelb, die
Beine hellgelb. Kopf etwas schmdler als der Halsschild, fast
um die Halfte langer als breit, hinter den Augen vollstandig
geradlinig verengt, so dass die hintere Halfte des Kopfes die
Gestalt eines verkehrten Trapezes erhalt, die Hinterecken ver-
haltnismassig schmal verrundet. Die Punktierung dhnlich wie
bei Astenus filiformis. Halsschild etwas schmialer als die Fliigel-
decken, fast um die Halfte breiter als lang, eiformig, Ahnlich
wie bei A. filiformis punktiert. Fliigeldecken etwas langer als
der Halsschild, weniger dicht als bei A. filiformis punktiert, mit
starkerem Glanze. Hinterleib ziemlich kraftig und mdssig dicht,
weitlaufiger als bei A. cribrellus Baudi punktiert, stark glanzend.

Lange, 4.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafos.

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit schmal und tief ausgeschnitten,
der Ausschnitt an den Randern schmal geglattet, das 5. ist der
ganzen Linge nach breit niedergedriickt, am Hinterrand breit
und seicht ausgerandet und dicht krenuliert, das 4. ist ebenfalls,
aber in geringerer Ausdehnung niedergedriickt und vor der
Mitte des Hinterrandes breit geglattet.

Astenus philippinus sp. nov.

Von der vorhergehenden Art durch etwas kleinere Gestalt,
viel kiirzeren Kopf, der aber immer noch langer als bei Astenus
fiiformis ist, kiirzeren Halsschild, kiirzere Fliigeldecken, nicht
nach vorn gezogene gelbe Farbung des Hinterrandes derselben
und viel kiirzere Fiihler unterschieden.

Der Kopf ist deutlich langer als breit, die Fiihler sind kurz,
die vorletzten Glieder kaum langer als breit, das Endglied ziem-
lich breit, an der Spitze schief abgestutzt. Der Halsschild ist
kurz oval, an den Seiten mit 2 Seitenborsten. Die Fliigeldecken
sind wenig langer als der Halsschild, nicht allzu dicht punktiert,
ziemlich glanzend.

Lange, 3.75 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos.

Medon philippinus sp. nov.

Diese Art ist dem Medon granulicollis Bernh. so nahe verwandt
und in der Bildung der einzelnen Korperteile so ahnlich, dass
132633——3

122 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

es geniigt die wenigen, aber immerhin markanten Unterschei-
dungsmerkmale anzugeben. Die Farbung ist im allgemeinen
dunkler, pechschwarz, die Fliigeldecken an der Basis mehr oder
minder rotbraun, der Spitzenrand hell rétlichgelb, mit langen
gelben Haaren dicht bekleidet, bei unausgefarbteren Exempla-
ren tritt die rostbraune Farbung mehr oder minder hervor.
Der Kopf ist breiter, nach hinten nicht wie bei M. granuli-
colis Bernh. schwach erweitert, sondern ganz parallelseitig.
Die Punktierung des Kopfes und Halsschildes ist viel dichter
und runzeliger ineinanderfliessend, wahrend bei M. granulicollis
die einzelnen Korner von einander deutlich gesondert sind.

Lange, 3.5-4 mm.

LuZON, Laguna, Los Banos.

Beim ¢ ist das schmale 6. Sternit schwach ausgerandet, die
tibrigen Sternite einfach.

Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) bakeri sp. nov.

Eine durch die prachtige Farbe sehr ausgezeichnete Art.

Schwarz, Kopf, Halsschild und Fliigeldecken lebhaft Kornblu-
menblau, das Endglied der schwarzen Fiihler und die Spitze des
vorletzten, sowie die Beine weissgelb, die obere Kante der Schen-
kel bis auf die Spitze pechschwarz, die Stacheln der Schiener
schwarz, die Tarsen mit Ausnahme des ersten Tarsengliedes der
Mittel- und Hintertarsen rotlichschwarz. Kopf und Halsschild
ziemlich glanzend, sehr grob und ziemlich dicht nabelig punktiert,
silberweiss behaart, tiberdies mit langeren diinneren schwarzen
Harchen und an den Seiten mit langen schwarzen Borsten be-
setzt. Die Fliigeldecken matt chagriniert und tiberdies fein und
weitlaufig punktiert, lang und wenig dicht schwarz behaart, mit
einer silberweissen Querbinde vor der Mitte, am Hinterrande
dicht mit langen silberweissen Haaren hbekleidet. Hinterleib
nach riickwarts verengt, ziemlich glanzend, fein und weitlaufig
punktiert und diinn schwarz behaart und stellenweise, namentlich
in der Mitte und an den Seiten, mit ziemlich dichtem silberweis-
sem Toment besetzt. Die Hinterbrust ebenfalls silberweiss be-
haart. Der Kopf ist um ein gutes Stiick schmdaler als der Hals-
schild, um ein Viertel breiter als lang, an den Seiten fast nach
riickwirts verengt, die Schlafen hinter den Augen ein Drittel
so lang als deren Lingsdurchmesser; die Oberseite ist langs der
Mitte schmal geglattet. Halsschild etwas schmaler als die Flt-
geldecken, der Hinterrand und Seitenrand in kontinuirlichen
Bogen gerundet, nach vorn deutlich verengt.

Lange, 11 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 123

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit breit und ziemlich tief ausge-
schnitten, der Ausschnitt im Grunde gerundet, das 5. ist leicht
ausgerandet.

Diese Art und die Folgende besitzen eine Anzahl von Merk-
malen, die die Aufstellung eines neuen Subgenus notwendig
machen, ftir welches ich den Namen Nesiolinus wahle.

Diese Untergattung zeichnet sich unter den Arten mit rudi-
mentéren Epimeren durch den nach hinten schwach verengten
Kopf und den nach vorn verengten Halsschild aus. Die Fiihler-
bildung ist der des Subgenus T7ichoderma gleich. Der Fortsatz
der Mittelbrust, der bei den vorliegenden Stiicken nicht deutlich
sichtbar ist, scheint mir die Mitte zwischen Trichoderma und
Abemus zu halten.

Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) pulcherrimus sp. nov.

@: Dem vorhergehenden an Korpergestalt und Punktierung
des Vorderkorpers recht ahnlich, jedoch kleiner, ganz anders
gefarbt und behaart, tiberdies durch matten Hinterleib ausge-
zeichnet.

Schwarz, matt, der Halsschild, eine Schultermakel auf den
Fliigeldecken und die schmale Hinterleibspitze gelbrot, die 4
ersten und das letzte Glied der schwarzen Fiihler und die Brust
rotlichgelb, die Hinterbrust etwas angedunkelt, die Beine einfar-
big hellgelb. Die rotgelbe Schultermakel setzt sich bis zum
Aussenrande der Fliigeldecken fort. Die Epipleuren und der
hinten mit ihnen verbundene Hinterrand der Fliigeldecken sind
lichtgelb gefarbt; diese Farbung erweitert sich gegen die Hin-
terecken. Der gelb gefarbte Hinterrand der Fliigeldecken ist
mit goldgelben zottigen Haaren dicht bekleidet. Der Hinterleib
ist dicht schwarz behaart, die Seiten der Tergite und die Apical-
halfte des 6. Tergites ist dicht licht goldgelb tomentiert.

Lange, 9 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar).

Coproporus philippinus sp. nov.

Dem Coproporus brunnicollis Motsch. (punctipennis Kr.) sehr
nahe verwandt, ganz von dem Habitus und der Farbung desselben,
jedoch halb so klein und durch viel feiner und dichter punktierte
Fliigeldecken sofort von ihm zu unterscheiden.

Die Fliigeldecken sind wie bei C. brunnicollis Motsch. an den
Seiten flach ausgebreitet und weder eingedriickt noch gefurcht.
Der Korper ist hochgewolbt, Kopf und Halsschild spiegelblank.

Lange, fast 2 mm. (bei eingezogenem Hinterleibe).

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos (1 Exemplar).

124 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Genus PSEUDOSILUSA novum

Im Habitus einer Silusa recht Ahnlich jedoch infolge der Mund-
bildung in die naéchste Nahe von Phymatura zu verweisen.

Die Gestalt der Zunge, der Lippen und Kiefertaster, sowie der
Kieferladen ist von der letztgenannten Gattung kaum verschie-
den; die neve Gattung unterscheidet sich aber ausser dem Silusa-
artigen Habitus sehr markant von Phymatura durch ungekielte
Mittelbrust. Habituell auch der Gattung Diestota Muls. et Rey
verwandt, von dieser aber durch den riickwarts zugespitzten
Fortsatz der Mittelbrust verschieden. Ob in der Bildung der
Zunge auch ein Unterschied zu Diestota vorhanden ist kann ich
nicht beurteilen, da in der Rey’schen Beschreibung! von der
Zungenbildung keine Erwahnung geschieht. Bei dem neuen
Genus ist die Zunge, wie bei Bolitochara, lang und schmal an der
Spitze gespalten und bis zur Spitze des 2. Lippentastergliedes
reichend. Uber die Lebensweise ist bisher nichts bekannt; die
vorlaufig einzige Art der Gattung wurde von Herrn Prof. Baker
auf den Philippinen entdeckt.

Pseudosilusa trifoveolata sp. nov.

Von der zweiten indo-malayischen Art P. testacea Kr. durch
die Farbung, matteren Korper, dichtere Punktierung u. s. w.
sofort zu unterscheiden. i

Mattschwarz, die 4 ersten Glieder der dunkeln Fiihler und die
Taster rotlichgelb, die Beine lichtgelb. Kopf, Halsschild und
Fliigeldecken dusserst fein und Aausserst dicht chagriniert und
massig fein und massig dicht punktiert. Die Fiihler sind ziem-
lich kurz, gegen die Spitze verdickt, das 3. und 2. Glied fast
gleichlang, das 4. stark quer, die vorletzten fast doppelt so breit
als lang. Kopf massig schmdler als der Halsschild mit grossen
vorstehenden Augen. Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigel-
decken, um mehr als die Halfte breiter als lang, oben flachge-
driickt, mit 3 Langseindriicken, einem in der Mitte auf der vor-
deren Halfte und zwei schief nach riickwarts convergierenden,
gegen das Schildchen gerichteten, hinten miteinander verbun-
denen Furchen. Hinterleib gleichbreit, ziemlich fein und wenig
dicht gleichmassig punktiert, glanzend.

Lange, 2 mm.

Luzon, Laguna, Los Bajos.

Beim ¢ ist das 8. Tergit am gerundeten Hinterrand verdickt
und besitzt zu beiden Seiten desselben je ein komma-artiges
Hockerchen.

* Hist. Nat. Col. Brevip. (1871), 97.

x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 125

Astilbus philippinus sp. nov.

Einer grossen Falagria nicht unahnlich, ungefahr vom Habitus
des Astilbus heydeni Epp.

Schwarz, glanzend, der Vorderkorper mit schwachem Erz-
glanz, die Fiihler und Taster rostrot, die 3 ersten freiliegenden
Tergite mit weissgelber Basis der aufgebogenen Seitenrander,
die Beine weiss, die ganzen Vorderschenkel und die Spitzen-
halfte der tibrigen Schenkel schwarzlich, die Tarsen rotlichgelb.
Kopf etwas breiter als der Halsschild, quer rechteckig mit
abgerundeten Winkeln, glanzend glatt, unpunktiert mit ziemlich
grossen Augen, die Schlafen kaum langer als deren halber Durch-.
messer. Fiihler lang und kraftig, gegen die Spitze kaum ver-
dickt, das 3. Glied doppelt so lang als das 2., die folgenden oblong,
allmahlich kiirzer werdend, die vorletzten nicht quer, das letzte
ktirzer als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammengenommen. Hals-
schild hinten halb so breit als die Fliigeldecken am Hinterrande,
wenig breiter als lang, herzformig, vorn am breitesten, nach
riickwarts ausgeschweift verengt, in der Mitte scharf gefurcht,
ziemlich gewolbt, glanzend, fein und miassig dicht punktiert.
Fliigeldecken zusammen stark quer, gelbbraunlich, an den
Schultern breit gelb, ziemlich kraftig und dicht punktiert, glan-
zend. Abdomen glanzend glatt, fast unpunktiert.

Lange, 3 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Bajos.

Unausgefairbtes Stiick mit ausgedehnter gelblichbrauner Far-
bung der einzelnen Korperteile.

Zyras biseriatus sp. nov.

Eine ziemlich gleichbreite Art, die durch die Dorsalreihen
am Halsschild sehr ausgezeichnet ist. Ro6tlichgelb, stark glin-
zend, der Hinterleib vor der Spitze etwas dunkler.

Kopf um ein Drittel schmaler als der Halsschild, ziemlich
kraftig und massig dicht punktiert, in der Mitte geglattet, da-
selbst weitliufig an den Seiten im Grunde dicht chagriniert.
Augen massig gross, die Schalfen hinter denselben ungefahr
so lang als der Augendurchmesser, unten gegen den Hals zu
kurz gerandet. Fiihler massig kurz, seitlich stark zusammen-
gedriickt, das 3. Glied doppelt so lang als das 2., das 4. bei
breitester Ansicht schwach, die folgenden allmahlich starker
quer, die vorletzten stark quer, doppelt so breit als lang, das
Endglied so lang als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen. Hals-
schild so breit als die Fliigeldecken, um die Halfte breiter als
lang, flach gewolbt, an den Seiten gleichmassig gerundet, lings
der Mittelpartie unpunktiert, zu beiden Seiten derselben mit

126 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

einem leicht vertieften, vorn und riickwarts verkiirzten Langs-
eindruck, welcher ziemlich kraftig und sehr dicht punktiert ist,
neben diesen Eindriicken wieder unpunktiert, an den Seiten
wieder ziemlich kriftig und wenig dicht punktiert, im Grunde
glanzend glatt. Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der Halsschild, kraftig
und wenig dicht punktiert, im Grunde deutlich chagriniert.
Abdomen gleichbreit, glanzend, auf den vorderen Tergiten nur
mit den Querreihen borstentragender Punkte, hinten dusserst
fein chagriniert und sparlich gekornt, am 1. Tergit dichter kor-
nig punktiert.

Lange, 5-5.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

Von Zyras compressicornis Fauv., der ebenfalls Dorsalreihen
am Halsschild besitzt, schon durch viel kleinere Gestalt und viel
feinere Punktierung des ganzen Korpers verschieden.

Zyras pulchricornis sp. nov.

9: In die Nahe des Zyras fulgidus Grav. zu stellen, fast vom
gleichen Habitus, durch die Farbung und insbesondere die Bil-
dung und Farbe der Fiihler sehr ausgezeichnet.

Leuchtend gelbrot, sehr stark spiegelglanzend, die Fligel-
decken mehr gelb, ihre Hinterecken schwirzlich, die Basis des 6.
und die Spitze des 7. Tergites schwach quer angedunkelt, die
Beine hellgelb, die Fiihler tiefschwarz, die 3 ersten Glieder und
das Endglied rotlichgelb. Kopf etwas schmaler als der Hals-
schild, quer trapezformig, mit einzelnen massig feinen Punkten
besetzt, die Schlafen hinter den Augen fast so lang als deren
Langsdurchmesser, riickwarts auf der Unterseite gerandet. Die
Fiihler lang und schlank, gegen die Spitze kaum verdickt, das
3. Glied ein wenig langer als das 2., die folgenden oblong, all-
mahlich an Lange abnehmend, die vorletzten schwach quer, das
Endglied schmal, langgestreckt, fast gleichbreit, an der Spitze
abgerundet, fast langer als die 3 vorhergehenden zusammen-
genommen. Halsschild viel schmaler als die Fliigeldecken, um
ein Drittel breiter als lang, an den Seiten schwach gerundet,
im ersten Drittel am breitesten, vor dem Schildchen mit einer
tiefen scharf eingegrabenen Grube, zu beiden Seiten der un-
punktierten Mittelzone mit je einer feinen Punktreihe, an den
Seiten sparlich und unregelmassig punktiert. Fliigeldecken
wenig linger als der Halsschild, ziemlich kraftig, massig dicht
punktiert, innerhalb den Hinterecken nicht ausgerandet. Abdo-
men spiegelblank, fast unpunktiert.

Linge, 4 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (1 Exemplar).

x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 127

Hoplandria minima sp. nov.

Noch kleiner als die zweite von den Philippinen bekannte Art
H. philippina Brh., von derselben ausserdem in nachfolgenden
Punkten verschieden.

Kopf und Halsschild sind fast ganz unpunktiert, spiegelblank,
letzterer kiirzer, namentlich aber im Verhaltnis zu den Fliigel-
decken schmaler, diese sind viel starker und wohl viermals weit-
laufiger punktiert als bei H. philippina. Auch der Hinterleib
ist ausser den Querreihen von Borstenpunkten auf den ein-
zelnen Tergiten unpunktiert, spiegelglanzend. Der Halsschild
ist deutlich schmAaler als die Fliigeldecken und viel gewolbter als
bei H. philippina.

Lange, 12 mm. :

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos.

Ich stelle diese Art mit Bedenken zu Hoplandria, kann meine
Zweifel jedoch vorlaufig nicht lésen, weil ich das einzige mir
gehorige Exemplar nicht opfern kann.

Genus GASTROPAGA novum

Die neue Gattung gehort in die Tribus Myrmedoniini und hat
hier eigentlich keine nahere Verwandtschaft.

Ungefahr vom Habitus und der Behaarung einer Brachida,
jedoch mit gleich breitem Hinterleib, zeigt die neue Gattung
verschiedene Merkmale, insbesond*re die Zungenbildung und
die Bildung der inneren Maxillarlade, die ihr in der Tribus eine
isolierte Stellung geben. Gleichbreit, stark gewolbt, ziemlich
dicht grau behaart, die Seiten des Hinterleibes sehr dicht mit
schwarzlichen langen Haaren gleich einem Barte besetzt.

Der Kopf viel schmd@ler als der Halsschild, nicht eingeschniirt,
mit ziemlich grossen Augen und scharf und vollstandig geran-
deten Schlafen. Die Fiihler massig kurz, gegen die Spitze ver-
dickt, ihr 3. Glied wenig ktrzer als das 2., das 4. ziemlich stark
quer, die folgenden allmahlich breiter werdend, die vorletzten
doppelt so breit als lang, das Endglied konisch verengt, langer
als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen genommen. Die Oberlippe
stark quer, vorn abgestutzt mit breit abgerundeten Vorderecken.
Die Mandibeln kurz, die eine mit einem scharfen Zaihnchen knapp
vor der Mitte, am Innenrande mit einem ziemlich dicht bewim-
perten Hautsaume, an der Basis mit je 2 dicht neben einander
stehenden Querreihen dichter kurzer Zahnchen. Die Maxillarla-
den ziemlich gestreckt, die Innenlade gegen die Spitze hornig,
diese selbst hakig gekriimmt, hinter derselben mit einer Anzahl
kurzer, starrer, ziemlich weitlaufig stehender Zahne und hinter

128 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

denselhen mit einer Anzahl langer, gekriimmter, ziemlich dicht
stehender Stacheln bewehrt, daselbst auch lang behaart, die basale
Halfte des Innenrandes ist hautig. Die Aussenlade miassig
schmal, hornig, an der hautigen Spitze dicht mit langen fieder-
formigen Haaren und innen an der Spitze noch mit Haarborsten
besetzt. Die Kiefertaster viergliedrig, schlank, das 3. Glied
massig angeschwollen, das Endglied pfriemenformig, weniger
als halb so lang als das 2. Das Kinn quer trapezférmig, an der
Spitze gerade abgestutzt. Die Zunge sehr schmal und langge-
streckt, bis tiber die Spitze des 2. Lippentastergliedes nach vorn
reichend, an der Spitze schmal und tief gespalten, der Zunge der
Gattung Bolitochara recht ahnlich. Die Lippentaster ziemlich
kraftig, das 1. Glied sehr dick, kaum so lang als an der Basis
breit, das 2. kaum kiirzer, aber doppelt schmaler als das 1., das
Endglied viel schmaler und kiirzer als das 2. Glied.

Der Halsschild ist sehr kurz und breit, mehr als doppelt so

breit als lang. Die Fliigeldecken sind am Hinterrande vor den
Hinterecken scharf ausgerandet. Der Hinterleib an der Basis
der 3 ersten freiliegenden Tergite quer eingedriickt.
_ Fortsatz der Mittelbrust zugespitzt, fast bis zum Hinterrande
der Mittelhiiften reichend, diese ziemlich breit getrennt. An den
viergliedrigen Vordertarsen die 3 ersten Glieder ziemlich gleich-
gebildet, das letzte fast so lang als die itibrigen zusammen, an den
fiinfgliedrigen Mitteltarsen die 4 ersten Glieder fast gleich, das
Endglied etwas kiirzer als die 3 vorhergehenden zusammen. Die
fiinfgliedrigen Hintertarsen gestreckt, das 1. Glied viel langer
als das 2., das Endglied etwas langer als 3 und 4 zusammen.

Die neue Gattung ist bisher nur durch die folgende philip-
pinische Art vertreten.

Gastropaga bakeri sp. nov.

Pechbraun bis schwarzlich, ziemlich glanzend, die Seiten des
Halsschildes heller durchscheinend, die Wurzel und das Endgtied
der Fiihler, die Taster und Beine rotlichgelb. Kopf weitlaufig
und sehr undeutlich punktiert, glanzend. Halsschild fast so

_breit als die Fliigeldecken, an den Seiten gerundet, nach vorn
starker verengt als nach riickwarts, kurz vor den abgerundeten
Hinterecken am breitesten, gleichmassig gewolbt, ohne Eindriik-
ke, etwas deutlicher und weniger weitlaufig punktiert als der
Kopf. Fliigeldecken deutlich langer als der Halsschild, ziemlich
kriftig deutlich rauh und massig dicht, der Hinterleib massig
fein und ziemlich gleichmassig wenig dicht punktiert.

Lange, 2—2.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Banos.

x,D,2 Bernhauer: Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen 129

Aleochara flavipennis sp. nov.

Ganz vom Habitus der Aleochara curtula Goeze und derselben
ausserst nahe verwandt, von ihr jedoch ausser der markanten
Farbung noch durch viel grobere und dabei weitlaufigere Punk-
tierung des Kopfes und Halsschildes, sowie durch weitlaufigere
Punktierung der Fliigeldecken sofort zu trennen.

Die Farbe ist schwarz, die Fliigeldecken und die Spitze des
Hinterleibes vom Hinterrand des 7. Tergites angefangen hellgelb,
die Seiten des Halsschildes namentlich vorn mehr oder minder
rotlich durchscheinend.

Lange, 44-5.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling.

ie
Sa A i id a ine A 0 Bh Ale

Te,

wy ihe

‘

er . ie teks }

A ee shy Ree eae pare } ui ea 1%
a Bea 7 PUD foe eh neers is des Wary 20 Tint Pie ai
: Gee cepa tom Dereny idea Aeon | yee) ae ot Lad ett ede
Sei nt en peeey Tae CaN
Lidia nue rye) Neh ye
tie |
a iad

( oh | iS eee ee Pe Ayre ad Al aa

Moa! Oy brme, A cb ‘Meth 4

i aera rang

ea — TNR Na ee 9 Mad Oe
=

is et a in be
: Poa a, aruda oleae
Mt athe oe RL lVRy ie eT

i ;
iy or A
; ne de
| pal sans
‘ i
ie
/ S p
ie errr
ba 1 y ‘< a
Ms yi i biakey ial
1 IN, uae i / CALEY
Gy Mek aa i ae aed

DRYOPIDA ET HETEROCERID# DES PHILIPPINES

Par A. GROUVELLE
(Paris, France)

Sostea atramentaria Sp. NOV.

Suboblonga, apice elytrorum acuminata, convexa, nitidula,
atra, antennis pedibusque plus minusve fusco-piceis vel rufo-
piceis. Caput fronte subdepressum, haud dense profundeque
punctatum, pilis flavo-cinereis, minimis, tenuibus et stratis dense
vestitum, aliquibus pilis fuscis, erectis, elongatis intermixtis.
Prothorax antice angustatus; lateribus antice modice arcuatis,
postice subrectis, antrorsum convergentibus; pronoto in longitu-
dinem regulariter convexo, subparce et haud valde punctato;
punctis in angulos posticos sparsioribus; pubescentia illi capitis
simili sed pilis erectis longioribus et densioribus.. Elytra hume-
ris rotundata, quam prothorax vix altiora, lateribus subparallela,
ad apicem attenuata et conjunctim acuminata, 2.5 longiora quam
simul latiora, pilis minimis cinereis plus minus erectis et pilis
fuscis, elongatis, erectis, ornata, punctato-striata; punctis et
striis ad latera paulatim majoribus; stria suturali lapicem versus
manifesta, in diseo nulla; striarum intervallis ad apicem vix
elevatis, marginem apicalem attingentibus; disco in longitudinem
quam prothorax valdus convexo.

Long., 3.7 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Bafios (1 Exemplaire, coll. A. Grouvelle;
C. F. Baker).

Suboblong, environ trois fois plus long que large, tres convexe,
assez brillant, noir; antennes et pattes roux de noix plus ou moins
foncé. Téte subdéprimée sur le front, éparsément et peu pro-
fondément ponctuée, couverte d’une pubescence formée de poils
flaves-cendrés, assez fins, serrés, masquant presque le tégument,
entremélés de poils sombres, dressés et allongés; pubescence de
lépistome plus serrée, plus claire, en partie plus allongée et plus
redressée; yeux séparés par un intervalle un peu plus grand que
deux fois et demie leur diamétre transversal. Prothorax retréci
en avant, faiblement arqué sur les cétés, un peu plus de deux fois
plus large a la base que long, largement et peu profondément

131

132 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

échancré au bord antérieur; angles antérieurs aigus, un peu sail-
lants en avant, cotés rebordés par un bourrelet un peu accentué;
angles postérieurs aigus, faiblement saillants en arriéere; base
trisinuée comme chez tous les Sostea. Disque longitudinalement
et réguliérement convexe; présentant, vers le deuxiéme tiers de la
longueur a partir de la base, un pli transversal, faiblement mar-
qué; convexité du disque déterminant des marges latérales con-
caves, a peine marquées sur la région des angles postérieurs,
s’élargissant vers la base et se dilatant sur la région des angles
postérieurs. Ponctuation plus ou moins espécée, fine sur le
disque, beaucoup plus grosse sur la région des angles et surtout
sur celle des angles antérieurs. Pubescence semblable a celle
de la téte, rare sur le disque, assez dense sur les angles posté-_
rieurs, entremélée de longs poils sombres, dressés. Ecusson
faiblement transversal, subtriangulaire. Elytres arrondis aux
épaules, a peine plus larges que le prothorax a la base, a peine
élargis, presque subparalléles, atténués arqués vers le sommet
a partir du dernier tiers de la longueur, acuminés ensemble a
Vextrémité, environ deux fois et demie plus longs que larges
ensemble, longitudinalement et réguliérement convexes, présent-
ant vers le premier tiers de la longueur le point le plus élevé
de leur convexité, assez brusquement infléchis a leur extrémité. .
Ponctuation formant des lignes ponctuées fines sur le disque,
puis des lignes ponctuées-striées devenant progressivement plus
fortes vers les bords latéraux; lignes suturales et premiéres dor-
sales plus fortes, striées vers l’extrémité; toute les autres striées-
ponctuées, brieévement plus accentuées a la base, atténuées vers
le sommet; strie suturale et 17¢, 2°, 3° et 4¢ stries discoidales de
chaque élytre atteignant le bourrelet apical; 5¢ et 6¢ stries écour-
tées a l’extrémité; calus huméraux marqués; stries suturales
terminées par un gros point enfoncé. Bords latérals vus de face
assez briévement sinués contre l’extrémité de l’élytre. Pubes-
cence formée de poils sombres, dressés et de petits poils cendrés,
rares, plus abondants sur les cdtés et vers le sommet. Pubes-
cence du dessous du corps dense, cendrée, un peu flave.

Voisin de S. sodalis Pasc.; distinct par sa pubescence cendrée,
plus abondante et par l’absence de stries sur le disque des élytres.

Sostea ebenina sp. nov.

Sublonga, apice elytrorum acuminata, convexa, nitidula, atra,
antennis pedibusque fusca, tarsis rufa. Caput fronte convexius-
culum, pilis floro-cinereis, elongatis, stratis, dense vestitum,
occipite subdense valdeque punctatum; punctis apicem versus

x, D, 2 Grouvelle: Dryopide et Heteroceridx des Philippines 133

minoribus et paulo sparsioribus. Prothorax antice angustatus;
lateribus antice arcuatis, postice subrectis et subparallelis; pro-
noto ultra apicem transversim convexo-elevato, subparce pro-
fundeque punctato, punctis in disco minoribus et sparsioribus;
pubescentia illi capitis simili, sed pilis fuscis, elongatis, erectis,
intermixta. Elytra humeris rotundata, tune quam prothorax
latiora, lateribus subsinuata et subparallela, dein apicem versus
attenuata et conjunctim subspinoso-acuminata, 3.5 longiora quam
simul latiora, punctato-striata; striis et punctis ad latera paula-
tim majoribus; stria suturali praecipue in medio laevi; disco in
longitudinem quam pronoto validius convexo. Elytra pilis fus-
cis, elongatis, erectis et praecipue apicem versus pilis cinereis
plus minusve stratis ornata.

Long. 3—3.7 mm.

NEGROS (plusieurs exemplaires, coll. A. Grouvelle).

Oblong, environ trois fois plus long que large, trés convexe,
assez brillant, noir; antennes et pattes plus ou moins enfumées,
tarses rougeatres. Téte convexe, fortement et assez densément
ponctuée sur l’occiput, plus éparsément et moins fortement ponc-
tuée vers la partie antérieure, couverte d’une pubescence formée
de poils couchés, longs, assez serrés, jaunes cendrés, plus fins
sur le front, plus épais et presque trés serrés sur le devant de
la téte et sur l’épistome; entremélés de quelques points médio-
crement longs; yeux séparés par un intervalle subégal a deux
fois et demie leur diamétre transversal. Prothorax rétréci en
avant, arqué sur les cotés, principalement en avant, subparalléle
contre la base, un peu plus de deux fois plus large a la base
que long, subtronqué au milieu du bord antérieur et fortement
sinué de chaque cété devant les yeux; angles antérieurs obtus;
cotés rebordés en bourrelet; angles postérieurs aigus, un peu
saillants en arriére; base trisinuée comme chez tous les Sostea.
Disque longitudinalement convexe surtout en avant, présentant
vers le deuxiéme tiers de la longueur un pli transversal, infléchi
en avant; convexité du disque déterminant des marges latérales
concaves, trés abaissées en avant, un peu étroites devant le pli
transversal, 4 peine élargies en avant, devenant progressivement
trés larges, sur les angles postérieurs. Ponctuation profonde,
un peu écartée sur le disque, plus forte et plus serrée sur le
reste de la surface. Pubescence semblable a celle de la téte,
plus rare sur le disque, entremélée de longs poils sombres dressés.
Ecusson faiblement transversal, émoussé au sommet faiblement
pubescent. Elytres arrondis aux épaules, alors un peu plus

134 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

larges que le prothorax a la base, subparalléles sur les cétés et
subsinués vers le premier tiers de la longueur, atténués arrondis
vers le sommet a partir du dernier tiers de la longueur, terminés
ensemble en pointe aigiie, environ deux fois et demie plus longs
que larges ensemble, longitudinalement convexes, présentant
vers le premier tiers de la longueur le point le plus élevé de
leur convexité. Ponctuation disposée en lignes striées, ponc-
tuées, peu marquées pour les deux premiéres prés de la suture,
devenant ensuite progressivement plus fortes vers les bords la-
téraux; sur chaque élytre 1 et 2¢ intervalle a partir de la strie
suturale briévement et faiblement relevés a la base; strie suturale
fortement enfoncée dans la partie apicale, 1"¢ strie discoidale et
suivante .atténuées vers le sommet; 4°, 5°, 6¢ et 7e intervalle
soudés prés de la bordure latérale; celle-ci étroite sur les cétés
a la base, un peu élargie au sommet; calus huméraux marqués.
Pubescence comprenant des longs poils sombres dressés, peu
serrés, des poils cendrés beaucoup plus courts, rares, localisés
sur la partie apicale des élytres et des poils semblables 4 ceux
de la téte bordant trés étroitement les bords latéraux. Dessous
du corps noir, étroitement bordé de rougeatre sur les marges
latérales des sternites.

Voisin de S. sodalis Pasc.; mais pubescence plus abondante,
forme plus étroite, intervalles des stries plus étroits, marge
lisse de la base des élytres plus étroite. Plus voisin de S. atra-
mentaria Grouv. mais moins densément pubescent et plus for-
tement strié sur les élytres. Peut-étre une race locale de cette
espéce.

Heterocerus latus sp. nov.

Oblongus, paulo magis 2.5 longior quam latior, convexus, niti-
dulus, crebre punctulatus, nigro-brunneus; prothoracis elytro-
rumque marginibus lateralibus et in elytris aliquibus maculis
linearibus fulvo-rufis; antennarum basi testacea. Caput trans-
versissimun, fronte convexiusculum, antice truncatum pube
fusco et fusco-cinerea, brevissima demissime vestitum; margine
antico tenuiter cinereo-ciliato; labro modice transverso, antice
rotundato. Prothorax transversissimus, antice valde angusta-
tus, postice subparallelus, crebre punctulatus, dense tenuiterque
fusco-pubescens, pilis longioribus, erectis, praecipue in margi-
nibus anticis lateralibusque intermixtis; margine antico subtrun-
cato, breve cinereo-ciliato; angulis anticis obtusis, lateribus
arcuatis; angulis posticis sat late obtusis; basi tenuiter margi-
nata. Elytra humeris rotundata, apice conjunctim breviter ro-

x, D, 2 Grouvelle: Dryopidz et Heteroceride des Philippines 135

tundata, circiter 1.5 longiora quam simul latiora, crebre punctu-
lata, fusco-cinereo pruinosa; maculis fulvo-rufis linearibus, in
longitudinem ordinatis, parum manifestis, in partem apicalem
elytrorum dispositis. Corpus subtus in maxima parte infusca-
tum; pedibus sordido-testaceis.

Long., 3 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Los Bajios (2 exemplaires, coll A. Grouwvelle;
C. F. Baker).

Oblong, plus de deux fois plus long que large, convexe, un
peu brillant, trés densément pointillé, varié de roux sur les
marges latérales du prothorax et des élytres et sur la moitié
apicale de ces derniers. Antennes de 10 articles. Téte moins
de deux fois plus large avec les yeux que longue avec les man-
dibules, modérément convexe sur le front, couverte d’une pubes-
cence sombre en partie légérement cendrée, presque feutrée;
bord antérieur tronqué, cilié de petits poils cendrés; cdtés modé-
rément sinués en avant des yeux, ceux-ci peu saillants, 4 trés
petites facettes; labre plus de deux fois plus large 4 la base
que long, atténué vers l’avant, arrondi au bord antérieur. Pro-
thorax fortement rétréci en avant, subparalléle 4 la base, environ
deux fois et demie plus large a la base que long, couvert d’une
pubescence sombre, fine et serrée, entremélée surtout au bord
antérieur de poils plus longs dressés; bord antérieur légérement
arrondi en avant dans le milieu, largement subtronqué vers les
extrémités, ciliés de courtes soies cendrées, briévement rebordé
en bourrelet aux extrémités; angles antérieurs obtus, un peu
moins obtus lorsqu’ils sont vus de face; bords latéraux arqués,
bordés par une marge d’un roux un peu sombre, dilatée sur la
région des angles antérieurs; angles postérieurs obtus; base
arquée, finement rebordée sur toute la longueur; troncature
des angles postérieurs de la couleur de la marge latérale, bordée
en dessus par la strie marginale de la base. Ecusson oblong,
noiratre. Elytres arrondis aux épaules, subparalléles briéve-
ment arrondis au sommet, environ une fois et demie plus longs
que larges ensemble, couverts d’une pruinosité brun cendré; base
légérement sinuée, rebordée de chaque coté de l’écusson par une
trés étroite marge roux un peu sombre, n’atteignant pas le calus
huméral; bords latéraux étroitement rebordés, présentant une
marge d’un roux sombre, briévement élargie vers le premier
tiers de la longueur, s’atténuant et s’effacant vers le sommet;
sur la moitié apicale du disque, quelques vestiges de taches
longitudinales linéaires, toujours d’un roux sombre, semblant

136 The Philippine Journal of Science

distribuées sur deux bandes formant chacune un angle trés obtus,
orienté vers le sommet de |’élytre; calus huméraux assez longue-
ment marqués: ponctuation plus forte que celle du prothorax
présentant, lorsque l’insecte est vu de cété, des vestiges de sillons
longitudinaux. Dessous du corps noiratre, marges latérales du
prosternum et des segments abdominaux, extrémités de l’abdo-
men, milieu du prosternum et pattes roux un peu enfumé. Stries
marginales des hanches intermédiaires trés fortement arquées.
Partie externe de la bordure des plaques fémorales des hanches
postérieures large, peu saillante, longuement striolée sur la
partie basilaire.

NOTICES OF CERTAIN PHILIPPINE FULGOROIDEA, ONE BEING
OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE

By C. F. BAKER
(From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines,
Los Banos, P. I.)
TWO PLATES AND 1 TEXT FIGURE

Melichar ‘+ describes a new fulgorid genus, Egropa, with one
species, znusta, which he refers to the Tettigometride (‘“Tettigo-
metrini”’). His figures give the body outlines and a front and
lateral view of the face. His species, from the description,
must have been a very beautiful object, but unfortunately he
possessed only a single specimen. Distant? inserts E'gropa as
an unplaced genus following the Isside. He quotes Melichar’s
descriptions and copies his figures, remarking that he had never
seen the species. Considering the vast extent of the oriental
material studied by Distant, one might infer that this species
is a great rarity. However, it will doubtless be secured in
great numbers when its food-plant is discovered. In 1907
Bierman * described a second species of this interesting genus,
as living on Cassia fistula in Java. In the same year he figured
both nymphs and imagoes of this species with the name of
Egropa jacobsoni.*

It may be commonly noticed in these Islands that many of the
large and much-prized fruits of the guanabana (Anona muricata)
are deformed, are not plump and full all around, but bent and
depressed on one side and commonly stunted in growth. Nymphs
and imagoes of a species of Gargara (Membracidz) were to be
found occasionally on this tree, and the Gargara was suspected
of being the cause of this common damage. Only now, after
being here three years, do I discover it to be due to a beautiful
species of Hilda (—Egropa), which evanescently breeds in great
numbers on the surface of the very young fruits. It lays very
numerous eggs in patches on the surface of the fruit and on
surrounding leaves. This year it happens that large numbers
of these eggs are parasitized by a minute chalcid,® so that it is

*Homopteren Fauna von Ceylon (1903), 82, Taf. III, fig. 13, a.
*Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynch. (1906), 3, 268.
*Ent. Bericht. (1907), 2, 162.
“Notes Leyden Mus. (1907), 29, 158, Taf. III, fig. 6.
° Being described under the name Pseudobrachysticha semiaurea Girault
gen. et. spec. nov.
1326334 137 |

138 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

possible that the coming year will see less injury from this cause
in this locality. I have also taken a single specimen on Anona
reticulata. All of the cultivated anonaceous fruits in the Philip-
pine Islands were imported from America; therefore it is
probable that this insect finds its natural food among native
anonaceous fruits of the Philippine forests.°®

* After this paper, describing an apparently new species of Egropa, had
gone to the printer, I made what is, to me, an exceedingly important and
interesting discovery: that Distant, although he did not recognize the iden-
tity of Melichar’s Egropa [Fauna Brit. India—Rhynch. (1906), 3, 368],
has since described entirely congeneric species in the genus Hilda (= Isth-
mia Stal, preoce.). Kirkaldy and Distant had considered-this one of the
Isside, though Stal had associated it with Tettigometra. Melichar properly
placed it—as Hgropa—in the Tettigometride. Thus set on the right track,
I soon discovered that my supposedly new species of Hgropa was identical
with Isthmia breviceps Stal, a species apparently not recognized since its
description in 1870. I have a second Philippine species from Palawan, as
yet unstudied. The generic synonymy and bibliography of this economic-
ally important group is as follows:

Genus Hilda Kirkaldy

Isthmia Walker—nom. preoce.—List Hom. (1851), 3, 7382; STrAt, Hem.
Afr. (1866), 4, 218.
Hilda Kirkaldy, Entomologist (1900), 243.
Egropa Melichar, Hom. Ceylon (1903), 82; DisTaNT, Fauna Brit. Ind.—
Rhynch. (1906), 3, 368.

Hilda undata Walker.
Isthmia WALKER, List. Hom. (1851), 3, 782. Sierra Leone.

Hilda funesta Stal.
Tettigometra Stal, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1854), 249; WALKER, List Hom.
Suppl. (1858), 336; Stat, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1862), 494.
Isthmia Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 219. Sierra Leone.

Hilda patruelis Stal.
Tettigometra STAL, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1855), 100.
Isthmia STAL, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 219. Caffraria.
Hilda breviceps Stal.
Isthmia STAL, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1870), 761. Philippines (Luzon).
Hilda inusta Mel.
Egropa MELICHAR, Hom. Ceylon (1908), 82. Ceylon.
Hilda jacobsoni Bierm.
Egropa BIERMAN, Ent. Ber. (1907), 2, No. 34, 162, Java; BIERMAN,
Notes Leyden Mus. (1907), 29, 158.
Hilda malayensis Dist.
DISTANT, Rec. Ind. Mus. (1908), 2, 129. Siam, Malay States, Bukit
Besar.

Hilda bengalensis Dist.
Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1909), 3, 41. Bengal.

x * 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 139

Hilda breviceps Stal.

Color.—Upper part of face and narrow margin of vertex black;
remainder of head stramineous; below stramineous; femora api-
cally, tibiee and tarsi, darker; sides of venter pale green. Pro-
notum green, becoming brownish posteriorly, the submargin
narrowly black, the margin white, and the anterior margin may
also be more or less narrowly whitish. Scutellum green, nar-
rowly black-margined posteriorly. Tegmina clear brown, with 4
paler areas, the darker areas blackish edged near costa,. the
blackish edges in every case flanked by small, elongate, shining
white calloused stripes; a white calloused stripe in the clavus,
another between this and the base of the tegmina on claval suture;
and a third along the anal margin. Distad of the white stripe on
disk of clavus is a commissural green spot; a minute white dash
occurs on the inner apical margin (Plate I, fig. 1). In the male
all of the greens and browns are darkened, becoming almost black,
bringing the white markings out in strong relief. All below, and
sometimes portions above, more or less covered with a pulverulent
white wax.

General proportions of body as in Hilda inusta Mel. Width
of the vertex (Plate I, fig. 2) somewhat more than twice the
length, the fore margin broadly and evenly rounded, and the
surface minutely rugulose. Width of pronotum slightly more
than three and one half times the length, the hind margin nearly
straight, the surface, as also that of scutellum, with sparse and
very minute setigerous punctures. Scutellum one half longer
than vertex and pronotum together. Upper margin of head, as
seen from side (Plate I, fig. 3), irregularly curved. Face deeply
concave above the central umbo. Ocellus touching eye. Last
antennal joint of great size, the length two and one half times the
width, tapering to the tip, which reaches the upper margin of
the eyes. Form of face shown in Plate I, fig. 4; female genitalia
in Plate I, fig. 6; male genitalia in Plate I, fig. 5. Wing venation
as in text fig. 1. Tegmina very brittle coriaceous, venation
indistinct, the general surface convex, but sharply and deeply
grooved along the claval suture. Length of female, 5 milli-
meters, of male, 4.25.

Egg.—tThe egg (Plate I, fig. 10) is deposited in masses of from
10 to 100 or more, neatly arranged side by side in adjoining rows
on the surface of a fruit or leaf. They measure 0.3 by 0.65 milli-
meter, and are pale yellow, the surface covered with sharply
raised reticulations. The micropylar end is provided with a short
stalk, capped by a pure white knob.

140 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Nymph.—tThe nearly full-grown nymph is a most extraordi-
nary object, reminding one strongly of certain membracid
nymphs. The pronotum possesses 3 fingerlike projections, the
middle one of which is much the largest. The mesonotum pos-
sesses one similar median projection. The abdominal segments
at sides are extended into huge acute projections as shown in
Plate I, fig. 7. The face of the nymph (Plate I, fig. 8) should be
compared with that of the adult. The antennz and vertex, espe-
cially, differ very strikingly from those of the adult. Plate I,
fig. 9, is a view of the head and thorax of the nymph from in
front, looking in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the body.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

Living in extensive colonies on the young fruits of the guana-
bana (Anona muricata).

This species is very close to

Hilda jacobsoni Bierman, but

is distinct in form of frontal

2 umbo and other structural de-

tails, as well as in outlines of

nearly all parts of the color
pattern of tegmina.

In 1870 Stal? described the
new genus and species Augila
sulciceps, remarking, ‘‘Genus
singulare, maxime insigne,
optime, ut puto, prope Callis-
celem locandum.” This re-
mained a monotypic genus until 1906, when Distant* added a
second species, A. binghami. In his monograph of the Isside,
Melichar placed this genus in the Calisceline (‘‘Caliscelide’’),
and it is the first species to be treated in the monograph. The
chief reason for so placing it must have been Stal’s suggestion,
for, by Melichar’s definition, Auwgila could not possibly be placed
in that subfamily. Melichar introduces a difficulty into the
study of the genus, in that his figure of the species, supposedly
made from the type (since he quotes “Stalsche Type im Museum
in Stockholm” after the description), differs widely from Stal’s
original figure,? leaving one to wonder which figure is correct.
In Stal’s figure the width of pronotum is about four times the
length, while in Melichar’s it is about two and three fourths

Fic. 1. Wing of Hilda breviceps Stal.

"Hemp. Ins. Philipp. (1870), 754.
8 Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1906), 3, 335.
°O)}Ds Clitry IL IDs

RD; 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 141

times. The proportions of scutellum are likewise entirely dif-
ferent in the two figures, and the venation of tegmina beyond
the nodal vein is even specifically different. I have encountered
3 distinct species of this remarkable genus in the Philippines,
none of which even nearly corresponds to the descriptions and
figures of A. sulciceps, as given by either Stal or Melichar.
Evidently the type of A. sulciceps needs to be restudied and
refigured. If Distant’s figure is correct (he gives almost no
structural characters in the specific description) , then his species
is very distinct from anything yet found in the Philippines.

In Luzon I have also discovered a fulgorid with the general
habitus and some of the essential characters of Augila, and evi-
dently closely related to it, though differing widely in a number
of respects. Melichar has made this the type of a new genus,
Augilina, naming its sole representative A. longipes.° This
genus is still more widely removed from any other genus in the
Caliscelinzee than is Augila. In my opinion these two genera
should constitute a new subfamily, to come before the Calisceline.

Sufamily AUGILINZE novum

A subfamily of the Issidez, coordinate with Caliscelinze, Hemi-
sphaerine, and Issine. Distinguished by the long and slender
body, very slender abdomen, and the very long and parallel-sided
membranaceous tegmina, which surpass the abdomen, and which
have a strong transverse nodal vein, passing across from apex
of clavus to costa, proximad of which occur very few cells. Ver-
tex narrower than eye width and acutely produced far in front of
eyes. All legs very long, the forelegs more than three times the
length of head and pronotum together.

Genera of the subfamily Augiline.

a’. Vertex declivous; apical area of tegmina with numerous supernumerary
veinlets and cells; anterior femora and tibize laminately inflated.
_Augila Stal.
a’. Vertex distinctly upturned; apical area of tegmina without supernum-
erary veinlets, anterior femora and tibize not laminately inflated.
Augilina Melichar.
Synopsis of the species of Augila.
a. Tegmina apically evenly rounded, with at least 1 large cell before the
nodal vein; length of vertex less than five times the width between eyes.
b*. Face shorter than vertex (as figured by Melichar), and its margin
straight in side view; apical area of tegmina only brown on inner
j OXON KOY 0 Vee eee cece ey sae cl nig een Ue ott De A. sulciceps Stal.

* This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, 276, Pl. I, fig. 8.

142 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

b*. Face always longer than vertex, and its margin deeply sinuate in
side view; apical area of tegmina all brown, or both sides decolored.
c’, Tegmina with 3 large anteapical cells, one of these being in the
middle area, the supernumerary cells of apical area compara-

tively few and all long and narrow (as figured by Distant).
A. binghami Dist.
c’. Tegmina with only 2 large anteapical cells, without one in middle
area; supernumerary cells very numerous, many short and broad.
d’. Lateral carine of vertex evenly curved; the gene very short as
seen in vertex ViCW....-...-.---..-:--c-ccseceecceeersnedeaee A. valdesii sp. nov.
ad’. Lateral carine of vertex distinctly bisinuate on anteocular por-
tion; the gene long as seen in vertex view.
A. negrosensis Sp. nov.
a’. Tegmina strongly angulated at outer tip, with only 1 large anteapical

cell; length of vertex more than six times width between eyes.

A. angulata sp. nov.

Augila valdesii sp. nov.

Color entirely sordid stramineous, except the legs. Forelegs
darker, with 2 rather indistinct still darker bands across the fore
tibiz. ‘Middle and hind legs white, with hind coxze and extreme
tips and bases of hind femora somewhat darkened. Tegmina
hyaline, the main veins brown, the supernumerary veins red.

Length of vertex (Plate II, fig. 14) about four and one half
times the width between the eyes, the lateral carinze evenly
curved, the median sulcus somewhat cross striate posteriorly,
smooth anteriorly. Width of pronotum about four times the
length, with 2 strong longitudinal furrows, one on each side of
median line, the surface smooth. The scutellum smooth, with
lateral carinze nearer to median line than in A. negrosensis, and
the entire area between the carine strongly depressed. Upper
margin of head as seen from side (Plate II, fig. 17) broadly and
shallowly emarginate, the margin somewhat elevated beyond the
concavity. Face emarginated distinctly below the middle. Ocel-
lus distinctly farther from the eye than its own width. Antenne
with somewhat swollen tips. Venation of apical area of tegmina
as shown in Plate II, fig. 15. The male genitalia cannot be
studied without dissection, which will require more material than
is available; however, a partial side view, simply showing the
sutures as they appear, is given in Plate II, fig. 16.

Male, length to tip of tegmina, 8.5 millimeters.

Luzon, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

This very distinct species is named for Julian Valdez, an or-
phaned Cuban, whom I took under my protection eleven years
ago, and have since trained to be one of the most efficient field
collectors known to me.

iD) 2 Baker: Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea 143

Augila negrosensis Sp. nov.

Color piceous to black with the following parts sordid stramin-
eous: Head above and around eyes, tip of scutellum, mesonotum,
metanotum, base of abdomen above, 2 spots on inner lamina of
fore tibiz, bases of middle femora, middle tibiz, and hind tibia
- toward tips. Tarsi all whitish, with the last joint black-tipped
above. Tegmina hyaline, the main veins black, the apical area
dark brown, the veins of apical area reddish.

Width of vertex between eyes (Plate II, fig. 20) about one
fifth the length, the lateral carinz strongly bisinuate on ante-
ocular area, the intercarinal area at this point more deeply sulcate
and with inner surface smooth and shining. Width of pronotum
somewhat more than three times the length, with a strong com-
plete median groove, the surface sparsely punctate. Scutellum
minutely transversely wrinkled and with complete longitudinal
carine on the midlateral lines. Upper margin of head, as seen
from side (Plate II, fig. 21), broadly bisinuately emarginate.
Margin of face in side view strongly incurved at about the middle.
Ocellus distant about its own width from the eye. Antenne
nearly cylindrical. Venation of apical area of tegmina as shown
in Plate II, fig. 19; wing venation as shown in Plate II, fig. 18.

Male, length to tips of tegmina, 9.5 millimeters.

NEGROS, Occidental Negros, Cuernos Mountains (coll. Baker).

In coloration this species strongly resembles A. sulciceps and
A. binghami, but is very distinct from these in structural charac-
ters, at least as these are described and figured by Stal, Melichar,
and Distant.

Augila angulata sp. nov.

Color entirely pale stramineous, the fore legs sparsely speckled
with brown dots and with a single brown band across the fore
tibize ; the venter blackish; middle and hind legs white, with bases
of hind femora darkened; pronotum and scutellum with a median
red line. Tegmina hyaline, the veins all very pale except near
inner tip, where they are reddish; the apical area brownish except
along inner and outer margins.

Width of vertex (Plate II, fig. 12) between eyes about one sixth
the length, the lateral carinz very gradually curved, a large part
of the median sulcus cross striate, though smooth anteriorly.
Width of pronotum about three times the length, with a carina
on either side of median line and a broad median sulcus between
these carine. Scutellum smooth, with longitudinal carine on
the midlateral areas. Upper margin of head as seen from side

144 The Philippine Journal of Science

(Plate II, fig. 11) not emarginate, the line slightly raised before
the apex. Face emarginated just below middle. Ocellus its
own width from the eye. Antenne very short, the last joint
globular. Tegmina strongly angulated at outer tips, the venation
of apical area as shown in Plate II, fig. 13.

Female, length to tips of tegmina, 9.5 millimeters.

LUZON, Laguna, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

This species differs widely from all others of the genus by the
form of tegmina.

ILLUSTRATIONS

[Drawings by Baker. All, except that of the egg, are made to the same scale.]

PLATE I

Fics. 1 to 10. Hilda breviceps Stal.

1, tegmina; 2, vertex, pronotum, and scutellum; 3, side
view of head and pronotum; 4, face in view at right
angle to plane of surface between umbo and clypeus;
5, male genitalia; 6, female genitalia; 7, nymph; 8,
face of nymph; 9, front view of head and pronotum of
nymph in line of long axis of body; 10, egg.

PLATE II

Fies. 11 to 13. Augila angulata sp. nov.
11, side view of head; 12, vertex; 13, apical area of
tegmina.
14 to 17. Augila valdesii sp. nov.
14, vertex; 15, apical area of tegmina; 16, side view of
male genitalia; 17, side view of head.
18 to 21. Augila negrosensis sp. nov.
18, apical portion of wing; 19, apical area of tegmina;
20, vertex; 21, side view of head and pronotum.

TEXT FIGURE

Fig. 1. Wing of Hilda breviceps Stal.
145

sa iy
pa eee

rig

ans ck tee

AR SN Ball AE Ts

a tye (ary x Eid Aly ee
hate sas ition ny ie aay jot tage ee ano
. ai har ma 7

(Ary

| BMOITS § We) ee

| nl: Oe ois AF Oe SED meld ys eeaht itepane che, ‘etd

Laban

eat any eh date woes me.
Be 7 Bike. ntl ta? he a ofibda poorkey aban eh | CATR RS | Semen
: < tha Te) rere A walt uae fare eae wabr Aa A
rae vagis hee dp Woawiwl 6 san ithe 20 snahy At sfgaR oi ah 7
US dave it Late im: alamat oF rere ‘ante aS
Ww. onmenvag: baa baad ly wolh peer WS geen 10 anal
; Sis ie vied Ny alee aft, Ye sha his ene 4

SS cteatnnt eae ae

: ae a white ee abhiuh: wee

ey Bee Lote? BE et ek eee 1 Lins Ye wale allie 01
RNS A ;

ely RR ae yh al} stir she oh

Ua see seni, erg ee CS ee fasten ‘ ee eee
t Soe ee cupped gitip Wea et ale Vacs inher 57 EE ci).
Pea re ee sf 7
jepey > 9, be es Bil re ie «Garba ¥ ie Peery Fithigre ;
: bh es" oo? Arh f ie q 7 ee on
uy r
rae
x S
—
d
;

BAKER: CERTAIN PHILIPPINE FULGOROIDEA. ] [Pui. Journ. Sci., X, D, No. 2.

PLATE I.

Hilda breviceps St&l. 1, tegmina; 2, vertex, pronotum, and scutellum; 3, side view of head
and pronotum; 4, face in view at right angle to plane of surface between umbo and

clypeus; 5, male genitalia; 6, female genitalia; 7, nymph; 8, face of nymph; 9, front view

of head and pronotum in line of long axis of body; 10, egg.

eS ;
a
Z
YZ hs
»

CV
a

YZ
[2

a= : A ¥

CAS VL ore

Ae ee Shak |
SS

and pronotum.

ARE ATYA SPINIPES NEWPORT AND ATYA ARMATA
MILNE EDWARDS SYNONYMS FOR ATYA
MOLLUCCENSIS DE HAAN?

By R. P. COWLES

(From the Department of Zodlogy, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)

ONE TEXT FIGURE

In 1868 Eduard von Martens! stated that he had received
several specimens of the genus Atya from the Philippine Islands.
The specimens differed from one another in the size and arma-
ture of the third legs and in the body length, but they were
otherwise similar, and von Martens reached the conclusion that
they were all of the same species. The largest specimen agreed
with Atya armata Milne Edwards,’ collected in the Philippines,
and described as having a long heavy spine on the lower border
of the merus of the third leg. However, von Martens’s smaller
specimens agreed with the description of species of Atyoida in:
which the third legs are but slightly larger than the fourth
and fifth and in which there is only a weak, slender, and incon-
spicuous spine on the merus. Specimens intermediate in size
showed gradations from the large third legs with the heavy
spine to the small third legs with the weak inconspicuous
spines. As a result of his observations von Martens rightly
discarded the genus Atyoida, considering the specimens upon
which it was based as the young of some species like Atya
armata.

Recently I have collected atyas from a mountain stream near
Manila and have obtained a series similar to that of von Mar-
tens’s. The largest males agree very well with the description
of Atya armata except that the lower margin of the rostrum is
toothed, a fact which has been observed by Bouvier. In a series
arranged according to the body length, the third legs grade in
size from a condition found in the largest males, where they
are much larger than the fourth and fifth legs, to a condition
found in the small males, where they are of about the same size
as the fourth and fifth legs. The graded reduction in the size

* Arch. f. Naturgeschichte (1868), 34. 47.
* Ann. Soc. ent. France (1864), 33. 47.
147

148 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

of the spine on the merus of the third legs is evident in this
series in passing from the old males to the younger males. Be-
fore having seen von Martens’s paper, I had come to the con-
clusion that I was dealing with the young and old of the same
species, which increases the value of my confirmation of von
Martens’s observation.

The exceptionally large third legs are characteristic only of
the old males in our specimens. In the females the third legs
are always a little larger than the fourth and fifth, but they
never approach the size found in the large males. Furthermore
the large heavy spine is not present in the females, but in its
place there are the slender acute spines similar to the ones which
are found in the young males.

A comparison of 7 specimens, the largest 70 millimeters and
the smallest 25 millimeters in length, shows interesting grada-
tions in the size and character of the spines on the third, fourth,
and fifth legs.

Specimen 1 (museum No. 1380) is an old male, 70 millimeters
in length, with 3 teeth on the ventral border of the rostrum.
The right third leg has a large immovable spine on the ventro-
lateral surface of the merus near the distal end. The merus of
the right fourth leg has 1 slender movable spine almost ventral
in: position and near the distal end. The merus of the right
fifth leg has 2 slender movable spines which are ventral in
position, one being near the distal end and the other at about
the middle. The conditions are similar for the left legs, except
that on the merus of the fifth leg there is no spine in the
middle region (fig. 1, a, b, c).

Specimen 2 (museum No. 1371) is a slightly younger male,
56 millimeters long, with 5 teeth on the ventral border of the
rostrum. The merus of the right third leg has 1 large im-
movable spine, smaller than the spine in specimen 1, on the
ventrolateral surface near the distal end. The merus of the
fourth leg has 2 slender movable spines, one near the distal end
and the other about one third of the length of the merus poste-
rior to the distal end. The merus of the fifth leg shows 3 slender
movable spines, the most posterior being two thirds of the length
of the merus posterior to the distal end. The conditions are
similar for the left legs (fig. 1, d, e, f).

Specimen 3 (museum No. 1371) is 58 millimeters long and
has 4 teeth on the ventral border of the rostrum. Although
this specimen is 2 millimeters longer than specimen 2, its third
legs are not so heavy, and I consider it to be less mature. The
merus of the right third leg bears 2 spines—a heavy immovable

x,D,2 Cowles: Synonyms for Atya molluccensis de Haan 149

one in the usual position but smaller than that of No. 2 and a
slender slightly movable one anterior to it. This slender spine
seems to correspond to the one Milne Edwards described for the
type of Atya armata. The merus of the right fourth leg
bears 3 movable spines, the most posterior of which is situated
at about the middle of the length of the merus. The merus
of the right fifth leg has 2 movable spines. Similar conditions
are found in the left legs, except that the merus of the fifth leg
bears 3 movable spines (fig. 1, g, h, 2, 7).

Specimen 4 (museum No. 1371) is 56 millimeters long, and I

eadioaay | TOUTS: Se,
d
CP! ;
See ae, Sn
Serre contin =) —p

n @)

Fig. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan. a, b, c, specimen 1, meri of the right
third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; d, e, f, specimen 2, meri of the
right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; g, h, i, specimen 3, meri of
the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; j, specimen 3, merus
of the left fifth leg; k, l, m, specimen 4, meri of the right third, fourth, and
fifth legs, respectively; n, 0, p, specimen 5, meri of the right third,
fourth, and fifth legs, respectively.

consider it to be less mature than any of the specimens already
mentioned. It has 6 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum.
The merus of the right third leg has 2 sharp movable spines (the
most distal one is only slightly movable) and a swelling between
the two, the latter indicating the beginning of the heavy spine
of older specimens. The merus of the right fourth leg has 4
slender movable spines, and the merus of the fifth legs bears
3 movable spines. The conditions are similar for the left legs
(iiss lism):

Specimen 5 (museum No. 1371) has 6 teeth on the lower border
of the rostrum and is 42 millimeters long. There are 2 movable
spines on the merus of the right third leg, 4 movable spines on

150 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

the merus of the fourth leg, and 3 movable spines on the merus
of the right fifth leg. The conditions are similar for the left legs,
except that there are only 3 spines on the merus of the fourth leg
(fig. 1, 2, 0, p).

Specimen 6 (museum No. 13871) is 34 millimeters long and
has 38 teeth on the lower border of the rostrum. There are 2
movable spines on the merus of the right third leg, 4 on the merus
of the right fourth leg, and 3 on the corresponding segment of
the fifth leg. The conditions are similar for the feft legs.

Our smallest individual, specimen 7 (museum No. 13877), is
25 millimeters long and has 4 teeth on the lower border of the
rostrum. There are 3 movable teeth on the merus of the right
third leg, 4 movable teeth on the merus of the right fourth leg,
and 3 movable teeth on the merus of the right fifth leg. The
conditions for the left legs are similar.

The third leg is conspicuously larger in diameter than the rest
of the legs in specimen 1, but this difference becomes gradually
less marked in Nos. 2, 3, and 4, and it is hardly noticeable in the
smaller specimens. These 7 specimens show a reduction in the
number of spines on the merus of the fifth leg from 3 movable
spines in specimen 7 to 1 or 2 movable spines in specimen 1; on
the merus of the fourth leg they show a reduction from 4 movable
spines in specimen 7 to 3 movable spines in specimen 3, to 2
movable spines in specimen 2, and to 1 movable spine in spec-
imen 1; on the merus of the third leg they show a reduction
from 3 movable spines in specimen 7 to 2 movable spines in
specimen 6, to 2 movable spines (the most distal only slightly
so) and the rudiment of the heavy spine between the two in
specimen 4, to 1 slightly movable spine and 1 immovable spine
in specimen 3, and to 1 immovable spine in specimens 1 and 2.
It is probable that all of these specimens belong to the same
species; that with increasing age or degree of maturity there
is a reduction of the number of spines on the meri of the third,
fourth, and fifth legs; that on the approach of maturity in
the male the heavy spine begins to make its appearance (specimen
4) on the merus of the third leg; that during the succeeding
molts the heavy spine becomes well developed and the slender
movable spine posterior to the heavy spine disappears (specimen
3) ; and finally, that the slender spine anterior to the heavy spine
ceases to exist (specimens 1 and 2).

I am very much inclined to believe that Atya spinipes New-
port,’ described from a specimen found in the Philippines, is a

°Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1847), 19, 159.

x, D,2 Cowles: Synonyms for Atya molluccensis de Haan 151

young male or female of the form described by Milne Edwards
as Atya armata and that Newport failed to record the tooth-
ing on the lower border of the rostrum.‘ In fact, Milne Edwards
states that Atya armata differs from Atya spinipes with regard
to the spines on the third legs and in that the merus of Atya
spinipes is smooth. (Newport, however, describes it as almost
smooth.) If a comparison of the specimens in our collection
with the types of Atya armata A. Milne Edwards and Atya
spinipes Newport should show that the young are identical with
‘the latter and the old with the former, A. armata and A. spinipes
should be considered as identical.

Finally, it seems probable from the work of Miers,> de Man,° ~
and Bouvier 7 that Atya armata A. Milne Edwards is synonymous
with Atya molluccensis de Haan, and from my own observations
that Atya spinipes Newport also is synonymous with the latter
species.

“Dr. W. T. Calman informs me by letter that Bouvier figures the type of
Atya armata with teeth on the lower side of the rostrum and that he
(Calman) finds these teeth are present in many if not all the specimens that
he has referred to Atya molluccensis and to A. spinipes.

*Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1880), 5, 382.

° Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlaindish Ost-Indien (1892),
2, 357.

"Bull. Sci. France et Belgique (1905), 39, 118.

oh Paine sith ers La, Sienna Abia sabre

Fenian) tiveness ac oot wae RRR: es |

yrineehcc tone RECA repute peas ms Nie ‘hip li alted te oieng)

‘eh Nome ae eos be: ibe etgirarined aime cutteoat

“ro hahha ane “Hit eeaingbilne. at Sonia ied, i

hbo Ble ei aI Acie opening ight

Hane baobab se Stee eternity: tak ppb itih Rinne ee

nine: lal eadaphiesiei ean ial ftepcbheriiet

Kh Mit raat ae Dee

z isa ole Hive ey Facey any cetemeai (chi tactnareg ee |

Ware din’ RE Gaye, avy ia et ent) We MMR i {hh Rael”

ORR ATE ah) A ED Li, Pate ile: oth aan ane

SAR SRT EEE Seay aaa “snot has wf ean} dyin Sid ihn gs ay

aM hepa: A SC Cue ag. rae at i) hi te s Fi ae

1 Vee speaiie mn,

i Ve fi song dik sale on Iypldi nati ‘et hoa setianl ng ie

ay fae) ote mene hyo gah, the: etek tar, pit ae, if i
bar oeecerpeaerer te? dia ho 1 Vitae A Poesy

eke} } y " i } vids ©) We ea a cone i

ba SSRN, a 1 OLR A TR

hes orth ieitey rho et ry ‘ott ‘api aa

Dues

At ade ee via ie aed ia

fe ; ms Naat ‘eT er ule to if HM puri Bila “anit a)

’ ; ‘ 2 wi Cae) A
is ad iio nh We f

ran ie Te

ILLUSTRATION
TEXT FIGURE

Fig. 1. Atya molluccensis de Haan.

a, b, c, specimen 1, meri of the right third, fourth, and fifth legs,
respectively; d, e, f, specimen 2, meri of the right third, fourth,
and fifth legs, respectively; g, h, 1, specimen 3, meri of the right
third, fourth, and fifth legs respectively; 7, specimen 3, merus of
the left fifth leg; k, 1, m, specimen 4, meri of the right third,
fourth, and fifth legs, respectively; n, 0, p, specimen 5, meri of
the right third, fourth, and fifth legs, respectively.

1326385 153

40) it AMTeU AL
aman PERE
‘nota ols : |

iad sth he pre ule? sgh Pr) 40. Hae,
enn sfenid dk ee bade fisea: & ©. hoailaaite Ay Pl

Sitti ak Yo Tapeh) gh temeett paga| A Uavdtusqent degot

io reveie ff ronnie fer Riomqied aed ae baa we (he
pitied teste eatt Yo Dene’ noenioega se) PA eel ae
toctener 4 reapiiooas Awe paler ieee Jewel atten | {sti,

; chieksoanne ae, dh Baa virniat Britt, ss

NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA

PART IV: NOTES ON PHILIPPINE STOLONIFERA AND XENIID&

By S. F. Licut

(From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)

While the littoral alcyonarian faune of Zanzibar, Ternate,
Amboina, and of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes havé
been studied by well-known scientists—Kiikenthal, Hickson,
Schenk, May, Thomson and Henderson, and others—the remark-
ably rich and varied fauna of the numberless shallow-water coral
reefs of the Philippine Archipelago seems almost entirely to have
been neglected. With the exception of the few littoral specimens
collected by the Challenger expedition at Mactan Island, near
Cebu, and at Zamboanga, Mindanao,’ and a few specimens
collected by Sanderson, Jagor, and Miiller,? the shallow-reef
Alcyonaria of the Philippine Islands have been practically un-
touched. The Alcyonaria collected by the United States Bureau
of Fisheries steamer Albatross in Philippine waters have not
been reported on, but it is to be expected that they will be mainly
deep-sea or deep-littoral forms.

It is not strange, therefore, that we find but two species of the
suborder Stolonifera recorded from the Philippines: Tubipora
musica Linneeus, recorded by Wright and Studer: from Zam-
boanga, and Clavularia inflata Schenk var. luzoniana May,
reported by May ? from Albay Province, Luzon.

The aleyonarian collection of the University of the Philippines
is made up of Alcyonaria collected on the joint scientific expedi-
tions of the University of the Philippines and the Philippine
Bureau of Science to Port Galera Bay on the northern coast of
Mindoro and to Taytay Bay on the east coast of Palawan, of
many specimens collected by Griffin and Wharton in the Bantayan
Islands off the northwest coast of Cebu, of a large number of
specimens from the interisland cables in various localities and

*Wright, E. P., and Studer, Th., Report on the Alcyonaria collected by
H. M. 8. Challenger during the years 1873-87. The voyage of H. M. S.
Challenger, Zoology. London (1889), 31, v-Ixxii + 1-814, Pls. I-XLII.

* May, S. J., Beitrage zur Systematik der Alcyonaceen, Jena. Zeitschr. f.
Naturw. (1899), 33.

155

156 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

at depths of from 20 to 300 meters collected by Day and Light,
and of a few specimens from Mariveles at the mouth of Manila
Bay. This collection contains a large series of specimens of
Stolonifera and Xeniidz from these widely separated localities,
and gives a very good idea of the relative abundance and dis-
tribution of the species of these groups in the Islands. !

Although dredging has been carried on by various expeditions
in the waters of the Philippines, no species of deep-sea or deep-
littoral Stolonifera or Xeniidz has been reported from the Is-
lands, and all the specimens in our collection, with two exceptions,
are from shallow-water reefs. One of these exceptions is a small
species of Cornularia with minute polyps and a perisarclike
horny covering on the basal portion of the polyps and on the
stolons. It was found growing on a large colony of Siphonogor-
gia variabilis Hickson taken from a cable at a depth of 90 meters.
The other is a specimen from a cable at a depth of from 20 to
100 meters, and is probably an undescribed species of Cespi-
tularia.

While on the collecting expeditions mentioned I had excellent
opportunities for observing the Philippine species of Stolonifera
and Xeniidz in their habitat. One cannot but be impressed by
the flowerlike beauty of the large distinct polyps of Anthelia and
Xenia. With their beautiful iridescent shades of blue and
green or rich velvety brown, their gracefully flexible polyps
waving with the currents, and their slender featherlike tentacles
they present a picture of unusual grace and charm. The smaller,
shorter, and more rigid starlike distal moieties of Tubipora, or
of Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard with their solid green,
blue, or light velvety brown colors, present a decidedly different
appearance, but one as distinctly pleasing; and the sudden
change, which takes place when the colony, disturbed by some
sudden jar or by a shadow, suddenly retracts the distal moieties
of its polyps, exposing the red expanse of the rest of the colony,
is very startling. Preserved specimens lack much of this beauty
of form and color, but they are still among the most beautiful
specimens of a collection. The difference in appearance in pre-
served pieces from the same colony is often so great that one
might easily believe that they were specimens of different species.
Studies ‘of these forms carried on in their habitats and accom-
panied by colored drawings of the living colonies and by figures
of polyps or entire colonies killed in contraction and of others
killed in expansion would be of great value in putting the classi-
fication of the species of these genera on a more secure and scien-
tific basis. I have found that fully expanded specimens may be

X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 157

obtained best by allowing them to expand in aquaria and adding
magnesium sulphate a little at a time until they are so anes-
thetized as to cease to respond to stimuli, after which they may
be placed in the preserving fluid. Most of our specimens are
preserved in from 4 to 10 per cent formalin and remain much
more flexible and keep their color longer than those preserved in
alcohol. However, some specimens which have been in formalin
for a number of years are beginning to show signs of degener-
ation, and alcohol seems to be a better preservative for museum
specimens.

Our collection contains species belonging to each of the four
clearly defined and well-known genera of the Cornulariide:
namely, Cornularia Lamarck, Anthelia Savigny, Clavularia Quoy
and Gaimard, and Sympodiuwm Ehrenberg. I follow Kitikenthal *
in retaining the well-defined and distinct genus Anthelia and
in dropping the generic name Rhizoxenia for which Miiller has
recently tried to make a case.* The type species, R. thalassan-
tha, judging from Lesson’s description® and from Haeckel’s
figures,° is undoubtedly a species of Clavularia. This makes it
necessary to drop the name Rhizoxenia, and if the genus is still
retained it must be given Philippi’s name Evagora,' first used
for E. rosea (R. rosea of Dana, von Koch, and others). If the
genus is not retained, those of its species whose polyps are
entirely retractile will fall within the genus Sympodium; and
those whose polyps have a distal moiety retractile within a
proximal moiety, within the genus Clavularia: It also seems °
best, as Schenk ® has pointed out, to consider Stereosoma cele-
bense Hickson ® as a species of Anthelia in order to prevent the
possibility of a recurrence of such a confusion of genera as has
until recently existed in the family Cornulariide. Hickson’s
arrangement of the genera of the Cornulariidz *° in which he
places Cornularia and Stereosoma in a separate family, the
Cornulariide, characterized by their lack of spicules and pre-

*Kiukenthal, W., Die Stammesgeschichte und die geographische Verbrei-
tung der Alcyonaceen, Verhandl. d. deutsch. Zool. Ges. (1906), 188.

“Uber die Aleyonaceen-Gattung Rhizoxenia Ehrenberg, Mitt. a. d. Zool.
Stat. zu Neapel (1910), 20, 94-99.

*I have not had access to Lesson’s work, but the important part of his
description is given by Miller in footnote 1, p. 94, of the volume cited above.

°Arabische Korallen. Berlin (1875).

" Zoologische Beobachtungen, Arch. f. Naturg. (1842), 8, 33-45.

* Clavulariiden, Xeniiden, und Alcyoniden von Ternate, Abhandl. d. Senk-
kenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1.

*Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13.

** The Cambridge Natural History, Coelenterata and Ctenophora (1906),
lle

158 The Philippine Journal of Science | 1915

sumably, although he does not mention it, by the horny secretion
common to both, seems to me to be essentially artificial, as the
absence of spicules is not a safe diagnostic character in this
instance—I have a species of Anthelia which is without spicules
and one is mentioned by May—and further, the horny secretion
seems to be of a different nature, position, and perhaps origin
in the two species involved.

I have recently received a specimen of Cornulariella modesta
Verrill in exchange from the United States National Museum.
From an examination of this specimen I can confirm Hickson’s
decision that while this species is, no doubt, distinctly different
from the other known species of Clavularia, it agrees with them
in generic characters and shows no other distinctive characters
which would justify its separation to form the genus Cornu-
larvella.

The genus Anthelia is the most abundant genus of the Cornu-
lariidz found on the reefs of the Philippines. It is especially
abundant in inclosed bays, such as the one at Port Galera,
Mindoro, where it is present on all the shallower parts of the
reefs. It forms incrusting growths over dead coral, débris,
stones, and on the hard sand bottom. We have one specimen
carried on the back of a Dromia-like crab, which it entirely
covers in much the same way as the sponge does the closely
related Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson as described by
Cowles.11 The commonest species agrees very well with An-
thelia fuliginosa (Ehrbg.) Kiikenthal.1? We have a large series
of specimens of this very variable species preserved in formalin,
showing all the forms mentioned by Kiikenthal, including the
“sympodium purpurascens” form which seems distinct enough to
be considered a separate species. In life A. fuliginosa is rich vel-
vety brown or brownish green, the color being due, as in most
reef Alcyonaria, to the presence in the endoderm of large num-
bers of symbiotic unicellular alge of the Zodzanthella type. The
long flexible polyps with slender, extended, and constantly mov-
ing tentacles have a strikingly flowerlike appearance. Anthelia
fuliginosa is common in the Red Sea, and according to Kiiken-
thal #2 is the only species of the genus to be found there. May
has reported it from Zanzibar,* and its wide distribution in the

1 Cowles, R. P., The habits of some tropical Crustacea, This Journal,
Sec. D (1918), 8, 119.

“Uber einige Korallenthiere des Rothen Meeres. Festschrift zum sieb-
zigsten Geburtstag von Ernst Haeckel, Denks. Med. Natur. Ges., Jena
(1904), 11, 43.

% Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33.

xD, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 159

Philippines—we have specimens from Mindoro and Palawan—
makes it the most widely distributed and commonest species of
the genus. Undoubtedly it will be found to be a common species
in the other islands of the East Indies if, indeed, it has not
already been described from those regions under another name.

The three or four other species of the genus in our collection
are each represented by but a few specimens, and some or all
of them are probably new to science. One is interesting in that
it appears to be similar to Rhizoxenia primula Dana, but the
polyps are connected by a slender creeping stolon attached to
a piece of dead Millepora. It seems very probable, as Dana
himself suspected, that such a stolon existed in his specimen, -
but was overlooked when the drawing was made. Another
beautifully expanded specimen agrees very closely with May’s
Clavularia longissima which is, of course, a species of Anthelia.

Next in number of species and in distribution in the Philip-
pines is the genus Clavularia Quoy and Gaimard, of which there
are specimens of 3 or more species in our collection. Conspicuous
among these are numerous specimens of Clavularia (Hicksonia)
viridis Quoy and Gaimard. This, as Hickson predicted, is one
of the common, it not the commonest species of Clavularia on
our reefs. Its habits agree exactly with those given by Hickson
for the same species in Celebes. Kiikenthal*® speaks of this
species under the names Anthelia celebensis and Anthelia viridis.
This is probably to be accounted for by Hickson’s misleading
statement “in habit it (Clavularia celebensis) is very similar to
C. viridis.” The species described by Hickson as Clavularia
celebensis must be considered as a species of Anthelia, but the
species described and figured by Quoy and Gaimard™ and by
Hickson as Clavularia viridis is distinctly different, and since
it has polyps whose distal portions are retractile within their
proximal portions it is a species of Clavularia, unless the facts
that the stolons originate at different heights on the polyps and
that it has a horny skeleton be considered sufficient to place it
in a separate genus (Hicksonia) .1°

A careful investigation of the anatomy of Clavularia viridis

“Dana, J. A., United States exploring expedition during the years 1838,
18389, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.
Atlas. Zoophytes. Philadelphia (1849).

* Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13.

* Verhandl. d. deutsch. Zool. Ges. (1906), 142.

“ Zoologie du Voyage de l’Astrolabe (1834).

* Delage and Herouard, Les Coelentéres. Traité de Zoologie concréte.
Paris (1901), 3.

160 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

would undoubtedly add many interesting facts to our knowl-
edge of the finer structure of the Alcyonaria. A brief study
of sections stained with iron hematoxylin has brought out sev-
eral points of interest. The walls of the stomodzeum are com-
posed of the usual columnar epithelium cells—very long and
slender and containing elongated, deeply staining nuclei so
arranged as to give the appearance of pseudo-stratified epithe-
lium. Scattered among -these cells are large gland cells con-
taining a varying amount of deeply staining granules. These
cells are slender distally and often entirely filled in their outer
portions at least with the glandular products, and I have been
unable to make out any nucleus in the outer portion. Lying
between the epithelial layer and the mesoglea is an irregular
layer made up of the large, broadly oval bases of the cells with
centrally placed, spherical, lightly staining nuclei, the mem-
brane and a minute central nucleolus of which are the only
parts which take the stain. It is very difficult to make out a
connection between this basal portion and the outer spindle-
shaped glandular portion, but I have been able to do so in a
number of cases. The granular material of the outer portion
of these cells takes an intense blue-black stain in Heidenhein’s
iron hematoxylin, and in a few instances I have found these
cells discharging their contents into the stomodezal cavity.
Ashworth?® has noted gland cells in the stomodeal walls
of Xenia and explains their presence as being due to the
absence of mesenterial filaments and the consequent necessity
for the assumption of the digestive function by the stomodzeum.
I have found these gland cells to be present, however, in the
stomodzal walls of Cornularia minuta,?® Lithophytum rigidum,
and L. philippinensis;** in Capnella ramosa and C. philippr-
nensis;?2. and even in the genera Lemnalia and Lemnalioides,”*
where the mesenterial filaments are remarkably long, reaching
to the base of the colony.

Scattered at more or less regular intervals in the inner por-
tion of the stomodzal wall are numerous short oval cells, each
containing an oval nematocyst about 0.009 millimeter in length
with a spirally coiled thread. The nematocyst seems to crowd

* Xeniidz, Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 68.

* Light, S. F., Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria, part V: Cornularia
minuta sp. nov., This Journal, Sec. D (1915), 10, No. 3.

*Tbid. (1915), 10, No. 8.

* Ibid. (1913), 8, 435.

% Thid. (1914), 9, 233.

X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 161

the cell, and the nucleus fits over its inner end like a cap. The
nuclei of these cells are at about the same level and form a
more or less regular row beyond the nuclei of the epithelial cells.
So far as I have been able to ascertain, this is the first alcyo-
narian in which nematocysts have been found in the stomodeal
walls. It is probable that its large size allows C. viridis to
ingest fair-sized living animals which are killed by the discharge
of nematocysts, preliminary to being digested in the stomodzeum
by the products of the gland cells already described.

The cells of the siphonoglyphe, which is very distinct, are
extremely long and slender with very long, slender, rod-shaped
nuclei. :

As Hickson * has pointed out the muscular ridges of the
mesenteries are very numerous and long.. In my experience
C. viridis is only second in this regard to C. violacea Quoy and
Gaimard, in which the muscle banners are enormously developed.

Hickson *4 speaks of the horny skeletal elements of C. viridis
as being present in wide lacunez in the mesoglcea and figures
them there in section as deeply staining bodies. In his figure
the spaces are much smaller in proportion to the size of the
central bodies than in my specimens. Indeed, after studying
an extensive series of sections, I am convinced that the struc-
tures which Hickson figured as skeletal elements are merely
the nuclei of spicule-forming cells. The true skeletal fibers
are to be found in the ectoderm, appearing in sections as deeply
staining crescents averaging 0.01 millimeter in length and 0.003
millimeter in greatest diameter. In a few instances these bodies
are found in the edge of the mesoglea, in which case they are
always associated with large cells evidently amceboid in charac-
ter and characterized by a very distinctly reticulated cytoplasm,
a small central nucleus with a number of chromatin centers,
and a few deeply staining granules in the cytoplasm. Further
study may show these cells to be the skeleton-producing cells.
_ Another striking and widely distributed Philippine species of
Clavularia is Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard.2> We have
numerous specimens of this from Mindoro and Palawan and
single specimens from Bantayan and from Mariveles. The red
of the proximal portions of the polyp and-of the base and the
brillant green of its distal moieties make it a very conspicuous
reef alcyonarian. The distal moieties of the polyps have about

* Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13.
** Zoologie du Voyage de !|’Astrolabe (1834).

162 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

the same color, size, and shape as those parts in Tubipora, which
is common in the same habitat, and the colonies of one genus
are easily mistaken for those of the other when seen at a
distance.

This very interesting alcyonarian is here reported for the first
time since Quoy and Gaimard reported it from Vanokoro in 1834.
Among their figures are an oral view of a polyp and a view of
the cut surface of a contracted polyp cut in half longitudinally.
A brief study of the numerous specimens in our collection has
shown several errors made by Quoy and Gaimard in their rather
superficial study of the polyp. In their figure of the oral view of
the polyp they show no pinnules on the tentacles. An examina-
tion of a number of specimens both externally and in sections
has shown that they were correct in this observation, the tentacles
showing no vestiges of pinnules. In the drawing of the half
polyp, however, the tentacles are figured as being completely in-
troverted and appear to have numerous pinnules, and a high
conical hypostome is shown on the oral surface. A superficial
examination of a contracted polyp cut in two longitudinally gives
much the same impression as the drawing of Quoy and Gaimard,
but a more careful investigation shows that the yellow mass
below the oral surface is composed of the mesenteries, which are
thickened at that point and surround the central stomodzum.
The conical hypostome of Quoy and Gaimard resolves itself into
the contracted tentacles, which form a conical mass just above
the oral surface.

The absence of any vestige of pinnules makes this a very re-
markable form, and there are many other equally interesting
characters which would well repay a detailed investigation.
Some of these are: The presence of a reticulated mesoglea
containing besides spicules large canals lined with ectodermal
cells which contain a few unicellular alge; the presence of an
external cuticle; the presence in the distal moiety of an ectoderm
of very high columnar epithelium strikingly different from that
of any other known alcyonarian; the presence near the junction
of the proximal and distal moieties between the ectoderm and
the true mesoglea of a reticulum composed of outgrowths from
the mesogloea in whose meshes lie small irregular-shaped ecto-
derm cells; and lastly the enormous development of the muscular
ridges of the mesenteries and the peculiar structure of the
swollen, upper portion of the mesenteries in which the meso-
gloea is finely reticulated and contains numerous symmetrically
placed, deeply staining, irregular-shaped bodies.

MD, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 163

The finer anatomy of Clavularia viridis and C. violacea is a
fascinating subject, and I hope at some time to be able to take it
up more fully. A third species of Clavularia seems to be rather
variable in form and size, and will probably be found to be
Schenk’s Clavularia inflata.2> Some specimens agree with May’s
C. inflata var. luzoniana.?" This is the only species of Clavularia
reported from the Philippines. May?’ reports it from Albay
Province, Luzon, and we have specimens from Bantayan Island,
Mindoro Island, and Mariveles, Luzon. A few other specimens
may prove to belong to a new species of the genus.

To the genus Sympodium.I am assigning a number of incrust-
ing colonies which have Xenia-like but retractile polyps and nu- -
merous small disk-shaped spicules. With one exception they
were found growing on the branches of dead Madrepora. They
will probably prove to belong to two or three new species. I
recall finding on one of the reefs near Taytay, Palawan, a small
pocket or hole, somewhat deeper than the remainder of the reef
and just inside the growing edge, which was filled with a mass
of branches of dead Madrepora. Growing on the branches and
connected by ribbonlike stolons were hundreds of colonies of what
appeared to be a species of Xenia, ashy gray incolor. On collect-
ing them, I found that the fleshy stalk characteristic of Xenia
was replaced by an incrusting membranous base into which the
polyps were entirely retracted when disturbed. It is colonies
of this type which I consider to belong to the genus Sympodium
now that the older species have been removed to the genus Alcyo-
nium where they more properly belong. It is interesting to note
how much more closely the polyps of these species resemble those
of Xenia in color, in the size and arrangement of the pinnules,
and in the general appearance in both living and preserved speci-
mens than they do those of Anthelia to which they would seem to
be more closely related.

The only species of Cornularia in the collection, and the first
to be reported from Asiatic waters, is the small form spoken
of before as having been found growing on colonies of Siphono-
gorgia variabilis Hickson from the cable in Albay Bay at a depth
of 90 meters. The minute size of this form—the polyps are not
more than 2.5 millimeters in height when fully expanded and
the stolons are threadlike—and the peculiar thin horny covering
of the lower portions of the polyps and of the stolons, which has

* Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1.
* Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33.

164 The Philippine Journal of Science 29165

a striking resemblance, particularly in sections, to the perisarc of
many hydroids, make it certain that this is a new species of this
very interesting genus. I am having sections made and shall
make a report on the structure of the form in the near future.
Tubipora, probably belonging to the single species 7. chamis-
sons Ehrbg. as Hickson 2° believes, is common on all the reefs of
the Philippines which I have visited and has been reported from
Zamboanga by Wright and Studer.?® In the Philippines it is,
as Crossland *° reports from Zanzibar, “‘abundant wherever coral
grows.” Philippine specimens show three distinct color varie-
ties, in one of which the distal moieties of the polyps are pale
blue, in another bright green, and in the third light velvety
brown, and many variations as to the length and diameter of the
tubes are to be found.
The xeniid fauna of the Philippine reefs, particularly of the
sheltered reefs, such as those in Port Galera Bay, Mindoro, and
in the Bantayan Islands, is luxurious and varied. The species
of this family and of the Cornulariide thrive in similar habitats,
both being numerous at Port Galera Bay and Bantayan but
strikingly scarce on the reefs of the eastern coast of Palawan.
Why these reefs are unsuited for the growth of such forms is
hard to say, unless it be because of their more exposed position.
This hypothesis seems to be supported by the fact that the few
colonies which were obtained in Palawan waters were found on
the reefs to the landward side of Pabellones Island and of another
small island in the bay. This does not seem to hold good, how-
ever, in the case of Sabong Cove, near Port Galera, Mindoro,
which is exposed, and yet has a rich fauna in the genera Clavula-
ria and Xenia and especially in the rarer genus Cespitularia.
Our collection contains species of each of the three genera of
the family of Xeniide: namely, Xenia Savigny, Cespitularia
Valenciennes, and Heteroxenia Kolliker. As elsewhere, the
species of Xenia are more numerous than those of Heteroxenia
and Cespitularia, although the species of the last-named genus
are unusually abundant in Philippine waters.
We have a very large series of specimens of Xenia belonging
to a number of species, some of which are no doubt new. The
separation of the species of this genus presents great difficulties

* Alcyonaria of the Maldives, Fauna and geog. of the Maldive and Lac-
cadive Archipelago, 2, pt. 1, 473-500.

* The voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology (1889), 31.

*° Thomson and Henderson, Marine Fauna of Zanzibar etc. from collec-
tions made by Cyril Crossland, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1906).

X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 165

owing to the lack of fixed characters and the instability of such
diagnostic characters as are used; for example, the number of
rows of pinnules, as their shape and their relative size and posi-
tions differ to a great extent with the state of contraction of the
colony when killed. The same difficulty is encountered in the
genus Anthelia. Systematic work on the species of these genera
should deal first with the living animals and then with the
preserved specimens.

One colony of Xenia is of interest in that it consists of many
small branched or single stalks bearing unusually small polyps.
These stalks, which are scattered over the branches of a dead
colony of Seriatopora, are connected by slender creeping stolons.
A number of other specimens are very similar to Xenia hicksoni
Ashworth, and one resembles Xenia rigida May,®? but shows
no dimorphism.

The collection contains specimens of Heteroxenia elisebethe
Kolliker ** from two localities which show the marked dimor-
phism maintained by Koiliker,?* Bourne,?* Ashworth,*! and others,
but denied by May,*? Schenk,?* Haacke,?* Kiikenthal,?’ and others.
The number of siphonozooids is so great in proportion to the
number of autozooids, their size is so uniform and so much less
than that of the autozooids, and these conditions have been noted |
by so many independent workers for specimens from so many
widely separated habitats that it seems hardly conceivable that
we have here merely growing polyps. If they are only auto-
zooids in different stages of development why should so many
young polyps of the same age be found on the same colony and
why should observers in so many different parts of the world
and at different seasons of the year find them at the same stage
of development as far as the tentacles are concerned and of the
same average size? The fact that one can find at the edge of
the capitulum series of young autozooids approximating in dif-
fering degree the size and form of the mature autozooids tends
rather to strengthen the case for dimorphism than to weaken
it, for were such developing autozooids never found we would

* Xeniidz, Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 68; and Xenia Hicksoni, nov.
sp., Quar. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. (1891), n. s. 42.

* Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33.

* Heteroxenia, Fest. d. Physical. Med. Ges. in Wiirzburg (1874), 13.

“Phil. Trans. (1895).

* Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896), 23, pt. 1.

* Zool. Garten (1886).

* Versuch einer Revision, etc. 9. Xeniiden. Zool. Jahrb., Syst.(1901), 17.

166 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

be forced. to believe either that such colonies had reached a
maximum development or that the so-called siphonozooids were
immature autozooids as Kiikenthal, May, and Schenk contend.

One specimen, which may be simply a contracted specimen of
H. elisebethe, shows a strong resemblance to Xenia rigida of
May,** which is a species of Heteroxenia as evidenced by its di-
morphism.*® Another specimen has a few siphonozooids similar
to those of H. elisebethx, crowded in the center of the capitulum,
and autozooids whose distal moieties appear both externally and
in section to be able to retract within the cavities of the proximal
portions—that is, within the fleshy stalk. This character has
been noted by Hickson in H. capensis,**® but the other characters
make it probable that we have here a new species of Hete-
roxenia.

In the genus Cespitularia we have a very interesting series of
specimens belonging to several different species. They range
from decidedly Xemia-like colonies, with long flexible polyps
which have all the appearance of the polyps of the ordinary reef
Xenia, the polyp-bearing portion of which, however, shows the
characteristic branching of the genus, to decidedly treelike colo-
nies with small polyps approaching in appearance the polyps of
the Nephthyidze and especially of the genus Lithophytum. Sev-
eral specimens resemble very closely Cespitularia coerulea May.
Another form has large delicate polyps, the tentacles of which
can be folded in over the oral surface. Still another, a distinctly
treelike colony from a cable at a depth of from 20 to 100 meters,
has large polyps whose distal portions are retractile within the
thin transparent proximal portions. A number of these forms
will, no doubt, prove to be new to science.

It will be seen from the foregoing notes that the shallow coral
reefs of the Philippines support an abundant and varied fauna in
the families Cornulariide, Tubiporide, and Xeniide. As this
has been shown to be the case in Ternate by Kiikenthal *° and
Schenk, in the Maldives *2 and the Celebes ** by Hickson, in
New Guinea and the near-by islands by Hickson and Hiles ** and

* Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (1899), 33.

* Marine investigations in South Africa (1902), 1, 70.

* Aleyonaceen von Ternate, Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. (1896),
23, pt. 1.

“Thid. (1896), 23.

“ Fauna and geog. Maldive and Laccadive Archipelago, 2, pt. 1.

“ Trans. Zool. Soc. London (1895), 13.

“Willey’s Zool. Res. (1900), 4, 66.

X, D, 2 Light: Philippine Alcyonaria 167

by Ashworth,*® and in Zanzibar by Thomson and Henderson “@
and Crossland and May, it was to be expected that such a fauna
would be found in the Philippines, where conditions are much
the same as in these regions.

It is interesting, in conclusion, to note the striking similarity
between the general littoral alcyonarian fauna of the Philippines
and a region so distant as Zanzibar. Briefly stated, the most
striking similarities are: The presence of Twbipora ‘wherever
coral grows,” the large number of species of Lemnalia,*’ the
presence of Paralemnalia thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Ktikenthal *® and

of a few common species of Nephthya and Lithophytum, the
presence in considerable quantities of Telesto and Coelogorgia, —
the abundance of Xeniidze and Cornulariide, and the “great
masses of Sclerophytum.”

* Ibid., 68; and Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci. (1899), n. s. 42.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1906).

* A number of species now known to belong to the genus Lemnalia were
at that time placed in the genus Lithophytwm.

“This species, formerly placed in the genus Lithophytum, has been taken
by Ktikenthal as the type species of his new genus Paralemnalia. See
Aleyonarien des Roten Meeres, Expedition S. M. Schiff “Pola” in das Rote
Meer. Zool. Ergeb. (1913), 29, 1-33 (reprint).

he o>

vey
Pie iF 7

ns i ren ig ‘
Od DS natal val

Wee 4:

e, (RAR).
wibeiat Gtk Od sae “di deers” wi ee
(Le NER ANA Re wR RRR SRR Be Ooi
4 ei hina 6 sai! aaht) he hae rey ighvattey tee eh
’ eT eect Bis Lay aan er aS ps eS aah
ih hig li
rw y Mee

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Eumer D. MERRILL
Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

Practically a complete flora of the cul-
tivated areas in the Philippines. Descrip-
tions, with keys, of over 1,000 species, 590
@enera, and 136 families, with native names,
glossary of technical terms, etc.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
IPPINE ISLANDS

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
$1, postpaid.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By Frep W. FoxwortHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy has brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZOOLOGY

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep HOo.Luister

Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid. 4

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By Ricuarp C. McGrecor

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid.

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES

; By Davin STARR JORDAN and RoBEerRT EARL

RICHARDSON
Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,
_ Postpaid.

This list will be found a convenient guide
to the synonymy of Philippine ichthyology.
The nomenclature is thoroughly revised, and
the distribution of each species within the
Philippine Islands is given.

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by Erich Martini, G. F. Prtrig,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHaArp P.
STRONG

483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12 charts and maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cleth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to~
gether with the results of certain bacte-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report.

The Bureau of Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine Islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the printed proceedings of the interna-
tional Plague Conference.

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. LI.,

or to any of the agents listed below.

Please give order number.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

CONTENTS

WHARTON, LAWRENCE D. The Eggs of Ascaris lumbricoides. 111
BERNHAUER, MAX. Zur Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen:

VI. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Indo-malayischen Fauna._....... 117
GROUVELLE, A. Dryopide et Heteroceride des Philippines... 131

BAKER, C. F. Notices of Certain Philippine Fulgoroidea, One

Being, of Economic smportancen 25. ca, eee ee ee 137
COWLES, R. P. Are Atya spinipes Newport and Atya armata
Milne Edwards Synonyms for Atya molluccensis De Haan?.... 147
LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria. Part IV: Notes
on Philippine Stolonifera and Xentide_ 0. 155
U. S.
The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency.
Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2.00
Section B. Tropical Medicine ........-....---....-2----------2---------e eee en n= 3.00
Section: GC. Botany 2225s eee se ee nee e an es re SE 2.00
Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec-
tion D began with Volume V) ........---22---2---2-2-2-2---------enenecneennene 2.00
Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V -.-......-.---.--..-------------0----- 5.00
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI .....__--_----_.--..-----------.-- 7.00
Single numbers (except of Volume I) ...--..-.---.-----..-------------------- 200
Each section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold
only with a complete file of section A, B, or C_.----------.--.-----.--- 10.00
Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.-.....--.--------------------------------0--+ 3.50
Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of
SeECLiON, As VB yr} © ei oe SE Re a eke Sue See 6.50
Single numbers of Volume (ff °- 22222-22250 nooo a a ee eee 75

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour-
nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. 1., or to any of the agents

listed below:
AGENTS

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger-
many.

Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.

A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter.

VoL. X, SEc. D, No. 3 MAy, 1915

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D.
GENERAL EDITOR

SECTION D

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALH, A. B..
C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. §.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, &9 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.
The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English
and English-Igorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By Otto SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILLER

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29

plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7

Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER
OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES
By Orto SCHEERER
and
“FE” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES —
By CARLOS EVERETT CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su-
banuns of this region were studied by Mr.
Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the people
themselves.,

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By NAsEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid.

ETHNOLOGY— Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao are
recorded in five folding diagrams.

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By WiturAmM ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, 83 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and arrows, dances, ahd various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES

PHILIPPINE HATS
By C. B. RoBInson

Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, §&
plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper is a concise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands.

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
ISLAND OF NEGROS

By HeRBerT S. WALKER

Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.

Considered from the viewpoint of prac-
tical utility, Mr. Walker’s Sugar Industry
in the Island of Negros is one of the most
important papers published by the Bureau
of Science. This volume ‘is a real contribu-
tion to the subject; it is not a mere com-
pilation, for the author was in the field and
gniers vanes the conditions of which he
writes.

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larve to-
gether with a description of the new Philip-
Pine race,

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

VOL. X MAY, 1915 No. 3

ON A COLLECTION OF STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEA FROM THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS :

A By STANLEY KEMP
(Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta, India)

ONE PLATE

The collection of Stomatopoda sent to me for examination by
the zodlogical department, University of the Philippines, is an
extremely interesting one. In addition to examples of a species
hitherto undescribed, it contains a number of scarce and imper-
fectly known forms and enables considerable additions to be
made to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of some
members of the order.

In all, 20 species and 2 varieties of Stomatopoda are now known
from the Philippine Islands, namely:

Squilla scorpio Latreille. Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Ma-
Squilla leptosquilla Brooks. son.
Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp. Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili.
Squilla oratoria De Haan. Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabricius) .
Squilla oratoria var. perpensa Kemp. Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma
Squilla nepa Latreille (Bigelow). Wood-Mason.
Squilla raphidea Fabricius. Gonodactylus demani Henderson.
Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabricius). Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks.
Pseudosquilla ornata Miers. Gonodactylus proximus sp. noy.
Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bige- Gonodactylus glaber Lenz.

low. Gonodactylus glyptocercus Wood-
Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius). Mason.
Lystosquilla acanthocarpus Miers. Gonodactylus spinosissimus Pfeffer.

All of these species, with the exception of Squwilla leptosquilla
and oratoria, sensu stricto, are present in the collection before me.
The former was obtained by the Challenger Expedition in the
vicinity of the Philippine Islands at a depth of 115 fathoms,
while of the latter a single somewhat abnormal specimen, col-

183912 169

170 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

lected in the Philippines by H. J. Veitch, is preserved in the
British Museum collection.

For the new species the name Gonodactylus proximus is sug-
gested. It belongs to a group of five very closely allied forms,
the characters of which I have discussed in some detail. Owing
to the kindness of Dr. W. T. Calman I am able to give some
further particulars, which I believe will be welcome, regarding
the structure of G. tuberosus, a species briefly described by
Pocock from the China seas.

Of Squilla hieroglyphica, represented in the collection by a
single example, only one specimen of unknown locality has
previously been recorded. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma was
hitherto known only from the Red Sea and Mauritius and Gono-
dactylus spinosissimus only from the Red Sea, Zanzibar, and
off Ceylon. If my identification is correct Gonodactylus glaber
must also extend far to the east of the localities in which it
has previously been found. Lysiosquilla vicina, a most inter-
esting species, which like its near relative in California seems
to inhabit burrows made by Balanoglossus, has hitherto been
known only from Nobili’s mutilated type specimen taken in
the Red Sea. Lysiosquilla multifasciata, another scarce form,
is represented in the collection by a series of nine specimens
which illustrate the manner in which the characteristic pigmen-
tation is developed.

I have to express my best thanks to Dr. R. P. Cowles, of the
University of the Philippines, for the opportunity of examining
this interesting collection.

STOMATOPODA
«Genus SQUILLA Fabricius

Squilla scorpio Latreille.
Squilla scorpio Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 42, Pl. II, fig. 30.
No. 0-138. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 2 ¢, 83 mm.

The two individuals are adult males; the carine of the last
abdominal somite and telson and the bases of the primary
teeth of the latter are strongly inflated, while the raptorial
claws exhibit the characteristic features of the sex. The speci-
mens seem to have deteriorated somewhat in alcohol, and unlike
much older examples in the Indian Museum collection, the black
patch on either side of the fifth thoracic somite, mentioned in
Latreille’s original description, is scarcely visible; the other
characters, however, clearly indicate that the specimens must
be referred to the typical form and not to the variety immaculata.

<1D).8 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 171

Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp.
Squilla hieroglyphica Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 51, Pl. III,
figs. 38—41.

No. 0-341. Herran Street Market, Manila, Luzon, December, 1911, 1
°, 48 mm. :

This species appears to be very scarce and has hitherto been
known only from a single example of unknown origin in the
Indian Museum collection.

The specimen from the Philippines differs in some respects
from the type, but may undoubtedly be referred to the same
species.

The rostrum is about as long as wide, but is much broader —
apically than in the type, and there are fewer spines on the
abdominal carine, namely:

Carine. Abdominal somites.
Submedian 6
Intermediate . 5,6 :
Lateral 5,6

Marginal 2,3, 4,5

On the telson there are traces of a prelateral denticle, and
between the primary marginal spines there are 4 submedian
denticles, 7 or 8 intermediate, and 1 lateral. As in the type
specimen the raptorial claw bears 5 slender teeth, including
the terminal one, and there is no trace of the mandibular palp.

The entire surface of the specimen is curiously eroded. This
I believe to be due to the action of formalin, and the same cause
may also account for the fact that the curious patches of black
pigment, found on the telson of the type specimen, are here
entirely missing.

Squilla oratoria De Haan var. perpensa Kemp.
Squilla oratoria var. perpensa KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 70,
Pl. V, figs. 57-59.

No. 0-100. Manila Bay, Luzon, 1910, 1 3, 883 mm. No. 0-341. Herran
Street Market, Manila, Luzon, December, 1911, 2 J, 1 2, 61-62 mm.

Except for the fact that in one specimen the anterior bifur-
cated portion of the median carina of the carapace is semi-
obsolete, the specimens are quite typical of this widely distributed
form.

Squilla oratoria, sensu stricto, is apparently restricted to more
northern waters, although I have myself examined a single rather
aberrant example from the Philippines which is preserved in the
British Museum. The variety perpensa is recorded from an
area ranging from Hongkong and N. Australia to the Per-
sian Gulf.

Wy The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Squilla nepa Latreille (Bigelow).
Squilla nepa Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 60, Pl. IV, fig. 49.

No. 0-100. Manila Bay, Luzon, 1910, 2 2, 117, 136 mm. No. 0-105.
Manila Bay, Luzon, June, 1911, 2 9, 142, 147 mm. No. 0-106. Manila
Bay, Luzon, December, 1911, 1 9°, 98 mm. No. 0-118. Divisoria Market,
Manila, Luzon (7. Bangwis), Nov. 22, 1911, 1 9, 160 mm. No. 0-120.
Divisoria Market; Manila, Luzon (7. Banguis), Nov. 10, 1911, 2 2, 93,
120 mm. No. 0-121. Herran Street Market, Manila, Luzon, 1911, 1 9, 98
mm.

In one specimen (No. 0-100) the arms of the anterior bifur-
cation of the median carina of the carapace, instead of being
separated throughout their length, are joined together in front
of the small middorsal pit. Otherwise all the specimens are
quite typical.

Squilla raphidea Fabricius.
Squilla raphidea Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4,88, Pl. VII, fig. 77.

No. 0-111. Divisoria Market, Manila, Luzon (T. Banguis), Noy. 22,
1911, 1 2, 160 mm.

Genus PSEUDOSQUILLA Dana

Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabricius).
Pseudosquilla ciliata Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 96.
No. 0-318. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 9, 75 mm.

Pseudosquilla ornata Miers.
Pseudosquilla ornata KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 100.

No. 0-659. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 fms. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1
juv., 22 mm.

The specimen is not in good condition. According to the
label the color in life was “red with a brown tinge and with
cream-colored dots and cream-colored bars transversely on cara-
pace and on telson extending on to uropods.” A pair of dark
eyespots circumscribed by a paler shade can be detected
on the carapace.

Apart from the fact that the rostrum is rather more sharply
pointed apically and that the submedian carinz of the telson
are not fully formed, there is no structural difference between
this specimen and the examples in the Indian Museum.

Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bigelow. Plate I, fig. 1.

Pseudosquilla megalophthalma BiGELOw, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1894),
17, 500; Nopit1, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9) (1906), 4, 386; Kemp,
Mem. Ind. Mus. (19138), 4, 108.

No. 0-654. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), June 3, 1912, 1 3, 38 mm.

HAD; 3 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 173

The single specimen of this scarce species agrees closely in
structure with Bigelow’s detailed description; but as in Nobili’s
examples from the Red Sea, spines are found at the postero-
lateral angles of only the last 3 abdominal somites, and there is
no additional spine on the sixth somite on the inner side of the
large intermediate spine. The external spine of the bifurcate
process of the uropods is a trifle longer than the inner, though
the difference between the two is not nearly so pronounced as in
P. ornata. In this respect the specimen agrees with the type;
in the examples from the Red Sea the two spines are equal
in length.

The eyes are noticeably larger proportionately than in the -
allied species, and the ocular somite terminates anteriorly in
a sharp spine, which is visible between the bases of the eyestalks.
The dorsal process of the basal segment of the antennal proto-
podite is longitudinally channeled above, while the inferior
blade of the process (which is T-shaped in section) is not con-
cave in lateral view; the process, in fact, is precisely similar
to that found in P. ornata.

The lateral truncate margin of the sixth thoracic somite is
more definitely sinuous than in P. ornata or P. oculata and the
> - shaped groove on the lateral wall of the first abdominal
somite is well defined.

The color, well preserved in the Philippine specimen, is very
characteristic (Plate I, fig. 1). In place of the pair of eyespots
found on the carapace in P. ornata, P. oculata, and P. oxyrhyn-
cha there is in the present species a single median spot, black,
circular, and circumscribed by pale yellow. The ground color
of the specimen is dull maroon brown (probably much brighter
in life) with numerous small cream-colored spots faintly cir-
cumscribed by dark brown. These spots, which show a tendency
toward arrangement in transverse rows, are found in the poste-
rior third of the carapace, dn the exposed thoracic somites, and
on all the abdominal segments except the Iast. The postero-
lateral corner of the fifth abdominal somite is black, the area
so colored being separated from the other parts of the somite
by a well-defined band of yellow. The posterior edge of the last
abdominal somite with the apices of its spines is blackish, and
between this border and the brown anterior portion of the somite
a narrow yellow band intervenes. The telson is blackish with
traces of a transverse yellow band in its middle; the bases of
each of the primary teeth are also yellow in color. The uropods
are conspicuously banded with yellow.

174 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Pseudosquilla megalophthalma, specimens of which I have not
hitherto had an opportunity of examining, belongs to a small
group of very closely allied species which are somewhat difficult
to determine with any facility. Apart from color, which in
this case is very characteristic, P. megalophthalma may be distin-
guished from its allies by the form of the rostrum, the length
of the spines forming the bifurcate process of the uropods, and
in particular by the presence and position of the first lateral
carina of the telson. This carina in P. megalophthalma runs to
the apex of the lateral tooth of the telson margin, whereas in
P. oculata it terminates behind the base of the intermediate
marginal tooth. In P. ciliata, P. ornata, and P. oxyrhyncha,
the other three species comprised in this group, the first lateral
carina is wholly absent.

Genus LYSIOSQUILLA Dana

Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius).
Lysiosquilla maculata KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 111, Pl. VIII,
figs. 86-91.
No. 0-862. No locality given, 1 9, 125 mm. No. 0-1108. Taytay, Pala-
wan, “Coll. by natives,” May 24, 1918, 1 2, 285 mm. No. 0-1109. Taytay,
Palawan, “Coll. by natives,” June 4, 1913, 1 2, 280 mm.

In the two very large females the teeth on the raptorial claws
are, as is usual, very short and less numerous than in males. In
specimen 0—1108 there are respectively 8 and 9, and in specimen
0-1109, 7 and 9. On these limbs there are tufts of hairs on
the carpus and at the base of the propodus.

In the small specimen the left hand claw, as in the male, bears
10 slender teeth including the terminal one, while on the right
propodus, which is smaller and appears to have been regener-
ated, there are only 9 teeth.

In the two individuals in which the color is preserved the
dark patch on the telson extends middorsally to the distal
margin, isolating an oval, pale area on either side. On the
middle of the last abdominal somite there is in one specimen
a large transverse pale patch; this segment, as a rule, is
wholly pigmented.

Lysiosquilla acanthocarpus Miers.
Lysiosquilla acanthocarpus Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 120.
No, 0-329. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1 9, 66 mm,
The specimen has been preserved in formalin, and no trace
of its original color remains.

eeD eS Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 175

Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Mason. Plate I, figs. 2, 3.

Lysiosquilla multifasciata Woop-Mason, Figs. and Desc. of nine Squil-
lidae (1895), 1, Pl. I, figs. 4-7; Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4,
1s

Nos. 0-831 and 0-840. Port Galera, Mindoro, “Dug while hunting Balano-
glossus near camp.” (Griffin and Wharton), June 13, 1912, 7 dg, 2 2,
28-56 mm.

This scarce species is represented in the collection by 9 speci-
mens of various ages, which are particularly interesting in that
they show the manner in which the dark pigment pattern, which
is such a characteristic feature of this and of most other species
of Lysiosquilla, is developed. .

In young specimens, 28 to 32 millimeters in length, there is
far less pigment than in adults, that on the exposed thoracic
somites being limited to a median patch with a blotch on either
side, while on each of the first 5 abdominal somites there are 2
short transverse streaks in the middle and 4 or 5 isolated patches
and streaks on either side. On the sixth somite there is a
somewhat indefinite transverse patch on either side and on the
telson a patch involving the bases of the 2 outer spines of the
dorsal series and the lateral marginal teeth (Plate I, fig. 2).

At a later stage, in specimens 40 and 42 millimeters in
length, the various patches have almost completely joined, the
narrow anterior transverse band of the abdominal somites be-
ing, however, distinctly separated from the broader posterior
band (Plate I, fig. 3).

The coloring of the adults differs but han from that of the
type specimen described by Wood-Mason. The amount of pig-
mentation on the rostrum is decidedly variable, and as a rule,
there is in the anterior two thirds of the carapace only a single
large indefinite pigmented patch which does not extend to the
lateral margins; it is rarely possible to distinguish 2 separate
transverse bands in this region. There is always a very heavy
transverse border to the posterior margin of the carapace.

On the exposed thoracic somites, in place of the 2 bands found
in the type specimen, there is, in adults, only a single band
placed posteriorly. Double transverse bands occur on each of
the first 5 abdominal somites, the 2 bands being connected mid-
dorsally by a suffusion of pigment.

The telson, the coloration of which could not be distinctly
made out in the type specimen, exhibits dorsally a single large,
semicircular, dark patch extending posteriorly to the base of
the marginal teeth and denticles, but in the middle of its distal

176 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

edge deeply emarginate, leaving the whole of the base of the
middle tooth of the dorsal series pale.

In regard to structural features it may be mentioned that
young males invariably possess 6 teeth on the raptorial claw,
the posterior one being very small and lying close against the
next of the series. In all the other larger specimens there are
only 5 teeth. The penultimate tooth is invariably shorter than
the antepenultimate, and the large angular lobe at the base
of the dactylus on its outer side—one of the most characteristic
features of the species—is well shown in all the specimens.
In the middle of the distal margin of the telson, between the
movable submedian denticles, there are 3 or 4 pairs of spinules.

There are no marked structural distinctions between adult
males and females.

Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Plate I, figs. 4-8.

Lysiosquilla vicina Nopiui, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (1904), 10, 229;
Nopiti, Ann Sci. Nat. Zool. (9) (1906), 4, 339; Kemp, Mem. Ind.
Mus. (19138), 4, 126.

No. 0-840. Port Galera, Mindoro, “Dug while hunting Balanoglossus
near camp.” (Griffin and Wharton), June 13, 1912, 2 ¢, 29 and 32 mm.

In the same bottle with the specimens of L. multifasciata
were 2 examples of this species, hitherto known only from a
single mutilated individual obtained in the Red Sea. These
specimens have enabled me to supplement Nobili’s account in
several particulars and to supply figures of the species.

The rostrum (fig. 5) is one and a half times as broad as
long and is remarkable for the fact that it terminates anteriorly
in 3 spines, a character found only in one other species of the
genus: namely, L. digueti Coutiére. The median spine extends
little beyond those at the lateral angles and fails to reach the
cornea of the eye. The anterior margin on either side of the
median spine is deeply concave. In dorsal view the spines of
the antennular somite are completely concealed by the rostrum.

The eyes are short and rather broad; the cornea is not def-
initely divided into 2 lobes and is hardly wider than the stalk.

The antennular peduncle extends beyond the eye by the length
of its distal segment. The antennal peduncle scarcely reaches
the end of the eyestalks. As in L. multifasciata and several
other species of the genus the antennal protopodite bears on its
ventral surface a single soft elongated papilla.

The mandibular palp is composed of 3 segments.

The raptorial claw (fig. 6) somewhat resembles that of L.
tigrina and is much more slender than that of L. multifasciata.

x, D, 3 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea iver,

The outer inferior margin of the merus is prominently angulate
anteriorly, and the carpus bears a single sharp dorsal spine
close to the distal margin; at the base of the pectinate margin
of the propodus are 4 comparatively large movable spines. The
dactylus is provided with 10 or 11 teeth (usually 10) including
the terminal one. Of these the penultimate is equal in length
to, or very slightly shorter than, the antepenultimate. The outer
margin is evenly convex, and at its base there are 2 small lobes
of which the proximal is subacute and the distal bluntly rounded.

In the last 3 thoracic limbs the ultimate segment of the shorter
ramus is elongate-oval on the appendage of the eighth somite and .
almost circular on those of the sixth and seventh.

On its dorsal side the sixth abdominal somite is produced at
either posterolateral angle to a stout tooth, and on the inferior
aspect there is a slender falcate spine situated anterolaterally
on either side and projecting downward, curving round the basal
segment of the uropods. There are no ventral spines on the
posterior margin of the somite.

The telson (fig. 7) is semicircular in shape and bears a dorsal
series of 5 sharp teeth arranged in a curved transverse row.
Beyond the outermost of these teeth there is, on each side, a
small and inconspicuous tubercle. The posterior margin is
armed, as described by Nobili, with 4 large teeth on either side,
the lateral much the largest, the remainder more or less equal
in size. Immediately beneath each submedian tooth is a large
movable denticle, and between the two are 8 pairs (6 pairs
in the type specimen according to Nobili) of small spinules,
those of each side being arranged in a curved row around the
base of the fixed submedian tooth so that the median pair is
situated on the same level as that tooth (fig. 8). In the inter-
spaces between the 3 lateral teeth, and on a lower level, a single
denticle is to be found, while in front of the lateral tooth there
is a prominent angular lobe on the same level as the denticles.

The basal segment of the uropods is prominently keeled ex-
ternally and bears a sharp dorsal tooth at its posterior angle.
Inferiorly the bifurcate process consists of 2 long spines, the
outer two thirds the length of the inner; there is also a small
spinule over the attachment of the endopod. The proximal seg-
ment of the exopod bears 5 or 6 movable spines on its external
margin. In the endopod, as is usual in the group to which the
species belongs, the anteroexternal margin is folded over and
lies firmly pressed against the dorsal surface.

The coloration is distinctive (fig. 4). The rostrum, eyestalks,
antenne, antennular peduncle, and most of the thoracic ap-

178 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

pendages are sprinkled with large, black chromatophores. The
carapace is similarly pigmented, the pigment spots toward the
posterior end showing a tendency toward aggregation into a
transverse band. Each of the last 3 thoracic and first 5 abdom-
inal somites bears a narrow posterior band, which in the case of
the abdominal somites is sometimes interrupted in the middle.
In the median portion of each somite there are also 2 other
narrow bands of pigment, distinctly separated in the middle,
but always joined laterally. There are thus in this species 3
distinct bands on each somite in place of the 1 or 2 found in
allied forms. On the sixth abdominal somite there is a single
large, round, dusky patch on either side. On the telson, much as
in L. multifasciata, a patch of black pigment invests the bases
of the 2 outermost pairs of the dorsal series of teeth; the base
of the median tooth is pale, and there is also a pale intrusion
between the first and second lateral teeth. The uropods are
suffused with black pigment at the proximal end of the basal
segment, on the endopod, and on the joint between the 2 segments
composing the exopod.

Lysiosquilla vicina is very closely allied to L. digueti Coutiere,
from Lower California, and these 2 species may be distinguished
from all other members of the genus by the possession of a
trispinous rostrum.

Judging from Coutiére’s account ' of the American species, the
two forms may be separated as follows:

Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili. Lystosquilla digueti Coutiére.

Raptorial claw furnished with 10 or Raptorial claw furnished with 8

11 teeth. teeth.

Telson with 6 to 8 pairs of subme- Telson with 3 pairs of submedian
dian denticles. denticles.

No eyespots on fifth abdominal so- A pair of very prominent black spots,
mite or telson. pale in the center and circum-

scribed by a pale band on fifth
abdominal somite, and a pair of
similar spots partially fused on
telson.

Lysiosquilla digueti, like L. vicina, inhabits burrows made by
Balanoglossus, and the only specimen known was found living
commensally with a large polynoid worm in the tubular cavity
formed by the genital ridges of the Balanoglossus. The stoma-
topod was found in this curious situation fixed to the back of the
polynoid. The two commensals resembled one another closely
in color, the conspicuous patches of pigment on the Lysiosquilla

*Coutiére, Bull. Soc. philomath., Paris (9) (1905), 7, 174.

SEDs 18 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 179

bearing a striking similarity to those on the elytra of the
polynoid.?
Genus GONODACTYLUS Latreille

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabricius).

Gonodactylus: chiragra. KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 155, Pl. IX,
fig. 107.

No. 0-338. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 1 J, 33 mm.
(form AD); 1°, 71 mm. (form A). No. 0-347. Bantayan, Cebu Province,
1909, 1 J, 110 mm. (form AB); 1 2, 91 mm. (form A). No. 0-651. B 30-58.
Port Galera, Mindoro, 45 ft. (Cowles), April 21, 1912, 1 9, 14.5 mm (form
H). No. 0-656. Medio Island, Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), April 4,
1912, 1 2, 28 mm. (form H). No. 0-653. D4. Port Galera, Mindoro ~
(Cowles), April 11, 1912, 1 ¢, 1 2, 13.5 and 18 mm. (form H). No. 0-657.
B 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 10 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 2, 17 mm.
(form H). No. 0-658. C 32. Port Galera, Mindoro (Seale), April 11,
1912, 2 juv. 8 and 9 mm. (form H). No. 0-660. A 51. Port Galera, Min-
doro, 70 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 ¢, 14 mm. (form H). No. 0-661.
B 30-58. Port Galera, Mindoro, 45 ft. (Cowles), April 21, 1912, 1 J, 16
mm. (form H). No. 0-662. West coast of Paniguian Island, Port Galera,
Mindoro (Griffin), March 30, 1912, 2 2°, 26 and 31 mm. (form H). No.
0-663. A 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft. (Cowles), April 20, 1912, 1 4,
16 mm. (form H). No. 0-664. A 51. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft., 1 d,
16.5 mm. (form H). No. 0-666. Port Galera, Mindoro, 70 ft. (Cowles),
April 20, 1912, 1 9, 28 mm. (form H). No. 0-858. Port Galera, Mindoro
(Cowles), May 19, 1912, 4 3, 2 9°, 73-89 mm. (form A). No. 0-1035. Tay-
tay, Palawan (Laki), April or May, 1913, 2 g, 3 9, 44-94 mm. (4 form A,
1 form AH). No. 0-1057. Taytay, Palawan (Cowles), April 11, 1913,
1 9, 65 mm. (form A). No. 0-1061. Taytay, Palawan (Laki), April 17,
1913, 1 J, 78 mm. (form A). No. 0-1079. Pabellones Island, Palawan
(Laki), May, 1918, 2 2, 18 and 43 mm. (form D). No. 0-1094. Batas Is-
land (Wharton), May 15, 1918, 1 2, 77 mm. (form A). No. 0-1095. Tay-
tay, Palawan (Laki), April 17, 1918, 1 J, 77 mm. (form A). No. 6-1096.
Taytay, Palawan (Cowles), April 21, 1918, 1 9, 57 mm. (form D). No.
0-1097. Taytay, Palawan (Ricardo), May 28, 1913, 1 3g, 1 9°, 77 and 99
mm. (form A). No. 0-1113. Taytay, Palawan (Laki), April 20, 1913,
1 2, 76 mm. (form A). No. 0-1114. Taytay, Palawan (Griffin), April 15,
1913, 1 2, 58 mm. (form D).

Examination of the long series of specimens in the collection
of the zodlogical department of the University of the Philippines
tends to confirm the views which I expressed when giving an
account of the material in the Indian Museum: namely, that of
all the varieties which have been recognized by distinct names
only one, variety platysoma Wood-Mason (with which form G =
acutus Lanchester is apparently synonymous), can be sustained.

All of the specimens listed above, in my opinion, are examples
of Gonodactylus chiragra, sensu stricto. Under the records of

“See Coutiére, loc. cit.

180 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

occurrence I have endeavored to indicate the form which the
telson has assumed in each batch of specimens, using the initial
‘letters given by Borradaile in his key to the “varieties” of the
species.°®

As in the Indian Museum collection, the majority of the larger
specimens are to be referred to form A (= incipiens Lanchester) .
There are a few examples of form D (= smithi Pocock), while
most of the very small individuals, of which there is a large
series, represent form H (~—a/ffinis de Man). In a number of
the very smallest examples, somewhat doubtfully referred to
this last form, the median carina of the telson is very broad and
exhibits on either side near its distal extremity a small dimple
or longitudinal depression. This depression appears to become
larger in the course of subsequent molts, and in time results
in the formation of the short additional carina typical of form H.

In my account of the Indian material I have suggested that
the characters of specimens of form H become modified in the
course of subsequent molts. Throughout the Stomatopoda there
is a tendency for the carine of the telson to become blunter
with age, and when this is borne in mind it is not difficult to
understand how a specimen which started life as form H may,
with increased size, take on the characters of form A.

The coloration of the smaller specimens is, in many cases,
noted in detail on the labels, and the range of variation in this
respect is evidently very great. Most specimens appear to have
been spotted or banded with cream on a ground color of red,
reddish brown, brown, gray, or yellowish green.

Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma Wood-Mason.
Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918),
4, 162, text fig.

No. 0-858. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), May 19, 1912, 5 g, 1 Q,
72-91 mm. Nos. 0-1011 and 0-1012. Guam, Mariana Islands (Thompson),
1913, 1 dg, 71 mm., 1 2, 64 mm. No. 0-1107. Medio Island, Port Galera,
Mindoro (Cowles), April 20, 1913, 1 9, 58 mm.

The specimens agree closely with the examples in the Indian
Museum and resemble them in being noticeably broader in pro-
portion than typical examples of the species. In describing the
Indian Museum specimens I attempted to demonstrate this dif-
ference mathematically, but one of the measurements used on
that occasion, namely, the total length including rostrum, is per-
haps liable to give somewhat inaccurate results owing to varying
degrees of contraction or expansion in the preserved material.

* Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (1907), 12 (2), 211.

Se 8 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 181

In the case of the Philippine examples of this variety, therefore,
I have attempted to express this difference in the form of a
ratio between the length of the carapace (excluding rostrum)
and the breadth of the abdomen at the fourth abdominal somite.
The results seem to indicate that the variety is on the average
broader than the typical form in the proportion of 6 to 5.

TABLE 1.—Measurements of Gonodactylus chiragra var. platysoma.

iz Breadth | Ratio of
Total Length | of fourth carapace-
No. Sex. lene of. abdom- | length to
carapace. inal abdomen-
somite. | breadth. |
| nm. mm. mm.
OSURD 2 a a ec es ae es seer len 91 18.4 17.3 1.06
OGRE Ae ew ees Rb eee semen Oe Shanes tee 1 of 84 17.4 16.6 1.05
Oes5n pees OW Wilttl ie ph neh so | 84 17.1 16.3 1.05
PSE AE Ne ee ee ee of 81 16.7 16.1 1.04
GPO ea As Seb ce Matisse Besant es eis 2 deer) Px) soz" |
(OSTA Es ee eRe Soe OR Hf 71 15.5 14.2 1.09 |
OAS eo ee ee ee eee eee \aeiae 76 | 16.3 16.2 1.01 |
COD. ee ey ea ie ee Oe 64 | 14.0 14.1 0.99
Ql Greer ne eee Sener ae es een eee omen 58 12.0 12.5 0.96
TABLE II.—Measurements of Gonodactylus chiragra, sensu stricto.
| Breadth | Ratio of
Total | Length |of fourth carapace-|
No. | Sex. eek. | of | abdom- |length to
H jearapace.| inal jabdomen-
| | somite. DIETER
| mm. | mm. mm. |
ORY U (SEE Se ne eee i neo eee eee eee ee gs 110 | 26.8 | 21.2 1.26
asta 2S bk Soa Tg eek ee ar Bae | o 89 19:2) VaslbPiliy) 1.26
DoT ORI ee ees er ee hee 78 | 18.0 | 14.7 1.22
V=SUG ie Sek RS eee een ene ee ee [ss 17 16.7 | 14.0 1.19 |
O10 9 792 aoe ee eer tes 2) a fen eee Bee ake ote ode tees oe | Ss 17 16.2 | 18.5 1.20 |
(DSTI te ee SiS eae | of 76 | 16.5 | 13.4 LPR}
(HES RE Ee eos, oes eR Ee Ss 75 | 16.5 | 13.5 | 1.22 |
(A Ee SER ee EO eee eee ee a CE) LEN Nab al E |
Ori GARE we eond Me EE AD ie LR ate Al ee o 48| 10.8 | 8.0] 1.35
Onl OS ote een seas. CHEE 25 SP SEE Ss 44 10.0 TEA 1.30
| TSIGE esas access cosas sete beteseces secret scat 2 99 20.1) 16.5 1. 22
WR OSIGSh eat Araneae ss bbe MU Che amen tee dl Q 94 | 20.5 | iG il 1.20
OY tee Tal Me le SN WN 1 a Din eel ee eee Sus ce) 91 | 20.4 16.6 1.23
Geshe lees ces ela Nd eee RELL Se, epee @ 83 | 18.1 14.6 1.24
DaRbGp janes Weve tee fale ER ey A ede EE Q 81 | 15.8 | 13.4 1.18
Car oimbadiewces RCRA on seat, YL eer cud 2 hs Q T|\ . sehr 14.9 1.21
(Dib SE ied a Si a eee, ee eens eee een |, © 76 19.1 16.3 1.17
O03 Sis seks ay et ae she a eeu Cote 2 TB IE) IG 1.17
Oc Soe renee en Sauer reer eee oe Bien oe See 2 M1) 145 TUE || vow TPR}
| CRORE 222 tee See coe dere see see sasees © 65 | 13.3 WE) TAL
HOST O57 tee i 2 eee 2 ae es 9 65 13.6 11.7 1.16
O1096 peri et 5 Seates —o ae ae eel ee 5 2 57 Tsp ley lied) 1.18
We Om UiTT enw ae me See me: Bee wn Rs Bec 2 53 12.6 HOEO}|| ag,
Wabi & 43 9.0 7.3 1.23

182 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

TABLE III.—Ratio of carapace-length to abdomen-breadth in two varieties of

Gonodactylus.
: Mini- Maxi-
Variety. | Sa | Mean aii.
Es aa Kes
Guehiragraee st 22 fee oo A Fe NE Sn ee 1. 16 1.22 1.35 |
| (GNCHUAGr ONY Aire DALY SOT Cane ee ee eee 1.01 1.08 1.09 |

The other characters of the variety are clearly defined in all
the specimens in the collection. The raptorial dactylus is short
and is not markedly curved at the apex; the lateral teeth of
the telson margin are entirely suppressed, and if classified ac-
cording to Borradaile’s scheme, the specimens would belong to
form G, or to a phase intermediate between it and form F.

The dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite are consider-
ably larger in variety platysoma than in typical G. chiragra.
In the latter the external margins of the processes are parallel,*
whereas in the former they are posteriorly divergent.

The pair of approximate dark spots on the first abdominal
somite is distinct in all specimens of the variety and absent in all
examples of G. chiragra, sensu stricto, while in most individuals
a black patch is conspicuous on either side of the last thoracic
somite and posteriorly on the fifth abdominal somite midway
between the lateral margin and the middorsal line. Patches
of pigment are also frequently visible in the middle of the sixth
and seventh thoracic somites.

Gonodactylus demani Henderson.

Gonodactylus demani Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 164, 198,
Pl. IX, figs. 108-111.

No. 0-1088. Taytay, Palawan, from coral (Cowles and Laki), April 21,
1913, 3 g, 3 2, 10-19 mm.

The specimens agree very closely with those which I have
examined from the type locality,® and like them do not possess
sete on the inner margin of the uropod. The spinules on the
telson are not numerous, but are much sharper than is custom-
ary; they occur only at the distal ends of the 3 median ridges
and on the swollen bases of the marginal teeth.

All the specimens show the characteristic transverse rows
of black spots (bright blue in life) on the carapace and abdomen.

Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks.
Gonodactylus glabrous Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 167.

No. 0-133. Bantayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 1 d, 55 mm. No. 0-342. Ban-
tayan, Cebu Province, 1909, 3 ¢, 1 9, 39-63 mm. No. 0-665. C 82. Port

*See Kemp (1914), Pl. IX, fig. 107. * Loc. cit., p. 198.

3 1 Kemp: Stomatopod Crustacea 183

Galera, Mindoro (Seale), April 15, 1912, 1 9, 32 mm. No. 0-1088. Tay-
tay, Palawan (Cowles), April 21, 1918, 1 juv., 15 mm.

The majority of the above specimens belong to form B, which
Borradaile names “var. rotundus.” One specimen, however, is
of the narrow-keeled type, form A (= var. ternatensis de Man),
and one, in which the keels of the telson are swollen, but possess
prominent terminal spines, is intermediate between the two
forms.

Gonodactylus proximus sp. nov. Plate I, figs. 9, 10.
No. 0-652. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), 2 3, 3 2, 12-15 mm.

The carapace is longer than broad, with the posterior margin -
concave. The anterior margins on either side of the rostrum
are straight, but slope strongly backward toward the antero-
lateral angles, which are subacute and slightly produced (fig. 9).
The rostrum is sharply trispinous; the basal portion from which
the spines arise is remarkably short, its length being less than
one quarter its breadth. The 2 anterolateral spines are strongly
curved and but little stouter than the central spine, which reaches
at least to the middle of the eyestalks.

The dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite are visible be-
tween the rostral spines (fig. 9). They are small and wing-
shaped, with straight anterior margins and a lateral margin that
slopes inward posteriorly; the anterolateral corners of the pro-
cesses reach to a point midway between the median and lateral
rostral spines on either side. The eyes are cylindrical and extend
a trifle beyond the second segment of the antennular peduncle;
the cornea in dorsal view is not wider than the stalk.

The mandibular palp appears to be wholly absent.

The dactylus of the raptorial claws resembles that of G. ne-
fandus and is less strongly swollen than in G. pulchellus; at its
proximal end it is distinctly notched externally.

The lateral margins of the exposed thoracic somites are
- rounded; the posterolateral angle of the third abdominal somite
is rectangular, those of the fourth and fifth somites subacute.
Each of the first 4 abdominal somites is grooved close to the
lateral margin, and inward from this groove a small dimple or
depression is visible; the median portions of the somite are in
every case quite smooth. The fifth somite is feebly ridged long-
itudinally on either side, but in the middle is quite smooth °(fig.
10), in this respect differing from the allied species, G. tuberosus
and G. trispinosus. On the last abdominal somite the usual
transverse row of 6 large tubercles is distinct.

The telson is almost circular in shape and bears in the anterior

184 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

half of its dorsal surface 3 small, high tubercles, which are oval
in shape and widely separated from one another (fig. 10). These
tubercles are not beset with setz as in certain allied species.
In the middle of the distal margin there is a narrow fissure, cut
right through the telson, which extends as far as the level of
the lateral dorsal tubercles. On either side of it 4 broad mar-
ginal teeth are defined by means of triangular notches in the edge.
- In this respect the species resembles G. nefandus and differs
from other forms in which the teeth are separated by narrow
and deep fissures similar to the central one. Each marginal
tooth bears a small spinule on its inner edge, and there is a series
of 7 or 8 still smaller spinules on the inner margin of each sub-
median tooth.

The basal process of the uropods terminates in 2 spines, the
outer more than twice the length of the inner. There are 8 or 9
movable spines on the external margin of the proximal segment
of the outer uropod. The inner uropod is normal in shape and
bears setze all around its margin.

This species forms one of a small group of closely allied
species which are somewhat difficult to determine with any
facility. The related forms are G. trispinosus Dana, G. pul-
chellus Miers, G. tuberosus Pocock, and G. nefandus Kemp. In
the form of its rostrum G. proximus agrees with the first two
of these species; it resembles G. nefandus with respect to the
incisions in the margin of the telson, and G. twberosus in the
development of the dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite.

The absence of the mandibular palp is unexpected. The palp
is present and 2-segmented in all the closely allied forms (except
G. trispinosus, in which it has not been examined), and from the
fact that it is similarly developed in the more distantly related
G. glaber Lenz, G. glyptocercus Wood-Mason, G. eacavatus Miers,
and G. spinosissimus Pfeffer it was natural to conclude that the
character would be found constant throughout the section to
which all these species belong.°®

The distinctions on which I rely for the discrimination of the
5 closely allied species of the t7ispinosus-group are shown in tab-
ular form on page 185. Of G. trispinosus I have seen no
specimens; the details given are derived from the excellent figure
and description which Borradaile has supplied.’ Gonodactylus
tubevosus, another species which I have not been able to examine

*See Kemp, loc. cit., p. 146.

‘Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1898), 38, Pl. V, figs. 1, la. Additional notes
on this species recently have been published by Miss Rathbun, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London (1914), 663, Pl. Il, figs. 11, 12.

185

Stomatopod Crustacea

Kemp

X, D, 3

“43994
[BULZIBUI [819078] UeeA}
-eq SUOISIDUL IB[NsueI4y
Aq Ajeieauw pojzueseidezy

"224s
YIM pay.o[o you ‘AT[eur
-jxoid =pasny = = AT [eiqaeg

“yOOWS 371INH
“po UeWsas-OM J,

“Ie[NSuUvIIeL Sold
“UB [BlezE[OIeIUe SpIeA
-3oBq Buidoys jou “Wy sre.14g

“ATI®
-191 8] psonpoid you “snon
-dIdsuodUL pue [[euUIs AIO A

“au0
[#4jU90 0} Ie[IUIs soulds
Sulut1oy you ynq ‘aynoe
So[3ue [e1oJv[O1e}Ue S41
‘Suo] uoijsod jeseq YIM

*ajoreqny
07 ABM
“Hey Ay[aF Surpuszxo
‘qno A[deep pue MOo1IeN

[8810p [193%]

"e208 YQIM pay}o[o
‘peyeiedes AlepIm JON

“"Ssu01}e}

-ound 10 szid yuenyuoD

“Te[no1lqns ‘rodoep
WQIM ‘os0snd A[e[nsor1]

tS, ~Sape peyuewdes-OM J,

‘asn}qo
AYSIs pue pepunor
sojsue [edio}e[o10juB

fedo[s pareMyoeq 4y 31S
AIaA @ YIM 4ySIe49
‘winajso01 FO soulds [e190
-7e| pue [e1jUe0 useM}
-eq AVMPIUL Buryovosr
UISIVUL [eUIO}XO “ATE
-1078] peonpord 9/341] Jug
“9u0 [81] U0 04
Ie[LUIS SoUIdS SULUIALOF
jou 4nq ‘eynoe sod
-ue [eio}ye[O1ejue 541
£Zuo] uoIjZs0d jeseq ILA

“47004
[Bul Ss1eU [B1e7B] U2eMy
-0q SUOISIOUI IB[Nsuel1}
Aq Ajateut poejueseidezy

"#2J98S JIM peyyojo
q40uU ‘pajyeredes ATOpIA

oS tee eee y,OOWSs 931N%
Sees eee quesq y
“eynoeqns
pue peonpoid AU ZI[s
Se[sue [eisyelor
‘-03ue ‘edojs preMmyoeq
Suoijs @ YIM 4YSIeIYS
“UIN.I}SO1 JO soulds [eso
-je[ pue [e1jzUe0 ueeMy
-0q ABMPIUL Sulyover
UIsIeUL [VUte}yxO “‘AI[e
-J0}e[ peonpoid 97931] ng
“souLds top
-ue[s pue dieys 0} Alle
-Jeje[o1e}ue peonpoid
pue y1oys AOA uOoI}I0d
jeseq ‘snouidsi1} A[dieyg

‘ajoqeqny [es
-1Op [81978] 07 ABMI[eY
Aj[N} suipueyxe 4nd
A[deep pue MolIvu A193 A

"e2J08 OUY ‘YIIM payyoyo
‘payeiedes Ajapi ON

po See Y}OOUWS 941N%
io weer pe}USeUIdesS-OMY,

‘aynoeqns sejsue
[@4e7B[o1ejue ~§=‘aABou0D

"QUIGS [VIJSOI [8.1078]
Suiyovet Ajreou ‘Ae
-10}8| peonpord A[su013g

“souids
Jepue[s pue daeys 0%
A[[eloyejoi1sjyue peonp
-o1d puev 41oys uolj410d
[eseq ‘snourdsi13 A[daeyg

*ajor1eqny [6s
-1OP [#1978] 0} ABAT[VY
A[[n}J Burpuezxe “4no
A[deep pue Morieu A193 A

*#J0S oULy YIIM payyoo

‘payeriedes AjapIm JON
“poyes
N1Ii0d. A][BUIPNyiduo'T
(2)

“eqnoeqns (j) ou
so[sue ete} e[o1ejue
fedo[s plemMyoeq 451s
B YUM FYsIeI{s JsOoULY

“(ay
8 ,o[lepeltog api) Alle
-19}8[ peonporid A[su014g
“soulds
Jepue[s pue davys 04
Aj[eteyejoieyue peonp
-oid pue 4104s uons0d
jeseq ‘snourdsi1} Ajdaeyg

“UISIBUL
U0S|P} Ul SAINSSY [8191 BT

“u0s]e}

jo sajoteqny [es10q

a} IUIOS [BUIWIOpge
way Jo uorjsod usipsy
pagina djsd 1e[nqipueyy

“aseq [813801
jO apis 1eyjzIe uo soed
-B189 JO UlS1IVW IOLIEJUy

aPIUIOS DIU] BY
-ydo Jo sesse00i1d [esiog

Vi Paes? ee UINI}SOY

“duley snpupfau “5

*yo000g snso1aqny “5

“Aaou “ds snuixo1d *4)

“SIOlAl $7y70Y9)Nd “4

“eueq snsourdsr.4 “5

‘smphiyoppouoy fo savoads pay)p Ajasojo aay fo sxajopsmyo earjounsig— A] A1aV IL,

133912

186 The Philippine Journal of Science

personally, is only known from Pocock’s very brief description.’
For the information given in the table I am under great obliga-
tion to Doctor Calman, who at my request made a special exam-
ination of the original specimens preserved in the British
Museum. From the combination of characters which it posses-
ses it is evident that G. tuberosus is quite distinct from any of
the allied species.

Gonodactylus glaber Lenz.
Gonodactylus glaber Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 182, Pl. X,
fig. 121.

No. 0-838. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 2 2, 24 and
25 mm.

The two specimens differ considerably from the examples in
the Indian Museum. The last abdominal somite and telson are
fused together, and the groove separating them is wholly invis-
ible. There is, moreover, no trace whatever of the elevations
on the sixth somite, while those on the telson are only very
slightly raised above the surface.

The differences are so great that I would without hesitation
have referred the specimens to a new variety, or even species,
had it not been that they are in extremely poor condition and
that there is a possibility that the characters noted are due
merely to post-mortem changes. The specimens have evidently
been preserved in strong formalin, and I am inclined to think
that this, while it has greatly softened all the calcareous parts,
has caused the hinder end of the body to swell and thus has
obliterated to a great extent the sculpture of those parts.

Gonodactylus glaber has hitherto been recorded only from the
Andaman Islands, Ceylon, and Zanzibar.

Gonedactylus glyptocercus Wood-Mason.
Gonodactylus glyptocercus KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1918), 4, 186.
No. 0-338. Port Galera, Mindoro (Cowles), March 30, 1912, 1 9°, 25 mm.

Gonodactylus spinosissimus Pfeffer.
Gonodactylus spinosissimus KEMP, Mem. Ind. Mus. (1913), 4, 191,
Jel, O65 ae, Ue IPs
No. 0-1088. Taytay, Palawan (Cowles and Laki), April 21, 1918, 2 9,
$1 and 34 mm.
This species has hitherto been recorded only from the Red Sea,
Ceylon, and Zanzibar.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) (1893), 11, 476, Pl. XXB, fig. 2.

ILLUSTRATIONS

PrArE 2
(Drawings by A. Chowdhary.)

Fic. 1. Pseudosquilla megalophthalma Bigelow. Dorsal view of the Philip-
pine specimen. x12.
Fics. 2 and 3. Lysiosquilla multifasciata Wood-Mason.
2. Dorsal view of a very young specimen, showing the characteristic
pigmentation. x12.
Dorsal view of an older specimen, showing a further stage in the
development of the pigment-pattern. x12.
to 8. Lysiosquilla vicina Nobili.
Dorsal view of one of the Philippine specimens. x2.
. Rostrum. x4.
Last four segments of raptorial claw. x32.
Last abdominal somite and telson. x 32.
Telson seen from below. x 62.
and 10. Gonodactylus proximus sp. nov.
. Anterior part of carapace, rostrum, etc., in dorsal view. x58.
Last two abdominal somites, telson, and left uropods. x53.
187

Fics.

FIGs.

us)

SSeMNOae

—

Kemp: PHILIPPINE STOMATOPODA. | [PHIL. JourN Scir., X, D, No. 3.

PLATE |. PHILIPPINE STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEA.

STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE JASSOIDEA: III, THE STENOCOTIDA
OF THE PHILIPPINES

By C. F. BAKER
(From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines, Los
Banos, P. I.)
FOUR TEXT FIGURES

The genus Signoretia is as unique among the Jassoidea of the -
Oriental Region as Megophthalmus and Ulopa are among those
of the Palearctic Region. The type of the genus, S. malaya
Stal, from Malacca, was described in 1855, and first placed in
the genus Thamnotettix, from which Stal removed it in 1858
to a position near Paropia (Megophthalmus). Atkinson prop-
erly followed this suggestion: and placed it in the ‘Subfamily
Paropina Fieber,” but most authors have appended Signoretia to
the Tettigoniellidz, although it is entirely outside of this
family in its essential characters. In 1903 Melichar ? described
a new species, Signoretia gratiosa; Distant * made this the type
of a new genus, Preta, which has scarcely more than the value
of a subgenus. Melichar‘ also described from Ceylon a new
genus with one species, Pythamus dealbatus, evidently related to
Signoretia. Distant® added two new species to Signoretia: S.
aureola, from Burma, and S. greeni, from Ceylon. Finally,
Schmidt * added a new species, S. sumatrana, from Sumatra.

Similar difficulties have been encountered in the location of
the Australian Stenocotine, which have usually been appended
to the Ledridz on account of the reduction in armature of the
hind tibiz, although in other characters they show slight relation-
ship to the true Ledride. Asa matter of fact the armature of the
legs in the true ledrids is widely variable and has never been care-
fully studied nor figured. Single character separations have pro-
duced many very unnatural results in the taxonomy of the jassoid
insects. Some ancient errors of statement regarding the arma-
ture of the posterior tibize in certain jassoid groups, that must

* Notes on Indian Rhynchota (1885), No. 2, 91.
?Homop. Ceylon (1903), 160.
’ Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 234.
*Homop. Ceylon (1907).
* Loe. cit.
° Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1911), 72, 298.
189

190 The Philippine Journal of Science — 1915

date from the days of low-power lenses, have been commonly
repeated without reéxamination and perpetuated to the present
day. Thus Ulopa is described as having the posterior tibize
armed only with soft hairs, whereas under the compound micro-
scope short stout spines are to be found, in distribution very
similar to those of Signoretia, only smaller. Even Stal said of
Ulopa, “‘tibiis posticis inermibus.” In spite of the fact that Kir-
kaldy had dubbed Ulopa a membracid, it is very closely related to
Megophthalmus and the Stenocotine, its former separation being
very inexact and artificial. A significant indication is the posses-
sion by most of these insects of a most remarkable type of sculp-
turation, consisting of pits, in each of which is a small setigerous
tubercle. The structure of the fore margin of the head in Ulopa
calls to mind Pythamus and the Stenocotinz, a small triangular
field indicating a vestige of ocellar sulcus, although the ocelli are
apparently absent. The extraordinary tuberculate pitting of the
surface would make the identification of ocellar rudiments diffi-
cult. Another and unrelated genus, Aglena, commonly reported
as without ocelli and placed in the Tettigoniellidze, when ex-
amined under the compound microscope exhibits rudiments of
ocelli on the extreme anterior margin of the head, and is a true
jassid, as its general habitus would suggest. The profound
impression of the facial sutures in Ulopa gives it a unique ap-
pearance, but its front is no more swollen than that of Signoretia
tagalica. The armature of the hind tibiz is scarcely different
from that of Signoretia in anything except size, and the tibize
are similarly sulcate. It also has the same strong ledges above
the antennal scrobes, the superior frontal suture continuous
below the margin of the vertex, and the veins of the tegmina
basally strongly elevated. Evidently Ulopa represents a group
very close indeed to the Stenocotide as recognized here. The
genus Moonia of Distant, with some of its relatives, is likewise
more closely related to these forms than to the Bythoscopidze
(excluding the eurymelids), where it has been placed.

On the other hand, Megophthalmus, the Stenocotine, Signo-
retia, Preta, and Pythamus exhibit a striking similarity in the
structure of the head and in the position of the ocelli. The
ocelli are set in broad or narrow, more or less profound sulci
below the border of the vertex and above the margin of the
front. The sculpturation of all these insects is very heavy,
consisting largely of very coarse pitting or striation, which
usually extends on to the more or less coriaceous tegmina. The
vertex of all is more or less excavated or carinate, or occasionally
both. The antenne are seated in deep scrobes beneath a more

DAS Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 191

or less strongly projecting and usually carinate ledge. In all, the
pronotum is more or less strongly rounded between the eyes, and
with strong and usually complete lateral carine. The pronotum
is either normal in form or strongly extended posteriorly and
largely covering the scutellum. The venation of the tegmina
varies from very simple to most complex. The armature of the
hind tibize varies from the numerous spines and teeth of Pytha-
mus to the few teeth and weak hairs of Megophthalmus. Ina few
of the forms the hind tibiz are longitudinally sulcate. Among
the true Ledridz, however, can be found as wide variation in
tibial armature as in this group. None of these forms possesses
the remarkable structure of face common to the true Ledride. -
Much wider variation in structure of head and thorax and in
venation of tegmina is to be found in the family Tettigoniellide.
From all of the evidence available it seems that this group is
a natural one, as worthy of distinction in the Jassoidea as are
Ledride and Tettigoniellide, the whole group to be included in
one family, the Stenocotide.*’ It is true that Megophthalmus is
only Palearctic, while the Stenocotine are Australasian, but Kir-
kaldy * has described a genus, Kahavalu, from Australia, which is
very closely related to Megophthalmus, if not congeneric with it.

Rearrangement of these groups along more natural lines, and
based upon more detailed knowledge, has been delayed, because
the older species, often the types of the groups, have remained
but little known as to their structural details. The older figures,
and some of the later ones, are extremely misleading, and the
older descriptions are usually inadequate. For instance, speci-
mens of Megophthalmus scanicus Fall, of Sahlberg’s collecting,
received from Doctor Reuter, cannot be placed in any position
under the microscope that will cause the face to appear in the
least like the cut in Fieber’s “Les Cicadines d’Europe.” Sketches
from these specimens made with camera lucida are presented
herewith (fig. 1). No previously published detail drawings of
Signoretia are known to me. In fact, even the exact determi-
nation of Signoretia malaya Stal, the type of the genus, is open

7 An instance of very unnatural association is Oshanin’s reference of
the Persian genus Adelungia to the family Koebeliide, described by me in
Psyche (1907), 8, 76. Koebelia has a ledroid habitus with thin horizontally
laminate vertex, but the ocelli are on the face. Adelungia has a strikingly
bythoscopoid habitus, but the head is provided with a porrect laterally com-
pressed process. The two genera have not the remotest relationship. Ade-
lungia pertains to the Bythoscopide and should there form a new subfamily,
the Adelungiine.

S Bull. Rep. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sug. Pl. Assoc. (1906), 1, pt. 9, 371.

192 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

to doubt, due to lack of full descriptions and figures. It is not
at all certain that the Indian, Malaccan, and Philippine forms
referred to this species will turn out to be the same, when studied
in detail side by side.

Signoretia has long been recorded from the Philippines, and
we can now add Pythamus, with a remarkably interesting species.

Fic. 1. Megophthalmus scanicus Fall. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum;
b, face; c, lateral view of head and pronotum; ad, apical half of tegmina; e, posterior
tibia.

STENOCOTIDAL
Synopsis of the subfamilies.

a. Venation of tegmina complex, usually with numerous supernumerary
veins, the apical cells irregular and numerous, and the anteapicals at
least 8; pronotum reaching far cephalad of eyes, but normal poste-
riorly; sculpturing of vertex, pronotum, and scutellum largely a coarse
striation; ocellar sulci closed toward the eyes; clavus apparently
with a single median vein, although distally sometimes with super-
numerary veinlets; “posterior tibiz quadricarinate, with six strong
spiniferous spurs on the outer margin, shortly but strongly spined on
the upper margin, and feebly bristled on the others” (Kirkaldy).

Stenocotine.

a’. Venation of tegmina simple, without supernumerary veins, the apical
cells 4; sculpturing of vertex, pronotum, and scutellum largely a very
coarse puncturation; ocellar sulcus open to eyes.

b*. Ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes; pronotum extending ceph-
alad of eyes; tegmina with 2 anteapical and 1 basal cell; clavus
with 2 longitudinal veins; posterior tibie suleate and with few
SPINES PANGS MOT Gan QiNyS weston eee eee Megophthalmine.

x) D, s Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 193

b*. Ocelli nearer to eyes than to median line; pronotum not extending
cephalad of eyes; tegmina with 1 anteapical cell or none.

¢. Pronotum greatly extended caudad, largely covering the scutellum,
and strongly convex; head as wide ds, or wider than, pronotum;
genz very short; clavus with 2 longitudinal veins, occasionally
connate; posterior tibie with comparatively few spines and short
ERLE BP a Ec ee ee ce ath Signoretiine.

c’. Pronotum normal, shallowly incurved posteriorly, the exposed scutel-
lum large; head distinctly narrower than pronotum, the pronotum

not projecting between the eyes to half their length; clavus
apparently with a single longitudinal vein; posterior tibiz with
several thick-set rows of spines ___.._..............--------.---------- Pythamiine.

STENOCOTIN 45
Synopsis of the genera (after Kirkaldy).

ea. Scutellum plane.

Dee Wertex: planey i) oo Seat Eat 3 SE erred eee Stenocotis Stal.

6’. Vertex somewhat recurved _........--...2--- eee Smicrocotis Kirk.

Gerscubellumbcristate vhs ee a ee EKyphocotis Kirk.
MEGOPHTHALMIN A:

Synopsis of the genera.

a. Ocellar sulcus broad.
b*. Clypeus short, scarcely longer than broad, sides rounded; ocelli above

Pheweyes! imi taciall ava were ee eee eee seen Megophthalmus Curt.
b*?. Clypeus three times as long as broad, the sides subparallel; ocelli
between the eyes in facial view... Paropulopa Fieb.

a’. Ocellar sulcus narrow............. se pe ea ae eee er ec Kahavalu Kirk.

SIGNORETIIN 42
Synopsis of the genera.

a. Pronotum anteriorly with 2 very short, submedian carine; vertex blunt,
usually broadly irregularly rounded between the eyes; clavus with 2
complete and distinct longitudinal veins............, Signoretia Stal.

a’. Pronotum with 2 complete submedian carine; vertex long and rather

acutely pointed; clavus with the 2 veins apparently medially connate.
Preta Dist.
PYTHAMIIN 4

Synopsis of the genera.

a’. Vertex with a high, laminate, median carina; tegmina with very distinct

venation, basally with setigerous tuberculate pits similar to those

ONMPFONO CUM. stk et ees aS aie he A Pythamus Mel.
a’. Vertex raised toward median line, but not carinate; tegmina subcoriace-
OuSAVenALOnEVeRyaln Gis tin chasse aus see meen ac ee oun Tortor Kirk.®

*This genus is placed here provisionally.

194 . The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

PHILIPPINE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE STENOCOTIDE
SIGNORETIIN2
Genus SIGNORETIA Stal

Signoretia malaya Stal.
Stal, Of. Vet. Ak. Forh. (1855), 192 (Thamnotettia) .
Stal, Free. Eug. Resa (1858), 290.
Atkinson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (1885), 54, 91.
Distant, Fauna Brit. India—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 232.

Head, most of pronotum and abdomen, except genitalia, stram-
ineous; the following parts virescent: posterior portion of pro-
notum, clavus at base and extreme apex, 2 inner sectors of
corium apically, clypeus, forelegs, middle and hind tibize except
base, all tarsi, and the genitalia. Tegmina albescent, the veins in
apical area fuscescent. Length ¢, 7mm.

Length of face greater than width across eyes (fig. 2, b).
Front and clypeus strongly ridged, on former the ridge sharply
carinate, surface adjoining ridge depressed, broadly so on upper
part of front. Lateral faces of front convex and with about 9
weak, incomplete ridges; surface otherwise only irregularly and
very minutely roughened. Facial ridge terminating in central
swollen portion of clypeus; apical angles of clypeus depressed
and laminate, length of clypeus about half that of front. Tem-
ples with a lobular extension of ledge above scrobe extending
over the lateral margin of front (hidden in facial view). Ocel-
lar sulcus very narrow at apex of head and continuous except for
a minute, blackish median carina, laterally twice suddenly
broadened, the ocellus less than its own width from the eyes.
Length of vertex more than half its width between the eyes,
its plane parallel with the long axis of the body; the profound
discal concavity of the vertex medially carinate, the carina brown-
ish anteriorly, the surface of the area minutely tuberculate; the
thick basal transverse ridge nearly straight, and with a brownish
dot at center, the thin extremities of this ridge obliquely con-
tinued to behind eyes.

Pronotum (fig. 2, a) about three times the length of vertex;
the lateral margin about two and one half times into the width;
the marginal carina strong, straight, and complete; pleurz deeply
furrowed and with a short transverse carina at two thirds of the
depth. Sculpturing of the pronotum and pleure a very coarse
and continuous bordered thimble-pitting, at the bottom of each pit
a minute setigerous tubercle, exactly the peculiar character of
sculpturing found in Ulopa, Megophthalmus, and Pythamus;
a strong narrow depression from one lateral angle to the other,

X,D,3 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, III 195

passing one seventh of the length from the anterior border, and
following the curve of the anterior margin; submedially this
submarginal depression is crossed by 2 short longitudinal carine.
Exposed portion of scutellum less than one fourth the length of
pronotum, and with a curved transverse ridge at center. Veins
of tegmina carinately prominent and strongly pit-bordered back
of apical cells; basal half of clavus, and basal two thirds of 2

— et

Fic. 2. Signoretia malaya Stal. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face;
€, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia (abnormally extruded) ; e,

antenna; j, posterior tibia; g, apical half of tezmina.

outer areas of corium, thickly thimble-pitted like the pronotum;
tegmina entirely without an appendix, but the marginal vein
apically very thick; margin of basal cell of clavus three times as
long on the commissure as on the anal margin. Genitalia in this
specimen unnaturally extruded (fig. 2), but subgenital plate of
great length, subelliptical, strongly medially ridged and carinate,
and the apex narrowly shallowly sinuate-emarginate. Posterior
tibiz prismatic, shallowly sulcate on one side, the outer borders

196 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

spined as shown in fig. 2, b, but the inner angle, not shown in
figure, with a thick-set row of slender spines.

Apparently rare at Los Banos, Luzon.

As that species has been described, it is only possible to refer
our form provisionally to S. malaya of Stal, at this time. As
stated, there is great need for the more thorough study of the

type.

Signoretia tagalica sp. nov.

Stramineous, vertex with 2 transverse submedian brown dots
near anterior border and a brown dot above each ocellus; tegmina
albescent, with the veins in apical area fuscescent. Length, ¢
6.5, 2 7 mm.

Length of face less than width across eyes (fig. 3, b). Front
more strongly inflated than in S. malaya and smoother, the
median carina not extending on to the clypeus. The swollen
margin of gene very broad below, reaching the genz. Clypeus
much more than half the length of the front. Face otherwise,
with temples, similar to that of malaya. The narrow connec-
tion of ocellar sulci in malaya is here shallower and less sharply
marked; laterally the ocellar area is twice broadened as in malaya,
but the two subareas are separated by a longitudinal ridge, that
in which the ocellus is situated being the deeper; ocellus distant
much more than its width from the eye. Length of vertex less
than half of its width between the eyes, its plane strongly decli-
vous to the long axis of the body; the distal concavity less
profound than in malaya and entirely without a median carina,
the inner surface finely tuberculate; basal transverse ridge me-
dially distinctly angled, laterally extended to behind eyes.

Pronotum (fig. 3, a) more than four times the length of the
vertex; the lateral margins contained more than four times in
the width; the lateral carine less sharp than in malaya; pitting
shallow, the margins of the pits broad, blunt, and shining, leay-
ing a median, continuous, smooth line which becomes a carina
where it crosses the anterior submarginal depression, the sub-
median carinz of malaya at this point being entirely absent;
pleurz medially irregularly ridged instead of furrowed and with-
out a carina on lower portion. Exposed part of scutellum about
one seventh the length of pronotum, surface nearly smooth,
centrally slightly umbonate. Tegmina with pitting distributed
somewhat as in malaya, but far weaker and more irregular, and
mostly lacking the setigerous tubercles. Anteapical cell far
shorter than in malaya. Margin of basal cell of clavus little
longer on the commissure than on the anal margin. Subgenital

kD; 3 Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, II 197

plate not as long as in malaya; broadened apically where the
margin projects and is broadly bisinuate. Gonapophyses of
male with but few very weak hairs. Posterior tarsi very
similar to those of malaya.

Described from a male taken on Mount Maquiling, Laguna
Province, Luzon, and a female taken on the neighboring mountain
mass of Banahao (types in coll. Baker).

Fic. 3. Signoretia tagalica sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, scutellum; b, face;
c, side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia; e, male genitalia; f, pos-
terior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina.

A provisional separation of the above two species from other
species of Signoretia may be made as follows:

a’. Vertex much longer at middle than at the sides, the length equal to, or
more than, one half the width between the eyes.
b*. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and abdomen not black.

c. Pronotum with 2 very short submedian carinz on anterior area;
lateral margins of the pronotum into the width 2.5 times; body
stramineous, above partly and legs virescent; length, 7 mm.

malaya Stal.

198 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

©. Pronotum medially completely unicarinate; lateral margins of pro-
notum into its width about three times; body above variously
colored with chocolate brown, pale ochraceous, grayish brown,
DY Cl ly O92 ea aN SL sr ts (Te greeni Dist.

b*. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and abdomen black; tegmina dark, smoky
brown; length, 7 mm. (Schmidt does not figure his species and
does not described the structural details of head, pronotum, and
tegmina, merely saying that in these particulars it is like malaya).

sumatrana Schmidt.
a. Vertex but little longer at middle than at sides, the length less than
half the width between the eyes.

b*. Lateral margins of pronotum into its width little more than two
times; stramineous, the tegmina golden yellow, apically and basally
SEEN AMO? LISTER, G) TANT ooo eeecssece see -e ee een eeee eee reece . aureola Dist.

b*. Lateral margins of pronotum into its width more than four times;
stramineous, the tegmina albescent; length, 7 mm. tagalica sp. nov.

PYTHAMIINAE
Genus PYTHAMUS Melichar

Pythamus melichari sp. nov.

Head yellowish, vertex with a very broad, irregular, transverse
black band, a black spot at tip and one at each basal angle. Pro-
notum shining bronzy black, bluish pruinose laterally, the lateral
margin yellowish, this margin shortly angularly extending in-
wardly at 3 points, once at the posterior lateral angle, once in the
middle, and again behind the eyes. The pleura is almost entirely
yellowish. Front at upper angles and on either side at antennal
scrobes black-dotted. Scutellum black, shining, the lateral mar-
gins of posterior area yellowish. Tegmina black on inner half,
which is bluish pruinose at base, yellowish on outer half, the
veins all blackish and paler distally, distal half of apical area
fuliginous. Dorsum black with yellowish lateral margins. All
below yellow except apices of pygofers, which are black. In the
male the yellows are more intense. Length, ¢ 5.5, @ 6.5 mm.

Length of face across eyes nearly once and one half the width
(fig. 4, e). Front and clypeus shagreened; front not elevated
medially, but sharply carinate, the carina not extending on to
the clypeus; lateral surfaces of front with subobsolete transverse
ridges, the lower half with indistinct submarginal brownish lines
at sides. Lore and genz obscurely longitudinally rugose, the
latter without swollen outer margin. Clypeus somewhat more
than the length of front, strongly narrowed apically, the anterior
angles not thin and laminate. Ocellar sulci very large and
broad triangular, the inner points meeting but separated by a
carina, the lower angles extending nearly to antennal scrobes,
from whence a curved carina projects from the broken frontal!

Dye Baker: Philippine Jassoidea, Ill 199

margin into the disk of this area; the disk of the ocellar area
is shallow and coarsely transversely rugose; the ocellus is
situated near its upper margin and about halfway between eye
and median line of head. The anterior marginal carina of vertex
curves to behind the eyes as in Signoretia. Length of vertex
greater than width between eyes; the median carina is lami-
nately raised to high above the disk, its highest part being on the

VAS SSS
>

Fic. 4. Pythamus melichari sp. nov. a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum ;
b, side view of head and pronotum; c, female genitalia; d, male genitalia; e, face;
f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tezmina.

posterior half instead of on the anterior half as figured for
Pythamus dealbatus Mel.; the disk concave, except on posterior
half near the median carina, where it is swollen against the
carina, the remaining pertion being finely and irregularly
wrinkle concentrically to this swollen portion; the position of the
basal ridge of Signoretia is occupied by a low transverse ridge
near the posterior margin.

Pronotum (fig. 4, a) broader than head, shorter than vertex,

200 The Philippine Journal of Science

the posterior margin broadly evenly incurved, fully exposing
the large scutellum, the lateral carinze complete and strongly
curved. The pronotum and scutellum, and the tegmina partly,
have the same type of large pits as in Signoretia, each pit
having a setigerous tubercle within, although in this case the
pits are more distant and without sharp rims, the surface be-
tween them being smooth and shining, but without leaving a
smooth median line on the pronotum; disk of pronotum slightly
ridged along the median line, anterior area at sides only with
narrowed depressions behind the eyes, these depressions occupied
by yellow extensions from the lateral margins. The scutellum
longer than wide and longer than the pronotum, posteriorly
with a strongly impressed transverse line. Tegmina with veins
less prominent than in Signoretia, all pit-margined, distally
more weakly so; basal half of clavus and corium within at base
sparingly pitted. In all the present material the fourth apical
cell is confluent with the single anteapical cell. The subgenital
plate (fig. 4, c) of the female is tranverse, truncate posteriorly,
and about twice the length of preceding (strongly bent down-
ward in the figure). The subgenital plate of male is of similar
form, the gonapophyses are long, narrow, and heavily spined,
the lateral plates without curved tips and weakly haired. The
hind tibiz are prismatic and heavily spined as shown in fig. 4,
f, although still another row of spines exists on the opposite side.

This species is described from several specimens taken at
Puerto. Princesa, Palawan Island, P. I., and is named for Dr. -
L. Melichar, author of many monumental works on the Homop-
tera. (Types in coll. Baker.)

Pythamus melichari var. mindanaensis var. nov.

A single male specimen from Iligan, Mindanao, is very similar
to the type of P. melichari in general form and coloration, but
differs in several secondary details. The lorz are entirely black,
whereas in the type the inner margin only is faintly brown. The
propleurze are entirely black, and the yellow on the pronotal
margins is greatly reduced and without inward extensions. The
yellow of the tegmina is also reduced, and a greater portion of
the apical area is fuliginous. The genitalia also appear to differ
slightly, the gonapophyses being longer and the side plates with
tips appressed. On superficial examination this specimen would
not be distinguished from the species.

ILLUSTRATIONS

TEXT FIGURES

Fic. 1. Megophthalmus scanicus Fall.

a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; c,
lateral view of head and pronotum; d, apical half of tegmina;
é, posterior tibia.

2. Signoretia malaya Stal.

a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; b, face; c,
side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia (abnor-
mally extruded) ; e, antenna; f, posterior tibia; g, apical half
of tegmina.

3. Signoretia tagalica sp. nov.

a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; 6, face; c¢,
side view of head and pronotum; d, female genitalia; e, male
genitalia; f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina.

4, Pythamus melichari sp. nov.

a, upper surface of head, pronotum, and scutellum; 6, side view
of head and pronotum; c, female genitalia; d, male genitalia;
e, face; f, posterior tibia; g, apical portion of tegmina.

133912——3 201

+4 ay ay ‘ iis eo wiht ayia
) urea th ne thee gia lta, hatin stent loud
‘ wy ve EU eae ae, Js it hag i iiss ee
Xpahs VaR Mek bite Dial aca acai ak ee ‘sa
lm Hig sibs RS Heath, tty
it sasha ng Ae

oe AY 24e he. ey aca!

NENT Data hs Ps Pg ats |

susie Baia 1 3 uit Six Wa lact sive ii er {a ese

: Le ya ai ir et ae, yi ‘vrei vedgilaaae bare eS ite aby
oe ee (ONE haa on senbaien Fouanann? wees eles ot druneg,\ cat
wie i oleh ak OO Wh Eig a
i Pa 1 abt ‘a lise brug (ia er aga Lo hue Le
hie ean vt murponedey Tine waa

es,

ee he y SAS i 2 ere a A he

NOTES ON PHILIPPINE ALCYONARIA
PART V: CORNULARIA MINUTA, A NEW SPECIES

By S. F. Licut
(From the Zoological Laboratory, College of Liberal Arts,
University of the Philippines)
SEVEN TEXT FIGURES

Cornularia minuta sp. nov. Figs. 1-7.

Specific characters.—The very minute colonies are attached to
the surface of support by the creeping, anastomosing, threadlike
stolons. The polyps arise from the stolons at irregular intervals,
and when fully expanded have a maximum length of about 2.5
millimeters, including the tentacles, and a minimum diameter of
from 0.3 to 0.4 millimeter just below the tentacles. Each polyp
is connected with one or more stolons, each of which contains
two or more endodermal canals lying in a thick homogeneous ©
mesoglea. These stolons are covered with a very thin, wrinkled,
perisarclike, horny envelope, an extension of which forms a
cuplike covering for the basal portion of the polyps. The ex-
panded polyps are slender, and the tentacles are about one third as
long as the body of the polyp and bear on either side a single
row of from 6 to 10 rather short, thick, cylindrical pinnules.
When contracted, the distal portion of the polyp is retracted
within the basal, horny covering, which is then cone-shaped
or beehivelike. There are no spicules.

Color.—The polyps are dirty white to light yellow and more
or less transparent. The perisarc of the basal portion of the
polyps is dirty yellow or light brown and has a granular or
corrugated appearance due to the wrinkles in its surface and
to the particles of foreign matter attached to it. The stolons
are white to light yellow and somewhat transparent.

Type.—No. C. 2457, zodlogical collection of the University of
the Philippines; Legaspi Bay, Albay Province, Luzon, P. I.;
January.

The specimens were found growing on colonies of Siphono-
gorgia variabilis Hickson from the cable in Legaspi Bay in 90
meters of water.

Systematic position.—It has been no easy matter to determine
the systematic position of this aleyonarian. Its characters show

203

204 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

a relationship to both Cornularia and Clavu-
Pa aes laria. Its external characters are those of
Cornularia,; that is, there are no spicules, the

Fic. 1. Part of a col. Stolons and the proximal portions of the polyp
aes o ee are covered with a horny envelope within
Actual size. ++Which the distal portion of the polyp is retrac-

tile, and the polyps are connected by very
slender cylindrical stolons. Here the similarity ceases, and the’

other characters are those of Clavularia. The stolons contain a

number of endodermal canals instead of one as in Cornularia.

These are surrounded by a very thick mesoglcea instead of the

thin lamella of Cornularia; the polyps have a general form more

like Clavularia than Cornularia, as they taper from the base to
the distal end, while in Cornularia the basal portion of the polyp
has the least diameter; the polyp in retraction has the form
characteristic of Clavularia—that is, the distal portion is re-
tracted within the proximal portion; and finally the perisarc,
while distinct and always present, is extremely thin and might be
considered as either disappearing or as being a recently acquired
character. The external characters, however, are exactly those
on which the generic definition of Cornularia is based, and we are
confronted with the necessity of founding a new genus inter-
mediate between Cornularia and Clavularia to receive the new
species, or of placing it in the genus Clavularia in spite of the
fact that in external characters it agrees with the definition of
Cornularia, or of placing it in Cornularia in spite of the fact that
it agrees with Clavularia in certain of its characters. Now that
the family Cornularidz, after much confusion and wasted effort,
has been reduced to a few well-defined genera, it seems unwise
to introduce new genera unless absolutely neces-
sary. The genus Cornularia as now constituted
contains only one or perhaps two species, and the
addition of this new species should not lead to
confusion even though it is atypical in some of
its characters. Of course, it is out of the ques-
tion to add to the already large genus Clavularia

a form which differs so distinctly from all the ,,, 5 «4 jar-

known species of that genus. For these reasons tially retracted

I have decided to consider the species under dis- P°8P ° Cor

cussion as an atypical species of the genus Cornu- a eee
laria, forming a connecting link between it and WN
the genus Clavularia. covering of

As I have stated above, the genus Cornularia the yhasalaor

0 5 5 tion. Much
has contained until the present time but one well- Ealuseene

x DS Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 205

' known species, C. cornucopize (Pallas) Schweigger, first de-
scribed by Pallas (1766) as Tubularia cornucopizx. This form
is common in the Mediterranean and has been carefully de-
scribed and figured by Cavolini (1785) and von Koch (1890).
Busk (1867) named a new species, from Australia, Cornularia
australis, basing the separation of the species on the smoothness
of the horny covering of the polyps and on the difference in
color. These seem to be rather slight grounds for establish-
ing a new species, but we have the statement of so excellent
an observer as Allman (Busk 1867), who was familiar with
Cornularia cornucopix of the Mediterranean, that C. australis
is specifically distinct, and the fact that the habitats of the -
species are widely separated is further justification for retain-
ing Busk’s species. The identity of the species of Cornularia
named by Kent (1893), of which he gives figures but only very
general descriptions, must remain in doubt. Before even their
generic position can be definitely stated, we must know whether
or not they have spicules, whether or not there is an outer horny
envelope, and whether or not the polyps are retractile, and if
retractile whether they are entirely retractile or whether they
have a distal moiety retractile within a proximal moiety. None
of these facts are given by Kent. His C. parva and C. glauca
appear to be species of the genus Anthelia of the same general
form as Dana’s Rhizoxenia primula, supposing that form to have
had connecting stolons. . His C. tubiporoides has all the appear-
ance of a species of Clavularia, somewhat similar, except in the
length of the tentacles, to Clavularia violacea Quoy and Gaimard
(1834). His C. auricula is very difficult to place. If it has, as
Kent (1893) says, smooth tentacles without any pinnules what-
soever, it may belong to a new group of Alcyonaria as yet un-
named.t Cornularia crassa Milne-Edwards, according to Sars
(1857) and Miiller (1910), is the same as H'vagora rosea Philippi
(1842) = Rhizoxenia rosea Dana (1846). The species of Cor-
nularia described by Quoy and Gaimard belong to other genera.

Whatever the systematic position of these doubtful forms may
be, they show no resemblance to Cornularia minuta. The minute
size, the very thin, perisarclike, horny envelope, the presence
in the stolons of a thick homogeneous mesoglea pierced by several
endodermal canals, and the broadly cone-shaped form of its con-
tracted polyps mark Cornularia minuta as a very distinctly new
species.

*I have been unable to find any pinnules in Clavularia violacea Quoy and
Gaimard.

206 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Because of its interesting systematic position Cornularia mi-
nuta is worthy of careful anatomical study. However, my
material is so limited in amount and so poorly preserved that I
have found it impossible to make a thorough or detailed investiga-
tion of the anatomy. The few observations recorded here were
made on specimens preserved in formalin.

The extremely thin, horny envelope contrasts strongly with
that figured and described by von Koch (1890) and Cavolini
(1785) for C. cornucopize; it averages 0.0008 millimeter in thick-
ness on the stolons and 0.001 millimeter in thickness on the base
of the polyps. It is wrinkled throughout, and although closely
applied to the ectoderm in some regions, it is as a rule separated
from it by a considerable space
(fig. 3 a). On the stolons the
envelope appears smooth and
transparent in surface view, but
sections show that it is wrinkled.
On the basal portion of the
polyp the envelope is rather
opaque and in surface view has
a rough, corrugated appearance
(fig. 2), which sections show to
be due to wrinkling and to the
presence of foreign particles
rather than to inequalities in
thickness.

Fic. 3. A cross section of one of the stolons

of Cornularia minuta, showing the peri- As von Koch says (1890), in
sare (a), the endodermal canals (b), and ; 5 o

the thick mesoglea. From camera lucida speaking of C. CONTAC OBES this
outlines. 202.5. skeleton is a product of the

ectoderm, similar in origin, ap-
pearance, and function to the perisare of hydroids and of
Scyphistoma. In C. minuta it has a remarkable resemblance,
particularly in sections, to the perisare of certain hydroids;
indeed there seems to be no valid objection to the application
of the term perisarce to the horny outer covering of the species
of Cornularia, and I have so used the term in this article.

The thin cup of perisarc within which the polyp retracts is
very flexible, as may be seen by a comparison of its shape in
the expanded polyp, where its distal and proximal widths are
approximately equal (fig. 4), and in contracted polyps where
it is nearly closed distally and considerably broadened basally
(fig. 2). This is in striking contrast to the condition in C.
cornucopix, where it is thick and stiff, especially at the distal
edge of the cup.

eeDsS Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 207

Cornularia minuta is smaller in every way than C. cornucopiz ;
the polyps of the latter are 10 millimeters or more in length,
while those of C. minuta when fully expanded are but from 2
to 2.5 millimeters in length from the base to the tip of the ex-
tended tentacles. These polyps are fully mature, as they were
found in several cases to contain well-developed eggs. When
expanded they are slender and taper slightly from the base to
a region immediately below the tentacles. The tentacles are
one third as long as the body of the polyp and form a crown,
wide in proportion to the diameter of the polyp. This is in con-
trast to the condition in C. cornucopie and gives an appearance

Fic. 4. Camera lucida outline of an expanded polyp of Cornularia minuta. X23.5.

similar to that of the polyps of certain species of Anthelia. The
pinnules are short, thick, cylindrical, and crowded on: the ten-
tacles, and show a superficial segmentation suggestive of hydroid
tentacles. They differ decidedly from those of C. cornucopie
as figured by Cavolini (1785), which are long, slender, and
rather widely separated on the tentacles, suggesting the arrange-
ment in Stereosoma (Anthelia) celebense Hickson (1895),
This difference may be due to some extent to the contraction of
the pinnules and tentacles of C. minuta. The oral surface shows
a raised zone around a large mouth similar to that figured by
Cavolini (1785) for C. cornucopie.

In contraction the entire polyp lies within the cup of perisare

Fig. 5.
of a transverse section through a

208

A schematie representation

retracted polyp of Cornularia
minuta to show the relative posi-
tions of the body layers. a, the
perisare. The ectoderm is cross-
lined, the mesoglea is in black,
and the endoderm is represented
by a line. (Siphonoglyphe not in-
dicated. )

The Philippine Journal of Science

1915

surrounding its base. This is from
one third to one half as long as the
body of the extended polyp, and in
contraction has the shape of a trun-
cated cone or an old-fashioned bee-
hive, the distal aperture being nearly
closed and the base considerably
broadened. The retraction of the
polyps is accomplished as in Clavu-
laria, by the pushing in of the distal
portion, so that a transverse section
of such a polyp taken so as to cut
through the stomodzum near the
mouth would cut the body wall three
times as indicated in fig. 5. In re-
tracted polyps the strongly muscled
tentacles are tightly contracted and
form an irregularly arranged mass

over the oral surface and are not invaginated as figured by
von Koch (1890) for Rhizoxenia (Hvagora) rosea and by Quoy

and Gaimard (1834) for Clavularia violacea.?

The stomodzeum

in contracted polyps ends near the floor of the body cavity,

and the mesenteries and
mesenterial filaments are
crowded together in its
lower portion.

The ectoderm of the body
wall and of the stolons is
thin and rather irregular,
often consisting of a single
layer of flat cells so thin
that the nuclei form pro-
tuberances in the layer.
On the tentacles it is
thicker, being a number of
cells in depth, and it con-
tains in many places large
numbers of very curious
oval bodies (fig. 7) con-
sisting of an outer rounded
or oval capsule containing

Fic. 6. A drawing, from camera lucida outlines,
of part of an oblique, transverse section through

a contracted polyp of Cornularia minuta. a, the
point of junetion of the body cavity and one
of the stolons; a’, an oblique section through one
of the endodermal canals of the stolon; b, the
perisare; c, the wall of the polyp, represented
in black; d, the stomodzeum; e, the siphono-
glyphe; f and f’, mesenteries. 65.5.

*T fail to find this invagination in Philippine specimens of Clavularia

violacea.
(1915), 10, 155.

Notes on Philippine Aleyonaria, Pt. IV. This Journal, Sec. A

x Diya Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria 209

a spherical nonstaining body and a half-moon-shaped, darkly
staining body—apparently a nucleus. The fact that these
bodies are found in the ectoderm and that these Alcyonaria
came from a depth of 90 meters makes it improbable that we
have here a form of unicellular alge related to those so common
in the endoderm of all shallow-water Philippine Alcyonaria.
The clear spherical area, however, is strikingly like that sur-
rounding the chromatophore in Zooxanthelle, but there is no cen-
tral staining area as in these alge. A test for starch would very
likely show whether these are alge or not, but unfortunately I
have no material to spare for such a test. They may be dif-
ferentiated ectoderm cells containing nematocysts of some
peculiar type, the dark-staining body being the nucleus of the
ectoderm cell. The nuclei of the typical ectoderm cells are quite
distinct (fig. 7), however, and
the clear spherule shows none
of the structure characteristic
of nematocysts. Again they
may be some protozoan para-
site or symbiote, the clear
area being a vacuole. Here
and there in the ectoderm of
the tentacles are enlarged
cells completely filled with
small, deeply staining,

5 5 Fre. 7. An oblique section through the ec-
rounded bodies which may be toderm of a tentacle of Cornularia minuta,

another stage in the life cycle showing the ectoderm nuclei and the pe-
. culiar bodies found in the ectoderm cells.
of such a parasite. Because X13.40.

of lack of material the de-
termination of the exact nature of these very curious and
interesting little bodies must be left to some future investigator.

As would be expected in so contractile a form as C. minuta,
the musculature is heavy. The ectoderm of the tentacles is
penetrated by numerous “muscle banners,” which are very con-
spicuous in sections of the contracted polyp. The thick ectoderm
of the oral surface also overlies a layer of muscle fibers.

The mesoglcea, which is everywhere a homogeneous mass show-
ing no penetrating rods of cells as in Xenia and other genera,
nor scattered amceboid cells as in Capnella, Lemnalia, Litho-
phytum, etc., is outlined by an outer and inner deeply staining
line. In the body wall the mesogleal layer averages 0.004 milli-
meter in thickness, which is about the average thickness of the
ectoderm and of the endoderm of the same region. On the oral
surface and in the tentacles it is much thickened and sends out

210 The Philippine Journal of Science "1915

great numbers of supporting lamelle for muscle attachment. In
the tentacles of contracted: specimens its edges are complexly
folded.

The stomodzum, which is about one third as long as the body
of the extended polyp, is lined with the characteristic ciliated
columnar epithelium. Scattered among these cells are numbers
of goblet-shaped gland cells, making it probable that the stomo-
deeum has in C. minuta, as in Xenia (Ashworth, 1899), a digestive
function. The siphonoglyphe is distinct and separated from the
rest of the stomod#um by two deep grooves. It extends with
little change from the mouth to the proximal end of the stomo-
deum. The prominence of the siphonoglyphe in so small a
form is not in accord with Hickson’s theory (1883) as to
the proportion between the development of the siphonoglyphe
and the extent of the cavity supplied by a single polyp. The
cells of the siphonoglyphe are long and very narrow with deeply
staining elongated nuclei and basal portions and lightly staining
outer areas. The cilia reach a length of 0.04 millimeter.

The endoderm of the body like the ectoderm consists of a thin
layer, usually one cell thick, of flat broad cells. In the tentacles
the layer is thicker, and the cells are of the myoepithelial type
(Hickson, 1895).

The mesenteries have the structure typical for most Aleyonaria.
The retractor muscles are strongly developed as would be ex-
pected in so contractile a form. The ventral mesenterial fila-
ments lack the central groove, but are otherwise typical and have
cells which resemble very closely those of the siphonoglyphe.

The stolons average about 0.25 millimeter in diameter and lie
within the thin, wrinkled, loosely attached envelope of perisarc.
They consist of a thick, homogeneous mesogloea covered by a
thin, irregular layer of ectoderm, usually one cell deep. This
mesogloea is pierced by from two to four endodermal canals lined
with a smooth layer of thin, flat endoderm, one cell deep (fig. 3).
As I have noted before, this type of structure agrees with that
found in the stolons of those species of Clavularia having fili-
form stolons and is quite different from that of Cornularia
cornucopie.

A number of eggs which seem to be fairly mature were found
in the sections. They were attached to the mesenteries near
the bottom of the body cavity and are as usual covered with a
layer of mesoglea and endoderm. The eggs measure 0.04
millimeter in length, and 0.03 millimeter in breadth. The nu-
cleus is large, averaging 0.022 millimeter in length and 0.016
millimeter in breadth. It contains a number of deeply staining

x, D, 3 Light: Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria ial

structureless spheres. The cytoplasm is finely reticulated. This
specimen was collected early in January, and hence its breeding
season, if definite, is probably during January and February.

LITERATURE

AsHworTH, J. H. The structure of Xenia hicksoni nov. sp. with some
observations on Heteroxenia elizabethe Kolliker. Quar. Journ. Microsc.
Sct. (1899), 42, 245-304, 5 plates.

Busk. Zoophytology. Quar. Journ. Microsc. Sci. (1867), n. s. 7, 248, plate
36, figs. 7, 8, and 9.

CAVOLINI. Memoire per servire alle storia de’ polypi marini (1785), 250—
255, plate 9, figs. 11 and 12.

Dana, J. J. Zoophytes. U.S. Exploring Expedition (1846), 7.

Hickson, S. J. A revision of the genera of the Alcyonaria stolonifera
with the descriptions of one new genus and several new species. Trans.
Zool. Soc. London (1894), 13, 325-347.

KENT, W. SAVILLE. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia (1893).

KocuH, G. von. Die Alcyonaceen des Golfes von Neaple. Mitt. Zool. Stat.
Neapel (1890), 9, pt. 4, 654-657, figs. 4 and 9.

MILNE-EDWARDS. Histoire naturelle des Corallaires ou Polypes proprement
dits (1857), 1, 106, plate B 1, fig. 4.

MuLier, R. Uber die Alcyonaceen-Gattung Rhizoxenia Ehrbg. Mitt. Zool.
Stat. Neapel (1910), 20, pt. 1, 94-99.

PALLAS. Elenchus Zoophytorum (1766).

Puiuipri, A. Zoologische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Naturg. (1842), 8.

Quoy and GAIMARD. Voyage de l’Astrolabe. Zoophytes. Paris (1834), 4,
262, 263, plate 21, figs. 138-16.

Sars, M. Bidrag til kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoral-Fauna, Chris-
tiania (1857), 5.

uae , aay Phares Py ‘ese uaa ca? We
? Oe aa Bh ya spy de dl uaa e
Y ae th es ie i is 4 mek

son ih

Pee Valen ' i i
aT aes mr pete penn heron boatilrey)~
| shite ees bookie ab ier ae

Uni: tial .
oo ‘* sil i La ape | + a Rad
4 $ i} _ & ra}

5 faint yy siete de Be nile cs
: a i Wal, bak, Lae ai nee wal ney :

bia Vs se send te TOEn airieedinete,
ne are Rice waetiny it yon Megane ite Pog th? dt
| Pi AML. Rina a Melons Aeanles wr |

a Rec RARER par CSTREO IN at
i repihels i ) aot yea iie i oa a he, ia Pe rey)
entity ao the ea ee AN, aan

Rr en, ut : oe ds a 1
SERRA CS TOT Eee.” Tt Se ye ay!

“alld aade CEOU AR aa! Sy ee ee ‘neaeell
an fo ee, aay Oey ear rat py 560 } uel FG ae ci Go? ah eit: Saas
A “ ae deel Ra rene SN y Re ee A Ce
a a a

Wie op etn t oe ALES | we %

\ . viery shite
nih , aa ae On
: } ’
ee ee ae,
Crs nae yok
i!
y n ng " o team e eo ea vere
ve We ae 8 om
vie!
'
x r re 4 a) ‘
ry '
‘

)
*

te a
tn

ILLUSTRATIONS

TEXT FIGURES

Fig. 1. Part of a colony of Cornularia minuta sp. nov. Actual size.

2..A partially retracted polyp of Cornularia minuta, showing the
wrinkled perisarclike covering of the basal portion. Much
enlarged.

3. A cross section of one of the stolons of Cornularia minuta, showing
the perisare (a), the endodermal canals (6), and the thick
mesoglea. From camera lucida outlines. 202.5.

4. Camera lucida outline of an expanded polyp of Cornularia minuta.
Se2a.0e

5. A schematic representation of a transverse section through a
retracted polyp of Cornularia minuta to show the relative posi-
tions of the body layers. a, the perisare. The ectoderm is cross-
lined, the mesoglcea is in black, and the endoderm is represented
by a line. (Siphonoglyphe not indicated.)

6. A drawing, from camera lucida outlines, of part of an oblique,
transverse section through a contracted polyp of Cornularia
minuta. a, the point of junction of the body cavity and one of
the stolons; a’, an oblique section through one of the endodermal
canals of the stolon; 6, the perisarc; c, the wall of the polyp,
represented in black; d, the stomodeum; e, the siphonoglyphe;
f and f’, mesenteries. 65.5.

7. An oblique section through the ectoderm of a tentacle of Cornularia
minuta, showing the ectoderm nuclei and the peculiar bodies
found in the ectoderm cells. 13.40.

213

BMOrCAA hai!

anuhinet: aie

SON HON nee
rary ye" ABA Bi pul

ie ne He eg ah S poe abei,

10 EP RR ane Ue a aoe

oa ae. paket ats Tatas ee Mer) Laser ahaieie ae, on
: RTA SLi ‘ee tibaie ae arb setie He Nias
ay gcd tee. eh iseateg te yhad boparrerrt eG rite sa

> ©. an es

ot eye, pero Rass Na wobtnlanbaieses we
fang at aloe aid gots. Gt sais ihe iran hanya) te

ays of ctypstestow MPR! > erhalten alle wratal tack odd: ty,

arene t 27 werebahing iy (ite Neb as Ri ew panne wey a

aie £2 Braet APD AE TO, Hog etyads ghee, oat. w

serve hitie) Sect hae tay 5G QU ata) Ca ake: Se ee ‘ape

pe ee MeN AOC IAD rey els ame, 1 regi ae vi +
i ail Sa Garth: Pepa akon Mahe waniay sale Fk) La’ Gatto Lee Sethe ae
FAS EOR ER CLG A yf pitt ty ERE) eas Alt" aries yee ast

eta | ehh Lay ie wad 4 Sats with ort der Rye

bie s thaualdiyidlep ki ted” ol Save hniyehaa® geeks Me: bial t af bate

: i ' Gy ou anlage Ay. ita ;

; Lit ulnetal HY aed fe dee read phe Ed) ree Re Le 6 Ska
Ratan > Sees = ey Lira biviey crete? wed ela,

: ole warns, GEP pt

"rss

NOTE REGARDING THE DUGONG IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

By ALVIN SEALE

(From the Section of Ichthyology, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

ONE PLATE

On August 8, 1913, Capt. Edward R. Nicholson, of the Phil-
‘ippine Constabulary, brought to the Bureau of Science a pair
of large tusks and some photographs of the Philippine dugong,
Dugong dugong Miller (Plate I). The animal photographed
was caught by fishermen on Magalaua Island, near the town ~
of Palauig, Zambales Province, Luzon, in June, 1913.

Captain Nicholson states that the flesh of the dugong is highly
valued as food by the people of Zambales. The tusks, which
Captain Nicholson kindly presented to the Bureau of Science,
are of smooth hard ivory, slightly curved, and somewhat flat-
tened on the inner surface; length, 164 millimeters; circum-
ference at base, 93 millimeters. Captain Nicholson stated that
these tusks were hidden in the skull and scarcely protruded into
the mouth. This specimen was a female about 2 meters in
length. It is believed that the dugong arrives on the coast of
Zambales during May and remains for about one month.

Being desirous of finding out more about the habits of these
animals, and of securing a living specimen for the Bureau of
Science acquarium, I wrote to the senior inspector of constab-
ulary at Iba and received the following reply:

IBA, ZAMBALES, December 24, 19138.

Sir: In answer to a communication from your office dated August 8th
and addressed to Captain Nicholson, I have the honor to state that I visited,
about two months ago, the Island of Magalaua, situated near the town of
Palauig, this province, and where most of the sea cows are caught. [|
could, however, make no definite arrangements about catching one or two
of their young. The people thought it might be done, but said it would
be difficult, as the animals—the young—were large and did not live as
long as an ordinary fish in the open air. They would set no price on the
undertaking, but said they would have a meeting and let me know. Up to
date nothing has been heard.

They could tell me very little about the habits of the animals, but thought
they give birth along this coast. Said their eyes would undergo a trans-
formation as soon as they enter the open air, but supposed the vision would
return when they were put back into the water, if alive. They claim that
the eye apparently turns, instantly, to flesh when exposed to the open air.

They are usually caught during the rainy season of the year.

Very respectfully,
JOHN L. F. THARP.

215

lide

*
J

iad y “gant
“yang oningegiliat ail % wa bteotads, aioe Bi
ope pereatoda Laetitem gre | ET bhal ty’ saltieM
saben: ents ae: hater: ‘“pantaga ht Oe baits

ni sepllis « = aa i ie names ahd

tri ihi a tet iO yin ee on geld faith a

Yeh uiaarnae lt "ond a partis ei gnlvit i steve Wee
j abit Ferns sia} “pedonciank: sol nak wihired: “Stren? I: ponent

PC Lae eh er

G 5.
spay 9 Pail aJibde. bd agro wilh Rr i | cceretniiae yt pebonened at ‘
yep st Niey Vatantty alabama Te Yor dor Gel alt omen 9 i

ay'83 :

fybirah Bi: DRA yak?)

ya eal ey ate tea iT ane eee Noa (poe Oot ne dad ‘cae

14 Ba epee ‘aus re ga “yaa

Pat bee Ge ares ney

‘ : wore geerroliol: aad f vlna

Waka metite fig? inde wifes ap hy err] rent shoagiied ahnengale a Py f

an ued, ae Aen gee “eae Yo eet patna Bee eae
ne 9eG “haves Reels einem rei adiviibali- it, ae
eet ak Utter Shiites ghia: Cae
EE 2k Ei, Role” saad aay tne sik es akan a: att

nye Sie de) Beth Aye saa, i wut T hfinang seat 6 Biel ‘ond y
. ay ¢ 1, abi taedt nsieet gel el
dun. ddtehud sot bintela gfeatt erin cit: hie
eyes Silesiwe er ST bhies jhads: ein -gaple ae
eee pe A: chat Hip, ypu oe fergie oe +erie Weinhl ay Sita |

f rig sont andl es ry tela ad cdleet sbegick lng 29 9 pad
Line oat yeh Of basi moulds data vhtkeleul erry yi
oN Dee ett. ty “ipnenor eat 8, att. arigeh Fania eee vie ¥

; Disha esicoh ae aye

ILLUSTRATION

PLATE I

Fic. 1. Dugong dugong Miller, a female on the beach.
2. Dugong dugong Miiller, showing head and fore part of body.
3. Tusks of Dugong dugong Miiller.

217
1339124

‘Vorrasrenda ae
De | eran eT)
ou ott pa! ofarisit a “ont

bed to Peta wyod bia had. said eta ¥
' Aes oan ten cious ean

ver. o i ‘ yay, ’ as es Ps

SEALE: DuGoNG.] Puiu. JouRN. Sci., X, D, No. 3.]

Nostril

Fig. 3. The tusks of a dugong.

PLATE lI.

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Exmer D. MERRILL

Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
IPPINE ISLANDS 3

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
$1, postpaid.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By Fred W. FoxwortTHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Malayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy has brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZOOLOGY

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep HOLuIsTER

Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid.

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By RicHarp C. McGrecor

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid. y

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES

By Davin STARR JORDAN and RosertT HARL
RICHARDSON

Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,

postpaid.

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by ErtcH Martini, G. F. PErris,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHarD P.
STRONG

483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12 charts and maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to-
gether with the results of certain bacte-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report. :

The Bureau of Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the vrinted proceedings of the Interna-
tional Plague Conference.

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. I.,

or to any of the agents listed below.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.

Please give order number.

Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Kelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Page.
KEMP, STANLEY. On a Collection of Stomatopod Crustacea :
fromthe Philippine tislands 22) se oe pes 2 eee ee 169
BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine Jassoidea: III, The Steno-
cotides of the ;Philippirtes 25 uc yea ee eee ete 189
LIGHT, S. F. Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria, Part V: Cornu-
daria ‘minuta, ai New Species..3. 2.205 So ee 203
SEALE, ALVIN. Note Regarding the Dugong in the Philippine
ISTE Yo Ih eM ea May ee ee a es AU OM eo ee cee earhe EDD, 215
U. S.
The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency.
Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries.. $2.00
Section®B./fropical® Medicine 22. Boe eee on Seine 3.00
Section: ©.1Botan ysis. 22-2 se ee ee ae he ree A ee eee ae ee 2.00
Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec-
tion D began with Volume V) -----__,_..---------------------------2-2--------= 2.00
Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V --.-.-----.-.-------------------------- 5.00
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI ---.--___..--_.._-------.--.------ 7.00
Single numbers (except of Volume [) .-.------------.--.-.------------+------- .00
Each section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold
only with a complete file of section A, B, or C--_--__---..---.--------- 10.00
Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.----.---------.------------------------------ 3.50
Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of
SECLIODYASG cB: OT © se ea ee CR ee 8 Seer oe era 6.50
Single numbers of Volume I -_.----...-..--.------------------------------------+- 75

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour-
nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents

listed below:
AGENTS | E

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. ~

Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger-
many.

Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.

A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter.

VoL. X, SEC. D, No. 4 JULY, 1915
THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D.
GENERAL EDITOR

SECTION

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, PH. D.; ALVIN SEALB, A. B.
C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. EH. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, $9 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.

The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English
and English-Igorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By Otto SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILLER

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29

plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7

pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER
OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES
By Otto SCHEERER
and

“F? AND “Vv? IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES

By CARLOS EVERETT CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, L41 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. ~The Su-
banuns of this region were studied by Mr.
Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the people
themselves.

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By Nasnes M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid.

“recorded in five folding diagrams. |

Order No.

~understands the conditions

Saye ats hee fm,
me es hea dh
a BR ote toe
b f Ke
pate
is ae
Z

ETHNOLOGY—Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By Nasees M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao are

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By WiniiAm ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, $3 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and arrows, dances, and various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES
PHILIPPINE HATS
By C. B. RoBinson

415. Paper, 66 pages, &
plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper is a concise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands.

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
ISLAND OF NEGROS

By Herspert S. WALKER

Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.
4

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larve to-
gether with a description of the new Philip-
pine race.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Vou. X JULY, 1915 No. 4.

NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN: III

Von K. M. HELLER

(Kgl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum,
_ Dresden, Germany)

MIT EINER TAFEL

Der vorliegende faunistische Beitrag befasst sich mit der
Beschreibung nur von Riissel- und Bockkafern, die mir, wo nicht
ausdrticklich anders erwadhnt, in der liebenswiirdigsten Weise
von dem so erfolgreichen Sammler, Herrn Prof. Charles Fuller
Baker, in Los Banos, zur Verfiigung gestellt wurden. Mit weni-
gen Ausnahmen, die weiter unten erwahnt sind, stammen sie
alle aus Luzon und sind die neuen Arten, nicht aber die neuen
Varietaten, gleichlaufend mit den Beschreibungen numeriert
worden. Folgende Arten finden in der eingehaltenen Reihen-
folge Erwaéhnung, oder werden als neu beschrieben:

CURCULIONIN 4&
1. Metapocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides. 9. Agametina (gen. nov.) discoma-
2. Metapocyrtus bakeri. culata.
3. Hupyrgops banahaonis. 10. Chirozetes arotes.
4. Polycatus eupholoides: Mindanao. Pempheres habena Pasc.
5. Auletobius ascendens. 11. Poropterus bengueticus.
6. Parimera trivittata. 12. Tragopus pygmaeus.
7. Parimera negrito. Cyamobolus sturmi var. definitus.
Parimera negrito var. variabilis. Cyamobolus charpentieri Bohem.
8. Megarrhinus suratus. 13. Otidognathus fulvopictus.
Megarrhinus carinicollis: Ban- 14. Prodioctes (?) rubrovittatus.
guey. 15. Cercidocerus curvaturatus.

Megarrhinus alternans: Formosa. 16. Aphioda integripennis.
135635 219

220 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

CERAMBYCIN 42
17. Halme (?) spinicornis. 25. Cacia proteus.
18. Polyphida monticola. Cacia proteus var. disjuncta.
19. Nericonia glabricollis. 26. Huclea ruficollis.
20. Diochares mindanaonis: Minda- 27. Proteuclea (gen. nov.) Jlateri-
nao. vitta.
21. Cereopsius irregularis. 28. Xyaste uniformis.
22. Anancylus stria. 29. Xyaste varioscapus.
23. Cacia xenoceroides. 30. Xyaste trigonocephala.
24. Cacia ulula.
CURCULIONIN 42

1. Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) pachyrrhynchoides sp. nov. Tafel I,
Fig. 1 und 2.

Aterrimus, prothorace margine apicali basalique, utrinque
lineis submarginalibus et supracoxalibus conjunctis, elytris
vittis tribus, laterimarginali discalique integris, subsuturali in
tertia parte mediana interrupta ac hic lineola transversa de-
terminata, lateribus inter lineis longitudinalibus, in primo et
secundo triente lineolis transversis, pallide aurato-squamulosis.

Long., 15; lat., 7 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Schwarz, etwas fett glanzend, mit blassgoldiger hie und da
schwach griinlicher Schuppenlinienzeichnung. Korper gestreck-
ter wie bei Orthocyrtus triangularis m., viel feiner und zer-
streuter punktiert, der Riissel von ganz ahnlicher Bildung, Stirn
jedoch ohne Mittelfurche, undeutlich entfernt punktiert. Fih-
lerschaft leicht geschwungen, den Augenhinterrand kaum errei-
chend, Keule sehr wenig kiirzer als das 1. und 2. Geisselglied,
die unter einander ungefaihr gleich lang sind. Oberrand der
Augen mit Furche. Halsschild sehr wenig breiter als lang, mit
gleichmassig gerundeten Seiten, zerstreut und undeutlich punk-
tiert, eine Linie auf dem Vorder- und Hinterrand, die jederseits
innerhalb des Seitenrandes und dicht iiber den Vorderhtften
durch eine Langslinie mit einander verbunden sind, blass gold-
gelb beschuppt. Fliigeldecken entfernt zerstreut, kaum gereiht
punktiert, Seitenrand und Mitte jeder Decke mit einer ganzen,
zwischen Naht und Deckenmitte je mit einer im mittleren Drittel
unterbrochenen und T-formig endigenden hell beschuppten
Langslinie. In gleicher Hé6he mit dem T-f6rmigen Querstrich
findet sich im 1. und 2. Deckendrittel zwischen Rand und Dis-
calstreifen ein kurzer Schuppenquerstrich. Alle hellen Langs-
schuppenstreifen der Decken sind an der Deckenwurzel und
an der Spitze mit einander verbunden. In der Mitte der Naht
je ein kurzer Liangsstrich, im 4. Funftel je ein langlicher Punkt,

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 991

ebenfalls hell beschuppt. Hinteres Drittel des Deckenseiten-
randes wie bei den verwandten Arten (z.B. O. triangularis
und O. politus) durch eine Furche wulstartig abgesetzt. Vor-
derseite der Vorderhiiften, Hinterrand der Mittelbrustepimeren,
das Metasternum, die Rander ausgenommen, eine grossere Makel
jederseits auf dem 1., eine kleine jederseits auf dem 2. Ab-
dominalsternit und vor der Schenkelspitze wie die Linien auf
den Decken goldgelb beschuppt.

Die komplizierte Linienzeichnung der Art erinnert viel mehr
an Pachyrrhynchus als an Metapocyrtus, daher der gewahlte
Artname.

2. Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) bakeri sp.nov. TafelI, Fig. 3 und 4.

Aterrimus, prothorace margine apicali basalique utrinque
lineis submarginalibus et supracoxalibus conjunctis, elytris
margine basali, laterali lineaque subsuturali in triente parte
mediana interrupta, altera discali in secundo triente, lineis trans-
versis, punctatim interruptis, in primo et in secundo triente, hac
solum usque ad vittam subsuturalem extensa, pallide viridi-
squamosis; tibiis dorso maculaque anteapicali in femoribus au-
_rato-squamosis.

Long., 11; lat., 5 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Mit vorigem (O. pachyrrhynchoides) verwandt, aber kleiner,
Stirn mit Mittelfurche, Fliigeldecken mit anderer und blassgriin
beschuppter Linienzeichnung. Riissel langer als breit, nach vorn
konisch verbreitert, seine Wurzel und die Stirn mit gemeinsamer
langlicher, goldig beschuppter Makel, eine dhnliche unter dem
Auge. Halsschild wenig breiter als lang, auf der Scheibe
zerstreut punktiert, die griinen Schuppenstreifen unterhalb des
Seitenrandes vorn etwas verbreitert, die darunter liegenden
Halsschildseiten fast unpunktiert. Decken unregelmdssig und
kaum gereiht punkiert, ein breiter Seiten und schmalerer Basal-
rand, so wie ein der Naht naher als dem Seitenrand verlau-
fender Langsstreifen, der im 2. Viertel der Lange unterbrochen
ist, ein anderer kurzer Liangsstrich im 2. Deckendrittel zwischen
letzterem und dem Seitenrand, und eine punktartig unterbro-
chene Querlinie im 1. und 2. Drittel der Deckenlange, von welchen
die hintere jedoch nur bis zur subsuturalen Langslinie reicht,
blassgriin beschuppt. Epimeren der Mittelbrust, die Hinter-
brust und jederseits das 1. und 2. Bauchsternit, so wie die Schen-
kel vor der Spitze mit griiner Schuppenmakel. Riicken der
Schienen rotlichgolden beschuppt. Bei dem typischen Exemplar
ist der subsuturale Schuppenstreifen im 2. Drittel der Naht durch

DY The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

eine astartige Erweiterung mit dem gegeniiberliegenden ver-
bunden, wahrend bei dem zweiten Stiick (in coll. Baker) diese
Schuppenlinien durch die Naht getrennt bleiben.

3. Eupyrgops banahaonis sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 5 und 6.

Kupyrgops submaculato Faust major, niger, elytris, margine
laterali, basi excepta, plagisque irregularibus, quarum subsu-
turali vittiforme, subaurato- aut coeruleo-squamosis; rostro dorso
utrinque late sulcato, in medio subsulcato; prothorace latitudine
perpaulo longiore, sat nitido, remote punctato; margine antico
in medio interrupto, maculis utrinque intra angulis posticis,
vitta supracoxali, anguste interrupta, pallide viridi-aurato (aut
coeruleo-) squamosis; elytris ampliatis, subseriato-punctatis,
in dimidia parte basali transverse subrugulosis, in dimidia parte
apicali punctis asperatis, stria prima secundaque apice fossula-
tis; corpore subter remote punctato.

Long., 15; lat., 7 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Grosser als EL. submaculatus Faust und der Kérperform nach
an einen grossen Pachyrrhynchus erinnernd. Riisselriicken je-
derseits mit breiter, sich nach vorn verschmdalernder, in der
Mitte ohne, oder mit undeutlicher Langsfurche. Stirn nur vorn
mit kurzer Langsfurche, hinter der Basalfurche des Riissels mit
griinlicher Beschuppung, im tibrigen sehr vereinzelnt punktiert.
Halsschild etwas langer als breit, seine grésste Breite vor der
Mitte, kraftig aber entfernt punktiert, der Vorderrand und damit
im Zusammenhang stehend, ein Langstreifen tiber den Vorder-
hiiften, beide in der Mitte unterbrochen, so wie eine etwa dreiek-
kige Makel innerhalb der Hinterecken griinlich oder blaulich
beschuppt. Fliigeldecken breit eiformig, entfernt und klein
gereiht punktiert, die breiten Zwischenriume in der vorderen
Deckenhalfte hie und da etwas querrunzelig, die Punkte in der
hinteren Deckenhalfte, soweit sie von Schuppen frei sind, ras-
pelig gekérnt; die vorgezogene Deckenspitze jederseits mit tiefem
Langseindruck. Die unsymetrische Schuppenmakelzeichnung
besteht in einem Liangsstreifen auf der hinteren Halfte des
Seitenrandes, in einem eben solchen, aber kaum das erste Decken-
drittel erreichenden, an der Schulter und einem langeren auf dem
2. Spatium, beide sind an der Wurzel mit einander verbunden,
letzterer fliesst zuweilen auch mit der hinter der Deckenmitte
gelegenen, unregelmissigen Makel zusammen. Eine andere un-
regelmassige gréssere Makel, die mit einer submarginalen hinter
der Deckenmitte meist zusammenhingt, befindet sich vor der
Deckenspitze; sie wird von der gegeniiberliegenden nur durch

X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 923

einen feinen schwarzen Nahtstreifen getrennt. Kleinere Schup-
penmakeln finden sich je am Seitenrand tiber den Hinterhiiften,
zuweilen auch zwischen den beiden ersten Lingsstreifen, in der
vorderen Deckenhalfte. Mittelbrust, Epimeren, Hinterbrust, die
Schenkel an der Wurzel und vor der Spitze, 1. und 2. Bauch-
sternit an den Seiten griin beschuppt.

4. Polycatus eupholoides sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 7 und 8.

Aterrimus, pallide coeruleo- aut viridi-aurato-squamosus,
elytris fasciis duabus aut tribus spatioque secundo in triente
basali (in femina etiam in 3., 5. et 6.) nigro-denutatis; rostro
dorso acute carinulato; prothorace linea mediana in medio dila-
tata, nigro-glabra; elytris remote seriato-punctatis, spatiis alter-
natis angustioribus, in dimidia parte apicali remote ac seriatim
fusco-setosis, stria prima secundaque apice impressis.

Long., 13.5—15; lat., 5-7 mm.

MINDANAO, Talkulan. .

Gedrungener als P. awrofasciatus Heller: jedoch in beiden
Geschlechtern sehr auffallend verschieden gezeichnet, Halsschild
grosstenteils, Fliigeldecken nur teilweise mit matt goldgriinen
oder blaulichen Schiippchen bedeckt, so dass wenigstens das 1.
Spatium und die Deckenwurzel so wie zwei Querbinden, beim
Weibchen ausserdem 2-3 Langsstreifen im Spitzendrittel kahl
schwarz sind. Riissel mit deutlich nach vorn divergierenden
Seiten, ungefahr 14 mal so lang wie an der Spitze breit, mit
scharfer Dorsalleiste, die zwischen den Augen in einen runden
Kahlfleck mit Griibchen endigt, die Seiten der Lange nach
eingedriickt und grob punktiert. Fiihler dicht griinlichgrau
beschuppt, das 2. Glied der Geissel beim Mannchen wenig langer,
beim Weibchen so lang wie das erste (wie bei P. aurofasciatus,
was bei dessen Beschreibung nicht erwahnt ist). Keule beim
Mannchen schwarz, beim Weibchen blass rotbraun. MHalsschild
fast so lang wie breit (3.5 « 4), vor der Mitte etwas breiter als
am Hinterrande, mit glatter in der Mitte erweiterter kahler
Mittellinie, im iibrigen zerstreut punktiert und ziemlich dicht
mit blaulichen oder goldgriinen Schiippchen bedeckt, die am
-Vorderrande und beiderseits der Mittellinie, in der hinteren
Halsschildhalfte, mehr weisslich und dicht gedrangt sind. Beim
Weibchen findet sich beiderseits dicht hinter der Mitte, in der
Mitte zwischen Seitenrand und Mittellinie, ein griibchenartiger
Schrigeindruck. Fliigeldecken entfernt gereiht punktiert, die
Punktreihen den leicht erhabenen Basalrand nicht erreichend,

* Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1912), 7, 380, Tafel II, Fig. 15.

224. The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

die 1. von der Wurzel nach der Mitte der Naht zu sich von
dieser allm&hlich entfernend und so wie die tibrigen und alle
Spatien im Spitzendrittel mit gereihten braunlichen Borstchen,
das 2., 3. und 5. Spatium breiter als die tibrigen. Beim Mannchen
tiberwiegt der beschuppte Teil der Decken den kahlen, so dass
mehr als das ganze Basaldrittel, mit Ausnahme des 1. Spatiums
und zweier kahler Querbinden, blass blaulichgriin beschuppt sind.
Die erste Kahlbinde liegt in der Deckenmitte und reicht bis zum
Seitenrand, die zweite im zweiten Drittel und wird durch das 7.
Spatium unterbrochen. Beim Weibchen sind die kahlen und
beschuppten Stellen ungefahr von gleicher Ausdehnung, die
schwarzen Querbinden sind breiter als die beschuppten und
diese haéufig unterbrochen, das 2., 3. und 6. Spatium sind im
Spitzendrittel schwarz kahl, die dazwischen liegenden beschuppt,
ausserdem findet sich im 1. Viertel der Deckenlange noch eine
dritte, bis zur dritten Punktreihe nach innen reichende kahle
Querbinde. Unterseite dicht graugriin oder goldgriin beschuppt,
mit zerstreuten gelbbraunen Borstenschiippchen. Analsternit
des Weibchens jederseits an der Wurzel mit eingedriicktem
Strichelchen.

5. Auletobius ascendens sp. nov.

Rufescescenti-fulvus, elytris subviridiaeneo-lavatis, crebre
punctatis, praeterea seriato-punctatis, stria suturali, basi
excepta, impressa; rostro prothorace longiore, dorso basi sulcato;
antennis ad rostri basin insertis, clava triarticulata, articulo
tertio duobus praecedentibus paulo longiore; prothorace
longitudine latitudine basali fere aequali, lateribus rectis, antror-
sum convergentibus, angulis posticis rotundatis; pedibus flaves-
centibus, unguiculis fissis.

Long., 2.8; lat., 1.6 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Gelbrot, Hinterbrust schwArzlich, Fliigeldecken schwacherzgrun
iibergossen, Riissel in der Apicalhalfte und die Fiihler schwarz-
lich. Riissel linear, linger als der Halsschild, im basalen Drittel
mit Dorsalfurche, beiderseits davon mit entfernt gereihten
Punkten. Fiihler nahe der Riisselwurzel eingefiigt, so dass die
Spitze des 2. Fiihlergliedes iiber den Augenvorderrand nach
hinten reicht. Fiihlergrube gestreckt oval, das Auge nicht
erreichend. Zweites Fiihlerglied langer als das etwas dickere
1. und wenig kiirzer als das 4., das sechsmal so lang wie an der
Wurzel dick ist, die folgenden an Linge abnehmend, die dreiglied-
rige Keule so lang wie die vier vorhergehenden Glieder zusam-
men, ihr 1. und 2. Glied so lang wie breit, das 3. Keulenglied

X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 235

sehr wenig langer als die beiden vorhergehenden zusammen.
Kopf an den halbkugelig vorgequollenen Augen so breit wie lang,
Stirn gewolbt mit sehr feinen, nach vorn gerichteten Harchen,
Scheitel mit verhaltnismassig groben Querfurchen. MHalsschild
vor der Basis kaum so breit wie seine Mittellinie lang ist, die
Seiten gerade, nach vorn convergierend, die Hinterecken ver-
rundet in den etwas kupfrig gesAumten Hinterrand tibergehend.
Oberseite fein und dicht punktiert und fein behaart. Schildchen
gleichseitig dreieckig verrundet. Fltigeldecken nicht ganz dop-
pelt so breit wie lang (2.5 x 4.3), die Seiten gerade, nach hinten
zu kaum merklich divergierend, die Spitze gemeinsam abge-
rundet, dicht und fein punktiert, ausserdem mit Reihen entfern- _
ter wenig grésserer Punkte, von denen die erste, neben der Naht,
ausgenommen im basalen Fiinftel tief streifenartig eingedriickt
ist. Abdomen glinzend, nach der Spitze zu kaum erkennbar
punktiert, Naht zwischen dem 1. und 2. Sternit verstrichen.
Hinterschenkel das 38. Bauchsternit nicht tiberragend. Fiisse
kriftig, ihr 1. Glied nicht linger als das 2. und 3. zusammen
genommen. Klauen gespalten.

6. Parimera ” trivittata sp. nov.

Fulvo-testacea, rostro, clava, vertice, scutello, vitta mediana
thoracali, sutura vittaque utrinque sublaterali in elytris, nigris;
maris rostro elytris parum breviore, in dimidia parte apicali
dorso utrinque et in medio longitudinaliter remote seriato-
granuloso, in dimidia parte basali tricarinulato, feminae sub-
tiliter remoteque punctato; funiculi articulo primo secundo
longiore ac crassiore, reliquis, etiam ultimo, oblongo-conicis;
prothorace latitudine longiore, fere conico, maxima latitudine
ante basin, crebre subtiliterque punctato, vitta mediana nigra,
tertia parte marginis apicalis aequilata; elytris punctato-striatis,
spatiis crebe punctatis, vitta sublaterali nigra, in spatio quinto
et sexto disposita et basi apiceque abbreviata; femoribus anticis
haud dentatis; maris tibiis anticis in duabus trientibus apicalibus
articuloque primo tarsali longe fulvo-fimbriatis.

Long:, 3—4, lat., 1-2’ mm:

LUZON, monte Maquiling, in palmae Pinangae inflorescentiis.

7. Parimera negrito sp. nov.

Unicolor, nigra, solum scapo subfuscescenti femoribusque in-
termediis interdum etiam prosterni in dimidia parte basali
flavescentibus ; rostro elytris longioribus (in utroque sexu), maris
in dimidia parte apicali utrinque et in linea mediana seriato-

*Faust, Stett. Hnt. Zeitg. (1896), 57, 146.

226 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

granuloso, apice dilatato; antennis post medium rostri insertis,
funiculi articulo primo secundo vix longiore, reliquis oblongo-
conicis, ultimo longitudine paulo latiore; prothorace subconico,
longitudine latitudine maxima (ante basin) aequali, margine
basali in angulis posticis denticulato-prominente; scutello minuto,
trigono; elytris punctato-substriatis, spatiis pygidioque crebre
punctatis ; femoribus anticis fortiter dentatis, maris tibiis anticis
margine interno in duabus trientibus apicalibus fulvo-fimbriatis.

Long., 5—7 (mas) ; lat., 2-2.5 (mas) mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling, eodem tempore et loco cum praece-
denti.

Parimera negrito var. variabilis var. nov.

Differt a specie typica: prothorace rufo-testaceo, in medio
nigro- vittato, elytris vitta discali, aut totis, femoribus omnibus,
anticis nigris interdum exceptis, plus minusve fulvis, abdomine
fulvo aut nigro.

Magnitudine et habitatione praecedentis.

Die Arten der Gattung lassen sich nach folgenden Merkmalen
auseinander halten:

a’. Fliigeldecken dicht tomentiert, die Streifen daher undeutlich, ohne
wahrnehmbare Punkte. :
b'. Alle Deckenstreifen gleich fein, Decken briunlichschwarz, ihr Basal-

und Apicalrand mit lehmgelben Toment, das an der Wurzel des 1.,

3. und 5. Spatiums kurz streifenartig ausgezogen, am Nahtwinkel

schnorkelartig aufgebogen ist............--.---.---20ss0eeeee- = signata Faust.°

b. Deckenstreifen 3, 5 und 7 starker als die tibrigen eingedrtickt, Naht,

das 4., 5. und 6., die Wurzel des des 7. und fast das ganze 8.
Spatium braunlich, der tibrige Teil der Decken gelblich.

vittata Faust.

a’. Fliigeldecken miassig dicht tomentiert, immer mit deutlichen Punkt-

streifen.
c’. Vorderschenkel gezahnt, Kafer teilweise dunkel rot und schwarz,
oder ganz schwarz.

d'. Riissel des Mannchens in der Apicalhalfte oberseits in der Mittel-
linie und am Seitenrand mit deutlicher Kornerreihe, in der
Basalhalfte ohne Mittelleiste.

e’. Riissel des Weibchens kiirzer als die Fliigeldecken, 1. Geissel-
glied langer und dicker als das 2., das 3.6. fast kugelig.
obscura Faust.
e*. Riissel des Weibchens deutlich linger als die Fliigeldecken.

f. Korper mit Ausnahme der gelben Mittelschenkelwurzel und
des rotlichen Fiihlerschaftes ganz schwarz, 1. und 2. Geis-
selglied gleich lang..........2......0--::eeeeeeeeeeee negrito sp. nov.

f’. Korper zweifarbig, Halsschild grésstenteils rot.

negrito var. variabilis.

“Ibid. (1896), 57, 147.

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 297

ad. Riissel in der Apicalhalfte hochstens am Seitenrande, nicht aber
auch in der Mittellinie, mit einer Kornerreihe, 1. Geisselglied
deutlich langer als das 2..0.......22...---.2:ce-eeeeeeeeeeos -uniformis Faust.
ce’. Vorderschenkel ungezahnt.

g. K6érper rotgelb, Riissel, Halsschildmittelstreifen und Dek-

IKOMES ChWwaeZig er ecoeeees secret ence M erumecuee vitticollis Heller.*

g°. Korper gelb, Riissel, Halsschildmittelstreifen, Naht und je

ein an der Wurzel und Spitze abgektirzter Deckenseiten-
StrerkenyschweatZ) ees eee trivittata sp. nov.

8. Megarrhinus suratus sp. nov.

Niger, rostro prothorace longiore, sat dense punctato, antennis
nigris, clava funiculi longitudine aequante; prothorace subconico,
maxima latitudine ante basin, longitudine perpaulo latiore, sub-
tiliter granoso; scutello transverso, rotundato, margine antico
sinuato, crebre punctato, margine postico levi; elytris sub-
punctato-striatis, spatiis carinulatis, subtilissime granuloso-
rugosis, limbo apicali membranaceo, nigricante; pygidio rude
rugoso; corpore subter sat dense fortiterque punctato, punctis
singulis fasciculo e pilis brevibus, griseis; femoribus posticis
intermediis distincte brevioribus; tibiis anticis in primo triente
margine interno dentatim dilatato.

Long., 4.5; lat., 2.5 mm.

LUZON, montibus Maquiling et Banahao.

Die Art unterscheidet sich von allen bekannten durch den
relativ langeren, an den Seiten weniger gerundeten, fast koni-
schen, fein gekornten Halsschild, dessen grésste Breite nahe an
der Basis liegt. Sie.ist einfarbig schwarz, ihr Riissel relativ
lang und ihre Deckenspatien sind vom 2. ab am Aussenrand
scharf kantig; der hautige Spitzensaum ist schwarzlich. Schild-
chen quer, hinten gerundet, sein Vorderrand ausgebuchtet, bis
auf den glatten Hinterrand ziemlich dicht punktiert.

Zwei weitere noch unbeschriebene Arten, die eine von der Insel
Banguey (N. Borneo), die andere von Formosa, sind:

Megarrhinus carinicollis sp. nov.

Totus aterrimus, rostro prothorace longiore, crebre punctato;
antennis clava funiculo breviore; prothorace longitudine latiore,
ad basin perpaulo angustato, subtiliter granuloso, carinula me-
diana levi; scutello transverso-rotundato, margine antico sinuato,

*Abh. u. Ber. Mus. Dresden (1900-1), No. 5, 35, Taf. IV, Fig. 14, aus
Celebes. Die Fiihlerbildung' und habituelle Ahnlichkeit veranlasste mich
schon damals diese Art so wie heute vitticollis zur Gattung Parimera zu
stellen, die wegen den ungezahnten Vorderschenkel leicht fiir eine Telphasia
Pasc., Ann. Mus. Civ. (1885), 235, gehalten werden kénnte.

228 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

postico levi; elytris latitudine humerali brevioribus, punctato-
striatis, sutura elevata, spatiis granulosis, margine externo
carinato-declivi; tibiis anticis margine interno, post medium
perobsolete dentato-dilatato.

Long., 4; lat., 2 mm.

BANGUEY, Borneo bor. (ex coll. J. Faust).

Megarrhinus alternans sp. nov.

Niger, tomento griseo, in prothorace subvittatim, parce tectus;
rostro prothorace breviore; antennarum clava nigra, funiculo
rufescenti breviore; prothorace transverso crebre punctato, ante
scutellum impresso, disco utrinque griseo uni- aut bivittato;
scutello rotundato, convexiusculo, crebre punctato; elytris sub-
punctato-striatis, sutura elevata, spatiis punctatis, parce pilosis,
alternatis (2., 4. et 6.) margine externo fortius carinatis, limbo
marginali nigricante; tibiis anticis margine interno in triente
basali dentatis.

Long., 4; lat., 2.1 mm.

ForMoSA, Taihorinsho et Alikang, legit H. Sauter.

Die somit mir bekannten Megarrhinus-Arten lassen sich wie
folgt unterscheiden:

a. Halsschild mit bis zur Mitte nach vorn reichender Mittelleiste.
b*. Innenrand der Vorderschienen, vor der Mitte, mit zahnartiger Hrwei-
COUT OE ee en RCT LWA RAED 1 ROn Eat Se LL iene Oe Ee RS brachmanus Faust.
b*. Innenrand der Vorderschienen, hinter der Mitte, mit schwacher zahn-
ALtICeT EM Welter Ui e eee ee ee ee eee nee ee eee carinicollis sp. nov.
a. Halsschild nur vor dem Schildchen auf dem Grund eines Hindruckes mit
kurzer Mittelleiste, Fiihler und Decken rdotlich........ subfasciatus Faust.
a’. Halsschild ganz ohne Mittelleiste.
c’. Vorderschienen am Innenrande nicht zahnartig erweitert.
cingalensis Faust.
c’. Vorderschienen am Innenrande deutlich zahnartig erweitert.
d’. Halsschild mit gerundeten Seiten, seine grésste Breite nahe der
Mitte.
e’. Die vier neben der Naht gelegenen Spatien sehr flach gewolbt,
Decken rétlich, mit zwei grauen Tomentquerbinden.
bifasciatus Faust.
e’. Spatien, vom dritten ab, am Aussenrande scharf kantig ab-

fallend. ;
f’. Zahnartige Erweiterung der Vorderschienen in der Mitte,
Spatien gleichmassig kantig................--..----------- infidus Faust.

f°. Zahnartige Erweiterung der Schienen hinter der Mitte, 2., 4.
und 6. Spatium etwas starker hervortretend.

alternans Faust.

ad’. Halsschild mit schwach gerundeten Seiten, fast konisch, seine

grosste Breite nahe der Basis....................-.-.------ suratus sp. nov.

X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 239,

Genus AGAMENTINA novum
Zygopidarum prope Agametis Pasce

Differt a genere Agametis: rostro breviore, funiculi articulo
secundo primo paulo longiore, prothorace basi truncato, lateribus
rotundatis, elytris oblongo-trigonalibus, femoribus clavatis ac
brevioribus.

Die Gattung unterscheidet sich von Agametis durch das relativ
ktirzere 2. Geisselglied, den an der Basis nicht zweibuchtigen,
sondern gerade abgestutzten Halsschild, dessen Seiten stark
gerundet sind, die langlich dreieckigen, kahnfo6rmigen Fliigel-
decken, die auf der Scheibe abgeflacht sind und die keulenartig
verdickten, kurzen Schenkel. ?

9. Agametina discomaculata sp. nov.

Nigra,-subter sqamulis ferrugineis sat parce, subter albidis
dense tecta; rostro flavo, basi infuscato, carinula mediana, ac
crebrius punctato; elytris squamoso-striatis, spatiis striis haud
latioribus, secundo, praesertim ante declivitatem, quarto quinto-
que carinulatis, macula suturali oblongo-trigona, nigro-velutina ;
femoribus in dimidia parte apicali subinfuscatis, squamulis
albidis remotis.

Long., 5; lat., 1.8 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Schwarz, oberseits mit rostbraunen Schtippchen massig dicht,
unterseits mit weissen Schiippchen dicht bedeckt, eine langliche
keilformige Nahtmakel in der Deckenmitte, die ihre Spitze dem
Schildchen zukehrt und hinten von einer querovalen schmutzig
gelbgrauen Schuppenmake! begrenzt wird, sammtschwarz.
Riissel gelb, kaum so lang wie der Halsschild, in der Basalhalfte
braunlich und mit Mittelleiste, an den Seiten mit gelblichen
Schuppenborstchen. Fiihler gelbbraun, 2. Geisselglied wenig
langer, das 3. etwas kiirzer als das 1., das 4. walzenformig, 15
mal so lang, das letzte so lang wie dick, Keule so lang wie die 3
vorhergehenden und das halbe 3. Geisselglied zusammengenom-
men. MHalsschild quer mit abgesetztem, stark ausgebuchtetem
Vorderrande, sehr grob und dicht punktiert, jeder Punkt von
einer rostgelben, in der Halsschild Mittellinie von einer helleren
~Schuppe ausgefiillt. Schildchen langlich, nach hinten zu ver-
breitert und verrundet. Fliigeldecken kahnférmig, in den
Punktstreifen rostfarbig gereiht beschuppt, die Spatien schméler
als die Streifen, undeutlich gekornelt, hie und da mit entfernten
weissen Schtippchen, das 4. und 5. in der Mitte, das 2. hinter der
Mitte starker vortretend, letzteres vor dem Deckenabsturtz etwas

230 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

hockerig, Naht im mittleren Drittel zwischen den 2. Spatien mit
sammtschwarzen Keilfleck. Unterseite weisslich beschuppt, die
dicken keulenf6rmigen Schenkel in der Apicalhalfte angedunkelt,
mit kraftigem Zahn bewehrt, die hinteren die Deckenspitze eben
erreichend. Schienen und Tarsen etwas rotgelb.

10. Chirozetes arotes sp. nov.

Robustus (major quam sphaerops Wied.) niger subter parte
anteriore metaepisternarum nigra excepta, scutello, prothorace
in dimidia parte basali linea mediana, elytris ad suturae basin
linea T- aut V-forme inversa punctisque marginalibus ad basin
et ante apicem transverso-fasciatim dispositis albido-, punctis
numerosis lateralibus in prothorace et in elytris lineolaque
mediano-apicali in prothorace, ochraceo-squamosis; prothorace
disco haud carinulato; elytris, spatio primo in dimidia parte
basali remote seriato-granuloso, tarsis anticis, praesertim maris,
nigro-ciliatis. Mas: prosterni cornubus subrectis, paulo diver-
gentibus, apice dilatis, margine apicali exciso.

Long., 13; lat., 5 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Eine der grossten Arten, mit mehr gestreckt elliptischen als
cylindrischen Fligeldecken. Schwarz, Halsschildseiten sparlich,
die vordere Halfte der Mittellinie dichter stroh- bis lehmgelb,
hintere Halfte der Mittellinie, die Hinterecken des Halsschildes,
das Schildchen, die Decken an der Wurzel, namentlich innerhalb
der Schultern, eine gemeinsame verkehrt V-formige oder
pfeilformige Makel an der Nahtwurzel, eine punktformig unter-
brochene Querbinde vor der Spitze und die Spitze des 2. Spatiums
weiss, zahlreiche Langspunkte an den Deckenseiten gelblich
beschuppt. Erstes und 2. Geisselglied der etwas bradunlichen
Fiihler des Mannchens gleich lang, beim Weibchen das 2. deutlich
linger als das 1., die folgenden ziemlich kugelig, zusammen
kiirzer als das 1. Keulenglied. Riissel im Basalteil mit 5, beim
Weibchen undeutlicheren Lingsleisten,. von welchen die mittlere
sehr fein ist. Halsschild breiter als lang, mit ausgebuchtetem
Vorderrand, hintere Hilfte der Seitenrinder nahezu parallel,
Hinterecken rechtwinkelig verrundet, Scheibe in der hinteren
Halfte querrunzelig gekornt, in der vorderen dicht punktiert,
nur beim Weibchen in der Mitte mit Andeutung eines kurzen
Kielchens. Schildchen wenig linger als breit, schwach trape-
zoidal. Fliigeldecken an der Wurzel fast gerade abgestutzt, die
Spatien unter einander von ziemlich gleicher Breite, breiter als
die Punktstreifen und raspelartig gekornt, nur das 1. Spatium in
der Apicalhalfte ungekérnt, matt. Prosternalbewehrung des

KD, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 931

Mannchens gerade, etwas schrag nach oben gerichtet, von oben
gesehen leicht nach vorn divergierend und etwas geschwungen,
der Spitzenteil schaufelartig verbreitert, am Vorderrand derartig
ausgeschnitten, dass die 4ussere Spitze langer und mehr nach
aussen gerichtet ist. Unterseite weisslich, die vordere Halfte
der Hinterbrustepisternen und ein Langsstreifen unterhalb des
Halsschildseitenrandes schwarzlich tomentiert. Tarsen unter-
seits schwarz bewimpert, Spitze des 1. Vordertarsengliedes, die
ganze Oberseite des 2. und 3. Gliedes weiss behaart. Klauenglied
rotlich gelbbraun.

Pempheres habena Pasc.

Ein Exemplar aus Luzon, von Prof. Baker auf dem Banahao ~
gesammelt, unterscheidet sich von dem typischen P. habena Pasc.
dadurch, dass die weissliche Beschuppung der Naht auch an der
Wurzel auf diese beschrankt bleibt und der helle Mittelstreifen
auf dem Halsschild hinten abgekiirzt und nicht verbreitert ist.
Bei der Seltenheit der Arten dieser Gattung, von denen mir
nur Hinzelstiicke vorliegen, lasst sich vorliufig nicht sagen, wie
weit die erwahnten geringen Abweichungen konstant sind und
zu einer besonderen Benennung: berechtigen.

11. Poropterus bengueticus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 9.

Poropterus irrito Pasc.° subsimilis, sed paulo minor, elytris
pone humeros obtusangulatis ac tuberculatis summo apice ab-
rupte declivi; prothorace in triente apicali transverse constricto
ac utrinque tuberculato, disco tuberculis granosis duabus, singulis
antrorsum seria e granulis circiter quatuor exmitente, lateribus
tuberculosis, basin versus convergentibus; elytris remote forti-
terque seriato-punctatis, spatiis salebrosis, sutura in dimidia
parte apicali tribus tuberculis geminatis, remotis, spatio primo
basi apiceque, spatio secundo prope basin, ad apicem et in medio
et post medium tuberculis majoribus oblongis, spatio quarto ante
et post medium tuberculis rotundatis paulo minoribus, spatiis
reliquis tuberculis minutis dispersis, duobus extremis in parte
mediana haud tuberculatis.

Long., 9; lat., 5 mm. .

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Das mir vorliegende einzige Exemplar ist bis auf die grésseren
Tuberkeln, die den Scheitel braun borstig beschuppt zeigen,
schwarz, kahl abgerieben und etwas kleiner als P. irritus Pasc.
aus Ceram, und von diesem durch die abweichende Form des
Halsschildes, der Decken und durch die andere Verteilung der

° Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1888), VI, 2, 418.

232 The Philippine Journal of Scrence 1915

Hocker verschieden. Riissel massig dicht und grob punktiert,
Stirn zwischen den Augen mit tiefem Furcheneindruck, vom
Scheitel, wie bei allen typischen Arten der Gattung, buchtig abge-
grenzt. Ftihler dunkel rotbraun, 2. Geisselglied linger als das
1., die folgenden so lang wie dick, nach der Keule zu etwas an
Grosse zunehmend. Halsschild so lang wie breit, im vorderen
Drittel abgeschniirt und jederseits mit langlichem Hécker, seine
Scheibe jederseits mit einem gekérntem Liangshécker, der nach
vorn eine Reihe von ungefahr vier Kérnchen entsendet. Fligel-
decken an der aussersten Spitze plotzlich steil abfallend, von oben
gesehen daher abgestutzt erscheinend, in der hinteren Halfte der
Naht mit drei von einander entfernten Paaren von kleineren
Hockern.

Erstes Spatium an der Wurzel und an der dussersten Spitze,
2. Spatium nahe der Wurzel, in und hinter der Mitte, so
wie ebenfalls an der Spitze mit grdsserem langlichen, 4. Spatium
dicht vor und hinter der Mitte mit kleineren rundlichen Héckern,
im tibrigen mit zerstreuten Kornern, die zwei Ausseren Spatien,
die Wurzel und Spitze ausgenommen, ohne Korner. Abdomen
unpunktiert. Schenkel entfernt punktiert und beborstet, im -
Spitzendrittel stark gekriimmt, die hinteren die Deckenspitze
knapp erreichend. Schienen aussen mit Langsleisten.

12. Tragopus ° pygmaeus sp. nov.

Aterrimus, parce breviterque nigro-, punctis nonullis ochraceo-
squamoso-setosis; rostro parum arcuato, latitudine fere triplo
longiore, prothorace breviore, rude subseriato-punctato ac se-
tuloso; antennis prope ante medium insertis, scapo subrufescenti
funiculi articulo secundo primo longiore, reliquis moniliformibus,
clava ovata, articulisquinque praecedentibus zquilonga; pro-
thorace longitudine latitudine aequali, lateribus rotundatis, basin
versus paulo, antrorsum fortius angustatis, basi subsinuato-
truncata, rude punctato, spatiis minute granulatis, parce, mar-
gine antico dense nigro-, seria transversa discoidali e punctis
quatuor, basali e punctis tribus ochraceo-tomentosis; elytris bre-
viter ovatis, rude seriato-, lateribus irregulariter foveato-puncta-
tis, sutura spatiisque tres internis minute seriato-spatiis externis
vix granulatis; femaribus fere reticulatim, tibiis carinulato-
punctatis.

Long., 5-6.5; lat., 3 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

°Vergl. die Gattungstabelle von A. Lea: Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales
(1918), 38, 452.

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 2332

Von Gestalt des P. fossulatus Faust aber mindestens um die
Halfte kleiner, schwarz, kurz schwarz beborstet, einige Quer-
reihen bildende Punkte auf dem Halsschild und den Decken
lehmgelb beborstet (letztere nur bei gut entfetteten Exemplaren
deutlich). Rtissel grob und etwas langsstreifig punktiert, missig
dicht mit nach oben gerichteten schwarzen Schuvpenborstchen
besetzt. Fiihler dunkel braunrot, 2. Geisselglied langer und
schlanker als das 1., die tibrigen ziemlich kugelig nach der Keule
zu an Grosse und Breite zunehmend, letztere schwarz, stumpf
oval. Halsschild so lang wie breit, grubig punktiert, die Spatien
mit langlichen, der Vorderrand mit mehr rundlichen, glanzenden
Kornern besetzt und daselbst dichter schwarz beborstet. In
der Mitte des Vorderrandes mit einem, in der Mitte der Scheibe
mit einer Querreihe von vier, an der gleichmassig ausgebuchteten
Basis mit einer solchen aus drei lehmgelb beschuppten Punkten.
Fliigeldecken grob gereiht punktiert, die schmalen, etwas ge-
wolbten Spatien mit entfernten unregelmassigen Kornerreihen,
die einzelnen Korner kleiner als das 3. Geisselglied und auf den
ausseren 5 Spatien fast ganz fehlend, letztere zeigen einzelne
zerstreute weissliche, die tibrigen ziemlich dicht stehende
- schwarze Schuppenborstchen. Ausserdem finden sich auf der
_ Deckenscheibe mehr oder weniger zahlreiche, bei einem Exemplar
vor und hinter der Mitte zu einer undeutlichen Querreihe
angeordnete, bei einem anderem ganz fehlende, lehmgelbe Schup-
penpunkte. Schenkel sehr grob netzartig punktiert, unbewehrt,
die hinteren die Deckenspitze sehr wenig tiberragend. Schienen
an der Aussenseite mit vier Langsleisten, zwischen diesen mit
borstentragenden Punktreihen.

Cyamobolus sturmi var. definitus var. nov.

Differt a specie typica: superficie, praeter lineis albo-squa-
mosis, unicolore aterrima.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Das einzige, mir vorliegende Exemplar dieser Abanderung
unterscheidet sich sehr auffallig von C. stwrmi durch die tief matt
schwarze Oberseite, von der sich die weisslich beschuppten drei
Langslinien des Halsschildes, der Seitenrand der Decken, der bis
zur Mitte reichende Streifen auf dem 1. Spatium und die Quer-
linie hinter der Deckenmitte scharf abheben. Die Korperunter-
seite ist viel sparlicher wie bei der Stammart weisslich beschuppt.
Da mir der typische C. sturmi u. a. auch von der Insel Samar
vorliegt, so konnen erst weitere Stiicke aus Luzon dartun, ob die
dort vorkommende Form als Aberration, oder als Localrace
aufzufassen ist.

234 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Cyamobolus charpentieri, der auf Java und Borneo vorkommt,
liegt mir ebenfalls aus Luzon, vom Berg Maquiling, vor.

13. Otidognathus fulvopictus sp. nov.

Aterrimus, pro-, meso-, et metasterni lateribus ut scutello dense
ochraceo-sericeis, elytris vitta obliqua, post humeros, ad scu-
tellum incipiente et marginem lateralem versus directa, basi
apiceque maculatim dilatata, macula rotundata anteapicali, inter
suturam et striam quartam et plus minusve cum vitta conuncta,
fere litteram C. formante (maculam medianam, nigram sutura-
lem, transversam includente) ut macula minuta marginali ante-
apicali, fulvis; sternito anali dupliciter punctato.

Long., 16; lat., 7.5 mm.

LUZON, Prov. Tayabas, Malinao.

Dem O. elegans an Gestalt und Skulptur dhnlich, aber tief
schwarz, jede Decke mit ungefahr C-, respective verkehrt C-
formiger, mit ihrem convexen Teil nach aussen gerichteter gelb-
roter Zeichnung. Riissel relativ kiirzer, kraftiger und gerader
als bei elegans, jederseits mit bis zu den Fiihlergruben herauf
reichender Reihe von langlichen Tuberkeln, zwischen diesen ohne
Mittelleiste. Letztes Glied der Fiihlergeissel quer. Halsschild
durchaus fein, nach den Seiten zu nicht kraftiger punktiert,
Hinterrand des Scutellarlappens durch eine Querreihe gréberer
Punkte abgegrenzt. Die 5 inneren Deckenstreifen wie bei ele-
gans punktiert gestreift, die 4usseren gestreift punktiert nur im
Spitzenteil eingedriickt, der 1. Streifen ebenso der Wurzel der
Naht gendhert, Spitze des 4. und 5. Streifens spitzwinkelig mit
einander zusammenstossend, die Nahtspitze mit kleinem Zahn-
chen. Die rotlichgelbe Deckenzeichnung besteht aus je einer
langlichen Basalmakel zwischen dem 1. und 4. Streifen und einer
viereckigen Seitenmakel zwischen dem 5. Streifen und dem
mittleren Teil des Seitenrandes, die durch einen schragen Streifen
mit einander verbunden sind, ausserdem aus einer runden Ante-
apicalmakel, zwischen Naht und 4. Streifen und einer kleinen
streifenartigen auf der Spitze des 8. Spatiums. Analsternit
mit doppelter Punktierung.

14. Prodioctes (?) rubrovittatus sp. nov.

Angustus, ruber, antennis, prothorace vittis tribus, elytris
disco utrinque usque ad striam tertiam, in triente apicali solum
sutura, lateribus usque ad striam sextam, abdomine maxima
parte, femoribus apice tarsisque totis nigris; antennis funiculi
articulis 3.-6. transversis, prothorace latitudine distincte lon-
giore, lateribus in dimidia parte basali parallelis; scutello

X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 935

lineiforme, latitudine quintuplo longiore; pygidio carinula me-
diana, parce seriato-setoso.

Long., 8.5; lat., 3 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Schlank, in Korperform dem centralamerikanischen Rhodo-
baenus sanguineus Gyllh., in der Farbung dem Rh. rubrovittatus
Champ. ahnlich. Rot, die Fiihler, drei Streifen auf dem Hals-
schild und drei auf den Fliigeldecken, von denen der mittlere bis
zum 38. Langsstreifen reicht, im Spitzendrittel jedoch auf die
Naht beschrainkt bleibt, der seitliche, ein schmaler Saum ausge-
nommen, vom Seitenrand bis zum 6. Streifen reicht, an der Wur-
zel aber bis auf das dusserste Spatium eingeengt ist. Riissel ge-
bogen, fast so lang wie der Halsschild, fein zerstreut, im Basalteil
kraftiger punktiert und daselbst mit Riickenfurche. Fiihler
schwarz, ihr 3.6. Glied sehr deutlich quer, Keule doppelt so lang
wie dick, kaum zusammengedriickt, ziemlich kegelformig, im
Spitzendrittel grau tomentiert. Halsschild viel langer als breit,
zerstreut punktiert, ohne Langsleisten, der schwarze Mittel-
streifen vorn verjiingt, vom Seitenrandstreifen nur die halbe
Breite von oben sichtbar. Schildchen linienformig, fiinfmal
langer als breit. Fltigeldecken mit 10 ganzen, gleich tiefen
Streifen, die kaum punktiert sind. Pygidium zerstreut gereiht
beborstet, mit Mittelleiste. Unterseite und Beine mit entfernten,
von einem grauen Hof umgebenen Borstenpunkten. Alle Hiiften,
die Mittelbrust so wie das Abdomen, die schmalen roten Rander
der Sternite ausgenommen, und die Schenkelspitzen schwarzlich.
Hinterschenkel die Hinterleibsspitze erreichend, Schienen mit
kurz beborsteten Langsleisten, 2. Tarsenglied nur wenig langer
als breit. Wahrscheinlich liegt eine neue Gattung vor.

15. Cercidocerus curvaturatus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 10.

Niger, tomento ochraceo et albido, partim lineis formantibus,
tectus; prothorace subtiliter remoteque punctato, lineis albis,
una utrinque discoidali, altera supracoxali, sexta subter angulos
posticos et in dimidia parte antica abbreviata; elytris striatis,
spatiis partim irregulariter, spatio secundo crebrius, seriato-
punctatis; sutura, spatio secundo quartoque in quarta parte
basali anguste, hic etiam in triente apicali, linea postmediana
semicirculari, in spatio sexto post humeros incipiente ut lineis
tribus pygidialibus albido-tomentosis; corpore subter albido-,
metasterni lateribus pallide ochraceo-abdomine seriebus tribus e
maculis punctiformibus nigro-tomentosis.

Long., 12; lat., 5 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

135635——2

936 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Etwas an C. pictus Faust erinnernd, jedoch mit anderer
weisser Linienzeichnung und namentlich der Halsschild viel
feiner sculptiert, nur in der vorderen Halfte mit feiner undeutlich
erhabener Mittellinie. Die weissliche Halsschildzeichnung hbe-
steht aus einem breiten Streifen auf der Vorderbrust, je einer
Linie beiderseits der Mittellinie und tiber den Vorderhiiften, die
durch den weissen Vorderrand mit einander verbunden sind und
einer in der vorderen HAalfte abgekiirzten Linie, die dicht unter
den Hinterecken verlauft und von oben daher nicht sichtbar
ist. Schildchen lang gestreckt dreieckig, mit feiner Mittelfurche.
Fligeldecken gestreift, die Naht und die meisten Spatien mit
einer, das 2.-8. Spatium mit verworrenen Punkten. MHinter der
Schulter beginnt auf dem 6. Spatium eine weissliche Linie, die
hinter der Mitte die Naht durchschneidet und einen halben Kreis-
bogen bildet, ausserdem ist die Naht, das Basalviertel des 2. und
4., so wie das Apicaldrittel des letzteren weisslich tomentiert,
diese letzteren Linien verschmalern sich nach vorn und reichen
bis an die Bogenlinie heran. Pygidium grob punktiert, alle
Rander und die Mittellinie weisslich, Seiten der Decken dichter
lehmgelb tomentiert. Zweites bis 5. Bauchsternit in der Mitte
und an der Seite je mit schwarzlicher Punktmakel, letztes Sternit
an der Spitze mit einer solchen. Beine einfarbig weisslich,
Schienen mit der tiblichen einfachen Punktreihe.

16. Aphioda integripennis sp. nov.

Nigra fortiter punctata, indumento cereo tecta; rostro lati-
tudine duplo dimidiaque parte longiore, prothorace fere tertia
parte breviore; antennis ante rostri medium insertis, scapo
compressiusculo, oculi marginem posticum vix attingente, funi
culo scapo breviore, articulo primo crasso secundo longiore,
reliquis apicem versus lititudine increscentibus; clava fusiforme,
articulis sex praecedentibus unitis longitudine aequali; capite
rostri tribus quadrantibus longitudine aequali; prothorace lati-
tudine multo longiore, antrorsum paulo angustato; scutello
punctiforme; elytris prothorace plus duplo dimidiaque parte
longioribus, basi singulis perpaulo obliquatis, rude striato-
punctatis, punctis spatiis multo latioribus, spatio secundo quarto-
que apicem versus tenuissime carinulatis ac subgranulosis;
sutura, stria prima secundaque apice foveato-impressis; femo-
ribus posticis sterniti abdominalis secundi apicem haud attingen-
tibus; abdomine planiusculo, rude punctato, sternito abdominali
secundo tribus sequentibus unitis paulo breviore.

Long., 6.5; lat., 1 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 237

Pascoe‘ beschreibt eine merkwiirdige Curculioniden-Gattung,
die er mit Fragezeichen zu den Calandriden stellt und von der er
die ihm einzige bekannte Art auf pl. VII, fig. I und Ia, abbildet.
Nur auf Grund dieser Figuren konnte ich die mir vorliegende
Art von den Philippinen als zu dieser Gattung gehdrend erkennen,
denn ich wiirde sie eher fiir eine aberrante Form, mit schmal
getrennten Vorderhiiften und linearen Schenkeln und Schienen,
der Hylobiidz, etwa bei Paipalesomus gehalten haben. Spatere
Untersuchungen miissen erst dartun, ob Pascoes Vermutung, dass
eine neue zwischen den Campylosceliden und Calandriden ein-
zuschiebende Subfamilie vorliege, Bestatigung findet.

Die nur in einem Exemplar mir vorliegende philippinische Art
ist mit einer gelben wachsartigen, schwer zu entfernenden Aus-
schwitzung dicht bedeckt und unterscheidet sich von A. diura
sofort durch die an der Spitze gemeinsam abgerundeten Fliigel-
decken. Die Naht ist sehr wenig verkiirzt und in ihrem Spitzen-
teil tief grubig eingedriickt. Dieser Eindruck sowohl als die
ahnlichen Eindriicke an der Spitze des 1. und 2. Punktstreifens
werden nach aussen hin von der etwas leistenartig vortretenden
Spitze der Naht und des 2. Spatiums begrenzt. Deckenbasis im
vergleich zu diura sehr wenig abgeschragt.

CERAMBYCINA:

17. Halme (?) spinicornis sp. nov.

Fulva, subtiliter remoteque erecte pilosa, femoribus fortiter
pedunculato-clavatis, intermediis et posticis in dimidia parte
basali, ut tibiis anticis, infuscatis, tibiis intermediis et posticis
nigris; elytris apice rotundatis, macula, transversa, postmediana,
subcallosa, eburnea; antennis articulo tertio apice spina, oblique
introrsum directa, armato; prothorace globoso, irregulariter
punctato; cutello, punctisque duobus lateralibus in prothorace ut
mesosterni, metasterni et abdominis lateribus, albo-sericeo-
maculatis.

Long., 7; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Gelbbraun, Vorderschienen und Basalhalfte der Mittel- und
Hinterschenkel braunlich, Mittel- und Hinterschienen schwarz,
eine querstreifenf6rmige, schwielige Makel hinter der Decken-
mitte elfenbeinweiss. Das Schildchen, zwei Punkte, einer aussen
iiber der Vorderhiifte, der andere in der Mitte des Seitenrandes,
die Seitenstiicke der Mittelbrust, eine die hintere, 4ussere Ecke
der Hinterbrust und die hintere Halfte ihrer Seitenstiicke ein-

* Journ. Linn. Soc. (1871), 11, 214.

238 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

nehmende Makel weisslich seidenglanzend behaart. Stirn unre-
gelmassig zerstreut punktiert. Fiihler vom 5. Glied ab matt und
von da nach der Spitze zu an Dicke zunehmend, die Glieder vom
dritten ab ohne Langsfurche, das 2. Glied mindestens doppelt
so lang wie dick, das 3. betrachtlich langer wie das nur undeutlich
punktierte erste und an der Spitze innen mit schrag abstehendem
fadenférmigen Dorn, der dem halben Glied an Lange gleich-
kommt. Fliigeldecken entfernt, nach der Spitze zu viel feiner
punktiert, die Punkte langs der Naht gereiht punktiert, auch an
der Deckenwurzel viel kleiner als ihre Zwischenriume. Schenkel
und Schienen wie der ganze Kafer fein lang abstehend behaart,
die gebogenen Hinterschienen innen ohne Langsfurchen und
Leisten, grob, etwas kornig gereiht punktiert. Tarsen gelb-
braun. Die abweichende Form der Fiihler diirfte, trotz der
sonstigen Uebereinstimmung dieser Art mit Halme, spater
Anlass zur Errichtung einer neuen Gattung geben.

18. Polyphida monticola sp. nov.

P. metallicae Nonfr. affinis sed major, niger subter argenteo,
elytris obscure viridi-aeneis fasciatim subaurato-sericeis; anten-
nis articulo primo in fronte longitudinaliter sulcato, quarto aequi-
longo, tertio duobus sequentibus unitis paulo breviore; prothorace
subcylindrico, latitudine distincte longiore, disco ante medium
carinula transversa, reliquo sat remote punctato; scutello semi-
circulari; elytris apice truncato, foris spinoso, in dimidia parte
basali manifeste, reliquis subtilius punctatis, in primo triente
macula transversa, subimpressa, post medium fascia, foras
angustata quintaque parte apicali subaurato-sericeis.

Long., 16; lat., 4 mm.

LUZON, Prov. Bataan, Limay.

Grosser als alle bisher bekannten Arten und in der Farbung
der affinis Nonfr. (—feae Gahan) dhnlich, namlich schwarzlich,
unterseits weisslich seidenglanzend, die Fltigeldecken dunkel
erzgriin mit gelblichweiss seidenartig tomentierten Querbinden,
ausserdem iiberall spdrlich und fein weiss abstehend behaart.
Stirn mit feiner Mittelfurche, beiderseits dieser glatt, mit einigen
groben Punkten. Erstes Fiihlerglied etwas braunlich, vorn mit
einer aussen von einer Leiste begrenzten Langsfurche. Hals-
schild langer als breit (5 « 3.5), mit sehr schwach gerundeten,
vor der Mitte kaum merklich eingeschniirten Seiten, auf der
Scheibe, vor der Mitte, mit einer Querleiste, im tibrigen entfernt
punktiert. Schildchen halbkreisfoérmig.* Fliigeldecken an der

* Die Abbildung von P. feae Gahan [Ann. Mus. Genova (1894), 34, Taf.
I, Fig. 8] zeigt ein spitz dreieckiges Schildchen.

X, D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 929

Wurzel, besonders der 5. Streifen grob gereiht, nach hinten zu
allmahlich feiner und da verworren punktiert, ihre Spitze abge-
stutzt, aussen mit kurzem Dorn. Im basalen Deckendrittel eine
leicht eingedriickte Quermakel, hinter der Mitte eine aussen ver-
schmalerte Querbinde und das ganze Spitzenfiinftel fein gelblich
seidenartig tomentiert. Hinterschenkel die Deckenspitze eben
erreichend.

19. Nericonia glabricollis sp. nov.

Fusea, parce nigro-, antennis pedibusque albido-ciliatis; abdo-
mine elytrorumque quarta parte apicali nitido-glabris, haud
tomentosis; prothorace disco haud tuberculato, nitido glabro;
scutello ochraceo, elytris subaurato aut ferrugineo, fasciisque
tribus, una obliqua basali ad suturam interrupta, altera ante-
mediana, ad suturam antrorsum producta, tertia, recta, ante-
apicali, griseo-tomentosis; femoribus fuscis unicoloribus, tibiis
nigricantibus.

Long., 6.5; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Kastanienbraun, die Fiihler helbraun, 2-5. Abdominalsternit
und Spitzenviertel der Decken glanzend schwarz, diese im iibrigen
fein goldig rostgelb tomentiert, mit drei grauen Querbinden,
eine schrage basale, die die Naht nicht erreicht, eine nach innen
verbreiterte, vor der Mitte, an der Naht nach vorn ausgezogene,
und eine gerade, die den schwarzen kahlen, nur sparlich bewim-
perten Apicalteil vorn begrenzt. Halsschild, mit Ausnahme
der fein rostgelb tomentierten Basalfurche, so wie der Kopf
glanzend, sehr spidrlich schwarz abstehend bewimpert, so lang
wie an den Seitenhéckern breit, die Scheibe ohne Hocker, gleich-
massig gewodlbt. Fiihlerschaft die Spitze der Seitenhdcker
erreichend, etwas langer als das 3. Glied, das 4. etwas langer als
das 8. Schildchen wenig breiter als lang, rechteckig, der Spit-
zenrand verrundet. Fliigeldecken nicht ganz dreimal so lang
wie breit (8.3 < 3), oberseits mit 4 groben, in der Deckenmitte
erldschenden Punktreihen. Schenkel einfarbig gelbbraun, so
wie die schwdrzlichen Schienen sparlich weiss abstehend
bewimpert, die Hinterschienen langer als die Hinterschenkel.
Seiten der Mittelbrust und die hintere Aussenecke der Hinter-
brust weiss tomentiert. Die letzten 5 Fiihlerglieder fehlen dem
vorliegendem Unicum. Von den zwei bekannten Arten: N. tri-
fasciata Pasc. aus Sarawak und N. morio Gah. aus Birma u. a.
durch die an der Wurzel nicht weiss geringelten Schenkel zu
unterscheiden.

240 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

20. Diochares mindanaonis sp. nov.

Niger, ochraceo-marmoratus, elytris utrinque macula trans-
versa, antemediana, nigro-marmorata; antennis maris corpore
duplo longioribus, nigricantibus; vertice, ut in D. fimbriato, lineis
tribus ochraceis; prothorace transverso, tuberis lateralibus sub-
acutis, vittis tribus longitudinalibus, mediana sat obsoleta, disco
utrinque, ante medium, plaga subelevata, elliptico-transversa,
post medium transverse plicato; elytris in triente basali fortius
ac subasperato-, reliquis subtiliter remote, humeris granuloso-
punctatis, apice anguste truncatis, angulo externo subdentato.

Long., 16-18; lat., 4.5-6 mm.

MINDANAO, Davao (legit W. Micholitz).

Eine infolge der geringen Ko6rpergrosse an die Gattung Hpe-
peotus erinnernde, lehmgelb und fein marmorierte Art, die aber
wegen der an der Basis entfernten Fiihlerhocker zu Diochares
gestellt werden muss und in der Linienzeichnung des Kopfes und
Halsschildes viel Ahnlichkeit mit dem. immer viel grésseren D.
fimbriatus hat. Der Thorax zeigt an den Seiten eine stumpfere
Bewehrung, auf der Scheibe beiderseits vor der Mitte eine quere,
ovale, wenig erhohte, geglattete Flache, hinter der Mitte 1-3
leichte Querrunzeln. Schildchen dicht lehmgelb tomentiert.
Fliigeldecken in der Apicalhalfte mit Suturalfurche, fein punkt-
artig marmoriert, die dunkle Makel vor der Mitte weder die Naht
noch den Seitenrand erreichend, von einer mehr einfarbig
lehmfarbigen Zone umgeben. Deckenspitzen schmal abgestutzt,
ihre Aussenecke undeutlich zahnformig. Unterseite und Beine
schwarz, sehr fein und sparlich, die Epimeren der Mittelbrust,
der Hinterrand der Hinterbrust und der Bauchsternite etwas
dichter lehmgelb tomentiert. Pascoe ® fiihrt auch D. fimbriatus
von Manila an, von welchem Fundort ich noch kein Exemplar zu
sehen Gelegenheit hatte.

21. Cereopsius irregularis sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 11.

Niger, femoribus anticis basi tibiisque anticis, parte apicali
incurvatis, obscure sanguineis; lobo oculari inferiore latitudine
altiore; prothorace margine antico posticoque, scutello, elytris,
apice truncatis, fascia in primo quarta, fasciisque vermiculosim
ac racemosim confiuentibus, in dimidia parte apicali, prosterno,
mesothoracis episternis sternitisque abdominalibus in margine
postico, albo-tomentosis.

Long., 19.5; lat., 5 mm.

° Trans. Ent. Soc. London, III, 3, 304.

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 2A1

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Von der gestreckten Gestalt des C. praetorius Er., der untere
Augenlappen aber wie bei C. varius mihi? deutlich héher als
breit, die Vorderschienen in der Apicalhalfte nach innen ge-
bogen, Deckenspitzen breiter und vollkommen gerade abgestutzt,
die 4ussere Ecke kaum merklich zahnartig ausgezogen. Grund-
farbung schwarz, Wurzel der Vorderschenkel und die ganzen
Vorderschienen dunkel blutrot. Stirn mit haarfeiner Mittel-
leiste, fein, ein seitlicher Langsstreifen dichter grau tomentiert.
Halsschildvorder- und Hinterrand mit weissem Toment, das
durch die Randfurche teilweise in zwei Linien gespalten wird.
Das quere, verrundete Schildchen, ebenso eine Querbinde im
ersten Deckenviertel und unregelmassig verdstelt in einander
fliessende Quermakeln in der hinteren Deckenhalfte, die Vorder-
brust, die Episternen der Hinterbrust und die Spizenrainder der
Abdominalsternite weiss tomentiert. Die zerstreuten Punkte
der Decken sind an der Wurzel etwas raspelartig gekornt, werden
aber nach hinten zu immer feiner und sparlicher. Beine fein
grau tomentiert, Mittel- und Hinterschienen auf dem Riicken in
der Spitzenhalfte schwarz behaart.

22. Anancylus strix sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 12.

Fusco-niger, elytris variegatim fusco- nigro- et albido, corpore
subter capiteque luteo-squamosis; antennis corpore plus duplo
longioribus, brunneis articulis singulis bsi anguste abidis, scapo
in fronte longitudinaliter sulcato, articulo tertio subarcuato,
scapo aequilongo, articulo quarto distincte longiore; prothorace
transverso, remote punctato, luteo tomentoso, maculis fuscis sat
symetrice dispositis; scutello transverso-rotundato, utrinque in-
fuscato; elytris intra humeros longitudinaliter subimpressis, linea
suturali praesertim in dimidia parte apicali impressa, in triente
basali subgranoso-, reliquis apicem versus subtilius punctatis,
basi utrinque plaga discali, femoribus tibeesque basi apiceque
fusco-, quarta parte basali luteo-, fascia mediana fusco-bifenes-
trata, altera subapicali racemosa ut tarsis articulis duabus basa-
libus albo-tomentosis.

Long., 13; lat., 5 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Obwohl das Mesosternum dieser Art einen stumpfen Hocker
trigt, stelle ich sie vorlaufig in diese Gattung. Der Kopf ist
parallelseitig und die Stirn langlich, die Backen wie bei A.

0 Abh. u. Ber. Mus. Dresden (1889-90), Nr. 8, 85, Taf. Fig. 10.

242 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

maculosus Auriv.! viel héher als der untere Augenlappen und
ausserdem der Fiihlerschaft vorn der Lange nach gefurcht. Die
Farbung ist dunkelbraun, unterseits lehmfarben, oberseits in
der aus der Abbildung ersichtlichen Verteilung braun, weiss und
ockergelb tomentiert. Die dunklen Makeln auf dem Halsschild
und auf den Decken sind schwarzbraun. Sie stehen auf ersterem
auf lehmfarbigem, auf letzterem im basalen Viertel auf ocker-
bis rostgelbem Grund, die helle durch dunkle Makeln unterbro-
chene Bindenzeichnung in der Mitte und vor der Spitze ist
weiss. Auf der lehmgelben Unterseite ist nur je eine Makel an
den Seiten der Hinterbrust und in der Mitte der ihnen anlie-
genden Episternen so wie die Wurzel und Spitze der Schenkel
und Schienen schwarzbraun, alle ersten und zweiten Tarsen-
glieder oberseits weiss tomentiert.

23. Cacia xenoceroides sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 13.

Nigricans, corpore subter, prothorace lateribus vittaque me-
diana, scutello, elytris sutura, margine basali et laterali anguste
maculaque transversa antemediana, margine laterali confluenti
et infra humeros vittam, parum curvatam, basin versus exmit-
tente, albido-tomentosis; antennis articolo tertio quartoque basi,
quinto fere toto albidis, quarto in femina apice subter nigropeni-
cillato; tibiis anticis apice, intermediis et posticis prope basin et
ad apicem, femoribus intermediis et posticis macula anteapicali
apicalique nigris.

Long., 9-13; lat., 3-5 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Grauschwarz, Unterseite, Stirn, ein Streifen auf dem Scheitel,
drei auf dem Halsschild, das Schildchen, mit Ausnahme der
seitlichen Ecken, eine Quermakel vor der Mitte der Decken, die
innerhalb der Schulter einen Streifen nach der Deckenbasis zu
entsendet, so wie alle Deckenrinder weisslich. Fihler schwarz-
lich, Wurzel des 3.4. und das 5., mit Ausnahme der schwarzen
Spitze, weisslich, das 4. beim Weibchen in der Spitzenhalfte
unterseits mit schwarzem Haarbiischel. Halsschildseiten mit
zerstreuten Punkten. Fliigeldecken gleichmassig gewolbt und
nur im Basaldrittel mit sehr zerstreuten, feinen, etwas raspel-
artig gekérnten, Naht bis iiber die Mitte hinaus, mit entfernt ge-
reihten Punkten. Die weisslichgraue Zeichnung ist am besten
aus der beigegebenen Skizze (Fig. 13) zu entnehmen. Unterseite
ganz weisslich, zuweilen das 1. und 2. Abdominalsternit an den
Seiten und die Schenkel vor und an der Spitze, die Schienen in der
Regel in der Basalhalfte, die Wurzel ausgenommen, schwarzlich.

1 Arkiv f. Zool. (1911), 7, Nr. 19, 16.

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 243

24. Cacia ululasp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 14.

Nigra, ochraceo-tomento, vartice prothoraceque utrinque vitta,
elytris fasciis irregularibus duabus, una postbasali, altera me-
diana, zigzag-forme lineisque vermiculosis in parte apicali fusco-
tomentosis; antennis nigris, articulo tertio, quarto quintoque
basi albido-tomentosis, quarto apice nigro-fimbriato; corpore
subter lateribus ochraceo-, medio albido-, marginibus mesoepis-
ternis, metasterni margine laterali, metaepisternis vitta obliqua
maculisque in lateralibus in metasterno et in segmentis abdomi-
nalibus ut vittis duabus in pygidio et macula mediana et apicali
in femoribus, altera antemediana et apicali in tibiis, fusco-
tomentosis.

Long., 15; lat., 5.8 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Hine relativ grosse, infolge der Deckenzeichnung an die Gat-
tung Coptops erinnernde Art, bei der auf der Unterseite das
lehmfarbige Toment vorwiegt, wahrend auf der Oberseite dieses
und die schwarzbraunen Stellen ungefahr die gleiche Flache be-
decken. Diese bestehen hauptsdchlich aus je einer Langsbinde
hinter dem Auge, zwei eben solchen auf dem Thorax, die aber
unregelmassig gerandet und durch Makeln unterbrochen sind und
aus zwei Zickzackbinden auf den Decken, eine hinter der Wurzel,
die andere hinter der Mitte, ausserdem aus verworrenen eine un-
deutliche und sehr schmale Zickzackbinde bildenden Strichen.
Die Mitte der Korperunterseite ist weisslich, die Seiten sind
lehmgelb tomentiert, der Rand der Mittelbrustepisternen, der
Aussenrand der Hinterbrust, eine Schragbinde auf den Hinter-
brustepisternen, je eine Makel an den Seiten der Hinterbrust
und der Abdominalsternite sowie in der Mitte und an der
Spitze der Schenkel und eine vor der Mitte und im Spitzendrittel
der Schienen, dunkelbraun. Tarsen oberseits weiss, nur die
Lappenspitzen des dritten Gliedes schwarz.

25. Cacia proteus sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 16.

Castanea, subtiliter ochraceo-tomentosa, fronte inter anten-
narum basi fascia transversa nigricante, vertice prothoraceque
utrinque vitta, scutello elytrisque maculis fuscis anguste livido-
marginatis, una basali intra humeros, margine postico diluto,
altera postmediana obliqua, elliptica (interdum in maculis tribus
divisa) et tribus minoribus oblongis, una suturali et duabus
marginalibus, plus minusque inter se conjunctis, in apice;
Antennis brunneis, articulo tertio quartoque basi anguste, quinto
fere toto, apice nigro excepto, albo-tomentosis ; fronte sat remote,
prothorace parcius, elytris in dimidia parte basali distincte ac

244 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

subseriatim in parte apicali subtilius punctatisa corpore subter
uniforme luteo-tomentoso, metaepisternis margine inferiore
fusco; tibiis in medio late albido-anulatis.

Long., 8.5-10; lat., 3-4 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Zwei in der Grésse und Zeichnung abweichende Stiicke von
der gleichen Ortlichkeit halte ich zu derselben Art gehorend und
mit C. intricata Pasc. verwandt. Die Grundfarbung ist ein
dunkles Rotbraun, die Tomentierung fein lehmfarben, auf den
dunklen, am besten aus der Abbildung (Fig. 16) ersichtlichen
Makeln, schwarzlich, an deren Randern weisslichgelb. Wahrend
das kleinere Stiick dicht hinter der Mitte eine einzige schrig
gestellte grosse Makel aufweist, zeigt das gréssere an dieser
Stelle drei kleine (siehe die Fig. 15). Sie wurde als var. dis-
qguncta nov. bezeichnet.

26. Euclea ruficollis sp. nov.

Nigra, subtiliter cinereo-tomentosa, prothorace sanguineo,
antice haud armato; antennis articulo quarto scapo haud lon-
giore; scutello longitudine fere triplo latiore; elytris punctis
pallide ferrugineo-tomentosis, dense adspersis; corpore subter
ochraceo-tomentoso, nigro-punctato.

Long., 16; lat., 5 mm.

LUZON, monte Maquiling.

Schwarzlich, Halsschild mit Ausnahme des Vorder- und
Hinterrandes rot, oberseits, namentlich in den Punkten, fein
weisslich. Unterseite und Kopf mehr lehmgelb tomentiert, die
Fliigeldecken mit blass rostgelben Punktmakeln dicht bedeckt.
Unterer Augenlappen stark quer, deutlich niedriger als der
Vorderrand der Backen, Stirn am Vorderrande beiderseits der
Mittelleiste mit Eindruck, im tibrigen entfernt und grob punk-
tiert. Die basalen vier Fiihlerglieder, mit Ausnahme der Spitze
des 3. und 4., sparlich weiss tomentiert, das letztere etwas ktirzer
als das 1. Glied (bei EF. albata New. viel linger), das 5. halb so
lang wie das 4., die folgenden an Lange abnehmend. Halsschild
vorn, an den Seiten, unbewehrt, diese ziemlich gerade und nach
hinten zu divergierend, seine Oberseite ziemlich entfernt und
flach punktiert, die Scheibe mit geglattetem Langsfieck, am
Basalrand in der Mitte mit leichtem in der Mitte undeutlich
gekieltem Lingseindruck. Schildchen fast dreimal so breit wie
lang. Fliigeldecken der ganzen Lange nach deutlich, aber kaum
gereiht punktiert, im Spitzendrittel mit Nahtstreifen. Unter-
seite blass rostgelb (isabellfarben) tomentiert, mit grossen
schwarzlichen Kahlpunkten.

X, D, 4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 9A5

Genus PROTEUCLEA novum
Niphonidarum

Differt a genere Euclea: antennis longioribus ac gracilioribus,
apicem versus sensim attenuatis ac elytrorum apicem fere at-
tingentibus, articulo quarto quinto vix duplo, articulo quinto
latitudine fere quinquiens longiore, articulis quinque ultimis
inter se magnitudine parum differentibus.

27. Proteuclea laterivitta sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 17.

Nigra, omnino ochraceo-tomentosa, supra creberrime, subter
punctis nigris parce adspersis; elytris linea laterali, post humeros
incipiente, subflexuosa, ante apicem evanescenti, cretaceo-
squamosa; antennis nigris, subtilissime ochraceo-tomentosis.

Long., 15; lat., 4.6 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Schwarz, Abdomen braunlich, tiberall lehmgelb tomentiert,
unterseits sehr zerstreut, oberseits dichter punktiert, die Punkte
mit schwarzen Hofen, die auf der Halsschildscheibe, ausgenommen
in der Mittellinie und auf der inneren Deckenhalfte, ausgenom-
men auf der Naht, fast ganz zusammenfliessen und nur Spuren
des lehmgelben Tomentes frei lassen. Deckenseiten mit einem
tiber den Hinterbrustepisternen beginnendem, hinten fein ausge-
zogenen und drei Viertel der Decken einnehmenden, weiss tomen-
tierten Langsstreifen. Oberlippe und Epistom gelbrot, Stirn
grob zerstreut punktiert, mit etwas undeutlicher Mittelleiste, die
auf dem Scheitel in eine feine Furche tibergeht. Fiihler einfar-
big schwarz, fein lehmgelb tomentiert, Schaft kaum merklich
punktiert, sein freier Teil doppelt so lang wie dick und sehr
wenig langer wie das 5. Glied. MHalsschild (von der Spitze der
Hinterecken ab gemessen) so lang wie breit, Seiten dicht hinter
dem Vorderrande mit kurzem spitz konischem Hocker, Mittellinie
in der Basalhalfte kahl. Decken gleichmAassig zerstreut punk-
tiert, die Punkte an der Deckenwurzel grober. Hinterschenkel
die Mitte des 3. Bauchsternites erreichend und, so wie die an-
deren, gross schwarz zerstreut punktiert, Schienen einfarbig, 2.
Glied der Vordertarsen so lang wie breit.

28. Xyaste uniformis sp. nov.

Fulvo-testacea, subtilissime aurato-tomentosa, capite thorace-
que plus saturate fulvis; antennis corpore dimidia parte longiori-
bus, articulis tribus basalibus totis, ut quinque ultimis, nigris,
reliquis fuscis in dimidia parte apicali nigricantibus, articulo
tertio quarto aequilongo; fronte convexa prothoraceque remote

246 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

punctatis ; scutello transverso-rotundato; elytris latitudine duplo
longioribus, apice singulis subrotundatis, unicoloribus, stria
suturali, usque ad apicem seriato-punctatis; corpore subter sub-
tilissime parceque aureo-sericeo.

Long., 7-8; lat., 2.5 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Hinfarbig, Kopf, Halsschild und Hinterbrust etwas gesattigter
bréunlichgelb, tiberall fein goldgelb tomentiert. Die Mandibel-
spitzen, die ersten drei und letzten fiinf Fiihlerglieder ganz, die
tibrigen nur in der Spitzenhalfte schwarzlich, das 3. Glied nur so
lang wie das 4. Halsschild breiter als lang, an der Basis etwas
schmdaler als am Vorderrand, vor der Wurzel sehr schwach ein-
geschniirt, zerstreut punktiert und wie bei Serixia und den fol-
genden Arten die Scheibe hinten in einem dem Schildchen zuge-
kehrten geglatteten, verrundeten Hocker tibergehend. Fliigel-
decken doppelt so lang wie breit, mit Nahtstreifen, bis zu den
einzeln schwach abgerundeten Spitzen hin, daselbst aber feiner
gereiht punktiert, zwischen der 1. und 2. Punktreihe mit ver-
worrenen Punkten, vom 2. Streifen ab die Zwischenraume breiter
als die Punkte. Unterseite sehr fein und sparlich goldgelb to-
mentiert, mit zerstreuten langeren etwas abstehenden goldgelben
Haaren.

Ich stelle dies und die folgenden Arten in diese Gattung weil
sie mir wegen der relativ langen Fiihler, trotzdem das 3. Fiihler-
glied nicht verdickt ist, mir naiher mit ihr als wie mit Serixia
verwandt scheint.

29. Xyaste varioscapus sp. nov.

Fulvo-testacea, elytris sericeo-tomentosis, apice nigricantibus;
antennis maris corpore plus duplo, feminae paulo longioribus,
nigricantibus, scapo basi apiceque, interdum solum in dimidia
parte basali fulvo, articulo quarto in dimidia parte basali tes-
taceo; prothorace transverso, remote punctato, margine apicali
basali paulo latiore, vitta mediana in dimidia parte basali haud
punctata; scutello transverso; elytris stria suturali simplici, reli-
quis seriato-punctatis, punctis ad basin majoribus in triente
apicali evanescentibus.

Long., 6-8; lat., 1.5-2 mm.

LUZON, montibus Maquiling et Banahao.

Blass briunlichgelb, Thorax und Kopf etwas mehr rotlichgelb,
Apicalhalfte der Mandibel, die Fiihler mit Ausnahme der Wurzel
und zuweilen auch der Spitze des 1. und der Basalhalfte des 3.
Gliedes so wie das Spitzenfiinftel der Decken schwiarzlich.
Fiihler des Mainnchens mindestens doppelt so lang, beim Weibchen

X,D,4 Heller: Neue Kafer von den Philippinen, III 9AT

nur wenig langer als der Korper, ihr Schaft roétlich gelbbraun,
gewohnlich nur im mittleren Teil schwarzlich geringelt, zuweilen
jedoch in der ganzen Apicalhalfte schwarz, das 3. Glied linger
als der Schaft, das 4. in der Basalhalfte, zuweilen auch die Wurzel
des 5., braunlichgelb. Stirn mit haarfeiner Mittellinie, beider-
seits zerstreut punktiert. Halsschild quer, nach vorn deutlich
verbreitert, unregelmassig zerstreut punktiert, in der Basalhalfte
mit unpunktierter Mittelschwiele. Fliigeldecken dreimal so lang
wie breit, gereiht punktiert, die Punkte in der Apicalhalfte ver-
schwindend, dichter und heller als Kopf und Thorax, gelblich
seidenartig tomentiert, ihr schwarzer Spitzenteil vorn ziemlich
gerade abgegrenzt. Unterseite einfarbig, zart seidenartig to- -
mentiert, die Hinterschenkel das 4. Abdominalsternit deutlich
iiberragend.

30. Xyaste trigonocephala sp. nov. Tafel I, Fig. 18 und 19.

Praecedenti, varioscapo, verisimilis, sed fronte triangulariter
dilatata, antennis articulis quatuor basalibus fulvis, scapo medio
nigro-anulato; elytris macula nigra subapicali, transversa tibiis-
que in dimidia parte basali margine externo nigris; femoribus
posticis pygidii apicem attingentibus.

Long., 8; lat., 2 mm.

LUZON, monte Banahao.

Der vorigen Art sehr ahnlich, der Kopf aber (von vorn ge-
sehen) zu einem gleichseitigem Dreieck verbreitert, dessen Aus-
senecken die unteren Augenlappen bilden. Die ersten vier Glie-
der der Fiihler vorwiegend rotlichgelb, der Schaft kiirzer als das
3. Glied, in der Mitte mit schragem schwarzen Ringel, 4usserste
Spitze des 3. und das Spitzenviertel des 4. Gliedes, so wie der
Vorderrand der Vorderschienen, in der Basalhalfte und eine
undeutliche Makel an der Deckenspitze schwarzlich. Hinter-
schenkel die Spitze des Abdomens erreichend. Abdomen,nament-
lich aber die Episternen der Hinterbrust, dicht gelblichweiss
seidenartig tomentiert.

es Cat

ay 4
Uy ee 1 Dg
GELS
.F A

5 Pi

py rat % foe ep oe
fevtihe oe ons wii st

‘nob 90) ata

retin. pee
me ny fie ine Pie ‘i hutie eae
eee et a ee oe
ey we ere eb a1 AGEN ok OOS eh wily
. a iy Velo Wun

Fie.

3,
5,
. Polycatus eupholoides 8.

. Polycatus eupholoides?. Umriss des Thorax und Deckenzeichnung.
. Poropterus bengueticus. Umrisszeichnung.

. Cercidocerus curvaturatus.

. Cereopsius irregularis.

. Anancylus strix.

. Cacia xenoceroides.

. Cacia ulula.

. Cacia proteus var. disjuncta. Linke Fliigeldecke, im Umriss.

. Cacia proteus.

. Proteuclea laterivitta.

. Xyaste trigonocephala. Kopf, Umriss von vorn.

. Xyaste trigonocephala. Kopf, Thorax und Deckenwurzel, im

TAFELERKLARUNG

TAFEL I

2. Metapocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides. Umriss des Thorax und Dek-
kenzeichnung von oben und von der Seite.

4. Metapocyrtus bakeri. Dergleichen.

6. Hupyrgops banahaonis. Dergleichen.

Umriss.
249

pares pee itor haw pine it
: eb 3
a Par ge fame

i ie aa
ee Ne Re oy “eilagalt aol nbedigyasnte
Phd = Leleaee wot fete eetod tT Sie x Pose daar

[PHiu. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 4.

HELLER: KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN.]

TAFEL I. NEUE KAFER VON DEN PHILIPPINEN.

TWO AMPHIPODA OF LUZON

; By C. F. BAKER
(From the College of Agriculture, Los Banos, P. I.)

THREE PLATES

The great, shallow, fresh-water lake of central Luzon, Bay
. Lake, connected with the sea by Pasig River, possesses a fauna
of unusual interest. For example, the curious water snake
(Chersydrus granulatus Schneider) is common, and the fisher-
men sometimes use its blood to dye their nets. A shark is said
to occur in the lake. Its waters possess a marvelously rich
plankton and swarm with crustaceans. The bottom is occupied
by vast colonies of univalve and bivalve mollusks. Fresh-water
sponges are abundant. Finally, under débris along its shores
are to be found amphipods and isopods.

The amphipods found here are of very peculiar interest, for
the reason that a few miles distant, at an altitude of 1,060 meters
on Mount Maquiling, in the mossy forest, occurs a closely related
but very distinct species of the same genus, Parorchestia.
Search in streams between these two stations has so far failed to
produce amphipods: The beach form lives at water margin,
the mountain form under stones in the dripping mossy forest.
The beach form has short antennz and fully developed pleopods,
while the mountain form has long antennz and reduced pleopods.
The heavier armature of the uropods in the mountain form may
be an adaptation to the terrestrial life. In form of perion,
pleon, and pereiopods, the two species are very much alike.

These two species are clearly Talitride by the palpless man-
dible and the third uropod of one ramus. Likewise they belong
to the genus Parorchestia of Stebbing by the distinct and non-
unguiform fourth joint of the palp of the maxillipeds and by
the simple two-jointed third uropod. In both species the
pleopods decrease very rapidly in size from first to third, though
otherwise they are normal. Talitroides of Bonnier, found in a
conservatory at Ghent, probably came from some tropical forest,
and must be very close to Parorchestia, if not synonymous with it,
since in one of our species the pleopods are reduced, though still
normal.

135635——3 251

252 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Parorchestia tenuis (Dana) was found in New Zealand “among
roots of grass and in small stream.” Parorchestia hawaiensis
(Dana) is from the Hawaiian Islands. Parorchestia sylvicola
(Dana), also from New Zealand, was found in “moist soil in
the bottom of the extinct volcano of Taiamai, far from the sea.”
Curiously enough our mountain form comes from the bottom of
an extinct crater, and both of our forms are most nearly related
to P. sylvicola.

Other talitrids have been reported from tropical forests, usu-
ally from high altitudes. Chiltonia mihiwaka (Chilton) comes
from high mountain streams in New Zealand, but Chiltonia has
antennz I and II of equal length and uropod III 1-jointed. Or- .
chestia rectimana (Dana) is from high altitudes in Tahiti; O.
montana Weber, from high altitudes in Celebes; O. parvispinosa
Weber from high altitudes in Java; O. humicola Marts. is a ter-
restrial species from Japan; and O. bottae M. E. has been found
in Holland, remote from the sea. Likewise Talitrus furnishes
several terrestrial species, as, 7. sylvaticus Hasw. from New
South Wales and Tasmania, T. allawdi Chevr. from Seychelles,
and T. gullivert Miers from Rodriguez Island. But Orchestia
and Talitrus are both characterized by a wanting or rudimentary
fourth joint of palp of maxilliped. It seems, from the specific
descriptions, as if a number of the terrestrial talitrids, especially
those from high altitudes, should be reexamined — as to their
generic relationships to Parorchestia.'

Following Stebbing, in the ‘““Amphipoda Gammaridea” of Das
Tierreich, the species, including our two new Luzon forms, may
be arranged as follows:

Genus PARORCHESTIA Stebbing
Synopsis of species.

a’. Antenne I with third joint of peduncle shorter than second, flagellum
5- to 6-jointed; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal spines; telson
apically with groups of spinules................---.-..--....--- P. tenuis (Dana).

a’. Antenne I with third joint longer than second; telson apically without *
groups of spinules.

b*. Antenne I with joints (7-jointed) of flagellum unusually elongate,
third joint of peduncle longer than first and second together; uropod
I, outer ramus without marginal spines..... P. hawaiensis (Dana).

b?. Antenne I with joints of flagellum not very elongate, third joint of
peduncle shorter than first and second together.

*In this connection the student should carefully examine a paper on
similar amphipoda recently published in Indian Museum Notes.

? Certainly without groups of spinules in P. luzonensis and P. lagune,
and not mentioned for P. hawaiensis or P. sylvicola.

X,D,4 Baker: Two Amphipoda of Luzon 258

ec’. Antenne I with flagellum (8-jointed) longer than peduncle; uropod
I, outer ramus without marginal spine; telson slightly notched
EEO IaT oe errata an SUN A Na i eee ne P. sylvicola (Dana).

ec’. Antenne I with flagellum (3- to 4-jointed) distinctly shorter than
peduncle; telson entire at tip.

d@. Antenne I with flagellum 3-jointed; antenne II not as long as
head and first three segments of pereion together, joints (14)
of flagellum thick; uropod I, outer ramus without marginal
spines, the rami longer than peduncle; lower lip deeply simply
Uke) rere a Ges AO Ee 4a ee el iat eae ee P. lagunz sp. nov.

d@. Antenne I with flagellum 4-jointed; antenne II surpassing pe-
reion, joints (18) of flagellum slender; uropod I, outer ramus
with marginal spines, the rami shorter than peduncle; lowe1
lip very shallowly lobed and with rudiments of inner lobes.

P. luzonensis sp. nov

Parorchestia luzonensis Sp. nov.

Color pale olive-green; eyes large, round, black. Side plates
subuniform, with lower margins in line.

Antenna I (Plate I, fig. 7) with third joint of peduncle about
same length as second; flagellum shorter than peduncular joints
2 and 3 together, 4-jointed, the third joint longest. Antenna
II (Plate I, fig. 8) surpassing the pereion, third joint of peduncle
longer than first two together; flagellum about once and a half
the length of peduncle, about 18-jointed, the joints slender.
Maxilla I (Plate I, fig. 11) with inner plate about three fourths
the length of outer plate, narrowly rounded at tip, with an inner
terminal fringe of soft hairs; outer plate with about six long,
curved teeth, the surface of which is denticulated; palp with a
tuft of ‘spines at tip. Maxilla II (Plate I, fig. 5) with inner
plate acute. Lower lip (Plate I, fig. 6) shallowly lobed and
with rudimentary inner lobes. Gnathopod I in ¢ (Plate II, fig.
3) with joints 5 and 6 subequal in length, the sixth with an inner,
terminal, rectangular laminate epiphysis, which the small finger
does not nearly equal. Gnathopod II (Plate II, fig. 1) in 2.
with joint 5 very slightly shorter than 6, joint 6 nearly three
times as long as wide and with three tufts of spinules on outer
margin; the finger equals the oblique palm. Pereiopod 5 but
little longer than 4, but both 4 and 5 much longer than 3.
Pleopods not half the size of those of P. lagune, but otherwise
normal. Uropods I and II (Plate II, fig. 4) with ramus joint
small and with two terminal spines, the peduncle much longer
than broad. Telson (Plate II, fig. 5) narrowly rounded at tip,
entire, and with few weak spines.

Length, 8-9 mm.

LUZON, Laguna Province, summit of Mount Maquiling, in
the extinct crater, under stones. This locality is in the dripping

254. The Philippine Journal of Science

mossy forest. Apparently not at all common, only a few females
being encountered. Types in coll. Baker.

Parorchestia lagunez sp. nov.

Color pale olive-green; eyes large, round, black. Side plates
subuniform, their lower margins in line.

Antenna I (Plate III, fig. 2) with joint 3 of peduncle very
slightly longer than 2; flagellum shorter than joints 2 and 3
together, 3-jointed, the second joint longest. Antenna II (Plate
III, fig. 1) not as long as head and first three segments of pereion
together; third joint of peduncle as long as joints 1 and 2 to-
gether; flagellum about once and a fourth as long as peduncle,
about 14-jointed, the joints very thick. Lower lip deeply simply
lobed. Gnathopod I in ¢ (Plate III, fig. 6) with sixth joint
much shorter than fifth, greatly broadened apically, the palm
concave, the finger not reaching apex of palm. Gnathopod II
in 8 (Plate III, fig. 7) with joint 6 very large, oval in outline,
the palm oblique and fringed with a row of short, stout teeth, the
finger very long and slender toward the tip, surpassing the
palm. Pereipod 5 but little longer than 4, but both 4 and 5
much longer than 3. Pleopods (Plate I, fig. 12) large and
normal. Uropods I and II (Plate III, figs. 10 and 11) with rami
longer than peduncle, the other ramus without lateral spines.
Uropod III (Plate III, fig. 8) as in P. luzonensis, but somewhat
stouter. Telson narrowly rounded at tip, entire, and with few
inconspicuous hairs.

Length, 9-10 mm.

LUZON, Laguna Province, shores of Bay Lake, under stones at
water margin. Only encountered on rocky shores. Types in
coll. Baker.

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATE I

Parorchestia luzonensis sp. nov.
Fig. 1. Upper lip.
2. Left mandible.
3. Right mandible, outer view.
4, Right mandible, inner view.
5. Second maxilla.
6. Lower lip.
7. First antenna.
8. Second antenna.
9. Maxilliped.
10. Apex of inner lobe of maxilliped.
11. First maxilla.
Parorchestia lagunz sp. nov.
Fig. 12. First pleopod.

PLATE II

Parorchestia luzonensis sp. nov.
Fig. 1. Second gnathopod.
2. First pereiopod.
3. First gnathopod.
4. First and second uropods.
5. Telson and third uropod.

PLATE IIT

Parorchestia lagunz sp. nov.
Fig. 1. Second antenna.
. First antenna.
. Right mandible.
. Left mandible.
. Upper lip.
. First gnathopod gd.
. Second gnathopod gd.
. Third uropod and telson
. Lower lip.
. First uropod.
. Second uropod.

Poo OTD OP &

255

trie

phe 421 me A

ae ; a eat “Ue ; us RT le eR at en ete og ee i

ee oe Rita al onit

: ; tdbPrenpea ey ae ’

: =) ; 2 by a ae Ue ATs The aed Rat 0 Oe

“ ‘ ; ed ee a
eae NCO JE eal tae aa

brute Meaetiewe tuna

sean? | Daligs, bnsigretes ake. e)

' ae arf

ise le ae NN yore C2 ae aae bite

; : , ; ° v1 1 UE

Bug: i

BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LUZON.] [PuHIL. Journ. Sct., KX, D, No. 4.

‘PLATE I. PARORCHESTIA LUZONENSIS.

BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LuUZzON.] [PHIL. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 4.

PLATE Il. PARORCHESTIA LUZONENSIS.

BAKER: Two AMPHIPODA OF LUZON.] [PuiL. JouRN. Scr., X, D, No. 4.

PLATE Ill. PARORCHESTIA LAGUNA.

CEYLONESE AND PHILIPPINE PSYLLIDAZ (HOMOPTERA)

By D. L. CRAWFORD
(Pomona College, Claremont, California)

ONE PLATE

The tropics of the Old World contain a host of interesting in-
sects, and many of them are still unknown to science. Two small
collections of Psyllidx, or jumping plant lice (Homoptera), have
been recently received by.me from two distinct parts of the
eastern tropics. One is from the Philippine Islands, sent by -
Prof. C. F. Baker, of the College of Agriculture at Los Bajos,
and the other is from Ceylon, sent by Mr. Andrew Rutherford,
of Peradeniya. It is not surprising that some of the species are
found in both of these regions, and that several species in each
are very closely related to species in the other. A few species
of psyllids seem to be widely distributed throughout all the Asiatic
tropics, such as the citrus psyllid, Euphalerus citri (Kuwayama).

These two collections are not treated separately, for there are
several species identical in both. The Philippine collection con-
tains 23 species, most of which are new. The Ceylon collection
contains 4 species, one of which has already been described from
the Philippines, another is closely related to a Bengalese species,
and a third resembles another Philippine species.

The descriptions of several species, mostly of the genera
Psylla and Trioza, are deferred until a later date.

The type specimens are retained in my collection, awaiting
later disposal.

A synoptic key of the genera thus far known to occur in the
Philippines is presented for facilitating the determination of
species. There are several other genera doubtfully represented
by a few undescribed insects in the collections before me, but
these will be added to the key at a later date. Also there are
several other genera in Formosa, Japan, and southern Asia which
may have representatives in the Philippine Islands as well.
This key, therefore, is simply temporary.

Synopsis of the Philippine genera of Psyllide.

a. Head deeply cleft in front between antennal bases. Antenne very thick
at base and attached at apex of lobes, increasing the cleft appearance.
Genz may be produced beneath into lobes or cones.

b*. Antenne very slender and long, not hairy. Vertex with a pair of
horns between eyes. Genal cones wanting.......................- Dynopsylla.

257

958 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

b’. Antenne very thick and often long, densely clothed with long hairs.
Vertex without horns. Genal cones present, may be small or large.
Homotoma.
a’. Head not deeply cleft, as above, and antennz not thickened so con-
spicuously. (Genal cones may give appearance of a cleft head, but
antennz are not attached to their apices.)
b’. Genal cones wanting.

c’. Wings broad and more or less angular at the apex; vertex rather
smoothly and uniformly rounded down in front. Antenne short,
not much longer than width of head. Thorax usually very thick
E208 US 0) ay DESH mee ee eNO ee oe ee eee Pauropsylla.

c’. Wings ovate, rounded at apex, smaller; vertex less smoothly rounded
down in front, sometimes flattish. Antenne relatively a little
longer. Thorax not strong'ly arched, often pubescent.

Paurocephala.
b*. Genal cones present.

c. Head as in Pauropsylla, but with small or large genal cones far
underneath, projecting down or forward. First marginal cell
much larger than second....................--.::.22f0ceeeeeeeeeeee teen Calophya.

c’. Head not as above; cones not far underneath.

ad’. Cubital petiole (stem of media and cubitus) present. First tar-
sal segment with 2 spines at apex.
e’. Genal cones very long, longer than vertex, pointing forward.
Epipsylla.
e’. Genal cones shorter, pointing downward obliquely or vertically.
f’. Genal cones continuing in plane of vertex, broad and rounded.
Euphalerus.
f’. Genal cones depressed below plane of vertex and not con-
tinuing in same line, usually tapering to a point....... Psylla.
da’. Cubital petiole wanting, media and cubitus arising together from
basal vein. First tarsal segment without spines at apex.
e. Dorsum scarcely arched; pronotum long and not depressed
below level of mesonotum and vertex....................... Megatrioza.
e’. Dorsum arched; pronotum short and distinctly depressed.
f’. Genal cones long, slender, not at all divergent, pointing for-
ward or down. Body slender...........................-.-- Neotriozella.
f’. Genal cones divergent, thicker, usually pointing down.. Trioza.

Genus PAUROPSYLLA Riibsammen

Body usually short and thick. Head short, without genal
cones. Antenne short. Wings usually broad, hyaline, or ma-
culated. Insect usually gall-forming. Species mostly tropical.

Pauropsylla triozoptera Crawford.
One female from Mount Maquiling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker).

Pauropsylla bakeri sp. nov. Plate I, fig. f.

Length of body, 1.9 millimeters; length of forewings, 2.6;
width, 1.4; width of head, 0.7. General color chocolate brown to

‘This Journal, Sec. D (19138), 8, 296.

xD) 4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psylliidz 259

black; mesosternum and legs, except tibiz and hind femora,
yellowish brown; surface of vertex and thorax finely reticulated.

Head nearly as broad as thorax, short; vertex convexly rounded
downward, very finely pubescent, with posterior ocelli somewhat
elevated; frons mostly covered by gene; antennz a little longer
than width of head, slender ; terminal setz short.

Thorax thick and very robust as in congeners, but pronotum
and prosternum much smaller and partly covered by mesothorax;

“legs moderately long and slender; wings large, hyaline, nearly
half as broad as long, broadest subapically; first marginal cell
twice as large as second.

Abdomen rather short and thick; female genital segment not -
quite as long as rest of abdomen, subacute at apex; dorsal valve
a little longer than ventral.

Described from one female, collected on Mount Maquiling,
Luzon, P. I. (Baker). This is very close to an Indian (Ben-
galese) species, Pauropsylla depressa Crawford.”

Pauropsylla floccosa sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7.

Length of body, 0.9 millimeter ; length of forewing, 1.2; width,
0.4; width of head, 0.25. General color light brown, with
lighter spots and streaks; legs lighter colored. A very small
species.

Head as broad as thorax, short; vertex rounded down in
front, but less evenly so than in some congeners, with posterior
ocelli not much elevated; frons, with its ocellus, visible as a
small, narrow sclerite to clypeus; antennz somewhat longer than
width of head, slender; terminal sete much longer than two
terminal segments.

Thorax moderately robust; legs relatively rather long and
slender ;.wings hyaline, with a whitish tinge, brownish in apical
half, rather small, broadly rounded, about twice as long as broad;
veins spotted with brown; venation somewhat similar to that of
P. tuberculata Crawford, a Bengalese species, but the first mar-
‘ginal cell is much larger relatively.

Abdomen small; third and fourth tergites rather prominent.
Male genital segment small; forceps relatively long and slender,
as long as genital segment; anal valve as long as forceps, larger,
simple. Female genital segment nearly as long as rest of ab-
domen, acutely pointed at apex.

Described from 17 males and females collected at Peradeniya,
Ceylon (Rutherford), on leaves of Aglaia roxburghiana. “The
leaf is inrolled along the edge from below upward. The nymphs

*Indian Mus. Rec. (1912), 7, pt. 2, 429.

260 ‘The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

are enclosed in a woolly covering of wax. Some Chalcid parasites
emerged from the material (Psylledontus secundus Girault n.
sp.).”

This species bears a close resemblance to the Bengalese species
referred to above, Pauropsylla tuberculata Crawford,? which
was taken on leaves of Alstonia scholaris, but the Ceylonese
species differs markedly in being much smaller, in having ovate
wings with a whitish tinge and brown spots and venational
difference as noted above, and a longer female genital segment. |

A single mutilated female specimen from Butuan, Mindanao,
P. I. (Baker), resembles very closely both of these species and
more closely the Ceylonese species, although its size is somewhat
larger. A description of this, however, is deferred until more
material becomes available. i

Pauropsylla spondiase sp. nov. Plate I, fig. g.

Length of body, 1.5 millimeters; length of forewing, 2.1; width,
1.3; width of head, 0.7. Head and thorax dark brown; legs,
abdomen, and antennze except apical segments greenish yellow
or light brown; wings yellowish.

Head very short, not quite as broad as thorax, rounded down
in front uniformly, with posterior ocelli a little elevated, finely
pubescent; frons not wholly covered by genx, but largely so;
antennz not longer than width of head, slender, with terminal
sete longer than 2 terminal segments.

Thorax very thick and strongly arched, surface reticulated;
legs short; wings large and broad, scarcely twice as long as
broad, broadest near apex, hyaline but with yellowish tinge, with
a pterostigma; marginal cells rather large.

Abdomen short, thick. Male: Forceps rather long, curved
forward, tapering to a point, pubescent. Anal valve shorter than
forceps, erect, narrow. Female genital segment not as long as
rest of abdomen, dorsal valve blunt, short; ventral valve longer,
acutely pointed and curved upward.

Described from two males and two females from Peradeniya,
Ceylon (Rutherford), taken from galls on leaves of Spondias
mangifere. “Leaves inrolled on the margins.”

Paurocephala psylloptera Crawford.*

One female from Los Banos, P. I. (Baker), and 23 males and
females collected in Peradeniya, Ceylon, May 24, 1914, on young
shoots of Ficus hispida and Ficus asperrima (Rutherford). An

*Tbid. (1912), 7, pt. 2, 4380.
“This Journal, Sec. D (1918), 8, 294.

K,D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide 961

accompanying note states that “these insects are attended by
ants. The nymphs excrete a long filament of white wax.”

Paurocephala orientalis sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7.

Length of body, 1 millimeter; length of forewing, 1.5; width,
0.7; width of head, 0.8. General color light brown to yellowish.
Antennz black at tips.

Head about as wide as thorax, short; vertex rather flat, slightly
concave on each side of median line, posterior ocelli slightly
elevated, emarginate in front at median suture; frons not covered
by genz, visible as a narrow sclerite from front ocellus to
clypeus; genal cones wanting; antennz about one and one-half .
times as long as width of head, slender; terminal setz short.

Thorax moderately arched; legs rather short; wings hyaline,
with a yellowish tinge, rounded broadly at apex; pterostigma
small; cells elongate.

Abdomen small. Male: Forceps nearly as long as anal valve,
broadened at apex; anal valve rather narrow and short. Female
genital segment as long as rest of abdomen, thick; dorsal valve
longer than ventral, both subacute.

Described from one male and one female from Los Banos, P. I.
(Baker).

This species differs somewhat from the typical species of the
genus in having the vertex a little more flattened, in this re-
sembling species of Aphalaroida, an American genus.

Genus CALOPHYA Loew

The genus Calophya belongs to the subfamily Pauropsylline °
and is represented in Asia and the Orient by several species,
four of which are Japanese. It differs from the related genera
in that the members have the genz produced into short or long
conical processes which are situated far back under the head.

Calophya luzonensis sp. nov. Plate I, fig. k.

Length of body, 0.7 millimeter; length of forewing, 1.2; width,
0.6; width of head, 0.25. Head and thorax dark brown or black;
abdomen, legs, antennz, and genal cones yellowish to green.
Wings hyaline.

Head small, short, nearly as broad as thorax, rounded down in
front, surface smooth, posterior ocelli only a little elevated;
frons covered by genze; genal cones slender, acute, as long as
.2 basal antennal segments, well separated and divergent; an-

"Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 42.

tennz short, about two thirds as long as width of head, terminal
setz about as long as antenne.

Thorax thick, strongly arched, surface finely reticulated. Legs
short and small. Wings clear, transparent, rounded at apex.
First marginal cell much larger than second.

Abdomen small, short. Male: Forceps very small and slender,
acutely pointed; anal valve longer, thicker. Female genital
segment thick, not as long as rest of abdomen; apex abruptly and
acutely pointed.

Described from one male and one female from Mount Maqui-
ling, Luzon, P. I. (Baker).

This species is rather closely related to a Japanese species,
Calophya nigridorsalis Kuwayama, differing primarily in charac-
ters of the genal cones and forewings.

Genus HOMOTOMA Guérin

The members of the genus Homotoma seem to be mostly trop-
ical in their distribution. The very thick and densely hirsute
antennz are very characteristic of the genus. The gene are
produced beneath into broadly rounded cones or prominent
swellings. The wing venation is usually peculiar.

Homotoma radiatum Kuwayama is a Japanese species, while
H, distincta Crawford is a closely related Bengalese species.
Two new species are added now from the Philippine Islands.

Homotoma pacifica sp. nov. Plate I, fig. b.

Length of body, 3.7 millimeters ; length of forewing, 4.6; width,
1.5; width of head, 0.7. General color glossy black; tibize and
tarsi brown ; wings hyaline, veins black and margined with black;
body surface, legs, antennz, and wing veins clothed with prom-
inent black hairs; the dorsum and antennze very conspicuously
hirsute.

Head not as broad as thorax, not deflexed; vertex somewhat
cleft in front, concave on each side of median suture, posterior
ocelli somewhat elevated; frons covered by genze; genz swollen
beneath, but not strongly conical; antenne very thick, very
hirsute, five sixths as long as forewings, 2 basal segments very
thick, remainder thinner, but very much thicker than in species
of other genera, somewhat carinate.

Thorax not strongly arched, surface glossy but hirsute; prono-
tum long and prominent; legs short, thick, and hairy; wings
long, relatively rather slender, hyaline, with black veins and
black margins on veins, acute at apex; marginal cells long and
large; radial sector short.

X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidz 963

Abdomen very long and slender, shining black; male genital
segment small; forceps nearly as long as anal valve, slender,
apical half a little slenderer than basal, not acute at apex; anal
valve slender, tapering to a narrowly rounded end.

Described from one male from Mount Banahao, Luzon, P. I.
(Baker).

Homotoma bakeri sp. nov. Plate J, fig. c.

Length of body, 3.1 millimeters; length of forewing, 5.6; width,
2.5; width of head, 0.9. General color shining black; venter
of thorax and head reddish brown; wing veins black and mar-
gined with black; body surface conspicuously hairy.

Head as in H. pacifica, but more deeply cleft in front, genz
less swollen and produced into 2 small, blunt cones. Antenne
less thick, not carinate, wholly terete, only about three fourths
as long as forewings.

Thorax more strongly arched, hairy. Legs short and thick.
Wings very large, broad, acute at apex, hyaline, but veins black
and margined with black; venation suggestive of H. radiata
Kuwayama, but quite different, first marginal cell very small;
second very large; fourth furcal (M 1-12), adjacent to radial
sector, and practically fused therewith and thence with costal
margin to apex of wing.

Abdomen short and thick; genital segment thick, as long as
rest of abdomen; dorsal valve a little longer than ventral, sub-
acute at apex.

Described from one female from Mount Maquiling, Luzon
(Baker).

Dynopsylla minor sp. nov. Plate I, fig. a.

Length of body, 3 millimeters; length of forewing, 4.3; width,
1.6; width of head, 0.8. General color light brown to brown
with spots and streaks of yellowish to brownish yellow on body,
legs, antennez, and wings.

Head not as broad as thorax, deeply cleft with front ocellus
at bottom of cleft and just visible from above; vertex concave,
sparsely hairy, with horns a little smaller than in D. cornuta,
but rather prominent; eyes large; genz somewhat swollen, cover-
ing frons; antenne about four fifths as long as forewing, very
slender, 2 basal segments thicker.

Thorax broad, large, well arched, very sparsely hairy; legs of
medium length, rather thick; hind tibiz with a spur at base and
several conspicuous spines at apex; wings elongate, acute, hya-
line; venation suggestive of the genus Carsidara.

264 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Abdomen rather long. Male forceps cultrate in shape, pos-
terior edge sharp, apex truncate; anal valve twice as long as
forceps, thick at base and tapering to a blunt apex.

Described from one male from Los Bajios, Luzon, P. I. (Baker).

This species resembles the American species of Carsidara in
wing venation, but is allied to Dynopsylla cornuta Crawford °
in the shape of the vertex and genz and in the presence of the
vertex horns. In the larger species the hind tibie are not
spurred at the base, but this was stated to be a less important
character. However, it is apparent that Dunes and Carsi-
dara are closely related.

A Japanese species, Mesohomotoma paniBhonee Matsumura,
is also closely allied to this species and is, perhaps, congeneric.

Genus MEGATRIOZA novum

Allied to Leuronota; dorsum scarcely arched; pronotum long,
not or only slightly depressed below level of mesonotum and
vertex; head long, not deflexed; genal cones long, directed for-
ward; legs long; hind tibiz armed with a spur at both base and
apex, and several large spines at apex; wings long, acute at apex,
triozine in venation.

Type of genus: Megatrioza armata sp. nov.

Megatrioza armata sp. nov. Plate I, fig. d.

Length of body, 3.5 millimeters; length of forewing, 6.7; width,
2.1; width of head, 0.8. General color light to yellowish brown;
eyes dark. Body elongate, surface covered with long pale hairs.

Head not quite as broad as thorax, long, not much deflexed;
vertex somewhat concave between posterior ocelli; front ocellus
visible from above; genal cones longer than vertex, divergent,
thickest midway between base and apex, tapering to a blunt
point, directed forward in plane of vertex; antennz about two
and one-half times as long as width of head, slender.

Thorax long and large, but not much arched, ascending a little
to mesonotum and rather straight; pronotum nearly as long as
vertex, with an epiphysis on anterior edge dorsad; hind tibize
with a large spur at base and a larger, conspicuous one at apex,
as well as 3 large spines and several smaller ones as a fringe
around apex; wings more than three times as long as broad, hya-
line, acute at apex, extending fully one half their length beyond
abdomen in both sexes; first marginal cell larger than second.

Abdomen rather long. Male: Genital segment small; forceps
as long as anal valve, relatively thick, not acutely pointed; anal

°This Journal, Sec. D (1918), 8, 295.

X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidz 265

valve short, rather broad, hairy. Female genital segment long,
as long as rest of abdomen, dorsal valve tapering to a slender
apex, both acute.

Described from one male and one female from Butuan, Min-
danao, P. I. (Baker).

Genus NEOTRIOZELLA Crawford

This small genus is characterized by the very peculiar genal
cones, which are not in the least divergent. They extend either
down almost vertically from the head or more nearly horizontally.
The body is typically slender, and the legs are small and delicate.
The venation is triozine, lacking the cubital petiole.

Neotriozella bicolor sp. nov. Plate I, fig. h.

Length of body, 1.8 millimeters; length of forewing, 3.1; width,
0.9; width of head, 0.35. General color reddish to chocolate
brown on dorsal half and yellow on ventral half, including venter
of both head and thorax and abdomen, legs, antennz except tip,
and lower portion of wings (when folded).

Head not as broad as thorax; eyes large; vertex a little longer
than breadth between eyes, slightly convex; genal cones longer
than vertex, extending in same plane, slender, tapering slightly
to a blunt point, yellowish beneath; antennz scarcely twice as
long as cones, slender.

Thorax a little arched, dorsal surface reticulated; pronotum
scarcely visible between vertex and mesonotum; legs short, small,
apparently weak; wings long, slender, acute, subhyaline, with a
dark band extending from basal attachment to apex; cells elon-
gate; abdomen long, rather slender; female genital segment short,
about half as long as rest of abdomen; valves about equal in
length, thick at base, subacutely pointed.

Described from one female from Los Banos, Luzon, P. I.
(Baker).

Genus TRIOZA Foerster

For a description and discussion of this old and large genus
see Crawford.’ In the collections before me there are 6 Philip-
pine species. Some of these, however, are not sufficiently repre-
sented to be included in these descriptions.

Trioza eugenie sp. nov. Plate I, fig. e.

Length of body, 2 millimeters; length of forewing, 5.2; width,
1.7; width of head, 0.7. General color greenish yellow; abdomen
bright green, wings shining (field notes by Rutherford).

"Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 74.

266 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Head distinctly narrower than thorax, rather large; vertex
concave on each side of median suture; genal cones scarcely half
as long as vertex, broadly rounded, a little divergent, pubescent;
. antenne about one and one-half times as long as width of head,
slender.

Thorax broad, long; pronotum large; przescutum longer than
broad; legs moderately long; hind tibiz with 4 black spines at
apex, 3 together and 1 alone; wings hyaline, very long, acute at
apex, more than half of length beyond abdomen; marginal cells
long.

Abdomen rather short, especially in male; forceps short,
slender; anal valve. larger, triangular, with a petiolate attach-
ment at base. Female genital segment very short; dorsal valve
longer than ventral; both subacute.

Described from 9 males and females from Peradeniya, Ceylon,
collected by A. Rutherford on May 12, 1913, in galls on leaves of
Eugema malaccensis. “The galls were so numerous that they
formed a continuous gall on the upper surface of the leaf.”

This and the next species are closely related both in structure
and habits to two American species of the same genus, Trioza
magnolie Ashmead and T. koebelei Kirkaldy. An Asiatic genus,
Cecidotrioza Kieffer, bears a close resemblance to these gall
makers and is probably congeneric.

Trioza asiatica Sp. nov.

Allied closely to T. eugeniz, but differs markedly as follows:
Color shining black or dayk brown; middle and hind tibiz and
antennz whitish, except at tip; body distinctly more slender;
head nearly as wide as thorax, because of the slenderer thorax;
genal cones smaller, about one third as long as vertex, orange to
brown; antennze twice as long as width of head; thorax more
slender. Wings similar, a little shorter (4.2 millimeters), differ-
ing slightly in venation as follows: Second marginal cell scarcely
twice as long as greatest width; first marginal cell smaller,
narrower; cubital vein about twice as long as first furcal. Ab-
domen more elongate. Male anal valve much larger, more
rectangular rather than triangular. Female genital segment
large, nearly as long as rest of abdomen, thick at base, converging
to acute apex; dorsal valve a little longer than ventral.

Described from two males and two females from Butuan, Min-
danao, P. I. (Baker), and one male from Mount Maquiling,
Luzon, P. I. (Baker). Judging from its close resemblance to the
foregoing species, it is probable that this is a gall-making species.

X, D,4 Crawford: Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllidx 267

BIBLIOGRAPHY

CRAWFORD, D. L. Indian Psyllidz. Indian Mus. Rec. (1912), 7, pt. 2,
419-437.

Ip—em. New genera and species of Psyllide from the Philippines. Phil.
Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1918), 8, 2938-308.

IDEM. The jumping plant lice or Psyllide of the new world. Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus. (1914), No. 85, 1-186.

KuwayamMa, 8. Die Psylliden Japans, I. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc.
(1908), 2, 149-189.

IpEM. Die Psyllide Japans, II. Ibid. (1909), 3, 53-69.
135635——4

fas
x
Sy
& ;
‘
: 4
«
,
te a
fe
4)
WAM:
.
&
7
i
i
i
i
i 5.
ae
yet

Cypre

iu 7) ‘alt et |
cr) soit dott ike
mn aierm Rh ie does ts SPAT ky Oe
Teint wayne! ain 7 a Ae

ssucr a Raih a Ee uid NA

4 t een

A GE es
MN eam ee

‘Ni ;

aA a)
hy Ye

i
{
oe Tats
& t x ee oie “oi
: :
\ im, ‘“ ie
n ( ag She
{ } ” halls oo
‘i y *, ie Ley. gk Br
/ i ma
oe i ae OIC §
1 Can,
i i sit ‘ Tathe a
eae 7 hunt a ae | f
“any F
bey pipes
va iv eae ” vy Oe
| 8 ay
Aik Pad, BIS*
vet] a A phahah |
4 5
7 i { aay aT if
eh _ a
ar
i ty OUF poi eee
; : A A le
it 5 : ; i
. vat 1 Play yaa ee el
Lea i 0
oat} ‘ ary f al Th
Ae is
“ } ft i :
a
, ' 4 :
v f ; c A ' ‘ %y hay (hal H
‘ : i rf
iy #4 it ig (ie feel),

nines ihe

y 7 : ,
wakthy put YOO i) a: AMT Sal

Pag,
= Le ay .
bat juve eh LAPT TY se TTL AT Sa liie®
\ ; ‘ '
' vig '
t whe ‘4
i os ye ai) 0
i . 1
’ : rey
j bide era Le as
' i Le One Ay
i
b
”
ey
*
i ’ 0 Me
1
a
f 4 ry 4

FIG.

Foo TAPS Aaagnrea

ILLUSTRATION

PLATE I. FOREWINGS OF PSYLLIDA.

. Dynopsylla minor sp. nov. Dotted portions brown.
. Homotoma pacifica sp. nov. Dotted portions black.
Homotoma bakeri sp. nov. Dotted portions black.

Megatrioza armata sp. nov.

. Trioza eugeniz sp. nov.

Pauropsylla bakeri sp. nov.

. Pauropsylla spondiase sp. nov.
. Neotriozella bicolor sp. nov.

. Paurocephala orientalis sp. nov.
. Pauropsylla floccosa sp. nov.

. Calophya luzonensis sp. nov.

269

L TA ai wy

AE Uy AG a

awathieg badkulh. veg: 46 sede
Nosh qa aay iey Me
VO oe vivid ‘
roe Wn) BN ee
Ag Vin 27S SRS

wor See Peel DE: ply att

‘ hs ge Che sali liga ot yagi
ThE ENS SER
ea AER er ED hasta
eas uci seem oly ait

din Awupa Bige

con
heh

CRAWFORD: CEYLONESE AND PHILIPPINE PSYLLIDZ. ] [Puiu. Journ. Sctr., X, D, No. 4.

PLATE Il. FOREWINGS OF NEW PSYLLIDAZ.

I. BEITRAG ZUR COLEOPTEREN FAUNA DER PHILIPPINEN

Von W. SCHULTZE
(Manila, P. I.)

MIT 2 FIGUREN IM TEXT
CETONIN 4:

Thaumastopeus mcgregori sp. nov. Textfigur 1, Db.

Supra et subtus laete viridi-aurea aliquid rufescens, nitidis-
sima. Processu mesosterni longo et conspicuus angulatus.

Long. 31.5 mm., lat. 16.5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Paete (R. C. McGregor).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

Diese Art sieht oberflachlich kleinen Exemplaren von. Ages-
trata luzonica sehr ahnlich, die Farbe ist jedoch mehr metallisch
kupfrig glanzend. Im Vergleich mit Thawmastopeus cupripes
Waterh. (Textfigur 1, c) ist diese Art viel gedrungener gebaut.
Kopf relativ gross, der Cly-
pealausschnitt halb so lang als
der Clypeus. Letzterer kraf- wi? ©
tig punktiert, seine erhabenen a
Aussenrander nach den Au- Fic. 1. Mesosternalfortsatz von a, Thaumasto-
genwinkeln zu etwas nach ean ag b, T. megregori; c, T. cu-
innen gebogen. Die Punk-
tierung reicht bis tiber die Augen, nur ein kleiner Teil der
Stirn ganz glatt. Fiihler dunkelgriin. Thorax in der Mitte
und nach den Hinterrandern zu seicht narbig, nachst den Seiten-
randern kraftiger punktiert. Die Ausbuchtung am Seitenrand
des Thorax nicht gerundet wie bei T. cupripes, sondern stumpf-
winkelig. Der Thoraxfortsatz im Verhaltnis zu _letztge-
nannter Art relativ gedrungen gebaut. Fliigeldecken griin
kupfrig metallisch glanzend. Parallel der Naht eine deutliche
Punktreihe die in die Schwiele und letztere in einen kleinen Dorn
auslauft. Weitere feine Punktreihen auf den Fliigeldecken die
teilweise unterbrochen sind. Die Buckel sehr scharf markiert.
Hinterer Teil des Seitenrandes stark nadelrissig, desgleichen das
Pygidium. Die wellenartig und concentrisch nadelrissigen Stel-
len seidenartig glanzend. Abdominalsegmente etwas dunkler
kupfrig rot. Mesosternalfortsatz sehr stark entwickelt, einen
kraftigen Dorn bildend. Derselbe ist 4hnlich wie bei T. pugna-
tor Heller (Textfigur 1, a) bildet jedoch zuerst eine gerade Linie
271

Die, The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

mit der Korperunterseite und ist dann, einen stumpfen Winkel
bildend, nach oben gebogen, von der Spitze an ist die obere Kante
zuerst geradlinig und erst wo sie in die Basis tibergeht, gebogen.

Diese schone Art widme ich dem eifrigen Sammler und Orni-
thologen, Herrn R. C. McGregor.

TROGIN A:

Trox montalbanensis sp. nov. Textfigur 2 a—c.

Schwarz, matt. Kopf: Clypeus stumpfwinkelig, vorn gerundet,
der Rand aufgebogen und mit feinen Borsten besetzt. Fuhler
dunkelbraun, 1. Glied mit borstenartigen gelben Haaren be-
setzt. Stirn mit einer wulstartigen Erhohung, desgleichen eine
solche jedoch schwacher nachst dem Seitenrande. Thorax stark
gewolbt, nichst den Seitenrindern scharf abgesetzt und flach.
Vorder- und Seitenrand eine scharfe Ecke bildend. Langs des
mittleren Teiles des Thorax
und am Vorderrande, sowie
nachst den Seitenrandern—
hier jedoch flachenartig er-
weitert—Schwielen oder
schwielenartige Erhohungen
bestehend aus einer gelb-
braunen wachsartigen Sub-
stanz mit feinen Tuberkeln,
Fic. 2. a, Trox montalbanensis sp. nov.; b, die letzteren mit feinen Borst-

linke Antenna von unten; c, linkes Vorderbein chen besetzt. Die Stellen

vaio ct zwischen den Schwielen sind
schwarz, jedoch ebenfalls mit zerstreuten Tuberkeln besetzt.
In der Mitte, am Hinterrande des Thorax, eine grubenartige
Vertiefung. Seiten- und Hinterrand mit feinen Borsten besetzt.
Fliigeldecken mit je neun leistenartigen, unterbrochenen Schwie-
len, dieselben nach den Seitenrindern zu tuberkelf6rmig, mit
feinen Boérstchen besetzt, gelbbraun. Zwischen den Schwielen
je eine Reihe tiefer Nadellécher. Vor letzteren steht ein feiner
gelbbrauner Punkt. Die Seitenrander der Fliigeldecken leicht
aufgebogen und mit feinen Borstchen besetzt. Vordertarsen
sehr kurz, ein Drittel der Lange der Hintertarsen. Vordertibia
am Vorderrand mit gelbbraunen Borsten, Aussenrand mit einem
Zahn. Mittel- und Hintertibien mit wachsartiger Substanz
bedeckt und fein beborstet.

Lange, 12 mm.

LUZON, Rizal, Montalban Schlucht (A. de los Reyes).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

«Diese Art wurde von meinem Sammler, im August dieses

X,D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen 2783

Jahres, in der sogenannten oberen Hohle in der Schlucht von
Montalban, in Anzahl, an dem Guano von Fledermausen, die dort
zu vielen Tausenden hausen, gefunden.

RHIPIDOCERINA

Nur eine Art des Genus Callirhipis war bis jezt von den Phi-
lippinen bekannt, die Originalbeschreibung dieser Art folgt
hiermit :

Callirhipis antiqua Waterh.’

Elongata, postice attenuata, obscure fusca, dense flavo-griseo-pubescens;
thorace antice parum angustato et rotundato, creberrime evidenter punctato,
impressionibus quatuor parum distinctis; elytris sat crebre fortiter punc-
tatis, interstitiis crebre subtilissime punctatis.

Long. 72 lin; lat. 22 lin.

Antenae two-thirds the length of the elytra, fuscous. Thorax gradually
(but not much) narrowed anteriorly from the base, regularly rounded in
front, not constricted in the middle, distinctly and very thickly punctured;
the dorsal impressions are not deep, the two on the disk and the pair next
the scutellum moderately distinct, the impression within the posterior angles
searcely perceptible. The punctuation of the elytra is very strong, but
the punctures are not so large as in C. occultus, and they do not form lines,
the interspaces are very finely and thickly punctured.

Hab.—Philippine Islands. Brit. Mus.

This species is close to C. Bowringii, but is less narrowed posteriorly,
the thorax is not so short, and is a little narrowed from the posterior
angles forward. The punctuation of the elytra is less strong and not in
lines.

Waterhouse beschreibt nur den ¢ von C. antiqua. In meiner
Sammlung befinden sich sechs Exemplare, 4 ¢ und 2 9°, die ich
vorlaufig auf diese Art beziehe. Bemerken mochte ich jedoch,
dass bei allen Exemplaren die Leisten auf den Fliigeldecken
kraftig ausgepragt sind. Die Behaarung der Mannchen ist ver-
haltnismassig lang reihenfOormig und die Haare stehen zu ein-
ander V-formig.

Lange ¢, 13.5-15 mm.; ?, 17-21 mm.

LUZON, Benguet, Baguio (R. C. McGregor).

Callirhipis bituberculata sp. nov.

6 : Ockerfarbig, Kopf kraftig und dicht punktiert und behaart.
Zwischen der Fiihlerbasis wulstartig aufgetrieben, hinter der-
selben eine schwarze Tuberkel. Fiihler schwarz, kraftig und
dicht punktiert und behaart, die Enden des dritten bis elften
Gliedes mit gelblichen Haaren besetzt. Thorax dicht punktiert
und behaart, vorn stark desgleichen der discale Teil gewdlbt,
seitlich und nach dem Hinterrande zu abgeflacht, und mit

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1877), 384.
* Waterhouse, ibid. (1877), 383.

274 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

einer kraftigen grubenartigen Vertiefung. Hinterrand des
Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens und der Fliigeldecken
schwarz gesdumt. Letztere sehr kraftig reihenformig punktiert
und sehr dicht behaart, sodass die Leisten zwischen den Punkt-
reihen undeutlich wahrnehmbar sind. Eine massige Impression
in der Mitte nachst dem Vorderrande jeder Fliigeldecke. Meso-
und Metathorax sowie Abdominalsegmente schwarz, punktiert
und sehr fein behaart, nur die basale Halfte der Klauen rotbraun.

Lange, 10.5 mm.

LUZON, Rizal, Montalban (A. de los Reyes).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

Callirhipis helleri sp. nov.

6: Kopf, Thorax und Fliigeldecken schwarzbraun, hellgrau
behaart. Kopf kraftig punktiert, die hockerartige Erhohung
zwischen der Basis der Fiihler stark und tief gekerbt, nach der
Stirn grubenartig verlaufend. Fiihler, 1. Glied schwarz, fein
punktiert und sparlich behaart, die folgenden rotbraun, 3. bis 11.
Glied facherartig, sehr fein behaart. Fihlerlange 17 mm.
Thorax dicht punktiert, vorn stark gewolbt. Zwei kleine gru-
benartige Vertiefungen im discalen Teil, etwas seitlich, dieselben
unbehaart; zwei weitere langliche und seichte Eindriicke in der
Mitte nachst dem Hinterrande; mehr seitlich davon je ein mehr
flachenartiger Eindruck. Fliigeldecken stark gewolbt, kraftig
und unregelmassig punktiert, ein kraftiger Eindruck auf jeder
Fliigeldecke in der Mitte am Vorderrande die Fortsetzung des
Kindruckes des Thorax bildend. Zwei leistenartige Langs-
schwielen in der Mitte jeder Fliigeldecke und eine langs der Naht;
die mittlere nur 2/3 der Lange der Fliigeldecke erreichend; die
aussere nahe der Spitze verlaufend. Schildchen nahezu rund
und sehr stark behaart. Korperunterseite dicht und fein punk-
tiert und sehr fein behaart, Beine rotbraun, Schenkel schwarz,
dicht hellgrau behaart, besonders die Tibien und Tarsen. Klau-
en, die 4ussere Halfte schwarz.

Lange, 19 mm.; Schulterbreite, 5.9 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Paete (R. C. McGregor).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

Diese Art widme ich dem eifrigen Coleopterologen Herrn Hof-
rat Prof. Dr. Heller, Dresden.

Diese Art ist der C. dissimilis Waterh.* der Beschreibung nach
ahnlich, jedoch ist die Skulptur von C. helleri eine andere.

* Waterhouse, ibid. (1877), 380.

X,D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen 275

Callirhipis montalbanensis sp. nov.

@ : Kopf kraftig, dicht perlich punktiert und schwach behaart.
Vorderrand des Clypeus, Seiten des Kopfes und ein schmaler
Querstreifen auf dem Scheitel schwarz. Unterseite, Stirn und
Scheitel ockerfarbig. Ein leichter stufenartiger Querabsatz auf
der Stirn und ein seichter Langseindruck in der Mitte des Schei-
tels. Fiihler schwarz, 1. und 2. Glied kraftig und dicht punk-
tiert und beborstet, 3. bis 11. Glied fein behaart und an den
Enden mit einigen Borstchen besetzt. Thorax, Ober- und Unter-
seite ockerfarbig, dicht punktiert und fein behaart. Langs der
Mitte eine seichte Rinne, seitlich, nachst dem Hinterrande, je
eine kriftige grubenartige Vertiefung. Hinterrand des Thorax |
sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens und der Fliigeldecken schwarz
gesAumt. Letztere nahezu parallel fiir 4/5 der Lange, dann
sanft gerundet bis zur Spitze; ockerfarbig; sehr kraftig, dicht
und reihenformig punktiert. Ein keilf6rmiger schwarzer
Langsfleck auf jeder Fliigeldecke, von der Mitte nach hinten
gerichtet, sowie vier nicht stark ausgepragte leistenartige Langs-
schwielen. K6orperunterseite und Beine schwarz, erstere sehr
dicht und fein punktiert und fein behaart, letztere stirker be-
haart.

Lange, 17 mm.; Schulterbreite, 4.8 mm.

LUZON, Rizal, Montalban (A. de los Reyes).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

Callirhipis nigriventralis sp. nov.

é : Rotlich ockerfarbig, Kopf kraftig und dicht punktiert und
sehr fein behaart. Die Wulst zwischen der Fiihlerbasis massig
entwickelt. Seiten des Kopfes sowie Fiihler schwarz. Erstes
Glied kraftig punktiert, letztgenanntes und 2. Glied massig be-
haart, die folgenden facherférmigen sehr dicht behaart. Thorax
sehr dicht und kraftig punktiert und weitlaufig gelblich behaart.
Schwach gewolbt, nachst den Hinterecken mit einem seichten
Eindruck, desgleichen ein solcher nachst dem Hinterrande in der
Mitte. Hinterrand des Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schild-
chens und der Fltigeldecken schwarz gesdumt. Fliigeldecken
mit einem kraftigen Eindruck in der Mitte nachst dem Vorder-
rande; kraftig und dicht reihenfé6rmig punktiert und weitlaufig
gelblich behaart. Die Skulptur der Fliigeldecken ahnlich wie bei
C. philippinensis m. Abdominalsegmente schwarz, sehr fein
punktiert and behaart. Beine dicht punktiert und kraftig be-
haart, schwarz, Schenkel und basaler Teil der Klauen rotbraun.

Lange, 9.5 mm. ;

276 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

LUZON, Laguna, Paete. Zwei Exemplare (R. C. McGregor).
Type in meiner Sammlung.

Callirhipis philippinensis sp. nov.

6: Kopf rotlich ockerfarbig, sehr dicht kornig punktiert und
fein behaart. Fihler schwarz und behaart. Erstes Glied kraf-
tig, die folgenden sehr dicht punktiert. Thorax ockerfarbig,
sehr dicht koérnig punktiert und fein behaart. Seitlich in der
Mitte eine kraftige Impression. In der Mitte nachst dem Hin-
terrande ein seichter Eindruck nebst zwei Griibchen. Vorder-
und Hinterrand des Thorax sowie Vorderrand des Schildchens
und der Fliigeldecken schwarz gesdumt. Fliigeldecken sehr
gross und dicht reihenformig punktiert und fein behaart. Ers-
tes Drittel ockerfarbig, sodann W-formig abgesetzt und die hin-
teren zwei Drittel schwarz. Ein kraftiger Eindruck in der Mitte
am Vorderrande. Abdominalsegmente schwarz dicht punktiert
und fein behaart. Metathorax rotbraun, seitlich und vorn
schwarz, ebenfalls punktiert und fein behaart. Beine sehr dicht
punktiert und behaart, schwarz, die Schenkel, mit Ausnahme
eines kleinen Teiles naéchst den Kniegelenken, sowie die Coxae,
ockerfarbig.

@ : Die gekimmten Fiihler starker behaart, speziell die Spitzen
des dritten bis elften Gliedes. Thorax ohne seitliche Impression ;
in der Mitte nachst dem Hinterrande zwei feine Griibchen. Flii-
geldecken, die schwarze Zeichnung erreicht nahezu das Schild-
chen und ist vorn an der Naht verbreitert, nicht W-formig wie
beim ¢; auch ist die Skulptur kraftiger, die Leisten zwischen
den Punktreihen staérker ausgepragt. Der dussere Teil des Ovi-
positors rotlich ockerfarbig, die Spitzen dunkler.

Lange ¢,8mm.; 2, 9, 5 mm.

LUZON, Laguna, Paete. Drei Exemplare,2 ¢ und1 92 (R.C.
McGregor.

Typen in meiner Sammlung.

Callirhipis tiaongona sp. nov.

6: Hell rotbraun, Kopf kraftig und dicht, Stirn und Scheitel
weitliufig punktiert, die wulstartige Erhebung zwischen der
Fiihlerbasis sehr stark entwickelt und in der Mitte seicht ge-
kerbt. Fiihler rotbraun, 1. Glied sehr fein und dicht punktiert
und sehr fein behaart, 2. Glied mit wenigen feinen Borstchen
besetzt; die folgenden facherformigen sammtartig. Thorax
dicht punktiert, vorn sehr fein, nach dem Hinterrande zu kraf-
tiger und dichter gelblich behaart. Massig gewolbt, nach den
Hinterecken zu abfallend. In der Mitte etwas seitlich zwei

X, D,4 Schultze: Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen oT7

kraftige, nachst dem Hinterrand, oberhalb des Schildchens, zwei
kleine seichte Griibchen, Fliigeldecken kraftig reihenformig
punktiert, ein massig tiefer Eindruck in der Mitte jeder Fliigel-
decke am Vorderrande. Letzterer sowie das _ Schildchen
schwarz gesaumt. Die Fliigeldecken nachst der Naht dicht, nach
den Randern zu feiner und schwicher gelblich behaart. Beson-
ders je seitlich des Schildchens eine kurze deutliche Haar-
schwiele. Unterseite und Beine sehr dicht und fein punktiert
und behaart. Klauen schwarz.

Lange, 9.5 mm.

LUZON, Tayabas, Tiaong (A. Worm).

Type in meiner Sammlung.

Diese Art dhnelt der Beschreibung nach der C. lineata
Waterh.*

“Ibid. (1877), 387.

otatd| a
Bites) hi 4
ie
1 iiSsire
asp
St Pg bet ;

it BAS

ERKLARUNG DER TEXT FIGUREN

Fic. 1. a, Thaumastopeus pugnator; b, T. megregori; c, T. cupripes.
2. a, Trox montalbanensis sp. nov.; 6, linke Antenna von unten; c,
linkes Vorderbein von unten.
279

, } Rane Sh eat Me ee
srs ae ig ivi ;
if } sa 2
2
‘XN
i

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Etmer D. MerriLu

Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
IPPINE ISLANDS

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
$1, postpaid.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By Freo W. FoxwortHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy hes brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZOOLOGY

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep Ho Luister

Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid.

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By Ricwarp C. McGrREGoR

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid. ‘

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES

By Davin STARR JORDAN and RoBERT EARL
RICHARDSON

Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,

postpaid.

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by Erich Martini, G. FP. Parris,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RIcHARD P.
STRONG

483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12 charts and maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to«
gether with the results of certain bacte-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report.

The Bureau of .Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine Islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the printed proceedings of the Interna-
tional Plague Conference,

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. I.,

or to any of the agents listed below.

Please give order number.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

CONTENTS

Page.
HELLER, K. M. Neue Kafer von den Philippinen: III... 219
BAKER; G. F/T wo Amphipodavof Iuzon:=: 38>. 2 eae 251
CRAWFORD, D. L. Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Hom-
Optera) ee eats cee Une San) OAR COIR No oe an ee 254
SCHULTZE, W. I. Beitrag zur Coleopteren Fauna der Philip-
PImen ee oe 8 OR aS repre are Sere te eae 271
U.cSi sie
The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency.
Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2.00
Séction: B.. Tropical: Medicine ii. 22e ss ee ees 3.00 |
Séetions CG. \Botantys 5-255 ode ea a eee ee ee eee 25005 Sam
Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec- 4 ;
tion. D:. began with Volume (WV) 22:---2---.2)---2 2 2.00
Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V -------------------------------------- 5.00
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI -____.______-___-___-__---------- 7.00
Single numbers (except of Volume I) -.---.-------.-.....-------------------- .00

Each section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold

only with a complete file of section A, B, or C_.-..--..---.------.-..- 10.00
Supplement to Volume I (botany) -.-------------------------------------------- 3.50 —
Volume I (without supplement), sold only with a complete file of Pa.

Section: A; By Or Oso: 28 eee sas Bs Se eee a eee 6.50
Single“numbers: of Volume: ]. 2.2222c-2 eke es a eee Br tare

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
Subscriptions may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER, Philippine Jour-_

nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents”

listed below:
AGENTS

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. —

Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger-
many.

Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.

A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter.

VOL. Dae SEC. D, No. 5 SEPTEMBER, 19157 qanconian Insiity >
| hy “Pp
{ Seas ee ae

THE PHILIPPINE b JUL 7 19T6

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ~*~

ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D.
GENERAL EDITOR

SECTION D

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALB, A. B.
C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,

MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, $9 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.

The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English
and English-lgorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By Otto SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILLER

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29

plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7

Pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER
OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES

By Otto SCHEERER
and

“Ff” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES

By Cartos Everett CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su-

banuns of this region were studied by Mr.

Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the people
themselves.

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By Naseps M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0:75, postpaid.

ETHNOLOGY— Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao are
recorded in five folding diagrams.

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By WiLuiAM ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, 3 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and’ arrows, dances, and various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES
PHILIPPINE HATS
By C. B. RoBINson

Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, &
plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper. is a concise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands.

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
ISLAND OF NEGROS

By HerBerT S. WALKER

Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larve to-
gether with a desoription of the new Philip-
pine race.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

VoL. X SEPTEMBER, 1915 No. 5

NOTES ON JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR LARV:
PART II +

By A. E. WILEMAN
(Manila, P. I.)

THREE COLORED PLATES
RHOPALOCERA
NYMPHALIDA
NYMPHALIN2&
APATURIDI
Genus APATURA Fabricius

Apatura FABRICIUS, Illiger’s Magazin (1807), 6, 280; Seitz’s Macrolep.
of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 160.

Apatura ilia Schiffermiller.

Larva and pupa of Apatura substituta Butler. Plate I, fig. 1, larva;
fig. 2, head; fig. 3, cephalic horn, inside aspect; fig. 4, view of dorsal
tubercle, lateral aspect; fig. 5, tail, dorsal aspect; fig. 6, food
plant; figs. 7 and 8, pupa.

Japanese name, ko-murasaki.

Papilio (Apatura) ilia ScHIrF., Wien. Verz. (1776), 172; HUBNER,
Eur. Schmett. (1794), 1, figs. 115, 116; (1824-1826), figs. 809, 810;
LeEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893), 1, 161; Muiya-
JIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 134,
Pl. XIV, fig. 6, ¢ (nec Htibn. = substituta Btlr.) ; MATSUMURA, Cat.
Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 7, No. 50; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the
World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 161, Pl. 50c. ¢ 2; Berge’s Schmett.-
Buch. Hoffmann (1899), 14, Pl. 8, figs. 5 a, larva; 5 b, imago, 3;
NAGANO, Nawa’s Insect World [Konchti Sekai (Jap.) ] (1909), 13,
375.

* The first paper of this series was printed in This Journal, Sec. D (1914),
9, 247-268, 3 pls.
136814 281

922 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Apatura substituta BUTLER, Cist. Entom. (1873), 1, 158; PRYER,
Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 22, Pl. 5, fig. 9, ¢; StTICHEL, Seitz’s
Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 168, Pl. 50d, 6.

Papilio (Apatura) clytie Scuirr., Wien Verz. (1776), 321; STICHEL,
Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 162, Pl. 50c,
6&6 2; MATSUMURA, Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Sencht Dzukai
(Jap.)] (1907), 4, 79, Pl. 68, fig. 4, J (mee Schiff = ? substituta
Btlr.).

Apatura ilia var. serarum OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1891), 15, 11, Pl.
1, fig. 8, 5; STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal.
(1909), 1, 163, Pl. 50d, ¢.

Apatura ilia ab. mikuni WILEMAN, Entomologist (1910), 43, 93, ¢.

Apatura here FELDER, Wien. Ent. Mon. (1862), 6, 27; STICHEL, Seitz’s
Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 162, Pl. 50e, ¢ @.

Apatura here ab. sobrina STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World,
Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 50e, 92.

Apatura bunea HERRICH-SCHAFFER, Schmett. Eur. (1844), 1, figs.
161, 164; StTicHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal.
(1909), 1, 1638, Pl. 55d, 3.

The larva of A. substituta figured (Plate I, fig. 1) was taken
May 28, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on willow,
Japanese name, yanagi (Salix sp.). A female imago emerged
June 11, 1901, which I identified at the British Museum (Na-
tural History) as A. substituta Butler. Another male imago,
which emerged at Hakodate, Hokkaido (Yezo), August 5,
1902, and a female, locality and date unrecorded, are both refer-
able to A. substituta. The larvee from which these two speci-
mens emerged were compared, previous to pupation, with the
drawing of the larva from which the female imago emerged
June 11, 1901, and were found to be identical.

Apatura substituta is placed by Leech and Stichel as a form
or variety of A. ilia Schiff., and I am content, for the present, to
leave it as a synonym of that species. At the same time I am
inclined to think that, for reasons which follow, it is a distinct
species, and not a subspecies nor a variety. Stichel 2 remarks
of A. substituta as follows:

In Japan, the species (A. ilia Schiff.) is represented by substituta Btlr.
(Plate 50d) which is very similar to metis Frr. (and therefore often con-
founded with it). The ground-colour of this form is generally darker, the
eye-like spots of both wings are not obsolescent, the submarginal spots of
the hindwing elongate-ovate or rounded-quadrate, instead of arrowhead-
shaped or luniform as in metis, and on the underside the band of the
hindwing is more distinctly white, contrasting with the ground. Some
specimens (from Korea) have the bands or the upperside whitish and
therefore recall bunea.

* Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 168.

ee ee ee ee

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 283

I may remark that these Korean specimens referred to by
Stichel, which recall A. bwnea, may be referable to the aberration
A. mikuni Wileman, which I described from Mikuni, Bungo
Province, Kyushu,’ as “possibly a dimorphic form of A. ilia var.
substituta,’”’ but as the type is not at hand, I am unable to say
positively and cannot compare it with Seitz’s figures of bunea or
substituta.

Stichel catalogues many forms of A. ilia, but the names
appearing in the synonymic caption seem to be the only ones
connected in any way with China and Japan.

Of Apatura ilia Schiff. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50c) (= Papilio iris
Esp.) Leech remarks that ‘“‘typical specimens of ilia are either
exceedingly local, or of very rare occurrence in eastern Asia,”
and Seitz does not record it from Asia. Matsumura in his Cata-
logus Insectorum Japonicum (sic) mentions that it is found in
Honshu. No doubt his ilia Hiibn. equals substituta Btlr., as he
does not mention substituta in his catalogue. Apatwra ilia seems
to be confined to Europe.

Apatura clytie Schiff. (= iris Esp., julia Schrk., astasia Hbn.)
(Seitz, 1, Plate 50c), according to Stichel, also is confined to
Europe. Matsumura‘ records it as a variety of A. ilia from the
four islands of Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu
and from Korea and China; this also seems to be an error for
A. substituta, as his figure, apparently, represents either swbsti-
tuta Butl., or mikuni Wileman, not clytie Schiff.

Apatura substituta Butl. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50d) is the common
form (?) of ilia in Japan, and is recorded by Stichel from the
Japanese islands of Honshu and Hokkaido (Yezo) and from
northern China, Korea, and Amurland. Pryer records it from
Honshu as ilia, from July to September. I have taken it in
Honshu from June to September, in Kyushu in June and July,
and in Hokkaido (Yezo) in July and August. The larva appears
in June, and there seems to be only one brood of the butterfly in
the year. It is to be noted here that Miyajima figures A. ilia
Hiibn., male, and Matsumura * figures A. ilia var. clytie Schiff.,
male, as being the form of Apatura ilia occurring in Japan.
Both the figures given by these authors neither agree in the

5’ Entomologist (1910), 43, 93.

“Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Sencht Dzukai) (1907), 4, 79, Pl.
68, fig. 4, o.

* Japanese Butterflies (1904), 184, Pl. 14, fig. 6, ¢.

* Thousand Insects of Japan (1907), 4, 79, Pl. 68, fig. 4, 3.

234 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

former case with the figure given by Stichel’ for ilia, male, nor
in the latter case with the figure given by him for clytie, male, ®
but they both agree well with the figure given by Stichel for
substituta, male. Matsumura in referring to his figure remarks
in a note that “this variety has the markings very distinct but the
ground-color is ashy-white; it occurs in Kyushu but is rare.”
His figure, I believe, represents mikunt Wileman, male,’° also
taken in Kyushu, in which the tawny-orange spots and bands of
both wings are replaced by white ones. Apparently these spots
and bands in his figure are white, not tawny-orange; and, if so,
the figure represents mikuni, a dimorphic form of substituta.

Apatura here Feld. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50e) ab. sobrina Stichel
(Seitz, 1, Plate 50e) is from eastern, central, and northern China
and seems to have been erroneously recorded from Japan by
Felder.

Apatura serarum Oberth. (Seitz, 1, Plate 50d) (male — phae-
dra Leech) from western and central China and Yunnan.

Apatura ila ab. mikuni Wileman (male, type unfigured) from
Honshu, Japan = ? dimorphic form of A. substituta Butl. The
tawny-orange spots and bands of substituta are replaced by
white. ;

The reason why I think Apatura substituta Butl. is entitled
to rank as a species is because the larva apparently differs
from that of zlia Schiff., which is described by Stichel*: as
follows:

Larva of the species (A. ilia Schiff.) adult 4-5 cm, dirty green, similar
to that of iris Linn. (nec Esp.) in shape and markings, but the reddish
horns on the head with black stripe, the anterior part of the body with
two red-edged yellow lines, the body from the center backwards on each
side with 5 red-margined yellow oblique stripes which extend over two
segments, anal processes and legs blue-green. Its habits similar to those
of A. iris Linn.; feeding especially on Populus tremula, P. pyramidalis, and
on various willows, like Salix caprea, viminalis, and rosmarinifolia. Pupa
greenish, carinate dorsally, the back, the wing cases and the processes of
the head edged with yellow.

A comparison of Stichel’s description of the larva of A. ilia
with my original figure of the larva of substituta shows the
following differences: ‘Anterior part of the body with two red-

edged yellow lines;” substituta shows one yellow longitudinal
line only, not red-edged, extending from the head to the end of

‘Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 161, Pl. 50c, d 2.
* Opus cit., 162, Pl. 50c, ¢ ¢.

® Opus cit., 168, Pl. 50d, o.

*” Entomologist (1910), 43, 93, unfigured, 3.

“Opus cit., 162.

ee ee

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II IR5

the sixth segment (counting from and including the head).
Apatura substituta has the same number of yellow oblique
stripes, namely five, which are not red-margined. No mention is
made by Stichel of the dorsal tubercle or spine on segment 8; this
is an important point, and if this spine does not exist in the larva
of ilia, it at once separates the two species. A figure of this
dorsal spine is given in Plate I, fig. 4; apparently it is composed
of four small tubercles. As the larva is represented in fig. 4 ina
lateral position, I am unable to say positively whether this spine
is single or paired on the dorsum. The artist did not draw a
figure showing an upper dorsal aspect of the larva, and I made no
note at the time as to whether the spine on the dorsum was single
or paired. It is probably paired. However, this point is of
minor importance, as ilia apparently possesses no dorsal spine.

A reference to the figure of this larva given in Berge’s Schmet-
terling-Buch shows no dorsal spine nor does mention of! it
appear in his description. Lang‘? remarks of the larva of ilia
that it is—

very similar to that of iris Linn., but somewhat smaller and of a yellowish
colour, except on the ventral surface. The cephalic horns are bordered
with yellow. Feeds on Salix and several kinds of Populus, chiefly Populus
alba.

Lang also does not mention the presence of a spine on the
dorsum, and as these two authors could hardly have overlooked
such an important character, I believe that swbstituta is a species
distinct from ila.

Pupa.—tThe pupa of Apatura substituta is figured on Plate I,
figs. 7, 8. Pryer states that “the green pupa mimics a young
willow leaf, both in shape and colour.” It has faint white
oblique stripes on the dorsum, and with the exception of this
agrees with Stichel’s description of the pupa of ilia.

Genus VANESSA Fabricius

Vanessa FABRICIUS, Illiger’s Magazin (1807), 6, 281; STICHEL, Seitz’s
Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 200.

Vanessa canace Linnzeus.

Plate I, fig. 17, larva; fig. 18, food plant.

Japanese name, murasaki-tateba or ruri-tateba.

Papilio canace LINN., Syst. Nat. (1767), 12, 779.

Vanessa canace LEECH, Butterf. of China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893),
1, 255; STer. and REBEL, Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 26, No. 163;
KERSHAW, Butterf. Hongkong (1907), 41, Pl. V, fig. 2, 2; Pl. 6a,
fig. 5, larva; fig. 6, pupa; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui

“ Butterfil. Eur. (1884), 157, Pl. 35, fig. 1.

286 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 118, Pl. X, fig. 8; MaTsumuRA, Cat. Insect.
Jap. (1905), 1, 9, No. 68; MatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan
[Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 91, Pl. 70, fig. 12, 9;
STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 205,
Pl. 68¢c; FRUHST., Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Indo-austral.
(1912), 9, 527.

Papilio charonia Drury, Ill. Exot. Entom. (1710), 1, Pl. XV, figs.
LD

Vanessa charonia PRYER, Rhop. Nihon (1889), 27, Pl. VII, fig. 4.

Vanessa glauconia MOTSCHULSKY, Etud. Entom. (1857), 6, 28 (= no-
japonica Sieboid).

Stichel and Fruhstorfer ** give the following races and sub-
species of Vanessa canace which are connected with China, Japan,
and Formosa, and I have given a précis of their remarks.
Fruhstorfer says:

V. canace, widely distributed from North to South, inclines to geographi-
cal differentiation. Two general types can be recognized: The first,
peculiar to the Japanese and Philippine Islands, displays before the apex
of the forewing a white spot, whereas in the second type, which belongs
to the Indian-Malayan region, this spot is blue.

Of the first group Fruhstorfer records the three following
insular races:
RACES AND SUBSPECIES OF VANESSA CANACE
WHITE-SPOTTED RACES

Vanessa no-japonica Siebold (= glauconia Motsch.); subspecies insular
race (1, 206, Pls. 63c and d, ¢ 9, figured as charonia Drury; 9, 427);
Siebold’s older name of no-japonica has to be retained instead of
glauconia Motsch. for this subspecies. From Japan (Honshu), also in
the southern Japanese islands as far as Oshima and Okinawa in the
Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu), Korea. The female in two forms (?
seasonal).

Vanessa siphnos Fruhst.; subspecies, insular race (? seasonal form), 1,
206; 9, 527, Pl. 117, fig., 3). From Ishigakishima, most southern
of Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu).

Vanessa benguetana Semper (9, 527) ; subspecies, very near to no-japonica
Seib.; from northwestern Luzon, Philippines, at 3,800 feet [about
1,200 meters].

I have taken this form in Luzon at from 1,700 to 2,000 meters (5,000 to
6,000 feet), in November and December, from Baguio up to the Cervantes
trail leading to Bontoc. It was of frequent occurrence on the Cervantes
trail at about 2,000 meters elevation below Pauai (Haight’s), but not
many specimens were observable at about 2,100 meters, which is the
elevation of Haight’s place. The female of this species is a remarkably
large and handsome form. I have.also found the larva feeding on a species
of Smilax and observed the female ovipositing on the same plant, which
grows commonly in the mountains of Benguet. Semper records it during
July and August.

* Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, 1, 205, and 9, 527.

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II - 287

With Vanessa drilon Fruhst. the series of the blue-banded subspecies
begins. In contrast to no-japonica the white spotting on the apical area
of the forewing is reduced. The female hardly differs from the male.

BLUE-BANDED SUBSPECIES

Vanessa drilon Fruhst. (9, 527). From Formosa, 1,500 to 2,000 meters
(4,000 to 6,000 feet), at Chip-chip and on the borders of Dragon and
Le-hiku Lakes.

Vanessa charonides Stichel (1, 206, Pl. 63, 3, and underside, figured as
canace Linn. (9, 328). From eastern Siberia (Amurland and Ussuri),
western China, and Korea.

Vanessa charonia Drury (1, 206; 9, 528). From eastern and southern
China, Hongkong,? Tonkin, Assam, Hainan; larva on Smilax,
gregarious in December.

All the forms found in continental India are comprised under the ~
general name of canace, but it is not necessary to refer to them here.

The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 17) was taken October 15,
1900, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on a spiny creeper
which my Japanese collector named sankirai (Heterosmilax
japonica Kth.). Pryer and Miyajima, however, give the name
of the food plant as saru-tori-ibara (Smilax china Linn.), and
this is probably the correct name of the creeper figured (Plate I,
fig. 18). The larva also appears to feed on Smilax china in
Hongkong according to Kershaw, and I have found it on a species
of Smilax in the mountains of Benguet subprovince, Luzon. I
have also found the larva on a species of lily growing in a garden
at Atami, Honshu, feeding in a semigregarious state. A male
imago emerged from the pupa resulting from my larva, which
is probably referable to the form glauconia — no-japonica, but
the date of emergence was not recorded.

Another larva was taken at Tokyo May 2, 1894. The larva
appears to be very liable to attack by ichneumon flies, as I have
taken it on many occasions, but have only once succeeded in
rearing it, all the other larve having been infested with ichneu-
mons and dying before coming to maturity. My figure of the
larva is not very good, as it was just preparing to pupate. The
one given by Kershaw in Butterflies of Hongkong and south-
eastern China is an excellent figure, and his description of the
full-grown larva, which is given below as well as descriptions of
the ova and pupa, agrees with my figure.

Ova sub-conical, multi-angled longitudinally, the angles whitish, the rest
green. Laid singly on the upper side of leaves of Smilax china Linn., a
very prickly climber with scarlet berries, native to China, Cochin China
and Japan. Fam. Liliaceae.

Larva, very young; head black, general colour shiny yellow brown, base

of spines light yellow. Later, general colour grayish maculated with dark
brown, the yellow of the base of the spines suffused and almost forming a

Prete The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

broad yellow ring on each segment. Branches of spines nearly black.
Full grown, each segment narrowly banded transversely with black and
pale yellow, these latter bands narrower than the black. Each segment
also broadly banded transversely with orange, spotted with black, the
spines being set in these bands. Seven longitudinal rows of stout, pale
yellow spines, or processes, spined laterally at the top with black and up
the stems with pale yellow spinelets, the tips black. Head black bristly with
black hairs, with the suture narrowly marked in orange. The first spine
of the central dorsal row is on the fifth segment, the last spine on the
twelfth or penultimate segment. The two last segments irregularly
marked with black and orange, with a large sub-circular black spot above
the anus. Prolegs black, ringed at the base with orange. Underside
chiefly black, but banded narrowly with whitish, something like the upper
surface. After the late molts, when nearing pupation, the stems of the
spines become white, and the pale yellow transverse bands on the body
also are nearly white.

Pupa angular, two rows of sharp processes down the back of the abdo-
men, and other very small processes on the dorsal surface. Head deeply
cleft, the two parts sharply pointed and curved inwards. General colour
deep purple-brown, variously marked with reddish; a silver marking on each
side of the back of the thorax, each marking divided into two by a trans-
verse brown line. After some days the four lowest processes (just above
the silver spots) become dark red-gold. Attached by the tip only, without
a band.

Although the eggs seem to be always laid on S. china, and the larve
are there found, yet they will generally eat several other species of Smilax.

The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are taken
from various authors :**

Vanessa canace Linn. “Larva. Segments alternately orange and white,
with numerous black spots on the orange segments and black streaks on the
white; seven white, branching, black-tipped spines on each orange segment.”
(Hampson.)*

“Pupa. Variegated reddish brown, with frontal gold and silver spots;
head produced and bifid.” (Hampson.)

Vanessa canace, race haronica Moore. “Larva. Light red; spotted with
black, the segments divided by blackish and purple lines; anal segment
slightly humped; segments armed with eight longitudinal rows of yellow
branched spines: head and legs black. Feeds on Smilax.” (Moore.)*

Pupa.— “Reddish brown; abdominal segment with two dorsal rows of
small reddish pointed tubercules; thorax angular; head-piece produced and
bifid.” (Moore.)

Imago.—“Usually a very wary, easily scared insect, it is occasionally
seized with unaccountable fits of boldness, and I have more than once seen
it settle again and again on a moving jinrikisha in a crowded street. It
is on the wing throughout the year, though most numerous in autumn.

“See Fauna of Br. India, Butterflies (1905), 1, 372.

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1888), pt. 2, 355.

** Lepidoptera of India (1899-1900), 4, 94, Pl. 315, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, larva
and pupa, o 9.

RD; 6 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 289

The sexes are similar, but the white sub-apical marking on the upper side
of the forewing is larger in the female, than in the male.” (Kershaw.)

“Common all over Japan and Korea. It is a variable species in the
contour of the wings, width of the blue submarginal bands, and the size
and colour of the costal spots, which may be either blue (canace), or white
(glauconia), the blue submarginal band of the forewing, which usually
ceases at its junction with the larger costal spot, is in some specimens
carried up as far as the apical spot, noticeably so in specimens taken in
the mountain districts of central Japan in October. * * * So far as
I know the var. glauconia appears to be confined to Japan and the Loochoo
Islands. * * *.” (Leech.)

The adult is very partial to the gummy exudations of wild
cherry and other trees and to the sap issuing from Cossus bur-
rows in oak trees. As Kershaw observes, it is occasionally very
bold. Individuals of this species have settled on my butterfly
net while I held it and on my white helmet. It is fond of sitting
on wet places on the roads and of flying about late in the after-
noon just before dusk, when it is more than usually audacious.

Matsumura records Vanessa glauconia Motsch. (= no-japonica
Sieb.) from the Japanese islands of Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu,
Shikoku, and Kyushu, and J have taken it in Honshu and Kyushu
in various localities on the mountains and plains from May to
October. It undoubtedly hibernates in the imago state, as I have
taken specimens flying in the months of March and April at
Tokyo. I have observed it in Japan as high as from 1,300 to
1,700 meters (4,000 to 5,000 feet). There are probably two if
not three broods in the year according to its geographical range.
In Hokkaido there is probably only one brood, as the summer is
very short.

Genus DIAGORA Snellen

Diagora japonica Felder.

Plate III, figs. 10 and 11, young larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; figs.
7 and 9, adult larva; fig. 8, cephalic horn, enlarged; fig. 1, head,
enlarged; figs. 2, 8, 4, and 5, horn on segments 3, 6, 8, and 11,
respectively, enlarged; fig. 6, anal horns, enlarged; figs. 12 and 13,
pupa.

Japanese name, gomadara-cho.

Apatura japonica FELDER, Wien. Ent. Mon. (1862), 6, 27.

Euripus japonica PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 23, Pl. 5, fig. 8.

Hestina japonica ‘LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893),
1, 146, Pl. 20, figs. 5 and 6, vars.; MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon
Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 186, Pl. 14, fig. 7, J; MATSUMURA,
Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 7, No. 48; Matsumura, Thousand
Insects of Japan [Senchtii Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 80, Pl. 68, fig.
5, 2

Diagora japonica STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal.
(1909), 1, 167, Pl. 56b, 3; 56ce, &.

290 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Hestina australis LrecH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1893),
i Ie = 4s Cea Po A

Diagora australis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal.
(1909), 1, Pl. 56c; NAw4, Insect World [Konchii Sekai (Jap.)]
(1902), 6, 184, Pl. 4, larva, pupa, imago, ¢ 9.

Diadema diagoras Hew., Exot. Butt. (1863), 3, Pl. 1, fig. 1 (= japo-
nica Feld.).

Hestina subviridis LrmcH, Entom. (1891), 24, suppl. 27.

Diagora subviridis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun.
Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 60b, sex?

Hestina yankowskyi GROSE-SMITH and KirBy, Rhop. Exot. (1891), pt.
16, 2, Pl. 1, figs. 8 and 4, d.

Diagora yankowskyi STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun.
Pal. (1909), 1, 167.

Hestina subviridis var. intermedia LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan,
Corea (1892-1893), 1, 145.

Diagora subviridis var. intermedia STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the
World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 167.

Hestina japonica var. chinensis LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea
(1892-18938), 1, Pl. 20, fig. 6, og.

Diagora japonica var. chinensis STICHEL, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the
World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, Pl. 56c.

Stichel remarks that Diagora subviridis Leech is presumably
a subspecies of persimilis Westwood, the nymotypical form of
which inhabits the Himalayas; D. subviridis differs from
persimilis only in the whitish green streaks and spots being
enlarged, the underside being of a greenish tint. Diagora subvi-
ridis, with its aberrations or forms of yankowskyi, intermedia,
and chinensis, is the Chinese race or subspecies, while japonica
Feld., with its aberration australis, is the Japanese race or sub-
species. Stichel places all of these under subviridis. Diagora
japonica Felder, however, should have precedence as the type,
since it was described in 1862 and subviridis in 1891.

Plate III, figs. 10 and 11, represent the young larva of Diagora
japonica Felder, taken at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, in
October, 1900, on a tree named in Japanese enoki (Celtis sinensis
Pers.). This larva, which is given in lateral and dorsal aspects,
I failed to breed.

Plate III, figs. 7 and 9, represent an adult larva of D. japonica
taken in June, 1901, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, also
on enoki.

Fig. 7 represents this larva on June 8, 1901, and fig. 9 repre-
sents it on June 29, 1901. About the latter date it was preparing
to pupate, but unfortunately died before it effected the pupal
metamorphosis. Therefore I was unable to obtain the imago.
However, I have bred D. japonica from similar larve on previous

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 991

occasions and have no doubt as to the identity of the larva
figured. My larva, moreover, agrees well with the figures and
description given by Nawa.1’

Nawa states that “the young larve [of Diagora japonica] hatched from
the third brood of the imago, appearing at Gifu, Honshu, from the middle
of September to the beginning of October, are at first ashen-grey in colour
and during hibernation rest on dead enoki leaves their color assimilating
well with the dry, dead leaves so that they are not easily discovered.”

I have found them myself as late as February concealed in crevices of
the bark. Nawa further states that “when full grown the larva is green
with two bifurcated horns on the head; two large horns on segment 7
(not including head as first segment), smaller horns on segment 2, 5, 10
and two on the anal segment.” This agrees with the number of horns on my _
larva.

The pupa is described by Nawa as light green. It is repre-
sented with oblique white streaks in his figure, but Nawa does
not mention these streaks in his description. I bred an imago
of D. japonica from a light green pupa with oblique white streaks
on May 18, 1901, so that they evidently exist as figured by Nawa.
Pryer remarks of the larva:
it hibernates on the bark of the twigs of the tree (enoki), and is then
grey, but as soon as the leaves appear in spring’ it changes its skin and

becomes green. It is of the usual Apatura, tapering, cylindrical shape, with
strongly bifurcated head.

The following description is taken from my original figure. In
the description I have taken the head as the first segment, so
that the horns are placed upon segments 3, 6, 8, and 11, respect-
ively, instead of, as in Nawa’s description, on segments 2, 5, 7,
and 10. Nawa counts the segment succeeding the head as seg-
ment 1, while I count the head as segment 1.

Larva.—Length, 56 millimeters when full grown. Apaturid
shape; green; two cephalic horns; five faint yellowish, oblique,
lateral stripes; whitish, longitudinal, subspiracular (or supra-
pedal) stripe from head to tail; short white longitudinal line
from head to first pair of spines on segment 3; anal segment
strongly bifurcated into two parallel horns. Nawa does not
mention the oblique stripes in his description.

It appears from Nawa that Pryer gives the time of appearance
of the imago as June, August, and October. Miyajima gives it
as June and September. Both Pryer and Miyajima are agreed
that there are only two broods of the insect in the year. Nawa

“Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1902), 6, 148, Pl. 4, larva, pupa,
imago, ¢ 2.

992 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

states that there are three annual broods in Gifu, Honshu,
namely:

Brood 1. From May to the middle of June.

Brood 2. From end of July to the middle of August.

Brood 3. From the middle of September to the commencement of
October.

But few specimens of the imago are seen flying from the middle
of August to the middle of September, and very few emerge
during this period. The imagoes of the third brood die after
ovipositing, and their young larve hybernate.

Matsumura records this species from the four islands of
Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu and from
Formosa and Korea, and Seitz records it from China and Japan.

It would be interesting if some entomologist were able to breed
Diagora persimilis Westwood,!* in order to discover if the larva
is the same as that of japonica Leech, since Stichel states that
subviridis Leech, a form of japonica Leech, is presumably a
subspecies of persimilis. Matsumura gives nire (Ulmus parvi-
folia Jacq.) as a food plant of japonica.

LYCAINIDA&

Genus ZEPHYRUS Delman

Zephyrus DELMAN, Kong. Vet.-Akad. Hand. (1816), 37, 62, 90;
SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 269.

Zephyrus orientalis Murray.

Plate I, figs. 12 and 18, larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; fig. 14, food
plant; figs. 15 and 16, pupa, lateral and dorsal aspects.

Japanese name, 0-midori-shijimi.

Dipsas orientalis MuRRAY, Ent. Month. Mag. (1875), 11, 169.

Thecla orientalis JANSON, Cis. Ent. (1877), 2, 156; PRYER, Rhop.
Nihon. (July, 1888), 14, Pl. IV, figs. 8a and 8b.

Zephyrus orientalis LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894),
2, 376; StTer. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71, No. 480;
Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904),
180, Pl. XX, fig. 3, J; 4, 2; MAaTSuMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1,
18, No. 140; MatTsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sen-
chu Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 214, Pl. 75, fig. 3, f; SrITz, Macrolep.
of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 269, Pl. 73h, 2 and underside.

Zephyrus diamantina OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 18, Pl. i, fig. 1.

Zephyrus cognata STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 152, note.

Zephyrus suffusa LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894),
2, 377, Pl. XXVII, fig. 14, J; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun.
Pal. (1910), 1, 269, Pl. 73h.

* Since writing the above I have discovered a reference to the pupa of
Diagora persimilis Westw. See Mackinnon, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
(1897), 11, 369, Pl. 4, fig. 8, pupa.

Nex ID, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 293

The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 12 and 13) was taken June
14, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on
dwarf oak, Japanese name, ko-nara (Quercus glandulifera Bl.) ;
it pupated June 21, and a male imago emerged, date unrecorded,
which I identified at the British Museum (Natural History) as
Zephyrus orientalis Murray. Another male pupated at Kobe,
Settsu Province, Honshu, May 11, 1901, and emerged June 1,
1901.

Larva.—sSeitz describes the larva as ashy gray, with darker
markings, the segments projecting laterally; lives until June on
oak. The following description is taken from my original figure:
Length, 20 millimeters. Ashy-gray; mediodorsal longitudinal -
black line edged by white lines on each side; darker lateral oblique
streaks edged with white; segments on dorsum projecting acumi-
nately, slightly hairy; the segments projecting laterally above
legs.

Pupa.—tThe pupa is attached by a silken tail pad and abdominal
girdle.

Miyajima states that in Japan the larva feeds on evergreen
oak, Japanese name, aka-gashi (Quercus acuta Thunb.).
Matsumura and Seitz record the species from Hokkaido (Yezo)
and Honshu and also from Korea, central and northern China,
and eastern Siberia (Amurland). Matsumura gives kashiwa
(Quercus dentata Thunb.) and miyama-hannoki (Alnus viridis
var. sibirica Rgl.) as food plants of the larva. I have taken it
at Hokkaido, Honshu, and Kyushu from June to July. Pryer
records it in Japan on the plains from May to July and on the
mountains from July to August. Leech states that it occurs
plentifully all over Japan and at Gersan, Korea, from the end of
June to the beginning of August.

Zephyrus attilia Bremer.
Plate I, fig. 11, larva.

Japanese name, mizuiro-onaga-shijimi.

Thecla attilia BREMER, Bull. Acad. Pétr. (1861), 3, 469; Bremer, Lep.
Ost.-Sib. (1864), 24, Pl. 2, fig. 3; Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. (1874),
11, 168, 2; PryER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 15, Pl. 4, fig. 11;
Ster., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 153.

Zephyrus attillia LrEcH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-94),
2, 392; Ster. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71, No. 483;
MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904),
185, Pl. XX, fig. 12; Marsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1,
18, No. 142; MAatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sen-
chu Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 122, Pl. 74, fig. 20, 2; Srrtz, Macro-
lep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 272, Pl. 74d, ¢ .

Zephyrus attilia subgrisea WILEMAN, Entomologist (1911), 44, 55
(aberration).

294 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 11) was taken May 21, 1901,
at Yoshino, Yamato Province, on evergreen oak, Japanese name,
aka-gashi (Quercus acuta Thunb.). A female imago emerged
June 8, 1901. The larva also feeds on the dwarf oaks, Japanese
name, kunugi (Quercus serrata Thunb.) and ko-nara (Quercus
glandulifera Bl.). Graeser found the larva on Quercus mongolica
at Chabarowka, Amurland, eastern Siberia.

It is an interesting fact that the larva of this species emits
a faint sound which resembles the feeble clucking of a hen. One
male and four female imagoes also emerged from larve similar to
the one figured on June 7, 8, 9, 11, and 12, 1901.

Larva.—Seitz describes the larva as pale green with yellow
dorsal dashes. Until the end of May, found on Quercus mongo-
lica, and frequently infested with Tachina. The following de-
scription is taken from my original figure: Length, 20 milli-
meters. Dark yellowish green with lateral yellow oblique
streaks; dorsum on segments 5 to 11 acuminate and spined with
a few stiff hairs; a slender whitish longitudinal subdorsal line
from head to segment 5.

Matsumura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and
Honshu and from China, Korea, eastern Siberia (Ussuri and
Amurland), and Manchuria. I have taken it from June to July
in Honshu and Kyushu, and Pryer records it from May to July.

Zephyrus attilia ab. subgrisea Wileman was described from
two specimens taken in Yamato Province, Honshu, and as it has
not been previously figured, a figure of the imago is given on
Plate III, fig. 14. The original description is also quoted be-
neath for convenience of reference. It may possibly turn out to
be a distinct species, as the markings on the underside differ in
some respects from those of typical Z. attilia. The latter is
very common in the Bukenji Woods, near Kanagawa, Yoko-
hama, Honshu.

ZEPHYRUS ATTILIA ab. SUBGRISEA Wileman.

Blackish with a faint purplish tinge; a black mark at end of cell, and
indications of the darker under side markings; traces of a bluish white
marginal line on each side of the tail. Fringes white. Under side greyish
white; fore wings have a brown elongate spot at end of the cell, edged with
white and enclosing a faint white line; a brownish, slightly oblique, post-
medial band, outwardly edged by a broad white band; the area beyond
the band is suffused with brownish and traversed by a submarginal series
of white-ringed blackish spots, those towards costa smaller than those
towards inner margin, the latter outwardly edged with orange; marginal
line blackish; on the hind wings the brown and the white bands are
similar to those on the fore wings, but the submarginal spots are less
clearly defined outwardly; the outer margin below vein three is orange

X, D, 6 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 295

enclosing two black spots, that between veins two and three round. Ex-
panse, 32-36 millim. Collection numbers 2017 and 2018. Two specimens
from province Yamato, Honshu, July, 1894.

Zephyrus saepestriata Hewitson.
Plate I, fig. 9, larva; fig. 10, food plant.

Japanese name, uranami-akashijimi.

Dipsas saepestriata HEWITSON, Ill. Diurn. Lep. (1865), 67, Pl. 26,
figs. 7 and 8; PRyER, Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 18, Pl. IV, fig. 5.

Zephyrus saepestriata LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-
1894), 2, 384; Ster. and Repei., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 71,
No. 488; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 278,
Pl. 74e and f, g and underside; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon
Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 183, Pl. XX, fig. 9, J; MATSUMURA, _
Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 18, No. 146; MatsumurA, Thousand
Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht' Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 126,
Pl. 75, fig. 6, 2.

The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 9) was taken May 20, 1901, at
Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on dwarf oak, Japanese name,
kunugi (Quercus serrata Thumb.); a female imago emerged
from the pupa of this larva June 8, 1901.

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, 23 millimeters. Pale green with faint yellow
’ subdorsal oblique streaks on the side; dark spiracles; spines
on dorsum highly acuminate on segments 5, 6, 7, and 8; a
whitish longitudinal subspiracular line running from head to
tail. Miyajima states that the larva of this species feeds on
ko-nara, a species of dwarf oak (Quercus glandulifera Bl.) ; Mat-
sumura gives kashiwa (Quercus dentata Thunb.).

The imago generally flies among dwarf oaks in the early
morning and also again in the evening from 5 o’clock on and is
very regular in its time of flight. Japanese professional col-
lectors call it tokz (time, hour) on account of its punctual habits.

Matsumura records it from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu
and from eastern Siberia (Ussuri). I have taken it in Hok-
kaido and Honshu from May to August. It does not appear
to have been recorded yet from Shikoku and Kyushu. It is
abundant in the Bukenji Woods, near Kanagawa, Yokohama,
where dwarf oak is plentiful.

Genus ARHOPALA Boisduval

Arhopala BoIsDUVAL, Voy. Ast., Lép. (1832), 75; Snitz, Macrolep.
of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 274.

Arhopala japonica Murray.
Plate II, figs. 14 and 15, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; fig. 16, food
plant; fig. 17, pupa.
Japanese name, murasaki-shijimi.

296 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Amblypodia japonica Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. (1875), 11, 170;
PryER, Rhop. Nihon. (1886), 11, Pl. II, fig. 14; Lercu, Butterf.
China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 344, Pl. 30, fig. 14, d.

Arhopala japonica MiyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu
(Jap.)] (1904), 178, Pl. XIX, fig. 6; Matsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap.
(1905), 1, 17, No. 128; Matsumura, Thousand Insects of Japan
[Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 114, Pl. 74, fig. 7, 2;
SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 274, Pl. 75b,
6 and underside.

The larva figured (Plate II, figs. 14 and 15) was taken
September 26, 1900, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on
evergreen oak, Japanese name, aka-gashi (Quercus acuta
Thunb.) ; it pupated September 30, 1900, and a male imago
emerged October 5, 1900. I also found larve of this species
at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, in May, 1901, from which I
bred specimens June 7 and 19, 1901, and July 11, 1901. There-
fore there are evidently at least two broods in the year, the larva
of the first brood being taken in May or possibly earlier, and
the larva of the second brood in September or earlier. Mat-
sumura gives shii (Pasania cuspidata Cerst.) as the food plant.

Seitz states that A. japonica is common in the spring and
again from August in central and southern Japan and Korea, .
and that he caught numerous males in flowering fields as late
as November. Miyajima gives the time of appearance as May
to September for the first brood and September to April for
the second brood. Pryer gives September to December and
April. I have taken this species in Honshu and Kyushu from
May to October, and Matsumura records it from the same islands
and from Shikoku. Therefore it may be said that the species
occurs in Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu from May to the follow-
ing April. The late imagoes of the second brood frequently
appear on sunny days from November to April, flitting about
flowers or the branches of the food plant (evergreen oak).
Pryer records the fact that the species hibernates. Miyajima
also records it from the Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu). In a note
written in a copy of Pryer’s Rhopalocera Nihonica which I
obtained from the Rev. W. Andrews, of Hakodate in Hokkaido
(Yezo), itis stated that japonica occurs in Hokkaido, but no date
of appearance is given. No author, however, appears to have
recorded it from that island, and Matsumura distinctly states
that it does not occur there.

Larva.—The larva may be described from my original figure
as grayish white tinged with yellow; dark mediodorsal, longitud-
inal stripe edged broadly with yellow; pale subdorsal and sub-
spiracular longitudinal stripes. Length, 19 millimeters.

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 297

In the British Museum (Natural History) Arhopala japonica
Murray is placed as a synonym of Panchala asinarus Felder.
The type species of Panchala Moore is P. ganesa Moore. Seitz,
however, does not refer to asinarus in his description of, and
notes on, A. japonica, so I have adopted his nomenclature.

Genus CURETIS Hiibner

Curetis HUBNER, Verz. bek. Schmett. (1827), 102; Seitz, Macrolep.
of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276.

Curetis paracuta Nicéville.

Larva and pupa of Curetis paracuta Nicéville. Plate II, fig. 18, larva;
fig. 19, food plant; fig. 20, pupa, abdominal aspect; fig’. 21, pupa, -
dorsal aspect; fig. 22, ace mark on pupa, enlarged.

Japanese name, wragin-shijimi.

Curetis acuta Moors, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877), IV, 20, 50;
PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Nov., 1886), 11; (July, 1888), Pl. IV, fig. 1a,
6; 1b, 2 (= paracuta Nicéville); LrEEcH, Butterf. China, Japan,
Corea (1893), 349 (= paracuta Nicéville) ; MiyasIMA, Jap. Butterf.
[Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 176, Pl. XIX, fig. 9, 6;
10, 2 (= paracuta Nicéville) ; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905),
1, 17, No. 1381 (= paracuta); MATSUMURA, Thousand Insects of
Japan [Nihon Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 123, Pl. 75, fig.
1, 6 (= paracuta); KeRSHAW, Butterf. Hongkong (1907), 77, PI.
VIII, fig. 8, 5; 9, 2 (=? paracuta) ; Nawa, Insect World [Konchi
Sekai (Jap.)] (1907), 11, 235, Pl. VII, figs. 1-8 (= paracuta) ;
SEITZ, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276.

Curetis truncata Moorr, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877), IV, 20, 51
(= 2 of acuta Moore).

Curetis paracuta NICEVILLE, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. (1901),
14, 248.

Curetis japonica FRUHST., Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1908), 56; SEITZ, Macro-
lep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276, Pl. 75c, ¢ 9.

Curetis tsushimana FRUHST., Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1908), 57; Seitz, Ma-
crolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276. —

Seitz 1° gives the following forms of Cuwretis acuta, but does
not mention paracuta Nicéville, which is the Japanese form or
subspecies of acuta:

Curetis acuta Moore (2 = truncata Moore) from China is the “darkest
form; the black border is so much enlarged that the discal spots are
quite small.” '

Curetis japonica Fruhst. (Plate 75c, 5 2), from Japan; “the red discal
spots are larger than in Chinese specimens.” Does this equal paracuta
Nicéville?

Curetis tsushimana Fruhst. from Tsushima Island, between Korea and
Kyushu, “has smaller but brighter red discal spots in the 6, the @
being quite black above except for traces of bluish white scaling on
the disc.”

* Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276.
1368142

298 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

“A fourth form from Ichang, China, which has above a broad, black
border and very light yellowish red discal spots, the hindwing being
strongly angulate, is considered by Leech to be a form of angulata Moore,
while Fruhstorfer treats it together with angulata as a form of bulis Doubl.
and Hew. But as I have found in Japan as well as in China at the same
place and hour specimens with sharply angulated outer margin to the hind
wing and individuals with the hindwing completely rounded, the distinctions
in the shape of the wings appear to me to be of doubtful value.”

The following description of Curetis paracuta Nicéville is given
for convenience of reference:

Male.—Upperside, both wings may be distinguished from all known
species of the genus by having the red areas of a duller colour, ferruginous
rather than cupreous, as usual, the extent of the red coloration varies
greatly, in some specimens being twice as great as in others.

Female.—Upperside, both wings differentiated in the same way by the
white areas being heavily frosted with bluish scales, the extent of these
bluish-white areas being as variable as in the male, and the apex of the
forewing also varies in its greater or lesser acumination. All writers on
Japanese butterflies have called the species of the genus Curetis occurring
there C. acuta Moore, which was originally described from Shanghai in
North China and of which the C. truncata of Moore, and the C. angulata
of Moore, are in my opinion synonymous. C. acuta occurs from the eastern
coast of China (Shanghai and Hongkong) to the Western Himalayas. The
female has the wings above with white central areas. The late H. Pryer’s
figure of the female of the Japanese Curetis is very bad, as it shows the
upperside of both wings white instead of bluish white as it is, I believe,
invariably. He describes it as “blue.”

C. paracuta appears to be a fairly common species in Japan, Pryer
giving four localities for it, Leech, the mountains of Central Japan and I
have it from Tokyo and Nikko, besides other places not specified.

Habitat: Japan. Expanse: d, 2.0 to 2.1; 2 2.0 to 2.2 inches.

The larva of Curetis paracuta (Plate II, fig. 18) was taken
June 4, 1901, at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on wistaria,
the Japanese name of which is fuji (Kraunhia floribunda Willd.) .
It pupated June 6, 1901, and a male imago emerged June 16, 1901.
A second larva was taken at Yoshino July 18, 1901. The imago
which emerged is no doubt referable to C. paracuta Nicéville,
which is the Japanese form of the species.

The transformations of C. acuta have been figured and de-
scribed by Nawa. He gives figures of the larva in all its stages,
of the pupa, and of the imago, and a general life history.

Larva.—tThe following is a description of my larva of C. para-
cuta (Plate II, fig. 18) taken from my original figure: Length,
29 millimeters. Dark green; head retractile; segment 4 con-
siderably dilated laterally and vertically so as to form a decided
ridge across the segments; spiracles brown ocellated with white;
spiracular and subspiracular region paler in color; two semi-

%, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 299

vertical horns on segment 12, base yellow and black-tipped, from
these the larva darts filamentary tentacles, when irritated.
These tentacles, which are armed with hairs at the apex, strongly
resemble the ciliated antenne of a bombycid moth and are very
well represented in Nawa’s *° figure of the full-grown larva. The
markings in his figures, however, do not seem to agree well with
those of my specimen. Nawa represents his larva as having a
series of subdorsal lateral streaks more or less oblique, a supra-
spiracular and spiracular line of white dashes, and a rather
quadrate white blotch on the side of segment 9. My larva agrees
with his in ground color, and as can be seen from the figure is
merely of a paler color in the spiracular region. Nawa mentions~
that the larva exserts tentacles when irritated and gives the food
plant as wistaria (fuji). There are, therefore, apparently two
forms of the larva. The pupa is figured on Plate II, figs. 20 and
21, and the following description is taken from my original
figure:

Pupa.—Dorsum green, speckled lightly with white and marked
with the exact facsimile in miniature of a white ace of spades on
the thorax; on the underside, wing cases, and abdomen whitish.
Nawa in the figure of his pupa also shows the white ace mark.
Seitz 2+ describes the larva ‘“‘of the very closely allied (and
perhaps not specifically distinct) C. malayica Felder” as follows:

Larva velvety green with a brown head and a dark red oblique lateral
stripe on the 3 and 4 segments, posteriorly with a yellow dorsal stripe
and on the 9th segment a white quadrangular spot. The projections of the
12th segment yellowish green, the reversible tentacles reddish yellow with
black and white hairs at the apex, the tentacles being moved very fast and
at once retracted.

The head of the larva is always kept retracted, being hardly visible
when the larva is feeding. On Pongamia glabra. Pupa semiglobular,
transparent greenish, with a yellowish ovate spot on the anterior portion.

A large white spot, more or less rhomboidal, is represented by
Nawa on the side of segment 9 of his larva, but in other respects
Seitz’s description of malayica Felder does not agree with the
descriptions by Nawa and myself. Bingham ” also gives a long
description of the larva of Curetis bulis var. malayica Felder.

Matsumura records C. acuta from Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyu-
shu. This, no doubt, is C. paracuta Nicéville, the Japanese race.
I have taken it in Honshu and Kyushu from June to October, and
have taken hibernated specimens in the same islands in May.

70Tnsect World (1907), 11, Pl. 7, fig. 5.
** Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 1, 276.
™ Fauna Br. India, Butterflies (1907), 2, 446.

300 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

There are probably two broods, and it hibernates in the imago
form. It never appears to have been taken so far north as
Hokkaido (Yezo), where there are five months of rigorous winter
with much snow and ice and a very short summer. Miyajima
records acuta from Loochoo Islands (Ryukyu), but whether or
not this is typical acuta or paracuta, I am unable to say.

Genus ARTOPOETES Chapman

Artopoétes CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1909), 473. Type,
Lycena pryeri Murray.

Artopoétes pryeri Murray.
Plate II, figs. 23 and 24, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; fig. 25, food
plant; figs. 26 and 27, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects.

Japanese name, uragomadara-shijimi.

Lycena pryeri MurRAY, Ent. Month. Mag. (1873), 10, 126; PRYER,
Rhop. Nihon. (July, 1888), 18, Pl. V, fig. 16; LrEcH, Butterf. China,
Japan, Corea (1892-94), 2, 318; Stcr. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal.
(1901), 1, 90, No. 649; Miyagima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui
Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 165, Pl. XVIII, fig. 8, 2; MATSUMURA,
Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 20, No. 160; MatsumurA, Thousand
Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 112,
Pl. 74, fig. 3, 3; Seitz, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909),
1, 322, Pl. 83e, J 2 and underside.

Artopoétes pryeri CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1909), 473.

The larva figured (Plate II, figs. 23 and 24) was taken June
16, 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on a
species of ? privet, Japanese name, ibota (Ligustrum japonicum
Thunb.). This larva pupated July 3, 1902, and a female imago
emerged July 18, 1902. Dorries found the full-grown larva in
Sutschan District, eastern Siberia, in June, feeding on Syringa
amurensis Rupr. This shrub is also found in Japan and is called
hashidoi in Japanese.

Pupa.—tThe pupa is attached by a silken pad at the tail with
a girdle round the body.

Larva.—The following description of the larva is taken from
my original figure: Length, 17 millimeters. Green; a darker
longitudinal mediodorsal line; a brown dorsal patch on segments
2 to 4, narrow on segments 2 and 3, and expanding triangularly
on segment 4; abdomen whitish; spiracles dark.

Matsumura records this species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and
Honshu. Seitz records it from eastern Siberia (Amurland) and
Japan. Miyajima states that it flies from May to July. I have
taken it in Honshu and Hokkaido in the same months and in
Kyushu (Haki, Bungo Province; Shimoshiiba, Hytga Province)
in July. There appears to be only one brood in the year.

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 301
HESPERIIDA

ISMENIN4
Genus ISMENE Swainson

Ismene SWAINSON, Zool. Ill. (1820-21), 1, Pl. 16; Watson, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. (1898), 125 (type, wedipodea Swainson) ; MABILLE,
Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 341.

Ismene aquilina Speyer.

Plate II, fig. 1, head, enlarged; fig. 2, dorsal aspect; fig. 3, larva;
fig. 4, food plant; figs. 5 and 6, pupa.

Japanese name, kibane-seseri.

Ismene aquilina SPEYER, Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (July, 1879), 346; LEECH,
Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894), 2, 635; STer., Rom.
Mém. Lép. (1902), 6, 214; Miyasima, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui
Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904), 206, Pl. XXII, fig. 10; MatTsumurRA, Cat.
Insect.-Jap. (1905), 1, 24, No. 195; MarsumuRA, Thousand Insects
of Japan [Nihon Sencht. Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 133, Pl. 75,
figs. 24, 3; 20, 2; Ster. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 94,
No. 681; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909),
1, 342, Pl. 86f.

Ismene jankowskii OBERTH., Diagn. Ask. (Aug‘ust, 1879), 4 (published
in Naturae Novitates, Sept., 1879); OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880),
5, 23, Pl. 1, fig. 2, 9.

Proteides chrysaeglia BUTL., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1881), 586.

Pythauria chrysaeglia PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Dec., 1889), 33, Pl. X,
figs. 5a, d; b, 2.

The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 3) was taken July 21, 1902,
at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo) on a tree
named in Japanese sen-no-ki (Acanthopanax ricinifolium S. and
Z.). It pupated July 28, 1902, and a female imago emerged
August 18, 1902; three other female imagoes emerged on August
10, 18, and 19, 1902, respectively.

Larva.—tThe following is a description of the larva taken from
my original figure: Length, 41 millimeters. Head ocherish; color
brownish with paired vertical lateral yellow streaks on each
segment parallel with the segmental divisions; two dorsal
yellowish white longitudinal lines, one on each side of the dor-
sum; yellowish white subdorsal and subspiracular stripes, the
latter edged with brown below and then with white; abdomen
pale.

Pupa.—Purple-gray with a prominent thoracic horn on apex
of head and dusted with a purplish bloom. Attached to leaf
by a silken pad by tail and a girdle round the middle of abdomen.

Matsumura records this species from Hokkaido (Yezo),
Honshu, and eastern Siberia (Ussuri). Leech remarks that it is

302 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

“not rare in the mountainous parts of central Japan and also
in Yezo.” Pryer records it from Asamayama Mountain and
Nikko, both in Honshu, and from Yezo (Hokkaido).

I have taken Ismene aquilina in the following localities:
Honshu, Yamato Province (Dorokawa, August); Hokkaido
(Yezo), Oshima Province (Junsai Numa, July, August) ;
Shiribeshi Province (Iwanai, August) ; Ishikari Province (Sap-
poro, August; Jozankei, August). I captured it in great num-
bers at Jozankei, near Sapporo, where it frequented the flowers
of a giant thistle which grew from 2 to 3 meters high. I also
found it in profusion on the summit of Raiden Toge (Pass) on
the way to Iwanai in Hokkaido (Yezo). Miyajima gives the
time of appearance as July and August which coincides with the
months mentioned by me above. In Honshu this species appears
to be a mountain butterfly, but in Hokkaido it frequents the
plains, being also found in great abundance in the mountains.

Genus AUGIADES Hiibner

Augiades HUBNER, Verz. Bek. Schmett. (1827), 112; Watson, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. (1893), 103; MABILLE, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the
World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 347.

Augiades ochracea Bremer.

Plate II, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant; figs. 9 and 10, pupa, dorsal and
lateral aspects; fig. 11, head, enlarged; fig. 12, section, dorsal
aspect; fig. 13, tail section, dorsal aspect.

Japanese name, hime-kimadara-seseri.

Pamphila ochracea BREMER, Bull. Acad. Petsbr. (1861), 3, 473;
BREMER, Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 338, Pl. I, fig. 11.

Augiades ochracea LEECH, Butterf. China, Japan, Corea (1892-1894),
2, 605; StTer. and REBEL., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 98, No. 673;
MIyAJIMA, Jap. Butterf. [Nihon Chorui Dzusetsu (Jap.)] (1904),
199, Pl. XXII, fig. 1, J; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect Jap. (1905), 1, 22,
No. 183; MatsumurRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi
Dzukai (Jap.)] (1907), 4, 180, Pl. 75, fig. 14, d'; MABILLE, Seitz’s
Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1909), 1, 348, Pl. 88c, ¢.

Pamphila rikuchina BuUTL., Cist. Ent. (1878), 2, 285.

Hesperia rikuchina PRYER, Rhop. Nihon. (Dec., 1889), 34, Pl. X, fig.
16a, 2; 16b, 3.

The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 7) was taken July 29, 1902, at
Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on bamboo-grass,
Japanese name, sasa-gusa (? Lophatherum elatum S.andZ.). A
female imago emerged from the resulting pupa on August 17,
1902. The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are
taken from my original figures:

Larva.—Length, 24 millimeters. Head blue-green; body

X, D, 5 Wileman: Japanese Lepidoptera, Part II 303

whitish green; dark green mediodorsal longitudinal stripe;
laterally whitish; white subspiracular line.

Pupa.—Green; elongated acuminate thoracic horn; five white
lines on the dorsum; attached to leaf of food plant by silken pad
at tail and a girdle around the abdomen.

Matsumura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo),
Honshu, and Shikoku and from Korea, eastern Siberia (Ussuri
and Amurland), and Manchuria. He says that it is rare in the
vicinity of Tokyo, but common at Aomori, in northern Honshu.
Miyajima adds Kyushu, and gives the time of appearance from
July to August. Butler in describing Pamphila rikuchina says

- that the type “occurs at Rikuchin.” There is probably no place _

of that name in Japan, and “Rikuchin” is doubtless a slip for
Rikuchiu Province.

“palate a Ny
isi> ae ae a

mai d yi ct
Dade i: oH ihn ‘

oa) +? 0 hive iy, ponbne ’
csi h, wr

Tae, oa

+ Pe Le CSS iy LRT ae * ikaky 1? aetna * 4 di is
ers oe ee ee ee ee ee
‘ ete wi i ae? we Ree tepoetiey:, 7
a, 468) 3h Teed Sage ie
r aL. cK 9ST S Gil hg H hee @ wae ‘ i ioe . ee
bie aie eo ee iy el
i) Re i ia ie i? nl eee
a. a9 iste eR ay aya 4 cae 4 tae
{ ; er eeeeh | Lar ie ne tr 5 ae i? ov |
; 3 bga Tet FAs San hirtal Mp; % Disk ; wn
iM ele th ie me | f : Ua Wee
ie Pay Og oe ay | Hn te Vy Aad ee ay “Vi te ml it
eae aS bg hey? ae hi Pe area a 1 ay) i, Cay

prea an LE ah alt piles ] ( 4 AP Re Lys pe a inet He
OF, ‘ pervs ‘i net ; ve ; a \iteod Ay ( 0 Aes
vii Woteteil ayn Ot) ee hm =) wee

Hane trey

ILLUSTRATIONS

[Drawings by Hisashi Kaido.]
PLATE I

Fiegs. 1 to 8. Apatura substituta Butler.
1, larva; 2, head; 3, cephalic horn, inside aspect; 4, view
of dorsal tubercle, lateral aspect; 5, tail, dorsal aspect;
6, food plant; 7 and 8, pupa.
9 and 10. Zephyrus saepestriata Hewitson.
9, larva; 10, food plant.
Fig. 11. Zephyrus attilia Bremer. Larva.
Fics. 12 to 16. Zephyrus orientalis Murray.
12 and 18, larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; 14, food
plant; 15 and 16, pupa, lateral and dorsal aspects.
17 and 18. Vanessa canace Linnzus.
17, larva; 18, food plant.

PLATE II

Fies. 1 to 6. Ismene aquilina Speyer.
1, head, enlarged; 2, dorsal aspect; 3, larva; 4, food
plant; 5 and 6, pupa.
7 to 13. Augiades ochrace Bremer.
7, larva; 8, food plant; 9 and 10, pupa, dorsal and lateral
aspects; 11, head, enlarged; 12, section, dorsal aspect;
18, tail section, dorsal aspect.
14 to 17. Arhopala japonica Murray.
14 and 15, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; 16, food
plant; 17, pupa.
18 to 22. Curetis paracuta Nicéville.
18, larva; 19, food plant; 20, pupa, abdominal aspect;
21, pupa, dorsal aspect; 22, ace mark on pupa, enlarged.
23 to 27. Artopoétes pryerit Murray.
28 and 24, larva, dorsal and lateral aspects; 25, food
plant; 26 and 27, pupa, dorsal and lateral aspects.

PLATE IIT

Fies. 1 to 13. Diagora japonica Felder.
1, head, enlarged; 2, 3, 4, and 5, horn on segments 3, 6,

8, and 11, respectively, enlarged; 6, anal horns, en-
larged; 7 and 9, adult larva; 8, cephalic horn, enlarged;
10 and 11, young larva, lateral and dorsal aspects; 12
and 18, pupa.

Fic. 14. Zephyrus attilia ab. subgrisea Wileman. Imago.

305

wate - aucen disheat ‘wt Wines , ee cape Mi
| feogue eer ds th etapa ede ‘wertogey f
| sg i os re AI gO yim MU
aA hee i BP ages ae nica eel
| ; Sik leas : i ‘beat Ge da vhddi Sk
eek 2 ek a rei i ate: sel ae
ae | rare 7 nvunian! Menkes

ROS VAY Lees tails fata Eacteral (ee a Bee RE
{ ai olgeng( Ladis init iba : feettal nt ee Hebe He iden; ri
“ausneen RS siteniybiy isonet
dnl] feok: 8h. Gables ihe

BT oa as IN ah Ie an
. Pyar ap eaee Be ait vain,
We od eee Ve treaty bani (ef aytine:. Ree ee a

(eh. Spanien age) oe) ae
Rem nye EME eRe NS! wali

: " in maint lusee | oeats <A, i aa 5 ibe: fel? Pu SV IEE jh
csp ; ial ‘$a OBG ae laeeon ACAI, \, pReratalies, event Ake hs Gre
2 tee : a2 reagan Treat SA oan fea a

earinlt apegial Mnigads

oy ae a ae jag bari Nene: hacron Gira! 30 bara ea
a blag WL sae:

} ERR an Me at Haha Bein ly sae)
ee jdsogny, fatiechdt vaqia Sik Vike bool) iD awa, ayy

eas ‘ zt ; ~ PRT SGN HO alae, ein SS Poqee ientad has an

Ne ARIAS PORENR eA, +

hogy! -0e gatamegs. ubeitel, bin. berber a baa

cal Len otiol besiege. loreeat nie AS hee a8 idea far ty

i erat nuh ges) a

pe rey: ; ia a a pala aaa
Sa ihe ue aj taniges bir teil e ‘Bea ee + big ind ee head es"
+ hie etre Luda’ a Thaarebes el ieewses ht be
| hasta ities aon Madea). Bevel tobe et ‘hu hs phomral eal i
af 4 of saa farereyil abies fuedal eVGA A WON (rine OS
‘oe ie AGE “SS howe
bay’ Ligne? aera naskoydew da Ba

Hol

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, II.] [PHimw. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 5.

PLATE I. JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA.

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, II.] [PHIL. JouRN. Scr., X, D, No. 5.

PLATE Il. JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA.

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, II.] [PHim. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 5.

PLATE Ill. JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA.

DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED IN THE CULTURE OF THE
BANGOS, OR MILKFISH, IN ZAMBALES PROVINCE

By ArRTEMAS L. Day

(From the Department of Zodlogy, University of the Philippines, and the
Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

There are a few marine animals that are cultivated to a great
extent and to great advantage in the Philippine Islands and that -
yield much greater returns than would be obtained without
cultivation, and there are many others that might be cultivated
with great profit. Among the former are the window-pane
oyster (Placuna placenta), the pearl oyster, and the edible oyster,
of which last there are three species in the Philippine Islands,
namely, Ostrea orientalis, O. palmipes, and O. pyxidata, and
various fishes, such as the catfishes, hito and candule, the carp
(Cyprinus carpio) recently introduced from Hongkong into the
Philippines, and the bangos. Among those that might be cul-
tivated may be included sponges, mussels, crustaceans, various
button shells, and holothurians or commercial trepang.

Among the cultivated fishes the one that receives the most
attention in the region around Manila Bay, as also in various
other places, is the bangos, or milkfish, Chanos chanos Forskal.
It is cultivated also in a few other regions in the Islands, but
nowhere else as yet have very great returns been received.
There are still large areas both around Manila Bay and in many
other suitable regions where the culture has been scarcely started.

The bangos are grown in tide ponds, where at the falling of
the tide the somewhat stale water is removed and at the rising
of the tide the supply of fresh water is replenished. These ponds
are supplied with latticed gates, that permit the passage of the
water without allowing the fish to escape, and also they are
supplied with water-tight gates that will retain the water if
desired. The ponds are built in mangrove or other swamps along
the seashore or streams. In some of these sites little or no ex-
cavation is necessary, in others considerable excavation is neces-
sary in order to make a pond of the desired size. Also in the
northern portion of Manila Bay land is “made” by planting small
mangrove trees in rather shallow water. These trees hold the
sand and soil that is washed up among them. Large areas are

; 307 ;

808 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

being made in this way. By the time the trees are 4.5 meters
high all that is necessary to be done is to throw up high dikes
or retaining walls, cut out the trees, and adjust the bottom to the
required level.

It should be stated here that it has been learned through
observation of the live fish, and through examination of the
contents of the digestive tract of these fish, that their food con-
sists of various forms of alge (called lwmut) and some flowering
plants, that will grow in water of about the density of ordinary
sea water.

A few months ago my attention was called to the fact that in
Zambales Province difficulties were being encountered in the
culture of the bangos, and an invitation was extended to visit the
region in difficulty, with the idea of finding a possible solution.
To this end a trip was made to Iba, Zambales. Upon stopping
at Subic on the way to Iba, a visit was made to the house of the
presidente of the town, with a view to learning about the bangos
culture there. The presidente called in one of the large owners
of fish ponds, known as Cando, who was questioned concerning
his ponds.

The following is the information collected concerning the
various ponds, with occasional comments.

INFORMATION CONCERNING VARIOUS PONDS
SUBIC, POND NO. 1

The owner, Mr. Cando, is greatly discouraged over the results
he obtains at present. He has ponds with an area of about 19.5
hectares, which he stocks with 30,000 fry at 50 centavos: per
1,000. He stocks his ponds in three installments, the remainder
of the small fish being kept in a small pond until desired for
use. The small fish are placed in the large ponds in May,
September, and January, and are removed in August, December,
and April. The ponds are emptied of the large fish each time be-
fore restocking. All of these fish are of the same age, those for
the restocking being kept in a small pond from spawning time
until placed in the large pond. Those placed in the large pond
in May are very small, but the others are about 10 centimeters
long. Forty per cent of the fish placed in the large pond are
eaten by fish other than bangos, and 30 per cent of the small
fish die in the “fry” pond before the transfer. ‘The owner thinks
that 60 per cent of his total receipts are lost because of the failure

* One peso Philippine currency equals 100 centavos, equals 50 cents
United States currency.

X, D, 5 Day: Culture of the Bangos, or Milkfish 309

of the fish to grow large, and this he attributes to the lack of
food. He now receives 1,000 pesos annually from his ponds.
The small fish, called “seed,” that are caught in April are better
than those taken in May and June, because they are from larger
and stronger adults. Those taken in May and June are poorest.

The owner thinks that a mud bottom is better for the growth
of algze than a sand bottom.

Because of unsatisfactory conditions in his fish culture, Cando
secured the services of some bangos experts from Malabon, Rizal,
to help him solve his difficulties, giving them one third of the
output while they were with him. Several suggestions were
offered by these men, but so far conditions are not satisfactory.

The large blue crab, Neptunus pelagicus, grows well in the
ponds.

Some disease, probably due to a fungous growth, has appeared
in his ponds. ,

At Iba there are large areas suitable for bangos ponds, but their
number and extent are not at present very great. Several ponds
were visited, both those that were completed and stocked with
fish, and those that were in the process of construction, and much
valuable and interesting information was secured.

IBA, POND “NO. 1

Pond No. 1 at Iba belongs to Mr. José Venzon, and it has been
used for thirty years. It contains 18.75 ares. It was con-
structed at great expense, having been dug out of a level area
to a depth of about 3 meters. The owner thinks that from 2,000
to 3,000 fish, valued at 20 centavos each, could be taken from
the pond each year if they were permitted to feed on the natural
growth of alge only, without introducing any into the pond.
However, through a desire to secure greater results, the owner
places 10,000 small fish in the pond, of which two thirds are sold
at 5 centavos each. The fry cost 50 centavos per thousand. It
will be observed that by allowing for the purchase of 3,000 fry
and the sale of 2,000 at 20 centavos each, without adding any food
to the pond, the owner would receive more money than if he
places 10,000 fry in pond, adds food from the river, and sells
6,600 at 5 centavos each.

By placing in the pond a greater number of fish than the
natural growth of algze will support, and so making necessary the
_ transferring of alge from the river to the pond at extra cost, the
owner of the pond is not only securing smaller fish than, accord-
ing to his own statement, he would receive by placing a smaller
number of fry in the pond (and it would not be necessary to

310 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

introduce the alge without the larger number of fish), but he is
also receiving smaller. money returns for greater labor.

This pond is situated on the bank of a tide river, where there
is plenty of algal growth, and the owner transfers about 2
cubic meters of the algze from the river to the pond each week,
at a cost per week of 60 centavos. This is done from May to
September only. The owner thinks that because of the increase
of the cost of labor of over 300 per cent, since the construction
of this pond, it would not be advisable to make other ponds by
excavation.

From the condition of the bottom of the pond it is seen that no
accumulation of mud from the decay of algz or other cause is
allowed to form. As the soil throughout this whole region is
sandy, it will be observed that by preventing the accumulation of
any decayed vegetable matter on the bottom of the pond the
bottom will continue to be simply bare sand.

IBA, POND NO. 2

Pond No. 2 at Iba belongs to Mr. Pio Acayan. It has an area
of about 1.86 hectares. The bottom is largely covered with a
thick layer of mud. In a corner of this pond is a smaller one
for the fry; it also has a thick layer of mud on the bottom.
There is a good growth of algz in both ponds, and it is especially
heavy in the smaller. The bottom of this pond, with its inclosed
small pond, has not recently been disturbed at the time of taking
out the fish, and the algz have not been removed.

The conditions in this pond are the most satisfactory of any
in Iba. The bottom has a thick layer of mud, and the growth of
algeze is very heavy. The conditions here would seem to contra-
dict the idea that sufficient food cannot be obtained for the fish.
This is the first pond in Iba where satisfactory food conditions
were found to prevail, but because of lack of care in management,
poor results were obtained. With proper care this pond should
give satisfactory results. Conditions found here contradict
the idea of Mr. José Venzon that good and sufficient alge will
not grow in the ponds in Iba. Mr. Acayan said the alge did not
grow well for the first five years after the pond was built, but
recently conditions have been much more satisfactory. During
the dry season the algz are scarcer and coarser than in the rainy
season and are not eaten so well by the fish. About November
the algze are poorest, and in December, the dry season, algze begin
to grow. These are a little poorer than those of the rainy season.
The best alge, the “salt-water alge,” are to be found in March.
The pond is stocked with fish twice a year: namely, in May and

X, D5 Day: Culture of the Bangos, or Milkfish 811

December. By using care—that is, drying the pond and not
stocking at once—the owner thinks as good alge could be obtained
in the dry as in the rainy season.

Five thousand fry are needed each time to stock the pond,
at 50 centavos per 1,000. Only two fifths of these mature, be-
cause of the presence of other fish, such as pompano, bia (Oxye-
leotris ?), and dalag (Ophiocephalus striatus Bloch.) The fish
when sold average 23 centimeters in length and sell at 3 for 20
centavos. Because of the small size of the fish, the owner says
he gets but 150 pesos per year from their sale. The pond cost
2,000 pesos to build, and the owner is willing to sell for 1,000
pesos. 5

IBA, POND NO. 3

Mr. Eugenio Frierro is the owner of pond No. 3, which is in
process of construction. It will have an area of about 4 hectares,
and the cost of construction, including excavation, building of
dikes, etc., will be about 500 pesos. The value of the land is 150
pesos.

This pond lies near pond No. 2, belonging to Pio Acayan, and
presents about the same conditions. Considerable excavation
is necessary, and there are many trees toremove. Soil conditions
are about the same as in the other ponds at Iba. There is a
mixture of sand and mud, with a decided tendency for the mud to
accumulate in the bottom of the pond. Algz in plenty were
found growing, and with proper care given to the regulation of
the number of fish in the pond, the same results as in the other
ponds in Iba should be obtained.

IBA, POND NO. 4

Pond No. 4 is the second pond of Mr. Pio Acayan. It has an
area of about 4 hectares, and will cost approximately 500 pesos
to construct. The bottom has a little more mud than that of
José Venzon, although the conditions are almost identical.

IBA, POND NO. 5

Mr. Pablo Mercado is the owner of pond No. 5, which is located
to the north of the town of Iba. This pond is in process of
construction, but promises to be satisfactory and profitable.
Conditions are much the same as in Iba pond No. 2, the first of

Pio Acayan.
IBA, POND NO. 6

Pond No. 6, owned by Mrs. Tranquilina Fierro, contains 50
ares, but can be made to include 100 ares. Thus far construction

3812 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

has cost 90 pesos, and 300 pesos will be required to double its
size and improve it.

Six thousands fry were put in the pond in May, 1915, costing
50 centavos per 1,000. The fish attain a length of 17.5 centi-
meters, and sell for 7 centavos. Were two thirds of the fish
to reach this size, the returns should be 280 pesos annually. At
present most of the money is lost because of inability to secure a
reliable caretaker.

On the return to Manila a stop was again made at Subic, where
several ponds not previously examined were visited.

SUBIC, POND NO. 2

Pond No. 2 is the property of Mr. Mauricio Pagadan. It has
an area of 27.5 ares. Two thousand fry are put in, and satis-
factory results are obtained.

SUBIC, POND NO. 3

Mr. Santiago Pagadan owns pond No. 38. It has an area of
one-half hectare. One thousand fish are sold annually at 8
centavos each. They are left in the “seed,” or small, pond for
nine months, and in the large pond for three months. When put
in the large pond they are already 12.5 centimeters long. At
the end of a year the fish are 30 centimeters long. This is con-
sidered a very satisfactory pond.

SUBIC, POND NO. 4

Pond No. 4 is the property of Mr. Fabian Villoria. It is by
far the most satisfactory and profitable pond examined. The
owner states that he places 20,000 fry in the pond, 18,000 of
which mature and are sold at 20 centavos each. The alge grow
very well. He does not scrape the bottom when the fish are
removed, but simply drains off the water and fills the pond again
as soon as the fish are taken out. The owner thinks that the
character of the bottom does not matter greatly, although he
thinks a sand bottom is somewhat better than a mud bottom.
The fish are taken out in April, and the small ones are put in in
October. The delay in restocking is due to the danger of the
pond being flooded during the rainy season.

SUBIC, POND NO. 5

Pond No. 5 is owned by Mr. Pedro Villamor. It has an area
of a little more than 1 hectare. Two thousand fish are placed
in this pond twice a year, and about 1,500 are sold each time,
yielding about 300 pesos. The pond cost 400 pesos to construct,

XOED; 6 Day: Culture of the Bangos, or Milkfish 313

and could be purchased for 800 pesos. The owner says that the
blue crab, Neptunus pelagicus, and hawks catch some of the small
fish.

SUBIC, POND NO. 6

Pond No. 6 is the property of Mr. Pedro Villamor, with an area
of 3 hectares. It yields 600 pesos per annum.

SUBIC, POND NO. 7

Mr. Pedro Villamor also owns pond No. 7. It has an area
of about one hectare. The two ponds, numbers 6 and 7, are
considered by the owner to be more profitable because there is .
a mud bottom, and the fish eat the small alge growing on the
bottom. The algal growth is found also at the surface. The
l-year-old fish are 60 centimeters long and sell at 50 centavos
each. On the day I visited this pond, May 17, 1915, the owner
had 10,000 fish, about 5 centimeters long and 21 days old, in a
small pond about 9 by 12 meters. These were to be placed in
the pond in June. The ponds of Subic numbered 5; 6, and 7
are in no danger of flooding by the river and so are stocked early.

Regarding feeding, the owner of ponds Nos. 5, 6, and 7 says -
the fish do not eat for about two or three hours while the water
is entering the pond, as they are trying to find a way of escape
while the water is in great commotion. Otherwise they eat at
any time, either night or day.

CONCLUSION

At the beginning of this report it is stated that certain dif-
ficulties in the culture of bafigos have been encountered at Subic
and at Iba, Zambales, especially at the latter place. The chief of
these was thought to be due to the unfavorable conditions present
that would not permit the necessary growth of alge for food.
It was thought that because of the sandy nature of the soil the
algz would not grow. It was held to be necessary to have a
muddy bottom for a sufficient algal growth. And it was insisted
by some fish growers that it is necessary at the time of removing
the large fish for market not only to empty the pond of water,
but to leave it empty long enough to dry the bottom, and even to
scrape the bottom thoroughly. There is, however, a difference
of opinion about the character of the bottom. Some engaged in
fish culture hold that a clean sandy bottom is necessary, and
others contend that a mud bottom is much better. In this con-
nection it is interesting to note that those holding these opposite

views get what seem to them to be satisfactory results. But the
136814——3

814 The Philippine Journal of Seienee 1915

fact that in order to clean off the bottom it is necessary to remove
the algzee would seem to argue in favor of draining off the water
only, at the time of removing the fish, instead of scraping the
bottom. This will enable the algz to grow at all levels—at the
top and bottom, as well as at intermediate regions.

It has been suggested that an insufficient growth of alge is
responsible for poor results around Iba, but the fact that there
was a very abundant growth of alge in pond No. 2, of Iba,
belonging to Mr. Pio Acayan, helps to solve the difficulty of the
other ponds. It was stated correctly that in certain ponds there
is not produced sufficient food for the number of fish in the
ponds. But the difficulty in these places is that more fish are
placed in the ponds than their size justifies. It is necessary in
all these ponds to arrive at a correct balance between the number
of fish in a pond and the amount of food that can be produced
there without exhausting the food supply.

In order to test the influence of the two kinds of bottoms on
the growth of the algal food, a sample of the bottom was brought
from each of two ponds in Iba. The first is from that of José
Venzon, pond No. 1 at Iba, the bottom of which the owner said
is too sandy to permit of good growth of alge. This sample was -
placed in a small aquarium on May 22, with circulating sea water,
and on June 4 some small bangos were introduced. Also a mixed
algal growth from a pond near Manila was placed in the aquarium
on May 22, and two months later the alge were growing very
satisfactorily, as also the small bangos. The same conditions
were arranged in another aquarium tank, with the difference that
a sample from the bottom of Iba pond No. 2 was placed ‘here.
The growth of the alge in this second aquarium appears to be
equal to that of the first, and the fish, which show great growth,
feed equally well here. These observations agree with the testi- _
mony of different owners of fish ponds in Iba and Subig to the
effect that the algal food, lumut, will grow equally well in ponds
that at least originally have bottoms of very different proportions
of mud and sand.

By not disturbing the bottoms of these ponds, whether or not
at first they have a large or small amount of mud, there will
accumulate a layer of “soil” from the breaking down of the algz
and a gradual washing in of soil from the sides, which seems to
be favorable to the best growth of alge, or lumut.

The question of the identification of the various alge will not
be taken up here, but will be included in another paper dealing
with the food of these fishes exclusively.

X, D, 5 Day: Culture of the Bangos, or Milkfish 315

The general rules which follow may well be observed in the
management of bangos ponds:

1. After the construction of the pond is completed, disturb the bottom
and the algal growth as little as possible.

2. Place in the pond only as many fish as can well be fed on the alge
that grow easily and abundantly.

3. Do not stock the pond, either after building or after removing ‘the
fish, until there is a sufficient amount of food to insure a steady and rapid
growth of the fish.

4. If there are harmful forms, such as other fishes or certain crabs, that
get into bangos ponds, have the pond empty only long enough to remove the
troublesome forms, and then fill up the pond at once.

5. Careful, close, and continuous supervision by the owner or some one
else thoroughly competent is very essential for the greatest financial returns.

All of the lands in the Philippines that are available for bangos
ponds or that may be made available may very profitably be used
for this purpose. At present it is almost universally true that
the demand for fish far exceeds the supply, and through the
culture of these fish the general supply may be greatly increased.

eke TE Gereteds “GU AN

ahre Rare

Py vera’ abn, a gerne oe mies eh onl,
is {poly

Bima iog fe pa. Aah aii a Ua, vite ne bush to. Me a

"een fe ied ial: yNTES Weds 4 oa iy scdntt mengbby a itis Diary
ATE Vp net laaaieky hi teihiek ATS ny (Uh Bhak
it yao Sao Bina, wake Qs ABS ctrevttte es
PAE | OLE ipytiee: del RAs ANA? i ka ingparasnc ee iy BD Na,
merase. Dl amit d Pie abt ath, tie Paapeare, ay KK Ty
BoM mead poh dicial beeen hentdeauepeliete oath mRNeT
haiit oi vilad ove wish qant- oda nea olaite ad) ene,
ath Homie wiht owt Lebani iP ecitiahy Se ah Segcirury th, ” 0
odd degra) ligke.\edodavedkh wibisany thal ae
Pacem cl Aliana tw tyieey: lg famdcnyrorth daft
‘ 2 ier Aas cae iA Si H ee) doc ae ‘viens
; j hice aka. ite Aa mA aa wn dogger sy

“ais rT. ‘ine 0
WE Pe
“wilt cy ugphee haa
Co Ra
em teat wae
vane iat hk: j

; bY Ou ah
bik he ee
sips Wie
Corer Ree ahs"
EL ay pa
yea ase rene re aa

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Exmer D. MerrrRILL

Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
IPPINE ISLANDS

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
$1, postpaid.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By FreD W. FoxwortHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy has brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZOOLOGY

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep HO twister

Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid.

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By RICHARD C. McGrecor

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid.

A Manual of Philippine Birds contains
in compact form descriptions of all the
Known species of Philippine birds. The
usual keys and diagnoses of orders, families,
and genera help the novice in identification.

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES

By Davin STARR JORDAN and ROBERT EARL
RICHARDSON

Order No. 102. Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,

postpaid.

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by Erich Martini, G. F, PETRIE,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHARD P.
STRONG

4$3 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12 charts and. maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to-~
gether with the results of certain bacte-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report.

The Bureau of Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine Islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the printed proceedings of the Interna-
tiona! Plague Conference.

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. I.,

or to any of the agents listed below.

Please give order number.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
xelly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

fe x ge
Page.
WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera and their
aren arti na ero h ral antenna eR Cm a Re apne 281
DAY, ARTEMAS L. Difficulties Encountered in the Culture of
the Bangos, or Milkfish, in Zambales Province......................- 307
U. S.
The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’’ is issued as follows: currency.
Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries.. $2.00
Section ‘B. Tropical Medicine -2.--.-.-- 2222-222 2.oie eases eee swesen see ec eeeees 3.00
Section C. Bota mye a ee ee ee Sa ae ee aoa cere a aes _ 2.00
Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and Anthropology (Sec-
tion D began with Volume W ) 22322 eee 2.00
Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or V ....--.-.--.----------+--2---2-2-- 20 5.00
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI ..-._...-----------.-------------- 7.00
Single numbers (except of Volume 1) .-.-.----.------...-.--------------------- 00

* Each section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold

only with a complete file of section A, B,.or C....-----.----..------.- 10.00
Supplement to Volume I (botany) ..--.--.----------------0--2-2---2-------2-0- 3.50
Volume I (without supplement) , sold only with a complete file of

Section A,B, jors@ 2-020 2 Sa eee eae see ee re RECN Ss ae vai 6.50
Single numbers of Volume I ..----..----.---.-------2------22------ hewcesteessseee 75

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine Jour-
nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents

listed below:
AGENTS

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. ,
Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Ger- ©

many. cep
Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. — ;
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. ,
Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter.

VOL. X, SEC. D, No. 6 NOVEMBER, 1915 Ont e brie :
ye Bibel
THE PHILIPPINE ju -» 1016

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

ALVIN J. COX, M. A., Pu. D.
GENERAL EDITOR

whi Re ate Bi tr is oe

;

g
4
|
4
.

SEcTION D

GENERAL BIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

EDITED WITH THE COOPERATION OF

M. L. MILLER, Pu. D.; R. P. COWLES, Pu. D.; ALVIN SEALE, A. B.
C. F. BAKER, A. M.; C. S. BANKS, M. S.; L. D. WHARTON, A. B.
R. C. McGREGOR, A. B.; H. E. KUPFER, Pu. B.

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1915

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

ETHNOLOGY

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LAN-
GUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS

By WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP

Order No. 408. Paper, 39 pages, $0.75,
postpaid.

The vocabulary is given in Igorot-English
and English-Igorot.

THE NABALOI DIALECT

By Otto SCHEERER
and
THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN

By Epwarp Y. MILLER

Order No. 403. Paper, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

The Nabaloi Dialect (65 pages, 29
_ plates) and the Bataks of Palawan (7
pages, 6 plates) are bound under one cover.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER
OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP -
— OF LANGUAGES d
By Otto SCHEERER
and
“EF? AND “V’ IN PHILIPPINE
LANGUAGES
By CARLOS EverRETT CONANT

Order No. 407.

These two papers are issued under one
cover, 141 pages, paper, $0.80, postpaid.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE

Order No. 410. Paper, 121 pages, 1
map, 29 plates, $1.25, postpaid.

Sindangan Bay is situated on the north-
ern coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The Su-
banuns of this region were studied by Mr.
Christie during two periods of five and six
weeks, respectively.

The 29 plates illustrate the Subanuns at
work and at play; their industries, houses,
altars, and implements; and the people
themselves.

THE HISTORY OF SULU
By NaAsEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 406. Paper, 275 pages, 4
maps, 2 diagrams, $0.75, postpaid.

In the preparation of his manusoript for
The History of Sulu, Doctor Saleeby spent
much time and effort in gaining access
to documents in the possession of the Sultan
of Sulu. This book is a history of the
Moros in the Philippines from the earliest
times to the American oocupation.

ETHNOLOGY— Continued

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW,
AND RELIGION

By NAJEEB M. SALEEBY

Order No. 405. Paper, 107 pages, 16
plates, 5 diagrams, $0.25; half mo-
rocco, $0.75; postpaid.

This volume deals with the earliest
written records of the Moros in Mindanao.
The names of the rulers of Magindanao ara
recorded in five folding diagrams.

NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES
By WiLtiAmM ALLAN REED

Order No. 402. Paper, 83 pages, 62
plates, $0.25; half morocco, $0.75;
postpaid.

Plates from photographs, many of which
were taken for this publication, show orna-
ments, houses, men making fire with bamboo,
bows and arrows, dances, and various types
of the people themselves.

INDUSTRIES

PHILIPPINE HATS
By C. B. RoBINSoN

Order No. 415. Paper, 66 pages, &
- plates, $0.50 postpaid.

This paper is a concise record of the
history and present condition of hat making
in the Philippine Islands.

THE SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE
ISLAND OF NEGROS

By Hersert S. WALKER

Order No. 412. Paper, 145 pages, 10
plates, 1 map, $1.25, postpaid.

A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE SILK
CULTURE

By CHARLES S. BANKS

Order No. 413. _ Paper, 53 pages, 20
plates, $0.75, postpaid.

In A Manual of Philippine Silk Culture
are presented the results of several years’
actual work with silk-producing larva te-
gether with a description of the new Philip-
pine raoe.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. GENERAL BioLoGcy, ETHNOLOGY,
AND ANTHROPOLOGY

VoL. X NOVEMBER, 1915 No. 6

STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE JASSOIDEA, IV: THE IDIOCERINI OF

THE PHILIPPINES

By C. F. BAKER

(From the College of Agriculture, University of the Philippines,
Los Banos, P. I.)

TWENTY-THREE TEXT FIGURES

The Jassoidea of the subfamily Bythoscopine are surprisingly
well represented in the Philippines, especially in the tribe
Idiocerini. They include some economically very important
insects. Two of the species are controlling factors in the fruit-
ing of mangoes in many parts of these Islands, and the life
histories of these need careful investigation, looking toward
methods of control. The benefit that the Filipinos ascribe to
the smudging of the trees at the time of flowering comes through
the driving out of the swarms of these injurious insects, which
frequent the flower clusters.

Taxonomic work in these groups is exceedingly difficult. All
of the oriental species in the Idiocerini would have been referred
without question to Idiocerus twenty years ago. No one would
have thought of separating “genera” out of so homogeneous a
group. However, Distant has separated three critical genera
without fully diagnosing them, and Kirkaldy separated two—one
critically separated group, and one very well marked. In con-
tinuing the study of oriental material, there are two alter-
natives—to make all of the genera described by Distant and one
described by Kirkaldy subgenera of Jdiocerus, or to follow their
lead to its logical conclusion and separate a number of additional
coordinate groups as genera. The latter course is followed in
this paper, although the entire subject will have to be reviewed
and readjusted in connection with extensive European, African,
and American material. This will leave entomologists to their

187400 317

318 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

own inclinations as to whether they dub these groups genera or
subgenera.

It is doubtful if any of the species under Jdiocerus in the
Fauna of British India are typical Idiocerus, and it is impos-
sible from the meager descriptions there given properly to refer
all of them. IJdiocerus niveosparsus is apparently a Chunra, I.
clypealis is an Idioscopus, and I. unimaculatus is apparently a
Pedioscopus. The remainder of the species there described
appear, from the color descriptions, to be different from anything
known to me in the Philippines.

The structure and sculpturing of head, the proportions of
head, pronotum, and scutellum, the venation of tegmina, the
sculpturing of scutellum, and the form of genitalia must be
fully described or figured for these species, or their certain
identification will be impossible. Some of the species are re-
markably similar in coloration, and some are very variably
colored. Some of the species show a remarkable sexual di-
morphism in colors, particularly on the face, to which I have
called attention in the following descriptions.

There are few single characters which could be used for safe
generic separation in the Idiocerini, since most of the characters
are subject to more or less variation or even lapse in abnormal
cases. The average condition must be used, and the general
habitus and general census of characters must be constantly
considered. The habitus does not always lend itself to clear
description, but is readily appreciable in figures or specimens.
The following synopses are not comprehensive and are intended
only to show the relationships of the forms occurring in the
oriental fauna.

BYTHOSCOPIN 2
Synopsis of the tribes.

a’. Tegmina with an appendix (usually very large); pronotum with a very
narrow connection with propleure, or a visible connection lacking;
head usually wider than pronotum, rarely not as wide or only as wide.

Idiocerini.

a. Tegmina usually without a distinct appendix, or, if with a very small
and narrow one, then vertex usually considerably longer at middle
than at sides; pronotum usually broadly connected with propleure, a
carina usually separating the two.

b*. Head about as wide as, or wider than, pronotum; as seen from above
often strongly angulate; face about as long as wide or longer;
supra-antennal ledges usually very weak; the scrobes usually
Shallow jes ee ec ea EY hs Oe se tae Agalliini.

b?. Head usually distinctly narrower than pronotum; as seen from above

- usually very broadly rounded; face wider than long; supra-antennal
ledges very strong; antennal scrobes deep..................-..- Bythoscopini.

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 8319

IDIOCERINI
Diagnostic synopsis of the genera.

a’. Head very short and much wider than the very short and very broad
pronotum; vertex shorter at middle than at eyes, where its anterior
margin is strongly sinuate; face with width once and a half the
length, front far wider than long; supra-antennal ledge falling far
short of reaching eye; clypeus parallel-sided; tegmina very broad;
first anteapical cell confluent with median, the second being the only
closed anteapical; closed apical cells five, but with supernumerary
subobsolete cells in apical portion of costal area.................... Ipo Kirk.

a. Head, etc., not as above.

b*. Seutellum, and clypeus at least in part, more or less tumidly elevated;
upper lateral sutures of the front usually strong to the ocelli;
lore acute above; scutellum very large, distinctly longer than head
and pronotum together.

c’. Head as wide as pronotum; appendix scarcely reaching apex of
corium, and about as wide as second apical cell; vertex shagreened
and slightly shorter at middle than at eyes; venation indistinct
proximad of apical cross veins; first apical cell twice the width
of fourth, which is far shorter than third; pronotum two and
a half times as wide as long, its hind margin very slightly
incurved; lore shorter than clypeus and lying in same plane as
gene; supra-antennal ridge strongly sinuate, producing a
distinct lobe next front; clypeus broader at base than at
Eh oso. Mee cee male Le A See Vee Meo eed sly Iposcopus gen. nov.

c’. Head usually wider than pronotum; vertex as long at middle as
at eyes or longer; venation usually strong proximad of apical
cross veins; outer apical cell in tegmina separated from outer
subapical by a cross vein, thus three subapical cells; first apical
cell about same width as fourth, which is about same length as
third; pronotum less than two and a half times as wide as long,
its hind margin strongly incurved; lore longer than clypeus;
supra-antennal ledge evenly curved, .not producing a lobe next
front; clypeus usually distinctly broader at apex than at base.

d’. Five apical cells in tegmina; first subapical cell about as
large as second or as third; appendix scarcely reaching
apex of corium and about as wide as second apical cell;
head finely shagreened; lore lying in same plane as gene;
frontoclypeal suture distinct.................. Ipocerus gen. nov.

d@. Four apical cells in tegmina; first subapical cell much smaller
than second or than third; appendix surrounding apex of corium
and wider than second apical cell; vertex and upper part of
face cross striate; lore tumidly elevated; fronto-clypeal suture
(0) SYSXOUUSES 0 Ee EU a RL a oe Fg Chunra Dist.

6. Scutellum and clypeus not at all tumidly swollen; upper lateral sutures
of front. usually not equally distinct near ocelli and near scrobe;
scutellum of medium size, rarely as long.as, usually distinctly
shorter than, pronotum and vertex together.

c’. Outer apical cell in tegmina separated from outer subapical by a
cross vein, thus three subapical cells; vertex normally transversely
wrinkled, usually very short and very broad; clypeus usually with

320 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

sides strongly incurved and suddenly and strongly broadened

iCall yao ees ee me Idiocerus Lewis.

ce’. Outer apical cell in tegmina continuous with the outer subapical,

the cross vein lacking (always to be examined by transmitted

light), thus never more than two closed subapical cells; vertex

usually longer at middle than next eyes, and very long for this

group, in proportion to width between eyes.

ad’. Upper lateral sutures of front obsolete, the lower lateral sutures

continuous with the supra-antennal ridges, the front thus very

broadly open above; ocelli nearer to eyes than to median line,

OPRASHN CAT? ee ete, Ea See Sveti ee Seon ee Busonia Dist.

@. Upper lateral sutures of front distinct, always distant more than

half the distance from supra-antennal ridges to ocelli; ocelli
rarely much nearer to eyes than to median line of face.

e’. Upper lateral sutures of front each directed toward the inner
margin of the ocellus of the same side or nearly so; head
distinctly wider than pronotum.

f’. Tegmina with three apical cells and without subapicals.
Balocha Dist.
f. Tegmina with four apical cells.
g. Subapical cells absent.........0...2......seseeeceeee- Pedioscopus Kirk.
g. Subapical cells (one or two) present... Idioscopus gen. nov.

e’. Upper lateral sutures of front strongly incurved, and from
near scrobes each directed toward the ocellus of the opposite
side, the front thus appearing far broader than long, and
with very strong lateral angles; head about as wide as
pronotum; second apical cell pedunculate in present species;
first apical cell much broader and shorter than fourth;
ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes.. Idiocerinus gen. nov.

Genus IPOSCOPUS novum
Type, Iposcopus distanti sp. nov.
Synopsis of the species.

a. Cross vein at base of third apical cell antenodal; head slightly wider
than pronotum; colors dark and sharply contrasted....distanti sp. nov.
a’. Cross vein at base of third apical cell postnodal; head slightly narrower
than pronotum; colors pale, markings ill defined......... breviceps sp. nov.

Iposcopus distanti sp. nov.

Length, 4.5 mm.; width of head, 1.8 mm. Head straw-colored
with dark mottlings on upper part of face, including two irreg-
ular dark spots between ocelli and upper margin; clypeus, lore,
and lower part of cheeks blackish. Pronotum brownish, two
small transverse dashes back of eyes blackish, and hind margin
yellowish. Scutellum brown, with two black basal lunule and
a broad, bright yellow transverse band back of middle; the apex
brown. Mesopleure blackish. Tegmina brown, with a narrow
transverse band near base, nearly continuous with that on scu-

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 321

tellum, and a short tranverse commissural ivory-white mark on
clavus at apex of inner claval vein; a large irregularly triangular
clear area at basal third of costa, and another of same size at
apical third; appendix smoky. Sternum and legs straw-colored,
the fore tibize blackish, the middle tibiz darkened. Abdomen
yellow at base, the genitalia blackish.

Head very finely shagreened throughout, very slightly wider
than pronotum; the length of vertex into width between eyes, .
eleven times; vertex as long at middle as at eyes. Face broader
than long; ocelli nearer to eyes than to median line; front more
than a fourth broader than long; clypeus broader than long,
apical margin slightly incurved; lore very small, scarcely longer
than clypeus, and not one half as wide. Width of pronotum
two and a half times the length, nearly seven times as long as

Fic. 1. Iposcopus distanti sp. nov. Fic. 2. Iposcopus breviceps sp. nov.

the vertex, the hind margin slightly incurved; surface finely
shagreened, with remote and very shallow and irregular sub-
obsolete transverse wrinkles and with scattering and remote
darker punctures. Scutellum longer than head and thorax to-
gether; the transverse impressed line evenly but not strongly
arcuate and with a small fovea anterior to each lateral extrem-
ity; median area just posterior to transverse impression, with
about five sharply impressed fine transverse lines. Tegmina
slightly roughened basally and with punctures along the veins;
veins subobsolete basally and remainder slender. Anal segment
of male medially produced and strongly longitudinally carinate;
pygofers thick, apically subterete, and with a curved longitu-
dinal carina on lower surface.
MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

*Length of front is measured from frontoclypeal suture to a line drawn
between ocelli.

322 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Iposcopus breviceps Sp. nov.

Length, 5 mm.; width of head, 1.8 mm. Straw-colored with
darker mottlings. Face with two small black spots midway be-
tween ocelli and upper margin, with large dark mottling on upper
portion and with smaller and more sharply defined markings on
lateral fields of front; apical half of clypeus, except middle of
apical margin, blackish. Pronotum with small, indistinct,
darker mottlings, these larger and darker near the lateral angles,
and with two small round black spots on anterior margin just
within eyes. Scutellum with basal blackish lunule, the central
fovee of middle area darkened. Tegmina semitransparent,
brownish, a white dot near base of clavus and another at tip
of inner claval vein; veins of corium whitish; corium with whit-
ish mottlings near base and with the area of the large, outer
apical cell clearer. Mesopleure black-spotted. Tibize darkened
apically. Abdomen nearly concolorous.

Head very finely shagreened throughout, scarcely as wide as
pronotum; length of vertex into width between eyes about eleven
times; vertex slightly shorter at middle than at eyes. Face
broader than long; ocelli equally distant from eyes and median
line; front but little broader than long; clypeus about as broad
as long, apical margins but slightly incurved; lore as long as
clypeus and about half as broad. Width of pronotum scarcely
two and a half times the length, the length more than seven
times that of the vertex; surface finely shagreened and remotely
subobsoletely wrinkled and punctured. Sculpturation of scutel-
lum as in distanti. Tegmina slightly roughened basally and
with punctures along the veins; veins very evident basally.
Anal segment of female with hind margin laterally strongly
incurved; the lateral angles acutely produced, the median por-
tion subtruncate.

MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

Although this form and J. distanti are from the same general
region, and one is represented only by males and the other only
by females, I do not feel justified in placing them as the two
sexes of a single species. Striking sexual dimorphism in colors
is to be expected in this group, but I have yet encountered no
such sexual differences in structure as are exhibited in this case.

Genus IPOCERUS novum

The form here described as the type of a new genus was at
first placed in Kirkaldy’s genus /po, following his description.
Through the kindness of Mr. Frederick Muir I have been able
to examine a specimen of Jpo conferta Kirk. from Queensland,

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 823

and find that the present form cannot possibly be associated
with it. Jpo presents a structure of head, clypeus, and lore
very distinct from anything I have yet seen in the Philippine
fauna. The tegmina of Jpo are quite unique in the Idiocerini,
very short and broad, with supernumerary cells outlined in the
apical portion of costal area, with the appendix short and
broadly extended on to the clavus, and with the claval suture
callously thickened toward the apex. The vertex of Ipo con-
ferta is very remarkable, the length at eyes being twice that
at middle. Neither have I seen any idiocerine insect in the
Philippine fauna so large and with a head and pronotum pro-
portionately so broad—the width of the head being 3 millimeters.

Fic. 3. Ipo conferta Kirk. Fic. 4. Ipocerus kirkaldyi sp. nov.

In some respects Ipocerus strongly resembles Chunra as de-
scribed and figure by Distant, but is very distinct in some char-
acters of first importance.

Type, Ipocerus kirkaldyi sp. nov.

Ipocerus kirkaldyi sp. nov.

Length, 4.4 mm.; width of head, 1.8 mm. Straw-colored; head,
pronotum, scutellum, and tibiz very finely reticulately mottled
with brownish. Scutellum with darker clouds at lateral angles,
at basal middle, at apex, and three at area of transverse impres-
sion. The tegmina are semitransparent, tinted with pale golden
brown; the veins are dark brown, and except the apical cross
veins, with numerous short white interruptions of varying
lengths; the costal vein with four large, rectangular white in-

324 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

terruptions in addition to several smaller ones. Abdomen with
dark incisures above, venter brownish.

Head very finety shagreened throughout, wider than prono-
tum, the length of vertex into width between eyes four and
two-thirds times; vertex as long at middle as at eyes. Face
broader than long; ocelli nearer to median line than to eyes;
front about as broad as long; clypeus longer than broad, only
slightly broadened apically, the apical margin incurved; lorz a
third longer than clypeus and about half as wide. Width of
pronotum two and a half times the length, the length about
three times that of vertex, the hind margin slightly incurved;
surface finely shagreened, medially and on posterior half with
rather conspicuous but remote dark punctures. Scutellum about
a fourth longer than head and pronotum together, the transverse
impressed line strongly angulately bent, the surface posterior
to this without transverse wrinkles. Tegmina smooth, shining,
and rather thin, with a few punctures along the claval veins;
veins strong throughout, the costa conspicuously thickened.
Anal segment of female with hind margin truncate or slightly
incurved; pygofers long, very slender, and strongly haired, far
longer than the lateral plates.

PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (coll. Baker).

Genus CHUNRA Distant

The genus Chunra, as described by Distant,? is a taxonomic
puzzle. The diagnosis is not at all diagnostic, most of the
characters mentioned being tribal characters. The pronotum
is stated to be “twice as long as vertex,” which would be a
marked character if true, but the figure shows it three times.

There occur abundantly in the Philippines, as in other Mala-
yan and Indian countries, species of idiocerine insects, swarms
of which attack the flowers of mangoes, as is recorded by
Distant for the species niveosparsus of Lethierry. Distant’s
figure of niveosparsus shows a strong and continuous supra-
frontal carina, which seems to be certainly an error, as does
also the form of the clypeus. In the species, as it occurs here,
the frontoclypeal suture is quite obsolete. Distant’s figure shows
the ocelli nearer to eyes than to each other, while he describes
the genus Chunra as having them about as near. In the forms
of niveosparsus occurring in the Philippines this varies con-
siderably, as I shall show. Indeed, niveosparsus, as figured by
Distant, fits his description of the genus Chunra about as

* Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 185.

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 825

well as does his type as figured. There seems to be no doubt
that the common mango insects here are forms of niveosparsus,
and after an extended study of large series of them, I cannot
but refer them to Chunra, amplifying Distant’s description of
Chunra enough to give it generic standing as compared with
Balocha and Busonia. This, of course, cannot be made final
without a careful examination of the structural characters of
puncticosta Wlk., the type of the genus.

The Philippine forms of niveosparsus present wide variations ~
in color of scutellum, as mentioned by Distant for Indian forms,
though the general plan of coloration is the same. Three lots
of specimens taken at separated points in the Philippines show
divergences in coloration and in minor structural characters,
and it seems probable that numerous other local forms will be
found. Most of the characters used below are variable within
narrow limits, averaging as described.

Synopsis of the Philippine varieties of Chunra niveosparsa Leth.

a’. Length of vertex into width between eyes more than six times; first
apical cell of tegmina two fifths the length of second.

b*. Distance between ocelli much more than half the width of front;

transverse impression of scutellum acutely bent.

philippinensis var. nov.

b*. Distance between ocelli one half the width of front; transverse im-

pression of scutellum obtusely bent.................. palawanensis var. nov.

a’. Length of vertex into width between eyes less than six times; first

apical cell of tegmina about a fifth the length of second; transverse

impression of scutellum acutely bent........................ lagunensis var. nov.

Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. philippinensis var. nov.

The variety philippinensis differs from typical niveosparsus,
as described and figured by Distant, as follows: Median basal
spot of scutellum always long, narrow, triangular, sometimes
obsolete; apex of clavus shining white-spotted; two small, round,
submedian spots in posterior field of scutellum. _

The following structural characters may be added: Vertex,
and face as far as ocelli, thickly arcuately cross striate. Head
wider than pronotum, the length of vertex into width between
eyes somewhat more than six times; vertex about as long at
middle as at eyes. Face about as broad as long; ocelli nearer
to median line than to eyes, the distance between ocelli being
about the width of an ocellus more than the distance from eye
to ocellus; distance between ocelli more than half the width of
front; clypeus several times longer than broad, greatly narrowed
centrally, the apical margin incurved; lore longer than cly-
peus and twice its breadth at middle. Width of pronotum

3826 The Philippine Journal of Science ~ 1915

about two and one-fourth times its length, its length a little
more than four times that of the vertex, the hind margin slightly
incurved; surface thickly, evenly shagreened. Scutellum longer
than head and thorax together ; basal field, except lateral margin,
shagreened; apical field, except calloused lateral margins, trans-
versely wrinkled, as are also the submargins of basal field;
transverse impressed line strongly, angularly bent, open at apex
of angle, the lateral limbs arcuate, the space between them.
transversely wrinkled. Last ventral segment of female very
short, its hind margin subtruncate to slightly sinuate. Hind
margin of anal segment of male strongly sinuate, the lateral
portions sloping, the median strongly obtuse-angularly produced.
Lacuna, Los Bafios (coll. Baker).
Occurring in swarms on mango flowers.

Fic. 5. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. lagun- Fic. 6. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. pala-
ensis var. Nov. wanensis var. nov.

Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. palawanensis var. nov.

This variety differs from var. philippinensis as follows: Dis-
tance between ocelli one half of width of front; clypeus somewhat
shorter and broader; lore longer than clypeus, but not twice
its breadth at middle; scutellum with transverse impressed line
very obtuse-angularly bent, the lateral limbs scarcely arcuate.
Hind margin of anal segment of female more strongly sinuate,
medially strongly notched.

PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (coll. Baker).

Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. lagunensis var. nov.

This variety differs from var. philippinensis as follows: Length
‘of vertex at middle into width between eyes less than six times;
distance between ocelli about half the width of front; lore less
than twice the width of clypeus; hind margin of anal segment of
female truncate.

LAGUNA, Pagsanjan (coll. Baker).

KD;.6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 827

Genus BUSONIA Distant

The enlarged first apical cell of the tegmina is not at all
diagnostic for this genus, as used by Distant, since it occurs in
some other genera—in all degrees in Pedioscopus. Well shown
in the figure of the type, but not mentioned in the genus
characterization, however, is a unique character which well dis-
tinguishes this genus—the absence of upper lateral sutures of
front, the lower lateral margins being continuous with the.
supra-antennal ridges. Jdiocerus minor of Bierman * from Se-
marang, Java, belongs here, as may be seen at once from the
figure of the type. Two very inconspicuous species have been
encountered in the Philippines, which are, however, remarkably -
distinct in their structural characters.

Fic. 7. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. philip- Fic. 8. Busonia scwtellaris sp. nov.
pinensis var. nov.

Synopsis of Philippine species of Busonia.

a. Clypeus very broad, convex-sided, and rounded at tip; ocelli nearer
to eyes than to median line; cross vein at base of first apical cell
and venation proximad of this, obsolete; no subapical cells; the
second apical cell broader at apex than at base, the third broader at
base than at apex, and the fourth far longer than third; clavus not
[OW DIMOY Rodan ane See eee ee eee scutellaris sp. nov.

a’. Clypeus narrow, concave-sided, and emarginate at tip; ocelli as near
median line as to eyes; venation all distinct; one subapical cell; the
second apical cell as broad at apex as at base, the third broader
at apex than at base, and the fourth as long as third; clavus with
very large dotted punctures............---...0008.-eee- mindanaensis sp. nov.

Busonia scutellaris sp. nov.

Length, 3.5 mm.; width of head, 1.3mm. Color pale brown
with a leaden cast on the pronotum; color of front shading into
black on the clypeus (and with minute black spots at ocelli),

* Notes Leyden Mus. (1907), 29, 165.

328 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

lore, and margins of cheeks; apical half of scutellum, legs, meso-
and metapleure with their sterna, and abdomen, except dorsal
disk and genitalia, yellow; hind femora brownish toward tips.
Tegmina pale brownish, the costal margin, as far as apical cell,
blackish (with a narrow extension along base of first apical
cell), the apical margin and appendix smoky, the region of
outer apical cell semitransparent.

Head finely shagreened throughout, about equaling pronotum
‘in width, length of vertex into width between eyes two and
a half times, vertex distinctly longer at middle than at eyes.
Face about as broad as long; ocelli nearer to eyes than to median
line; distance between ocelli once and a half the width of clypeus
at base; supra-antennal ridges not reaching eyes; frontoclypeal
suture obsolete at middle; clypeus very broad at base, gradually
narrowed to the somewhat emarginate apex; lore small, nearly
as long as clypeus, but scarcely more than a fifth the width.
Width of pronotum two and three-fourths times the length,
the length once and a half that of the vertex, anterior and
posterior margins subparallel and very gently curved; surface
finely, evenly shagreened. Scutellum as long as pronotum and
about one half of vertex together; the transverse impressed
line strongly, angularly bent, the surface distinctly shagreened
only on areas of basal lunule, posterior area medially finely
carinate. Tegmina impunctate, smooth; radial and claval veins
subobsolete; third apical cell narrowed to apex. Hind margin
of anal segment of female strongly, medially produced.

MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

This species closely resembles B. amentata Dist. in coloration,
but that species is described as having pronotum only slightly
longer than vertex, the face yellowish toward apex instead of
black, and the figure shows no extension of costal black on
tegmina along base of first apical cell. Distant states that the
color markings in Indian specimens are very constant.

Busonia mindanaensis sp. nov.

Length, 3.3 mm.; width of head, 1 mm. Ochraceous, genz
below antenne to lore black; scutellum brownish; meso- and
metapleure black; legs very pale straw color; tegmina washed
with pale golden brown, the costa basally dark brown to black-
ish, this color narrowly extended along base of first apical cell;
a smoky area in apex of second apical cell, region of first apical
cell clearer than elsewhere. Abdomen yellowish, dorsal disk
blackish; last ventral segment and ovipositor brownish.

Vertex and upper part of face finely, transversely striate;

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 329

genz with very coarse, oblique wrinkles between antenne and
outer margin; remainder of face finely shagreened. Head dis-
tinctly wider than pronotum; length of vertex into width he-
tween eyes little less than four times, its length at middle slightly
more than at eyes. Face slightly broader than long, ocelli about
as near to median line as to eyes; distance between ocelli two
and a half times the width of clypeus at base; supra-antennal
ridges reaching eyes; frontoclypeal suture distinct; clypeus
small, narrow, broader at apex than at base, slightly emarginate
at apex; lore small but broad, more than half the width of
clypeus. Width of pronotum two and one-fourth times the
length, the length two and a half times that of vertex; anterior.
margin distinctly more strongly arcuate than posterior; surface
coarsely shagreened. Scutellum as long as pronotum and one

Fic. 9. Busonia mindanaensis sp. nov. Fic. 10. Balocha busonioides sp. nov.

third of vertex together, entire surface of anterior field coarsely
shagreened, posterior field minutely, transversely rugose; trans-
verse impressed line slightly bent at middle, the lateral extrem-
ities transverse. Tegmina very coarsely thimble-pitted along the
veins, these pits much more numerous and conspicuous on cla-
vus and base of corium where they are centrally pimpled. Veins
more distinct than in B. scutellaris, the third apical cell broad-
ened apically. Last ventral segment and pygofers of female
pale brown, and ovipositor dark brown, in striking contrast to
color of remainder of venter. Hind margin of anal segment of
female subtruncate.

MINDANAO, Iligan (coll. Baker).

These two species illustrate, at its best, the remarkable diver-
gence in structural characters among some of these idiocerine
insects, in spite of the unusual homogeneity in general habitus.

330 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Genus BALOCHA Distant

The genus Balocha represents an extreme reduction in the
venation of the tegmina, this being the only character of possibly
generic value mentioned by Distant. I believe that the type
should be reéxamined as to the exact form of the front, since
the figure of the type shows a condition in the upper lateral
sutures that is certainly open to question. The Philippine spe-
cies placed here would be classified under Busonia in Distant’s
synopsis, and even resembles Busonia in color plan, but the
facial characters in Busonia are unmistakable.

Balocha busonioides sp. nov.

Length, 4 mm.; width of head, 1.8mm. Color sordid ochra-
ceous above, very pale straw color below; head with two adjoin-
ing dark clouds on upper part of face, small black spots next
ocelli, and dark clouds between ocelli and eyes; an indistinct
and very oblique craticulum on front; pronotum olive-tinted;
basal area of scutellum brownish; tegmina semitransparent with
brown veins, tinted with golden brown, darker basally, costa
broadly dark brown or black as far as the first apical cell; clavus
with a narrow yellowish stripe lying next basal half of com-
missure; abdomen with more or less of dorsum and side plates
of genitalia dark-colored; mesopleurze with black spots.

Head and pronotum shagreened throughout, this shagreening
somewhat transverse on vertex. Head distinctly wider than
pronotum; length of vertex into width between eyes two and
three-fourths times, its length at middle slightly greater than
that at eyes. Face distinctly longer than broad; ocelli nearer
to eyes than to median line; distance between ocelli nearly twice
the width of clypeus at base; length of front once and a fourth
the width; clypeus small, short, about as broad at apex as at
base, tip emarginate; lore longer than clypeus and about half
as wide. Width of pronotum two and a half times the length,
the length two times that of vertex; anterior margin slightly
arcuated, posterior margin nearly straight. Scutellum as long
as pronotum and one third of vertex together; surface evenly
shagreened throughout; transverse impressed line strong, obtuse-
angularly bent, apex widely open, the lateral limbs straight.
Tegmina smooth, thin, with a few very minute punctures on
clavus, which has only one evident discal vein. Hind margin
of anal segment of male strongly rounded at sides, truncate me-
dially; pygofers very slender, thin, twisted, and long-haired.

Luzon, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 831

Genus PEDIOSCOPUS Kirkaldy

Following Kirkaldy’s description, I had temporarily placed
a number of Philippine insects in the genus Pedioscopus. A
later comparison with specimens of P. agenor Kirk. (see figure)
kindly sent to me by Mr. Frederick Muir, of the Hawaiian Sugar
Planter’s Association, makes this reference certain, and enables
me to show that this genus is extensively represented in this
Archipelago. It includes some of our most highly colored mem-
bers of the family.

Synopsis of the Philippine species of Pedioscopus.

a. Vertex transversely wrinkled; second apical cell in tegmina not
pedunculate; sides of front strongly angled below antenne; head in
female with four large, round black spots (lacking in male), and
pronotum with two round black spots....................... disjunctus sp. nov.

a. Vertex shagreened; sides of front not strongly angled below antenne.

b*. Pronotum far more than two times as long as vertex; length of
vertex into width between eyes more than four times; second apical
cell of tegmina not pedunculate; scutellum as long as pronotum and
vertex together.

c’. Lore longer than clypeus; color yellowish ochraceous; length 3.5

IVT section at es eee eae modestus sp. nov.
c. Lore shorter than clypeus; color brownish ochraceous; length
Res pM Meter eee is eae eae ee eee maquilingensis sp. nov.

b*. Pronotum distinctly less than two times as long as vertex; length
of vertex into width between eyes little more or less than two
times; second apical cell of tegmina pedunculate; scutellum shorter
than vertex and pronotum together.

c.. First apical cell about as broad as fourth, normal basally, not
touching median vein subapically; ocelli nearer eyes than to
median line.

ad’. Tegmina without black costa or apical black spot; clypeus white

at extreme apex in female; hind margin of anal segment of

female very slightly and broadly produced ........ similis sp. nov.

ad’. Tegmina with black costa and apical black spot; clypeus all black

in female; hind margin of anal segment in female suddenly
strongly produced to an emarginate apex.

angustatus sp. nov.

c. First apical cell far broader than fourth, basally abnormal, broadly
extended on to median vein subapically; ocelli as near to median
line as to eyes.

d*. Clavus all yellow, with a median, longitudinal black stripe.
simplex sp. nov.
d’. Clavus with basal half yellow, and wanting black stripe, some-
times part ivory-white or red-brown............ coloratus sp. nov.

Pedioscopus disjunctus sp. nov.

Length, 3.75 mm.; width of head, 1.25 mm. Ochraceous, in
the female with black as follows: Two large, round spots on

832 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

pronotum, two on apex of head, two just within ocelli, apical
margin of front, all of clypeus, and most of lorz and ovipositor ;
head in male lacking black. Tegmina with basal two thirds of
costal vein, and a broad stripe along median vein as far as cross
veins, black; corium within the black stripe, and all of clavus
except commissure, opaque yellow; between the black stripe
and costa, and the region of the apical cells, semitransparent.
Vertex, and face as far as ocelli, finely, transversely wrinkled,
gene coarsely but shallowly, obliquely wrinkled, remainder of
face shagreened; head wider than pronotum; length:of vertex
into width between eyes little more than three times; length at
middle distinctly greater than at eyes. Face about as broad as
long, distance between ocelli more than three times the distance
between ocelli and eyes, and more than three times the width

Fic. 11. Pedioscopus agenor Kirk. Fic. 12. Pedioscopus disjunctus sp. nov.

of clypeus at base; front slightly broader than long; clypeus
broadened apically, and apical margin slightly emarginate; lore
as long as clypeus, and nearly as wide as clypeus at base. Width
of pronotum two and a fourth times the length, the length two
times that of vertex. Surface of pronotum and anterior field
of scutellum very finely subobsoletely shagreened. Scutellum as
long as pronotum and about a third of the vertex together;
transverse impressed line short, straight; posterior field shal-
lowly, transversely wrinkled. Tegmina with very minute, scat-
tering, dark punctures along the claval veins; veins of corium
subobsolete basally; second apical cell sessile. Hind margin of
anal segment of female medially long and narrowly produced;
pygofers slender and long-haired.

LuZON, Los Banos and Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

This species is close to P. agenor Kirk. in markings as well as
in structure of tegmina.

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 333

Pedioscopus modestus sp. nov.

Length, 3.5 mm.; width of head, 1.83 mm. Color ochraceous,
pronotum slightly darker, mesopleure black-spotted, abdomen
more or less dark-colored at base and above, last ventral seg-
ment in male brown, hind tibize with large black spots at bases
of spines, the second tarsal joint apically brown; tegmina washed
with very pale brownish, nearly uniform throughout.

Head finely shagreened throughout, wider than pronotum;
length of vertex into width between eyes more than four times;
length at middle about the same as at eyes. Face a little longer
than broad; distance between ocelli three times the distance
between ocelli and eyes and once and a half the width of the .-
clypeus at base; front about as broad as long; clypeus very
broad, nearly as broad at base as at apex, the tip emarginate;

Fic. 13. Pedioscopus modestus sp. nov. Fic. 14. Pedioscopus maquwilingensis sp. nov.

lorze longer than clypeus but not one half as broad. Width of
pronotum two and one-third times the length, length slightly
more than three times that of vertex. Surface of pronotum and
scutellum finely shagreened. Scutellum about as long as head
and pronotum together; transverse impressed line evenly and
gently arcuate. Tegmina with a few, remote, shallow punctures
on clavus; second apical cell sessile. Hind margin of last ventral
segment of female broadly long-produced medially, the side
plates angled apically; hind margin of anal segment of male
truncate.

MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

A very common species, but very inconspicuous.

Pedioscopus maquilingensis sp. nov.
Length, 5.3 mm.; width of head, 1.9 mm. Color ochraceous;
the scutellum, except margins, brownish, the basal lunule

darker, and two brown spots just anterior to lateral extremities
137400——2

334 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

of transverse impression; ovipositor brown. Tegmina semi-
transparent, washed with very pale brownish, the veins golden
brown.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum finely shagreened; head wider
than pronotum; length of vertex into width between eyes four
times, the length at middle about the same as at eyes. Face a
little longer than broad; distance between ocelli somewhat more
than twice the distance between ocelli and eyes and once and a
half the width of clypeus at base; front longer than broad;
clypeus broad and short, a little broader apically than basally,
the tip emarginate; lore shorter than clypeus and one third as
broad. Width of pronotum two and a half times the length, the
length about two and a half times that of the vertex. Scutellum
as long as pronotum and vertex together; transverse impressed
line strongly, angularly bent, open at apex, the lateral limbs
strongly arcuated. Tegmina without distinct punctures; second
apical cell sessile. Hind margin of anal segment of female
broadly, strongly, medially produced, the apex emarginate.

LUZON, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

Pedioscopus maquilingensis is the largest species of the genus
known in the Philippines. Peculiar to this species are the
strongly curved supra-antennal ridges.

Pedioscopus similis sp. nov.

Length, 4.3 mm.; width of head, 1.3mm. Color ochraceous,
yellowish on pronotum and scutellum, basal half of clavus opaque
yellow, this area distally irregularly abbreviated; corium semi-
transparent, faintly washed with brownish, the basal half of
costa golden brown; small, round, blackened areas adjoining
ocelli below; clypeus in female black, excepting the extreme tip
(concolorous in male) ; ovipositor brown.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum finely shagreened throughout;
head wider than pronotum; length of vertex into width between
eyes two and one-fourth times; length at middle distinctly greater
than at eyes. Face broader than long; distance between otelli
about three times the distance between ocelli and eyes and once
and a third the width of clypeus at base; front about as broad as
long; clypeus very broad, as wide basally as apically, the tip
emarginate; lore longer than clypeus and one third as broad.
Width of pronotum three times the length, the length one and
a fourth times that of the vertex. Scutellum as long as prono-
tum and two thirds of vertex together; transverse impressed
line strongly, angularly bent, open at apex, the lateral limbs
arcuate. Tegmina with a few, scattering, minute dark punc-

4) WG Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 835

tures on the opaque yellowish part of clavus; second apical cell
pedunculate. Hind margin of anal segment of female longer
at middle than at sides and minutely emarginate at apex; hind
margin of anal segment of male very strongly rounded, the
pygofers thin, straight, and long-haired.

MINDANAO, Dapitan (coll. Baker).

A common species at Dapitan and well marked.

Pedioscopus angustatus sp. nov.

Length, 4.5 mm.; width of head, 1.3 mm. Pale brown; small
elongated spots extending from ocelli toward scrobes, and
clypeus, except base (in female), black; ovipositor black; teg--
mina semitransparent, washed with pale brown, darker basally,
the basal half of costa blackish; a spot at apex of second apical
cell smoky; clavus with inner half opaque yellowish, this area

Fic. 15. Pedioscopus similis sp. nov. Fic. 16. Pedioscopus angustatus sp. nov.

reaching in an acute point to half the length of the commissure.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum finely shagreened throughout;
head broader than pronotum; length of vertex into width
between eyes one and four-fifths times, length at middle dis-
tinctly greater than at eyes. Face broader than long; distance
between ocelli three times the distance between ocelli and eyes
and once and a third the width of the clypeus at base; front
about as broad as long; clypeus very broad, little widened api-
cally, the tip emarginate; lore about as long as clypeus and less
than a third as broad. Width of pronotum two and three-fifths
times the length, the length about one and one-fourth times
that of vertex. Scutellum as long as pronotum and one half
of vertex together ; transverse impressed line strongly, angularly
bent, open at apex, the lateral limbs arcuate. Tegmina with
a few, scattering, minute, dark punctures on opaque yellowish
part of clavus; second apical cell pedunculate. Hind margin of

306 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

anal segment of female strongly produced medially and emargi-
nate at apex.

MINDANAO, Dapitan (coll. Baker).

Apparently not common. Closely related to P. similis.

Pedioscopus simplex sp. nov.

Length, 5.2 mm.; width of head, 1.66 mm. Color yellowish
ochraceous; small basal lunule on scutellum, irregular spots,
including the ocelli, apex of front, lore except upper extremity,
and all of clypeus (in female) black; mesopleure black-spotted ;
ovipositor black; corium semitransparent, washed with very
pale brownish, clavus opaque yellow; basal two thirds of costa,
a stripe along median vein extending to, and connecting with,
a brownish spot in the second apical cell, brachial vein, and a
longitudinal stripe passing through the clavus black.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum finely shagreened throughout;
head wider than pronotum; length of vertex into width between
eyes about two and one-fifth times, the length at middle distinctly
greater than at eyes. Face broader than long; distance between
ocelli two and a fourth times the distance between ocelli and
eyes and once and a half the width of clypeus at base; front
much longer than broad, clypeus very broad, broadened apically,
the anterior margin only slightly incurved; lorz far longer than
clypeus and about one half as broad. Width of pronotum about
two and a half times the length, the length about once and two
thirds that of the vertex. Scutellum as long as pronotum and
a little more than half of vertex together ; surface near impressed
line broadly depressed, the impressed line angularly bent, apically
open, the lateral limbs not arcuate. Tegmina with a few remote
punctures on clavus; second apical cell long pedunculate. Hind
margin of anal segment produced medially and emarginate at
tip as in P. coloratus.

MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

Pedioscopus coloratus sp. nov.

Length, 4.5 mm.; width of head, 1.3mm. Color of head and
all below ochraceous; pronotum and basal field of scutellum pale
clear brown; apical field of scutellum yellowish; small, irregular,
evanescent spots adjoining ocelli below, lower portion of front,
clypeus (with sometimes lore and lower portion of gene), and
ovipositor black (face concolorous in male) ; sides of dorsum dark
brown; tegmina semitransparent, washed with very pale golden
brown, darker basally, area of outer apical cell very clear, basal
half of costa broadly, and thé commissure, black; basal two
thirds of clavus opaque yellow, often margined with ivory-white,

aD: 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 337

this area posteriorly subtruncate. Extreme tip of corium often
more or less smoky. |
Head, pronotum, and scutellum finely shagreened throughout;
head wider than pronotum; length of vertex into width between
eyes two and three-fourths times, length at middle distinctly
greater than at eyes. Face as long as broad; distance between
ocelli three times the distance between ocelli and eyes and once
and a half the width of clypeus at base; front longer than broad;
clypeus of medium width, about as wide apically as basally, apex
rather sharply emarginate; lore far longer than clypeus and
about one half as broad. Width of pronotum two and a half
times the length, the length less than twice that of vertex.
Scutellum as long as pronotum and about one half of vertex
together; surface broadly depressed at impressed line, this line
angulately bent, open at apex, the lateral limbs not arcuate.

Fic. 17. Pedioscopus simplex sp. nov. Fic. 18. Pedioscopus coloratus sp. nov.

Tegmina with a few, scattering, minute dark punctures on
colored portion of clavus; second apical cell long pedunculate.
Hind margin of last ventral segment of female long produced
medially and slightly emarginate or entire at tip. Hind margin
of anal segment of male sinuate, the pygofers very broad at base,
narrowing to acute tips, the outer margins long-haired.

LuZON, Los Bafios, Malinao; MINDANAO, Butuan (coll. Baker).

A common, widely distributed, and very variable species. The
median vein of corium is often less darkened, and the yellow of
clavus varies in intensity, sometimes being almost absent. Two
very distinct varietal forms are worthy of special recognition.
One of these (from Butuan, Mindanao) has very broad black
commissural margins to anal portion of clavus and heavy black
basal lunule on the scutellum. This may be designated as var.
mindanaensis nov. The other (also from Butuan) has the anal
two thirds of colored portion of clavus bright red-brown and the

338 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

remainder of this area—a broad band along claval suture—ivory-
white. This form may be designated var. bicolorata nov.

This species must be nearly related to Idiocerus unimaculatus
Melichar, which is probably congeneric with it.

Genus IDIOSCOPUS novum

As a generic group Idioscopus is as distinct as Busonia,
Chunra, Pedioscopus, etc., and I am surprised that Distant did
not separate it. The habitus is not at all that of typical
Idiocerus, the head being larger, narrower, and longer as seen
from above, usually distinctly longer at middle than at eyes,
and long in proportion to width between eyes. The first apical
and first subapical cells are normally confluent.

Type, Idiocerus clypealis Leth. as here described.

Synopsis of the Philippine species of Idioscopus.

a’. Length of pronotum about three times that of vertex; width of vertex
between eyes more than four times the length; two black spots on
scutellum anteriorly, two spots on anterior margin of pronotum,
and two on anterior margin of head; clypeus white apically in the
Sk 0011 Kz) eee eee UN eee eee palawanensis sp. nov.

a’. Length of pronotum little more or less than two times that of vertex;
width of vertex between eyes less than three times the length; clypeus
all black in female.

b+. Vertex and pronotum in male without spots; scutellum with two black
Spots) anterior] ype} ese ese toe ee i clypealis Leth.
b>. Vertex in male with two black spots, pronotum with two spots behind
anterior margin; scutellum basally with a single, large, median
DIA CK ES OG ee eee eee ERR 2 See eee een tagalicus sp. nov.

Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov.

Length, 4.25 mm.; width of head, 1.5 mm. Ochraceous, olive-
tinted on vertex and pronotum; basal field of scutellum reddish
brown; large basal lunule on scutellum, small pronotal lunule
back of eyes, two spots on anterior margin of head, small dots
inclosing ocelli, basal two thirds of clypeus, spot on mesopleure,
and the ovipositor black; antennal scrobes darkened; tegmina
golden brown, paler apically, the region of outer apical cell
clearer ; costa broadly, alternately yellow and brown to the outer
apical cell.

Vertex, and face to just below upper black spots, finely, trans-
versely striate, remainder shagreened; head wider than prono-
tum; length of vertex into width between eyes four and one-third
times; length at middle nearly the same as at eyes. Face slightly
longer than broad; distance between ocelli two and a half times
the distance between ocelli and eyes and twice the width of

Sep WIG Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 839

clypeus at base; front slightly broader than long; clypeus of
medium width, about as wide basally as apically, apex truncate;
lore much longer than clypeus and two thirds as broad. Width
of pronotum two and a half times the length, the length slightly
less than three times that of the vertex. Scutellum as long as
pronotum and about one half of the vertex together; transverse
impressed line obtuse-angularly bent, the apex open, the lateral
limbs not arcuate; surface just posterior to impressed line with a
few, shallow, transverse wrinkles. Tegmina distinctly thickened
and roughened on basal half, this area having numerous strong
punctures along the veins. Hind margin of anal segment slightly
produced medially.
PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (coll. Baker).

Idioscopus clypealis Leth.

Colors as described by Distant. He does not state that it is
the male which lacks the two spots on anterior margin of head,

Fic. 19. Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov. Fic. 20. Idioscopus clypealis Leth.

this being a sexual character. The clypeus in my specimens is
uniformly black. The female also possesses two small black
spots between the ocelli, as shown in Distant’s figure, where the
ocelli, laterad of the spots, are not shown.

Vertex, and face to just below upper black spots, finely, trans-
versely striate, remainder shagreened; head wider than prono-
tum ; length of vertex into width between eyes two and one-fourth
times, length at middle distinctly greater than at eyes. Face
somewhat broader than long; distance between ocelli two and
two-thirds times the distance between ocelli and eyes and about
twice the width of clypeus at base; front longer than broad;
clypeus of medium width, slightly broader apically than basally,
tip gently emarginate; lore far longer than clypeus and nearly
as broad. Width of pronotum little more than twice the length,
the length little more than twice that of vertex. Scutellum as
long as pronotum and three fifths of the vertex together; trans-

340 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

verse impressed line very obtusely bent, open apically, the
lateral limbs not arcuate, the surface just posterior to this with
a few, shallow, transverse wrinkles. Tegmina with subobsolete |
punctures along the veins on basal half, those on the yellowish
costa minute and dark. Hind margin of.anal segment of female
gently bisinuate to subtruncate, in the male subtruncate. Py-
gofers slender at base, compressed, subspatulate.

LUZON, Los Banos (coll Baker). Occurring in swarms on
mango flowers and probably fully as injurious as Chunra
niveosparsa.

Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov.

Length, 5 mm.; width of head, 1.8 mm. Ochraceous, olive-
tinted on pronotum, scutellum yellow; a large, median, basal
spot on scutellum, two small spots near anterior margin of pro-

Fig. 21. Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov. Fic: 22. Idiocerinus melichari sp nov.

notum (sometimes absent), two large spots on anterior margin
of head, clypeus (concolorous in male), and ovipositor black;
corium semitransparent, faintly tinted with brownish, more or
less smoky-tipped, the middle third of costa and a broad stripe
adjoining claval commissure and reaching half the length of
clavus black or piceous; clavus opaque yellow; punctures along
veins few and shallow on the basal half of tegmina.

Vertex, and face nearly to ocelli, finely, transversely striate,
remainder shagreened; head wider than pronotum; length of
vertex into width between eyes two and a half times, the length
at middle distinctly greater than that at eyes. Face slightly
broader than long; distance between ocelli two and one-third
times the distance from ocelli to eyes and two and a half times
the width of clypeus at base; front about as broad as long;
clypeus narrowed to base, the apex suddenly broadened, the
tip broadly, evenly rounded; lorz longer than clypeus and broader
than clypeus at middle. Width of pronotum two and one-fourth

X, D, 6 Baker: Studies in Philippine Jassoidea, IV 841

times the length, the length a little less than two times that
of the vertex, surface uniformly finely shagreened. Scutellum
as long as pronotum and about one fifth of the vertex together;
surface coarsely, irregularly shagreened on basal field; trans-
verse impressed line obtuse-angularly bent, open at apex, lateral
limbs not arcuate. Hind margin of anal segment of female
subtruncate, in male medially, narrowly, acutely produced.
Pygofers twisted, apical half uniformly narrowed.
LUZON, Mount Maquiling and Mount Banahao (coll. Baker).

Genus IDIOCERINUS novum

The two species here described under the new genus I[dioce-
rinus present a form of front not noted by me in any other
Philippine idiocerine insects. The clypeus is shorter for its
width than is to be found elsewhere. Otherwise it is much
more like Idioscopus and Pedioscopus than like typical Idioce-
rus. It includes the most delicately beautiful idiocerine insects
in the Philippine fauna. Idiocerus stali of Fieber is apparently
to be referred here.

Type, Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov.

Synopsis of the Philippine species of Idiocerinus.

1 Ty

a’. Head and pronotum shining ochraceous, the latter and scutellum tinted
with reddish brown; tegmina smoky, the veins concolorous; hind
margin of anal segment of female truncate, the side plates not
GAPINAE CRNAs Ya) Rte Oe eel are Re a el es ed melichari sp. nov.

a. Head and pronotum shining pearly; tegmina subhyaline, the veins
basally orange; hind margin of: anal segment of female medially
produced and emarginate, the side plates strongly carinate.

nacreatus sp. nov.

Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov.

Length, 4 mm.; width of head, 1.8mm. Ochraceous, tinted
with reddish brown on pronotum and scutellum. Tegmina semi-
transparent; corium very slightly tinted with pale brownish,
only the inner veins distinct, the median vein broadly blackened
throughout its length; clavus opaque golden brown; punctures
obsolete. :

Vertex, and face to near ocelli, sharply and strongly cross
striate, the striz on face strikingly oblique (a rare condition
in the Idiocerini) ; length of vertex into width between eyes
about five times, the length at middle very slightly greater than
that at eyes. Face about as broad as long; distance between
ocelli once and a half the distance between ocelli and eyes and
about once and a half the width of clypeus at base; clypeus
very short, broadened toward tip, where it is slightly emargi-

842 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

nate; lore as long as clypeus, about two thirds as wide, and
with outer margin incurved. Width of pronotum two times the
length, the length three and a half times that of the vertex;
surface very finely shagreened. Scutellum very finely sha-
greened, the impressed line very inconspicuous and nearly
straight; the length equaling that of pronotum; corium with
second apical cell pedunculate. Hind margin of anal segment
of female truncate. Pygofers of male with slender bases, gra-
dually narrowed apically where the tip is upturned.
LuZON, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov.

Length, 4 mm.; width of
head, 1.3mm. Head, thorax,
and legs pearl white; tegmina
semitransparent, with basal

Se
third washed with orange,
postnodal veins orange.
(| : Head sculptured as in J.
i melichari; length of vertex
NG into width between eyes about

three and one-third times,
Fic. 23. Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov. length at middle distinctly
greater than at eyes. Face
about as broad as long; distance between ocelli once and a half
the distance between ocelli and eyes and once and a half the
width of clypeus at base; clypeus as in I. melichari; lore as
long as clypeus and about two thirds the width, the outer
margins not incurved. Width of pronotum two and a fourth
times the length, the length two and a half times that of vertex;
surface finely shagreened. Scutellum as long as pronotum and
one half of vertex together, sculptured as in melichari. Corium
with second apical cell pedunculate. Genitalia of female as in
melichari, but side plates strongly, discally carinate.
LUZON, Mount Maquiling (coll. Baker).

FIG.

ILLUSTRATIONS

“TEXT FIGURES

Iposcopus distanti sp. nov.

. Iposcopus breviceps sp. nov.

. Ipo conferta Kirk.

. Ipocerus kirkaldyi sp. nov.

. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. lagunensis var. nov.
. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. palawanensis var. nov.
. Chunra niveosparsa Leth. var. philippinensis var.
. Busonia scutellaris sp. nov.

. Busonia mindanaensis sp. nov.

. Balocha busonioides sp. nov.

. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscepus
. Pedioscopus
. Pedioscopus
. Idioscopus palawanensis sp. nov.
. Idioscopus clypealis Leth.

. Idioscopus tagalicus sp. nov.

. Idiocerinus melichari sp. nov.

. Idiocerinus nacreatus sp. nov.

agenor Kirk.
disjunctus sp. nov.
modestus sp. nov.
maquilingensis sp. nov.
similis sp. nov.
angustatus sp. nov.
simplex sp. nov.
coloratus sp. nov.

nov.

343

< S60 +) easyer

t 0

| 1m fs 3 s ne vide, ot : ae eet fiae
ie | } a N@iE) Bai mere oti?

Conan ae rs Pht? SEE TREND: 1 CLS A Met Ai wes

:
; e pat s * Sia ‘ola
Z
| ‘ R PAS. « he
Apt ‘ 3
oi
¥
% 4 js t
}
i
fa8
‘
i
‘ :
4
Raa

NOTES ON JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR LARV:
PART III *

By A. E. WILEMAN
(Manila, P. I.)

THREE COLORED PLATES

HETEROCERA

BOMBYCIDZ
Genus THEOPHILA Moore
Theophila Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1867), 688.

Theophila falcigera Butler.

Plate I, fig. 1, young larva; fig. 2, food plant; fig. 3, adult larva; fig. 4,

head and thoracic segments.

Japanese name, 0-kuwa modoki.

Lagyra falcigera BUTLER, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 45, Pl. 35,
fig. 4, 2; PRyER, Trans. Asiat. Soc. Japan (1888), 12, No. 204.

Oberthiria falcigera MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 48.

Hyposidra falcigera LrEcH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19,
314; MAtTsumuRA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Sencht Dzukai
(Jap.)] (1909), suppl. 1, 50, Pl. 8, fig. 6, @.

=? Euphranor caeca OBERTH., Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 40, Pl. 6,
raves, alal &e

=? Oberthiiria caeca STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 337; STGR.
and Res., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 128, No. 1044; GRUNBERG,
Seitz’s Macrolep., Faun. Pal. (1911), 1, 190, Pl. 35e.

=? Oberthuria rutilans GRUNBERG, Seitz’s Macrolep., Faun. Pal.
(1911), 1, 190 (ab. of caeca.)

=? Andraca gracilis BUTLER, Cist. Ent. (1885), 3, 125, No. 22; LEECH,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1888), 625, No. 217; LescuH, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. (1898), 272; GRUNBERG, Seitz’s mineroieel Faun. Pal. (1911),
1, 190.

The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 1 and 3) was taken in August,
1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on itaya-
kaede, a species of maple (? Acer pictwm Thunb.). The artist
figured the larva in the young stage on August 13, 1902, and
again in its full-grown stage on August 27, 1902. No record

* The first paper of this series was printed in This Journal, Sec. D
(1914), 9, 247-268, 3 pls.; part II, in (1915), 10, 281-306, 3 pls.
345

346 | The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

was made of the date of pupation, but a female imago emerged
July 7, 1903, which I identified at the British Museum (Natural
History) as Lagyra falcigera Butl. It also agrees well with
Butler’s figure, which is that of a female. The larva figured
is the only one of this species I have ever taken or seen and
attracts particular attention on account of its peculiar cobra-
like thorax. The head is retractile and, together with seg-
ments 2 and 3, can be almost entirely withdrawn into segment
4, giving the larva the appearance of a cobralike serpent.
Poulton alludes to similar instances in larve when discussing
protective mimicry, instances in which “the defenceless form
lives upon the reputation of some dangerous animal belonging
to another subkingdom. * * * Such caterpillars terrify
their enemies by the suggestion of a cobra-like serpent.” He
gives as illustrations the larve of Chaerocampa elpenor and
Chaerocampa orcellus.2. The particular form of protective
mimicry suggested by the larva of Theophila falcigera should
probably be classed under pseudaposematic colors.®

Larva.—tThe following description of the larva is taken from
my original figure: Length, full-grown about 55 millimeters.
Anterior or thoracic segments—namely 2, 3, 4—broadly light
olive with expanded ochraceous lobes on segments 4 and 5; olive
dorsal stripe; lateral ground color whitish olive with darker olive
streaks; a yellowish oblique stripe on segments 9 and 10, running
down the side of proleg on segment 10; caudal horn thick at
base and olive-colored, tapering to a slender yellowish filament
at the apex; spiracles black. (In this description the head is
taken as the first segment.) The young larva is much darker
in color and the caudal horn is somewhat longer. When the
larva is not feeding, it very often hangs from the leaf head
downward and in this position mimics a dead leaf.

Butler places the present species in the genus Lagyra Walker,
among the Geometride. Leech also places it among the Geo-
metride, but in the genus Hyposidra Guénée. There is no doubt,
however, that the larva has no affinity with this family, but
that its proper place is among the Bombycide, where the species
is placed in the British Museum (Natural History) under the
genus Theophila Moore, to which I have accordingly assigned it.

Butler’s type of L. falcigera, a female, came from Hakodate,
Hokkaido (Yezo), and there appears to be no male specimen in

*See previous papers for nomenclature of segments.
* The Colours of Animals. 2d ed. London (1890), 257-259, figs. 55-56.
*See Wileman, This Journal, Sec. D (1914), 9, table I, facing p. 248.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 347

the British Museum collection. Staudinger remarks that the
female of falcigera Butler appears to be the female of Huphranor
caeca Oberthiir (the type of which is a female), or of a species
very closely allied to the latter. I am inclined to share the
same opinion and have provisionally included E. caeca as a
synonym of T. falcigera. Euphranor caeca is placed by Staudin-
ger and Seitz in Oberthiiria of the Bombycide. Possibly fal-
cigera is referable to this genus and not to Theophila, as the
larve of Theophila falcigera and Theophila mandarina are very
different in form and color, although they have this special
point in common that they both exhibit the same form of pro-
tective mimicry alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic
colors.*

Theophila mandarina has two eyelike spots on each side of
segment 4, which is much swollen, and when segments 1 (head)
to 3 are withdrawn into segment 4, the larva assumes the
threatening snakelike attitude of a Chaerocampa larva alluded
to by Poulton.®

I am also inclined to think that Andraca gracilis Butler, the
type of which is a female, is a form of falcigera Butler. An-
draca gracilis is possibly the normal female of caeca (= falct-
gera), while the typical female falcigera is probably a dark
variety. I have only one male specimen of falcigera, taken at
Tobetsu, Hokkaido (Yezo), July 20, 1902, which agrees in
markings with Oberthiir’s male caeca, but not in size nor in color.
I am inclined to think that caeca is merely a light fawn-colored
(“fauves ailes’”) form of falcigera.

Butler’s type of Lagyra falcigera (2) was from Hakodate, Hokkaido
(Whitely). Butler’s type of Andraca gracilis (2) was from Nikko,
Honshu (Pryer). Oberthiir’s type of caeca (¢) was from Askold
Island, eastern Siberia. Askold Island is situated on the coast
opposite Hokkaido (Yezo).

Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a smooth, light golden brown,
semitransparent cocoon, stiff in texture. It has a transverse
slit at the top like the cocoon of Rhodinia fugax Moore, which
belongs to the Saturniide.

Local distribution.—Theophila falcigera: Hokkaido (Yezo),
Junsai Numa, near Hakodate, July, 1 male, 1 female. Matsu-
mura records the species from Hokkaido (Yezo) and Honshu.

General distribution.—Theophila caeca, eastern Siberia (Us-
suri?) ; T. falcigera, Japan; T. gracilis, Japan.

“See Wileman, loc. cit. ° Loe. cit.

848 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Theophila mandarina Moore.

Plate II, fig. 5, larva; fig. 6, food plant.
Japanese names, kuwago; yama-kaiko.

Theophila mandarina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1872), 576, Pl. 33,
fig. 5; Seitz, Macrolep., Faun, Pal. (1911), 1, 190, Pl..351, 3d. ~
Bombyx mandarina LEECH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1888), 626,No. 222;

LEECH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1898), 271, No. 22; Matsumura,
Injurious Jap. Insects (Nihon Gaichthen) (1899), 55, fig. 1, imago,
6; fig. 2, ove; fig. 3, larva; MaTsumURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905),
1, 48, No. 391; MatsumurA, Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon
Sencha Dzukai (Jap.)] (1909), suppl. 1, 1388, Pl. 18, fig. 18, ¢.
Bombyx fuscata MotscH., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. (1866), 39, 1, 192.

The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 5) was taken September 8,
1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo), on
mulberry, named in Japanese kuwa. This larva died without
passing through its metamorphoses, but I bred one male and
three females from similar larvee, which are common on mulberry
trees.

Larva.—tThe following description of the larva is taken from
my original figure: Color, grayish brown; segments 4 and 5
abnormally distended dorsad; on segment 4 a subdorsal, black
ocelluslike spot, ringed internally with red and externally with
black; on segment 6 a black ocelluslike spot, ringed internally
with gray and externally with black; a short caudal horn.

This larva is another striking example of the form of protec-
tive mimicry exhibited by its near ally Theophila falcigera
Butler, which has been alluded to in the notes on the latter species.

Matsumura ® records the life history of this species under
Bombyx mori var. mandarina Moore and gives figures of the
ove, larva, and male imago.

He says that in Hokkaido it is single-brooded and hibernates
in the ova stage. The ove, which are deposited in rows on
mulberry twigs, hatch in the following spring. The larva spins
its cocoon after the fourth molt in precisely the same way as
the domesticated silkworm, Bombyx mori Linn. However, owing
to the fact that it lives in a wild state, it takes a longer time
in attaining full growth and does not spin its cocoon until the
end of July or the beginning of August. The cocoon, which is
of an ashy white or ashy yellow color, is spun in a curled up leaf,
and the imago emerges in about two weeks.

Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a flimsy yellowish cocoon
spun in the leaves of the mulberry. It is of no use for silk, as the
thread cannot be reeled.

°Injurious Jap. Insects (Nihon Gaichthen) (1899), 55, Pl. 24, figs. 1 to 3.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 849

Leech remarks that Bombyx mandarina is ‘“‘probably the wild
form of Bombyx mori. In color the imago is darker and the
markings are distinct, the female is much larger than the same
sex of B. mori.” I have captured it in Honshu and Hokkaido
(Yezo) in June, August, October, and November, and Matsu-
mura records it from Hokkaido (Yezo), Honshu, Shikoku, and
Kyushu, and Seitz records it from eastern China, Korea, and
Japan.

Seitz states that Bombyx fuscata Motschulsky from Japan
appears, according to the descriptions, to be only a dark form
of mandarina.

GEOMETRIDZ&

GEOMETRINA
Genus EUCHLORIS Hiibner

Euchloris HUBNER, Verz. Bek. (1827), 283.
Euchloris difficta Walker.

Plate I, fig. 5, larva, lateral aspect; fig. 6, larva, dorsal aspect.

Japanese name, shirofu-aoshaku.

Comibaena difficta WALK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1861), 22, 576; BUTLER,
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1879), 3, 37, Pl. 50, fig. 3, o.

Euchloris difficta LEECH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 20, 236;
MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 117, No. 1006; NAGANO,
Insect. World [Koncht Sekai (Jap.)] (1909), 13, 91, Pl. 5, figs. 1
to 8, larva, pupa, imago, ¢ @.

Phorodesma gratiosaria BREM., Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 77, Pl. 7, fig. 1,
2 (teste Warren).

Ochrognesia difficta WARREN, Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 391.

The larva figured (Plate I, figs. 5 and 6) was taken in May,
1901 (figured May 5), at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on
willow; Japanese name, yanagi.

This larva was unfortunately thrown away with old dry
‘ leaves when changing the daily supply of food, and I was never
able to discover another larva to breed and compare with the
figure drawn by my artist. I was much vexed that I did not
have an opportunity of further observing it, as it is a most
striking example of procryptic colors affording special protective
resemblance.

Poulton defines this class of resemblance as ‘‘resemblance in
shape and outline, as well as in color, to some object in the
environment as a protection against enemies.” *

In this case the larva both in shape and outline mimics, or

™See Wileman, loc. cit.
1374003

350 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

resembles, the unexpanded leaf buds of the willow and thus
effects concealment from its enemies.

Fortunately, owing to the researches of Nagano, the well-
known authority on Japanese lepidopterous larve, I am now able
to give the figure of this larva, which has been identified by me
from Nagano’s figures as that of Huchloris difficta Walker.
Nagano has published a description of the larva and its habits,
accompanied by three figures representing its dorsal and lateral
aspects.®

The figures of my larva agree very well with those given
by him, and I have no doubt as to its identity. Nagano, however,
has not succeeded in portraying so faithfully, as has my artist,
the exact mimetic resemblance of this larva to the unexpanded
leaf buds of a willow. The figure in my plate (fig. 6) re-
presents the larva at rest, and in this position, while it lies
flat along the willow twig, it exactly resembles willow buds in
various stages of expansion. The caudal lobes of the larva,
which are green, represent the more developed stage of the buds;
the cephalic lobes, the undeveloped buds. This position imparts
to it a most deceptive protective resemblance and thus secures
it immunity from its enemies when it is quiescent.

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, 32 millimeters. Segments 2 to 9 acutely bilobed;
the lobes of segments 2 to 5 brownish black, those of segments
6 to 8 green; segments 9 to 11 brownish black; with pale medio-
dorsal and spiracular stripes; ventrum brownish black.

Leech states that Warren considers Phorodesma gratiosaria
Bremer, from eastern Siberia, as identical with Euchloris difficta.
A comparison of Nagano’s figures of the male and female imagoes
of difficta with the female imago figured by Bremer seems to
confirm this opinion and, therefore, I have included gratiosaria
as a synonym of difficta.

Nagano states that he has not discovered the ova of this
species, but that the larva probably hatches in April, feeding
on kawa-yanagi and kori-yanagi. Matsumura in his Catalogue
of Japanese and foreign plants of Japan gives Salix purpurea L.
as the botanical name of kawa-yanagi and S. purpurea var.
multinervis Fr. and Sav. as that of kori-yanagi; both are willows.
My larva was taken some time previous to May 5, when it
was figured. The insect pupates from May to June and the adult
emerges from June to July. Nagano took his specimen May 19;
it pupated June 2, and the adult emerged June 20. Nagano

* Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1909), 13, Pl. 5, figs. 1-8.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 851

also thinks that H. difficta is not properly placed in the genus
Euchloris, as the larva differs very much in appearance from
those of other species of the genus found in Europe. Probably
the ova passes the winter without hatching, or there may be a
second brood later in the year.

Leech records the species from northern and central China,
eastern Siberia, Korea, and Japan.

Genus MEGALOCHLORA Meyrick
Megalochlora Mryrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1892), 95.

Megalochlora valida Felder and Rogenhofer.

Plate I, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant; fig. 9, head.

Japanese name, schiroseuji-aoshaku.

Geometra valida FELD. and ROGENH., Reise der Novara (1875), 5, Pl.
127, fig. 37.

Megalochlora valida Ster., Iris (1897), 10, 1; Ster. and Res., Cat.
Lep. Pal. (1901), 1, 262; MAtTsumuRA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1,
116, No. 1001; Prout, Seitz’s Macrolep. of the World (1912), 4,
Pl. 1, fig. 1, J; SASAKI, Insects Injurious to Japanese Trees [Nihon
Jumoku Gaichthen (Jap.)] 3d ed. (1910), pt. 2, 47, Pl. 96, larva,
pupa, imago, d.

Geometra dioptasaria CHRIST, Bull. Mosc. (1890), 9.

The larva figured (Plate I, fig. 7) was taken in April, 1901,
at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, on dwarf oak, Japanese name,
kunugi (Quercus serrata Thunb.), and a male imago was bred
from it June 1, 1901.

The coloration of this larva is an example of procryptic colors,
affording special protective resemblance.® In this case the larva
mimics the young leaf buds and leaves of the oak as will be
observed on reference to the figure. The color of the spines
on segments 5 and 12, the lateral blotches on segments 9, 10,
and 11, and the anal segment harmonize extremely well with
the young leaf buds of the tree, which are of the same color,
and render the larva difficult of discovery, although one may
search very closely for it.

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, about 36 millimeters. Light green; paired dorsal
tubercles on segment 3; two pairs of long dorsal spines on each
of segments 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 12, those on segments 5 and 12
light red-brown, all the others light green tipped with brown;
light red-brown lateral blotches on segments 9, 10, and 11; anal
segment entirely light red-brown. It is appropriate to mention

° See Wileman, loc. cit.

352 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

here that the larva of the closely allied species Megalochlora
sponsaria Bremer *° is very similar to that of M. valida. How-
ever, it is much smaller, with only four pairs of dorsal spines
all directed forward instead of six pairs as in valida. It is
green without dark markings. I bred two imagoes from larve
of M. sponsaria at Kobe on June 18, 1901, and July 21, 1902,
respectively, but my artist did not figure the larva, so I think it
advisable to mention the resemblance here.

Pupa.—tThe pupa of M. valida is green, sparsely spotted with
black dots on the dorsum.

I have taken valida in Honshu Island in June and July only.
Matsumura records it from Honshu and from eastern Siberia.
The larva appears in April with the young buds of the oak, the
pupa in May, and the imago in June and July. I have never
taken specimens of the imago later than July; therefore it
is probably single brooded.

GEOMETRIDA
BOARMIIN&

Genus AUAXA Walker

Auaxa WALKER, Cat: Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271.

Auaxa cesadaria Walker.
Larva of Auaxa sulphurea Butler. Plate II, fig. 1, larva; fig. 2, food

plant; figs. 3, 4, larva, previous to pupation.

Japanese name, ki-edashaku.

Auazxa cesadaria WLK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271.

Bizia sulphurea BUTLER, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 47, Pl. 35, fig. 10.

Auaxa sulphurea LEECH, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19,
220; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 148, No. 1265.

The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 1) was taken in July (figured
July 2), 1902, at Hakodate, Oshima Province, Hokkaido (Yezo),
on wild rosé; Japanese name, no-bara (Rosa multiflora Thunb.).
It pupated July 6, and an adult female emerged August 3, 1902.
Another female emerged from a larva (Plate II, figs. 3, 4) taken
in May, 1901, at Kobe, Settsu Province, Honshu, and two males
and one female from larve taken July 29 and 31, 1902.

Pupa.—tThe pupa is inclosed in a frail cocoon spun among rose
leaves. ;

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, 37 millimeters. Pale green, a lateral series of
four pairs of curved pink spines situated on segments 5, 6,
7, and 8; a pair of similar spines, submediad, on the dorsum

* Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 77, Pl. 7, fig. 25.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 353

of segment 12. These spines almost exactly mimic the young
pink spines of the wild rose. The coloration of this larva
seems to suggest procryptic colors, affording special protective
resemblance."

When this larva is hidden by the green leaves of the rose, it
is most difficult of detection; lying, as it does, flattened against
the rose twig, the resemblance of the pink spines to those of the
rose completes the concealment. I have taken the imago in Hok-
kaido (Yezo), Honshu, Kyushu, and Shikoku in June, July, and
August, and Leech records it from Honshu, Kyushu, and central
and western China. The larva appears from June to July, the
imago from June to August. :

Leech !° remarks that this species is “probably identical with
Auaxa cesadaria Walker from China, the type of which I have
not been able to discover.”’ In the British Museum collection
Bizia sulphurea Butler is placed as a synonym of Auaxa cesadaria
Walker from China. However, I have named the larva as that
of Auaxa sulphurea. Walker’s** description agrees with But-
ler’s figure.

NOCTUIDA
CATOCALIN&

Genus METOPTA Swinhoe
Metopta SWINHOE, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. (1900), 2, 170.

Metopta rectifasciata Ménétries.

Plate II, fig. 7, larva; fig. 8, food plant.

Japanese name, shirosuji-tomoye. :

Sipirama rectifasciata MmN., Cat. Lép. Het. Mus. St. Pétersb. (1863),
Pl. 17, fig. 6; MATSUMURA, Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 96, No. 819.

Metopta rectifasciata HMSN., Cat. Lep. Phal. (1918), 12, 301, fig. 50.

Spirama rectifasciata LEECH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1900), 575, No.
1325.

Calliodes rectifasciata LEECH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1889), 545.

Spiramia japonica WLK., Cat. Lep. Het. (1865), 33, 948, nee Guén.

Spirama interlineata Butu., Ann. & Mag. Nat. (1878), V, 1, 291;
Butt., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. (1878), 2, 41, Pl. 34, fig. 2.

The larva figured (Plate II, fig. 7) was taken in September,
1902 (figured September 8), at Hokodate, Oshima Province,
Hokkaido (Yezo), on shiode? (? Smilax herbacea Linn. var. nip-
ponica Maxim.). Iam not sure about the name of the food plant,
but it was identified by my Japanese collector as shiode, for which
the botanical name is given in J. Matsumura’s Catalogue of Japa-

“See Wileman, loc. cit.
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1897), VI, 19, 220.
* Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. (1860), 20, 271.

354 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

nese and foreign plants. A male, which is of the interlineata
form, emerged in the following year on June 19, 1903.

This larva is an example of the form of protective mimicry
alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic colors,** which he
defines as “an appearance which deceptively suggests something
unpleasant, or dangerous to an enemy.” In this instance the eye-
like subdorsal spots probably suggest something unpleasant to
its enemies, as in the case of Theophila mandarina and Ophideres
tyrannus.*®

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, about 45 millimeters. Color, shades of pinkish
and chocolate brown; a broad pinkish brown mediodorsal fascia,
marked medially with a series of darker diamond-shaped spots;
head with a yellow longitudinal stripe laterad; from the center
of the head caudad there runs a subdorsal chocolate-brown
stripe, attenuated anteriorly and broadening toward the anal
extremity; on segment 4 a midlateral dark blue ocelluslike spot
on each side, ringed internally with ochraceous red and externally
with black; a subdorsal minute white spot on each of segments
4 to 11; a yellow stripe on each of segments 8 and 9, extending
from spiracles to end of prolegs; a lateral, whitish violet band
from segment 8 to 11; dorsal shield on anal segment black.

Pupa.—Brownish black with a purple pruinescence.

Local distribution.—I have taken this species in the following
localities: Honshu. Oyama, Sagami Province, May; Nikko,
Shimotsuke Province, May, July; Dorokawa, Yamato Province,
July. Kyushu. Beppu, Bungo Province, May; lida-san, Higo
Province, August. Leech records it from Tsuruga and Shimo-
noseki in Honshu, June, July. Matsumura records it from
Honshu, Kyushu. Hampson records it from Hokkaido (Hako-
date), Kyushu, and Honshu (from Tsuruga, Nikko, Yokohama).

General distribution.—Japan, Korea, northern and central
China, and Formosa.

NOCTUIDA

Genus OPHIDERES Boisduval
Ophideres BOISDUVAL, Faun. Ent. Madag. Lép. (1838), 99.

Ophideres tyrannus Guénée.

Plate III, fig. 1, larva, dorsal aspect; fig. 2, food plant; fig. 3, larva,
lateral aspect.
Japanese name, akebi-kohoha.

“See Wileman, loc. cit. * See this article, pp. 347, 348, and 356.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 855

Ophideres tyrannus GUEN., Noct. (1852), 3, 110; Hampson, Moths
India (1894), 2, 562; LmmcH, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1889), 544,
No. 326; LrecH, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1900), 577, No. 1329;
STer. and ReEs., Cat. Lep., Pal. (1901), 1, 247; Matsumura, Cat.
Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 98, No. 885; NAGANO, Nawa’s Insect World
[Konchu Sekai (Jap.)] (1908), 12, 315, 354, Pl. 8, figs. 1-9, larva,
pupa, imago, 2; NAGANO, Insect World (1912), 16, 41; MATSUMURA,
Thousand Insects of Japan [Nihon Senchi Dzukai (Jap.)] (1910),
suppl. 2, 1, Pl. 17, fig. 1, J; Sasaki, Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees
[Kwaju Gaichthen (Jap.)], 5th ed. (1911), 166, Pl. 50, imago.

Ophideres amurensis STGR., Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 581; STeR.
and Rss., Cat. Lep., Pal., 1, 247; OBERTH, Etud. d’Ent. (1880), 5, 86
(= ? fullonica Linn.).

Adris tyrannus Moore, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1881), 11, 69, Pl.
12, fig. 5. :

The larva is figured in two positions (Plate III, figs. 1 and
3). The larve from which these figures were drawn were taken
in September and October, 1900 (figured September 21 and
October 1), at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on a creeper
with large golden yellow fruit, known in Japanese as akebi
(Akebia quinata Decne.). Ibred from them a male and a female
imago, which emerged November 8, 1900, and December 4, 1900,
respectively. These are apparently not referable to typical Ophi-
deres tyrannus, but to the form described by Staudinger as var.
amurensis. I also took the larva, which evidently belongs to the
first brood at Yoshino, on May 12, and from it an imago was bred
June 10, 1901. I found a green form of larva at Hakodate,
Hokkaido (Yezo), in which the markings were rather more
distinct than in the form figured, but this was not bred. It was
feeding on barberry (Berberis sp.). Nagano,'® who has written
at some length on the transformations of this species, states that
no fixed rule can be laid down as to the color of the larva, which
varies according to its stage and the locality it inhabits.

Larva.—The following description is taken from my original
figure: Length, about 67 millimeters. Blackish brown with a
pink tinge dorsally; of a darker shade laterally; sprinkled
with yellowish patches and dots; a conspicuous yellow patch on
segment 10 spotted with the ground color; two prominent ocellus-
like spots on segments 6 and 7, internally black, centered with
blue, and ringed externally with a broad yellow circle; segment
12, humped. There seem to be two or three broods of the larva
in the year.

* Nagano, Insect World (1908), 12, 315, 354, Pl. 8, figs. 1-9, larva,
pupa, imago, °.

356 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

This larva is an example of the form of protective mimicry
alluded to by Poulton under pseudaposematic colors.”

Poulton *® mentions and gives a figure of an Indian larva, a
species of Ophideres allied to O. tyrannus, which possesses ter-
rifying eyelike spots similar to those of the larva of tyrannus,
and which assumes a terrifying attitude—
by doubling the front part of its body beneath the rest, the bend being made
at the spot where the eye-like marks are placed so that the latter are
brought into an appropriate position at the anterior end, while the real
head is, of course, concealed under the body.

This attitude, which is also assumed by O. tyrannus, is well
figured by Nawa.!® When the larva wishes to assume a terrify-
ing attitude, it elevates the anal segments and doubles segments 1
to 5 beneath the succeeding ones, making the eyelike spots on
segments 6 and 7 very conspicuous. My artist has not figured
tyrannus in a terrifying attitude, but it will be noted that in
Plate III, fig. 3, the anal segments are elevated, giving also a
minatory aspect to the posterior segments of the larva, so that
it is apparently protected fore and aft.

The imago lies concealed in dark places in the daytime, and
can only be taken by beating, as it does not come to light nor to
sugar. It is commonly known among professional Japanese
collectors as ki-no-ha tora, or the leaf tiger, as when at rest it
resembles a dead leaf. The orange underwings are exposed only
in flight and are then very conspicuous. This species, therefore,
is protected in both the larval and imago stages.

Leech remarks:
the primaries of the wings of the imago vary considerably in tint and in
the amount of green markings and some specimens seem to agree with
the form described by Staudinger as var. amurensis, in which the primaries
are unicolorous brown, darker than is usual in typical examples. There
are all intergrades, between this form and the type occurring in China.

Matsumura records Ophideres tyrannus from Hokkaido
(Yezo), Honshu, and Kyushu and from India and China. He
records var. amurensis from Japan and eastern Siberia (Ussuri,
Amurland). I have captured it in Honshu during all months
from May to December, with the exception of July.

Sasaki 2° states that the larva appears about July and feeds

** See Wileman, loc. cit.

* Colours of Animals (1890), 263, fig. 57, Indian larva (Ophideres).
This is probably the Indian form of O. tyrannus, which is also recorded
from Calcutta and the Himalayas.

* Insect World (Koncht Sekai) (1912), 16, 41 (woodcut) ; Ibid. (1908),
12, Pl. 8, fig. 3.

* Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees (Kwaji Gaichthen) (1911), 167.

RD, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 357

on akebi and also on hiragi-nanten (Berberis bealei Fort.), and
that the imago appears from the end of August to December.
As I have taken the larva at Yoshino, Yamato, in May, the young
larvee possibly hibernate.

Local distribution.—Honshu. Koya-san, Kishu Province, Aug-
ust, September; Yoshino, Yamato Province, June; Kobe, Settsu
Province, October to December. Hokkaido (Yezo). Hakodate,
Oshima Province, September.

Cocoon.—The larva spins a loosely webbed cocoon among the
leaves of the food plant.

Matsumura * states that the imago causes injury to such fruits
as pears, peaches, etc., by sucking their juices. The following.
references to this habit alluded to in the Zoological Record and
elsewhere are of much interest :””

The proboscis of Ophideres is modified into a strong, rigid, boring
' instrument, armed with spines, with which the insect pierces the skin of
oranges and sucks the juice. [The proboscis of O. fullonica L. is figured. ]

Ophideres fullonica and its allies do not perforate oranges, etc., but

enlarge the hole previously made by some other insect and suck the juice
through that.”

The structure of the proboscis of O. fullonica is also described,
with figures, by F. Darwin.”*

ZYGANIDA
CHACOSIIN 42
Genus ELCYSMA Butler
Eleysma BUTLER, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1881), 4.

Elcysma westwoodii Vollenhoven.

Plate III, fig. 4, larva; fig. 5, pupa, dorsal aspect; fig. 6, pupa, abdominal
aspect; fig. 7, apex of cocoon; fig. 8, cocoon, lateral aspect; fig. 9,
cocoon, upper aspect; fig. 10, food plant.

Japanese name, usuba-tsubamega.

Agalope westwoodii VOLL., Tidjschr. Voor. Ent. (1863), 6, 186, Pl. 9,
fig. 3.

Elcysma westwoodii EuwEs, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. (1890), 386, Pl. 34,

* Thousand Insects of Japan (Nihon Senchi Dzukai) (1910), suppl.
25) 1.

"Zool. Rec. (1875), 12, 441; see also J. Kunckel, Compt. rend. Acad.
sci. (1875), 81, 387-400. Translation in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1875),
IV, 16, 372-374, and Bull Soc. Ent. Fr. (1875), 5, 212.

* Zool. Rec. (1877), 14, 167; see also Pilcher, Cis. Hnt. (1875), 2, 237—
240.

* Zool. Rec. (1875), 12, 441; see also F. Darwin, Quart. Journ. Micros.
Sci. (1875), n. s. 15, 884-889, and Month. Micros. Journ. (1875), 19, 235-
236.

358 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

fig. 5; Ster. and Res., Cat. Lep., Pal. (1901), 1, 392, No. 4428;
LreEcH, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1898), 349, No. 261; MatTsuMURA,
Cat. Insect. Jap. (1905), 1, 188, No. 1529; NaGano, Nawa’s Insect
World [Koncht Sekai (Jap.)] (1907), 11, 489, Pl. 18, larva, pupa,
imago, d @, and (1912), 16, 512; MatsumuRA, Thousand Insects of
Japan [Nihon Sencht Dzukai (Jap.)] (1911), suppl. 3, 3, Pl. 30, fig.
3, 2; JORDAN, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910), 2, 13,
Pl. 3a; Miyake, Tokyo Zool. Mag. [Tokyo Dobutsugaku Zasshi
(Jap.) ] (1907), 19, No. 220, 41; Pl. (unnumbered), fig. 5; SASAKI,
Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees [Kwaji Gaichthen (Jap.)], 194
(larva) ; MATSUMURA, Classification of Insects [Koncht Bunruigaku
(Jap.) ], pt. 1, 233.

Elcysma translucida ButTu., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1881), 4; PRYmR,
Trans. Asiat. Soc. Japan (1883), 48, No. 82; LrEcH, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. (1888), 612, No. 155.

Elcysma caudata BREM., Lep. Ost.-Sib. (1864), 97, Pl. 8, fig. 8; ELWEs,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1890), 387, Pl. 34, fig. 6; SteR., Rom. Mém.
Lép. (1892), 6, 248; Ster. and Res., Cat. Lep. Pal. (1901), 1,
392, No. 4428a; JoRDAN, Macrolep. of the World, Faun. Pal. (1910),
2, 13, Pl. 3a; SASAKI, Insects Injurious to Fruit Trees [Kwaju
Gaichthen: (Jap.)], 5th ed. (1911), 194, Pl. 60b, larva, imago, 3.

The larva figured (Plate III, fig. 4) was taken in May, 1901
(figured May 21), at Yoshino, Yamato Province, Honshu, on
sumomo (Prunus communis Huds.), a species of plum tree. I
have bred the imago on several occasions from larve taken at
Yoshino, and I have never found them elsewhere. I have found
the larva living in a gregarious state on sumomo and another tree
which my Japanese collector named me-ga-hadzusa. This, I
presume, is a local name, as I am unable to find it in Matsumura’s
Catalogue of Japanese trees and plants.

The first time that I found the larve of Elceysma westwoodiu
was on June 23, 1895, at Imoseyama, Yoshino. They were feed-
ing on a me-ga-hadzusa, a tall tree with rank-smelling white
flowers. The branches of this tree had been almost entirely
denuded of foliage. However, there were very few larve left,
as they had evidently all pupated, but I found under the tree a
number of their curious boat-shaped cocoons fixed to the leaves
of dwarf camellias and oak bushes. The second time I went to
Yoshino was on June 11, earlier in the year by twelve days, and
judging from my experience of 1895, I hoped to find the larva
in greater abundance, but I was disappointed, as there were very
few to be found. In 1901 I paid another visit to Yoshino about
May 15 and succeeded in finding them in great numbers feeding
on sumomo.

Nagano writes at length on the metamorphoses of H. west-
woodii and gives the following details:

The flight of the imago is sluggish and it is easy to capture. The

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 859

larva, which in Gifu, province Mino, Honshu, feeds on Momo (Peach)
and Sakura (Cherry), first appears there in May and June. In June
and July it is full-grown and spins its cocoon. The imago appears from
the end of September to the middle of October.

This agrees with my experience, as on June 11 and 23 there
were very few larve to be found at Yoshino, but many cocoons,
whereas on May 15 I found the larve in profusion. One larva
which I bred pupated as late as August 15.

I have never myself seen the imago flying, but my Japanese
collector captured many specimens at Yoshino in August and
September and some in Kyushu in October.

Sasaki states that the imago appears at the end of July, but
Nagano has never seen it flying at Gifu in this month, as it does
not appear there before September. The examples of this
species in the Nawa collection at Gifu, numbering over one hun-
dred specimens, were all taken there between the end of Sep-
tember and the middle of October.

Nagano states that he bred young larve from a batch of eggs
laid the middle of October. These eggs were placed in a moder-
ately warm greenhouse and hatched at the end of October.
He questions whether this would occur in a state of nature, as the
rapid incubation may have been due to the unusual warmth. If
it is their usual habit to hatch at that time of the year, they
would suffer from scarcity of food and, therefore, probably would
hibernate in the larval state. If these eggs were forced by the
heat of the greenhouse and it were unnatural for them to hatch
at that time, they would probably hibernate in the egg stage.

Larva.—tThe following is a description of the larva taken from
one found on May 15, 1901: Length, 29 millimeters. Light
greenish yellow; head retractile, almost hidden by deep skin fold
of second segment, black, smooth, shiny, a black spot on each
side of mandibles; two black submedian spots near dorsal margin
of segment 2, and one black spot on each side of same segment;
from segment 3 to the anus there extend five violet-brown longi-
tudinal stripes: one mediodorsal, two midlateral, and two spira-
cular. Spiracles black; the dorsal region has minute, paired
black bristles on each segment situated on each side of the medio-
dorsal line and also a minute bristle issuing from ventrad of the
midlateral stripe on each segment. Ventrad to the spiracles and
the spiracular stripe there is on each segment, from 3 to anus,
a single, slender, long black bristle, feathered somewhat like the
' antenna of a Procris, those on the anterior and posterior seg-
ments being rather longer. On the dorsum of segment 2 there
are also paired black bristles, one on each side of the black spot;

360 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

also two bristles on each side of the anus, altogether twenty-six
bristles; the mediodorsal stripe is dilated somewhat into a small
diamond pattern; segmental sutures strongly marked; ventrum,
legs, and prolegs yellowish white. The caterpillar is sluggish
in movement and drops from the leaf by a silken thread when
disturbed. ¢

Pupa.—The larva seems to spin its cocoon on the upper sur-
faces of such leaves as camellias or oak bushes. The cocoon is
somewhat boat-shaped and is placed with the flat surface (Plate
III, fig. 9) resting on, and parallel with, the midrib of the leaf,
the sides of which are drawn together and give support to the
sides of the cocoon which adhere to the drawn-in leaf. There-
fore, only the curved keellike dorsum (Plate III, fig. 8) of the
cocoon is exposed to view, while the rest is concealed by the leaf.
The cocoon is dirty white and is parchmentlike in texture, being
moderately tough. The pupa is ringed and streaked with golden
brown, dorsally of a yellowish golden tinge, and wing cases
golden brown.

Staudinger’s description of the larva and cocoon of FH. caudata
Brem. agrees very closely with my description of those of LE.
westwoodii, and this seems to prove that caudata is merely a
local form of westwoodiu as mentioned by Jordan. Staudinger
also states that the larva and cocoon of caudata have a certain
resemblance to those of Aglaope infausta (sic— ? Agalope).

Imago.—I have noticed in Elcysma westwoodui that the tails
of the hind wings of the female are often shorter than those of
the male and that the forewings of the female are not so heavily
powdered with fuscous scales at the apex as in the male. My
Japanese collector informed me that this insect is very local and
only flies in the early morning, seldom afterwards. It seems to
be abundant locally, my collector having taken over a hundred
specimens. Pryer remarks:

this flies by day and the first one I saw flying I took to be a new Parnassius,
it has long curled tails and is a very peculiar insect.

The type of Agalope westwoodii was described by Vollenhoven
from a male captured in Japan by Doctor Siebold, not “from a
female found at Port May, Japan, August 15,” as stated by
Staudinger.”®

Local distribution—Honshu. Yoshino, Imoseyama, Yomato
Province, August, September (Wileman, Pryer); Gifu, Mino
Province, September, October (Nagano, Pryer). Kyushu.

> Rom. Mém. Lép. (1892), 6, 248.

X, D, 6 Wileman: Notes on Japanese Lepidoptera, III 361

Hiko-san, Busen Province, and Nanaori, Hytga Province,
October.

My Japanese collector informed me that HL. westwoodti occurs
in Hokkaido (Yezo) at Ishigori, Sapporo. Jonas also took it
at Osaka, Honshu. Matsumura, however, does not record it
from Hokkaido but only from Honshu. Considering the proxi-
mity of eastern Siberia to Hokkaido, there seems no reason why
caudata should not be taken in Hokkaido.

Time of appearance.—Larva, May, June; pupa, June, July,
August; imago, August, September, October. Only one brood.
Local, but plentiful where found.

General distribution—Elcysma westwoodii: Korea, eastern.
Siberia (southern Amurland), Japan, and Burma (Seitz).
Elcysma caudata: Eastern Siberia (Askold, Ussuri). It should
also occur in Hokkaido.

ake vous: ‘cathe ban amee tacaiieatael ;
i broswe dome iaeolt: beck savetionedatem
baaubhl ails bgiokonatartadsl

(Bessie dat sei soda nee ae ‘eae ua
: Hie at ah 6 © salen aber oraetne Ha tithes
at) cithband | ie beni Vib sntashapenallddiderthae Rabie “heat innh head
: TOA tae Rage fe cece, bee, cael otha Hiedtynae:

bebstiele dhe <; heel Rleniawatenle lalate Nadi onal

Bahra:

’ i i AR
ef ‘
t rad | ¥ Lae? es o-
N \ :
» ‘ “i os whe win ¥
. ; ha ‘ yy x 1 ie ae fi f ay .; ie
;
. hey ener fy ‘i ‘Shae
Fi Seieh a - hee bh
. a ;
( ‘ pee ba poate ae
an: Fev i c na f web i Ae #8 /, have FW
. ,' Y ws i 5 ‘ " i Li
tre Ae ; ie, i on RE PRT Oy AAO, FRONT UR Pat. CHE a ae '
i = " ‘ie
. Res.
arene ayy Sa ean ee amt ee ieee rank

ie ft i ee) ; Me , Pr Dee iay ae 4 oe aby tai tat, tf

Mg ‘ :
af yan ys oan ats of } CAN wis Le Why, Pp.
co CS Re va ye
SGT he OWT LT ea ees) ae it an
j 5 hag HiT Ha weer 8
ied
.
é ‘ 4 ae! tue WS
¥ La { ee Ae Maid
H 7) RRS
‘ f ” 4 LB 6 1 } ?
> ALD tek rete ¢
5G bial ay
{ a a Y Fei
f iy 4
.
Mi .
ait

ILLUSTRATIONS

[Drawings by Hisashi Kaido.]
PLATE I

Figs. 1 to 4. Theophila falcigera Butler.
1, young larva; 2, food plant; 3, adult larva; 4, head and
thoracic segments.
5 to 6. Euchloris difficta Walker.
5, larva, lateral aspect; 6, larva, dorsal aspect.
7 to 9. Megalochlora valida Felder and Rogenhofer.
7, larva; 8, food plant; 9, head.

PLATE II

Figs. 1 to 4. Auaxa sulphurea Butler.
1, larva; 2, food plant; 3 and 4, larva, previous to pupation.
5 to 6. Theophila mandarina Moore.
5, larva; 6, food plant.
7 to 8. Metopta rectifasciata Méneétries.
7, larva; 8, food plant.

PLATE III

Figs. 1 to 3. Ophideres tyrannus Guénée.
1, larva, dorsal aspect; 2, food plant; 3, larva, lateral
aspect.
4 to 10. Eleysma westwoodii Vollenhoven.
4, larva; 5, pupa, dorsal aspect; 6, pupa, abdominal
aspect; 7, apex of cocoon; 8, cocoon, lateral aspect; 9,

cocoon, upper aspect; 10, food plant.
! 363

ny oF toni vary: aera hk ta Ad VRig hoods, Lae’ | arial

MOLTAS TONE, Li

( A6iaS, cil eEs Wel qyace i AEE

2 ME 4. Aad |

vel sure invent silane |

ete 8 Preicy Oe) ae ‘ayia BNE | ar
ne attroargon, tawny

soit hindib sae ry oh

(oral waves 0. coeqes eet Awe ya oe ae
rqtortioryod brie tehley abies alAalouang & i

baad Are rie a) Paani & iyi. See vi
= iH avArT .

SG (Aol: ‘onedbien: aii:

ato aan: soba Ane WA
2 deel Bhan (a feral: Aes
wal Avant Vt Wines yee ete

\ Y F(take boat 6 aera |

FLL yah

DAD weeny Ase DOO ED

dntd-lonk at pieeded feos (aval
ae

concn wal lo ete LE salts ¥

bea Lae es i a
weey |S O00 he Ie Le
; ‘ I

a ea: hee ”) Pic fale PONTE. Ee

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, III.] [PHiLt. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. /6.

PLATE Il. THEOPHILA FALCIGERA BUTLER, EUCHLORIS DIFFICTA WALKER, AND
MEGALOCHLORA VALIDA FELDER AND ROGENHOFER.

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LepipoerTerRA, III.] [PuHit. Journ. Sci., X, D, No. 6.

PLATE Il. AUAXA SULPHUREA BUTLER, THEOPHILA MANDARINA MOORE, AND
METOPTA RECTIFASCIATA MENETRIES.

WILEMAN: JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERA, III.] [Puit. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 6.

PLATE Ill. OPHIDERES TYRANNUS GUENEE AND ELCYSMA WESTWOODII
VOLLENHOVEN.

, nm ;

REVIEW OF THE PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID

By W. D. FUNKHOUSER

(From the Entomological Laboratory of Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York)

TWO PLATES AND 3 TEXT FIGURES
INTRODUCTION

The following study has been made with the view of bringing
up-to-date the knowledge of those forms of the family Membra-
cide known to occur in the Philippine Islands. This group of
homopterous insects, so remarkable for the unusual and peculiar
development of the pronotum, is well represented in the fauna
of the Islands and, indeed, from this region have emanated
some of the most bizarre of the species.

The extensive and careful collecting of Professor C. F. Baker,
of Los Bajos, has made it possible to recognize practically all
of the species hitherto described, as well as a few forms which
are apparently new. These are here reviewed and classified with
the hope that they may be made more easily recognizable. The
synoptic tables given are admittedly artificial, but it is believed
that these keys, based on easily determined structures, even
though perhaps unnatural, will make it possible for the student
to recognize all of the species known to the Islands at the present
time.

This paper is in no sense monographic and is intended merely
as a preliminary contribution toward a more thorough study of
the local forms of the family. A brief discussion of each species
is given in cases in which the species has been recognized, and a
summary is given of the original description of those species
which have not been taken in recent years.

Iam greatly indebted to Professor Baker, who has very kindly
sent me practically all of the material on which this study is
based and whose excellent collecting has made the work possible.

SUBFAMILIES OF THE MEMBRACIDA

Six subfamilies are recognized in the Membracide, and these
may be separated as follows:

Key to the subfamilies.

a’. Scutellum wanting or entirely concealed by the pronotum.
b*. Tarsi of equal length or the posterior pair longest.
CaeAnteriorntibizt toliaceousi st eine ee eee Membracine.
c’. Anterior tibiz simple.
137400-——4 365

366 The Philippine Journal of Science, 1915

d. Apical cell of tegmen not petiolate —........... eee Darnine.

d’. Apical cell of tegmen petiolate, the adjacent cells touching
before it.

e. Tegmina opaque, veins not distinguishable ............. Tragopine.

e’. Tegmina membranous, veins distinct... Smiliine.

b’. Posterior tarsi very short, much shorter than anterior or interme-

Late Yee OE Nd ARR CESS NAR SATE eos era naar Hoplophorine.

a’. Scutellum present and usually, but not always, uncovered...... Centrotine.

DISTRIBUTION AND CHARACTERS OF THE CENTROTINZ

It is interesting to note that only one of these subfamilies—the
Centrotine—is represented in the species thus far taken in
the Islands.1. This subfamily is the dominent subfamily in the
Kast Indies and the Orient, but other subfamilies are found in
India and in Australia and may appear in the Philippine fauna,
in which case the above table will be available.

The presence of the scutellum, which is the subfamily char-
acter, can sometimes be determined only by dissection, but in
most cases this structure is plainly visible at the sides or just
beneath the posterior process of the pronotum. In all cases
the pronotum is greatly developed, completely covering the
mesonotum and the metanotum in the adult insect. The anterior
pronotum is often produced in horns and spines, the function
of which is conjectural. —

HISTORICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL

Most of the species found in the Islands were described by
Walker, Stal, Buckton, and Distant. Walker’s descriptions
are most unsatisfactory, and some of his species will, perhaps,
be located only by reference to type material. Stal’s work is
so excellent as to need no comment; his genera and species
are evidently the result of careful study and should be recog-
nized if found. Buckton’s contribution to the Philippine faunal
literature is negligible, but his species must remain in the
synonymy until they can be definitely located. Distant’s de-
scriptions are uniformly excellent and his figures good, but his
types are from British India, and his species cannot perhaps
be placed with absolute certainty from Philippine material,
although it seems that one or two are identical.

In the bibliography which is given for each species it has been
necessary greatly to abbreviate the titles and references, which

*Buckton has described two species of the subfamily Membracine as
noted later in the text, but it seems inadvisable to recognize them here
from the evidence at hand.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 367

in some cases are of consider-
able length. To supplement
this, a complete bibliography
of all of the references cited is
given at the end of the paper.

NOMENCLATURE
Some of the terms men- arg
tioned in the following de- ay,
scriptions and a few of the SS
characters used in the generic

and specific diagnoses are Wie. 1. Fore and hind wings of Tricentrus fair
more or less peculiar to the mairei Stal. a, discoidal cells ; 6, apical cells ;
family and should perhaps be ° *™“""*! @m8!*

briefly explained. The term tegmina is used throughout for the
forewings, following Stal, Fowler, Goding, Van Duzee, and other
authors. In this wing the discoidal areas (the inclosed cells
in the center of the wing) and the terminal or apical areas
(the cells reaching the apical margin) are frequently used, but
are not entirely reliable characters (fig. 1, a and b.) The
clavus is the narrow posterior portion at the base of the teg-
men which is next to the scutellum when the wing is closed. The
internal angle of the tegmen is the angle made by the union
of the clavus with the corium at the internal margin, usually
about two thirds of the distance from the base to the tip (fig.
1, c). The terminal areas of the hind wings have proved
valuable taxonomic characters, but unfortunately are hard to
determine in dried specimens without relaxation. If the speci-
men is fresh, however, no difficulty is experienced in the use of
this character, and even in dried specimens the tegmen may
usually be lifted far enough to expose the tip of the underwing
without damage to the insect. The sides of the pronotum above
the eyes are usually swollen or produced into humeral angles

Fic. 2. Front and lateral outline of Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. a, humeral angles; b, supra-
humeral horns; c, metopidium; d, clypeus; e, posterior process.

(fig. 2, a). Above these angles arise the suprahumeral horns
(fig. 2, b). The front of the pronotum between the suprahu-

368 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

meral horns has been termed the metopidium (fig. 2, c).2 Along
the median dorsal line of the pronotum is often a distinct ridge,
the dorsal carina, which is generally present on the posterior
process, if not percurrent. The posterior extension of the pro-
notum, which often reaches beyond the tip of the abdomen and
sometimes beyond the apex of the tegmen, is known as the
posterior process (fig. 2, e). The relative position of the ocelli
-and the eyes is a character which is of value for specific, if not
for generic, diagnosis. The clypeus (fig. 2, d) in the Mem-
bracidee is the sclerite just below the median line of the vertex
and is usually distinct; the labrum
below itis much reduced and generally
flattened against the body, so that it is
not visible from a front view, thus
giving the clypeus a labial appearance.
The posterior trochanters in some gen-
era show a curious row of teeth along
their internal margin (fig. 3). This
character is often somewhat difficult to
verify, but is most valuable. The tibize
of the forelegs are occasionally flattened or foliaceous (always
so in the subfamily Membracine), and usually spined. The pres-
ence of punctures and pubescence is used in specific descriptions.

Fic. 3 Armed posterior trochan-
ters.

LIST OF SPECIES

The following check list includes all of the species of the
subfamily Centrotine described from the Islands to date:

Tricentrus convergens Walk.
Tricentrus fairmairei Stal.
Tricentrus capreolus Walk.
Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh.
Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov.
Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov.

Centrochares horrificus Westw.
Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw.
Pyrgonota tumida Stal.
Pyrgonota philippina Stal.
Pyrgonota bifurca Stal.
Pyrgonota semperi Stal.

Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov.
Leptobelus dama Germ.
Lobocentrus zonatus Stal,
Dograna falco Buckt.
Leptocentrus taurus Fabr.
Leptocentrus leucaspis Walk.
Leptocentrus reponens Walk.
Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt.
Emphusis bakeri sp. nov.
Sertorius erigens Walk.
Periaman brevifrons sp. nov.

Centrotus magellani Fairm.
Centrotus dilatatus Walk.
Centrotus torcus Buckt.
Sipylus crassulus Stal.
Sipylus nodipennis Funkh.
Centrotoscelus typus Funkh.
Ebhul carinatus sp. nov.
Gargara luconica Fairm.
Gargara pygmaea Walk.
Gargara patruelis Stal.
Gargara varicolor Stal.

* Cf. Van Duzee, E. P., Studies in North American Membracide.

Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. (1908), 9, 30.

Bull.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidz 369

Gargara pulchripennis Stal. Gargara brunnea Funkh.
Gargara nigrofasciata Stal. Gargara trifoliata Funkh.
Gargara tuberculata Funkh. Cryptaspidia pubera Stal.
Gargara luteipennis Funkh. Cryptaspidia tagalica Stal.
Gargara nitidipennis Funkh. Cryptaspidia impressa Stal.
Gargara nigrocarinata Funkh. Cryptaspidia obtusiceps Stal.

Key to the genera of the Centrotine.

a’. Tibiz more or less foliaceous; sides of thorax armed with two teeth.
b'. Two suprahumeral horns; posterior process bilobed.......... Centrochares.
b*. Single dorsal horn, often bilobed at tip; posterior process simple.

Pyrgonota.
a’. Tibiw simple; sides of thorax unarmed.

b*. Hindwings with four apical areas.
c’. Pronotum highly discally elevated; suprahumeral horns absent.
d’. Posterior process simple and gradually acute.................. Leptobelus.
a= Posterior process lobater rs. . 222 pe ee senses eee eeeeses Lobocentrus.
ce’. Pronotum not highly discally elevated; suprahumeral horns present.
ad’. Posterior pronotal process connected with scutellum by a perpen-

Gicwlare DRO] Ome Aton yee eee eee Dograna.
ad. Posterior pronotal process without prolongation below.
e’. Posterior process distant from scutellum................. Leptocentrus.

e’. Posterior process touching scutellum or very close to it.
f’. Pronotum high and gibbous before base of posterior process.
g. Suprahumeral horns in a continuous line with the anterior
MAES OLmpPLOMO LUT ee one eee Emphusis.
g’. Suprahumeral horns diverging from line of anterior mar-
gin of spronotum +! 422). eee ee Sertorius.
jf’. Pronotum not raised above base of posterior process, but in
a continuous line with it........... eee eee Periaman.
b*. Hindwings with three apical areas.
c’. Suprahumeral horns present.
ad’. Hind trochanters armed with teeth...................00...2-.... Tricentrus.
d@. Hind trochanters unarmed................2...-22-.--.cceeeeeee eee Centrotus.
c¢. Suprahumeral horns absent.
ad’. Hind trochanters armed with teeth.
e’. Body about as wide as long; lateral angles prominent... Sipylus.
e’. Body much longer than wide; lateral angles not prominent.

Centrotoscelus.
ad. Hind trochanters not armed.
e. Posterior process strongly sinuate..................00..2000:0e0e2ee---- Ebhul.
e’. Posterior process not strongly sinuate.
io bodys robust; usizeysmalle eee Gargara.
f?. Body slender; size larger..........0..20..00esceecceeeeceeee Cryptaspidia.

Genus CENTROCHARES Stal

Centrotus FABR. (in part); Oxyrhachis GERM. (in part); Pterygia
DeELApP. (in part); Notocera A and S. (in part).

The genus Centrochares was erected by Stal in 1866,* but no
species was mentioned as belonging to the genus. The generic

*Hemiptera Africana (1866), 4, 86.

370 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

characters may, however, be deduced from the table given
to be as follows: Bilobed posterior process, foliaceous tibiz,
sides of thorax armed with spines, horns present above lateral
angles. Later in the same year‘ Stal designates as the type
of the genus Westwood’s old species (Centrotus) horrificus,
which Walker had incorrectly placed in DeLaporte’s genus
Pterygia of the subfamily Membracine.’ In the Hemiptera
Philippinarum ° this species is given as the only species in the
genus. The genus has remained monotypic.

The single species of the genus bears a strong superficial
resemblance to the forms of the genus Pterygia, but may im-
mediately be distinguished by the well-developed and plainly
visible scutellum, which places it at once in another subfamily.
The genus may be characterized not only by the foliaceous tibize
and toothed thorax as described by Stal, but also by the most
remarkable development of curious spines and tubercles over
the surface of the pronotum. These bristling spines are of
various shapes, lengths, and colors and give to the insect a
decidedly terrifying aspect.

Centrochares horrificus Westw. Plate I, fig. 1.

Centrotus horrificus WESTW., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1887), 180; GuErR., Mag.
Zool. (1841), II, 3, Pl. 82; Lerepvre, Bull. Ann. Soc. Fr. (1842), 21.

Pterygia horrificus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 500; (1852),
4, Tab. 4, figs. 4 and 5.

Centrochares horrificus STAL, Analect. Hem. (1866), 386; STAL, Hem.
Phil. (1870), 731; Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1908), 266; FUNKH., Journ.
Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69.

Pterygia horrifica Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 78, Pl. XII, fig. 5.

Pterygia postica BUCKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 70, Pl. XI, figs. 4-5a.

Pterygia spinula Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 78, Pl. XII, fig. 4.

Centroehares horrificus is readily distinguished from all other
membracids thus far described from the Islands on account of
the peculiar bristling spines, which are not found on any other
species. The insects vary considerably in size and color. The
males are usually smaller and darker than the females.

I believe Buckton’s two Philippine species, Pterygia postica"
and Pterygia spinula,? are both Centrochares horrificus. It
seems incredible that the subfamily Membracine should be
represented in the Islands by these two species only, and it is

* Ber. ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 10, 386.

°> Cat. Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), pt. II, 500.

® §tal, Oefver. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. (1870), 731.
"Mon. Memb. (1903), 70.

*Tbid., 73.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 371

more than likely that Buckton followed Walker’s error in assign-
ing his insects to the wrong genus. I have specimens of C.
horrificus which conform to Buckton’s descriptions and figures
for his supposed new species.

Centrochares horrificus, once examined, will not be readily
confused with other species, and the following brief description
will, I believe, suffice to assure its recognition:

Female.—Ferruginous with yellowish spines. Suprahumeral
horns long, spreading, flattened, much swollen at tips. Pro-
notum with sudden elevation just above scutellum. Posterior
process reaching extremities of tegmina with high, swollen,
bilobed elevation before the tip. }

Head long, subfoliaceous, dark ferruginous, finely punctate,
very slightly pubescent, median line smooth; clypeus twice as
long as wide, obovate, bearing on each side two yellow tubercles;
eyes large, translucent white with brownish fascia, bordered
internally with a row of four or five whitish yellow tubercles;
ocelli elevated, transparent, nearer to the eyes than to each
other, situated above a line passing through center of eyes,
bordered internally with three or four white tubercles. Pro-
notum ferruginous mottled with black; deeply punctate, sparingly
pubescent, covered with irregular whitish yellow spines; humeral
angles prominent; suprahumeral horns long, high, spreading,
flattened, tips swollen, more or less triquetrous, marked with
irregular flattened areas, tubercular; median ridge sharp, dis-
tinct, percurrent, closely tubercled ; metopidium rounded; median
region above scutellum in a rounded elevation; posterior eleva-
tion twice as high as median, bilobed, rough, marked in flattened
areas; tip of posterior process blunt. Scutellum distinct,
strongly bifid. Tegmina opaque, sordid ferruginous marked
with black; base somewhat punctate; tip dark. Underside of
body dark brown. Sides of meta- and mesothorax bearing teeth.

Legs light brown; tibiz much flattened, tuberculate; tarsi
yellow-brown.

Length, 5 to 6 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal
horns, 4 to 5 mm.; width between bases of pronotal horns, 0.5
to 1 mm.

Male.—Dull black with yellowish spines. Tegmina brown-
black, light transparent area just below posterior elevation of
pronotum. Body very rough, punctured. Underparts of body,
base of legs, and femora black; tibiz and tarsi light brown.

Length, 3.5 to 5 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal
horns, 2 to 3.5 mm.; width between bases of pronotal horns,
0.4 to 0.9 mm.

SZ The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Philippine Islands (Westwood, Walker, Stal, Buckton) ; LUZON,
Los Banos, Mount Banahao (Baker).

Genus PYRGONOTA Stal

Centrotus FABR. (in part); Smilia GERM. (in part); Hypsauchenia
GERM. (in part). .

Pyrgonota, according to its author, is to be separated from the
old genus Hypsauchenia of Germar chiefly by the lack of a dorsal
lobe on the posterior process. Schmidt °® does not recognize this
as a generic distinction, and it is indeed doubtful whether the
genus will stand as new species are added. For the present,
however, since the Philippine forms may be thus arbitrarily
grouped, it seems desirable to accept the genus tentatively for
the sake of convenience.

Stal designates no type species, but the logical choice falls on
P. bifoliata Westw., both on account of its abundance—all of the
other species are apparently rare—and because it has long been
known and figured in literature. All of the species of this genus
are native to the Islands.

The following key, adapted from that of Stal, will enable the
student to separate the species:

Key to the species of Pyrgonota.

a’. Posterior process of thorax without lateral carine.
b*. Posterior process uniformly colored.
c. Posterior process depressed and gradually slender behind middle.

d’. Anterior process ridged; tegmina with pale spot................. tumida.

d. Anterior process not ridged; tegmina concolorous.... pinguiturris.

c’. Posterior process acutely tectiform behind middle........... philippina.

b’. Posterior process with large pale spot before middle................ bifoliata.

a’. Posterior process of thorax with lateral carine.

b*. Posterior process gradually acuminate and concolorous............. bifurca.
b*. Posterior process higher behind than before the middle; marked with

a: pale Spoti:3 cu. iis flee ve ee Bs con Oe semperi.

Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw. Plate I, fig. 2.

Centrotus bifoliatus WESTW., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1887), 180.

Smilia bifoliata WESTW., Guér. Mag. Zool. (1841), II, 3, Pl. 88;
LEFEBVRE, Bull. Ann. Soc. Fr. (1842), 21.

Hypsauchenia westwoodi FatrmM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 521, Pl. 7,
figs. 6-8; WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 681; BucKt., Mon.
Memb. (1903), 211, Pl. 46, figs. 6, 6a.

Hypsauchenia bifoliata FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 521; ScHMuIDT,
Stett. Ent. Zeitg. (1906), 370.

Hypsauchenia bifasciata WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 6381.

Pyrgonota bifoliata Stal, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731; Buckt., Mon. Memb.
(1903), 270; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 67.

® Stett. ent. Zeitg. (1906), 67, 370.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 373

Pyrgonota bifoliata is a most bizarre species, recalling in gen-
eral outline Hypsauchenia hardwickii Kirby, but with the
anterior horn straighter and without the posterior elevation.
Its frequent mention in literature makes its identification com-
paratively easy.

Chocolate-brown with broad whitish yellow patch covering
middle of posterior process and extremity of this process darker.
Pronotum and exterior basal area of tegmen broadly punctured
and sparingly pubescent, the punctures separated by reticulated
ridges, which form a network of polygonal areas. Pronotal horn
very high, gradually narrowing to point of branching; two-
branched at extremity, the branches spreading and flattened at
tips. Posterior process tectiform. Entire posterior margin of
pronotal horn armed with fine spines, these spines extending
down over dorsal margin of posterior process and gradating
into serrate teeth at extremity. Tegmina brown and opaque,
exterior margin wavy; hindwings transparent, veins brown.
Tibiz foliaceous.

Length, head to tip of tegmen, 6 to 7 mm.; height of pronotal
horn to point of branching, 5 mm.; length of branches of pronotal
horn, 5 mm.

Philippine Islands (Westwood, Fairmaire, Walker, Stal, Buck-
ton) ; LUZON, Los Bafios (Baker).

Pyrgonota tumida Stal.
Pyrgonota tumida STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730; Buckt., Mon. Memb.
(1903), 270.

Black; head and thorax distinctly punctate. Dorsal process
high, above the middle gradually becoming slender, strongly
thickened at apex, both anterior and posterior margin bearing
a single ridge, the sides three-ridged; the posterior carina
slightly denticulate, the teeth continuing upon the posterior pro-
cess. The posterior process gradually slender as seen from a
side view, behind the middle subdepressed. Tegmina marked
with a small, pale spot before the apex of the clavus. Feet flavo-
testaceous.

Length, 8 mm.; width, 2.2 mm.

Described by Stal from the male only.

Philippine Islands (Stal).

Pyrgonota philippina Stal.
Pyrgonota philippina STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730.
Pitchy black; thorax strongly punctate. Dorsal process high,
straight, leaning more or less forward, slightly recurved toward

874 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

apex, gradually becoming slender; anterior and posterior uni-
carinate, the sides with two or three carine; apex somewhat
thick, truncate, and compressed anterior-posteriorly; carinate,
the posterior carina minutely denticulate and extending upon the
posterior process. Posterior process acutely tectiform, subcom-
pressed. ‘Tegmina with pale spot before apex of clavus. Hind-
wings vitreous. Feet flavous-pitchy.

Length, 8 mm.; width, 2.2 mm.

Described by Stal from the female only.

Philippine Islands (Stal).

I am inclined to think that this is the female of P. twmida, but
am recognizing it tentatively, pending an opportunity to examine
more specimens.

Pyrgonota bifurea Stal.
Pyrgonota bifurca STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731.

Piceous; head slightly punctate, thorax strongly punctate.
Dorsal process varying in length, gradually becoming slender
and leaning somewhat forward; anterior and posterior margins
unicarinate, sides with two carinz; apex with two slender
triquerate processes, strongly diverging and slightly curving,
compressed-ampliate in the middle. Posterior carine spiny,
continuing on the posterior process. Posterior process acutely
tectiform, narrow as seen from the side. Feet concolorous.

Length, 7.5 mm.; width, 2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal).

Pyrgonota semperi Stal.
Pyrgonota semperi STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 731.

The species noted by Stal as “C. Semperz” in his work on
the Philippine Hemiptera has never been recognized and is
known only through his short description, which follows that
of P. bifurca and is as follows:

Praecedenti maxime affinis, differt processu postico thoracis ante medium
macula pallescente notato, pone medium quam anterius altiore, tegmini-
busque totis piceis. 2 Long. 7, lat. 2 mill.

I have included this species in the preceding key, with the
specific distinctions as indicated, in the hope that future collect-
ing may lead to its identification.

Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 3.

Pyrgonota pinguiturris is apparently near P. tumida Stal, but
differs in being without carinz on its pronotum and lacking the
spot on the tegmina.

x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 375

Ferruginous; rough; densely, coarsely, and deeply punctate;
sparingly pubescent. Dorsal horn thick and heavy, uniformly
cylindrical, somewhat swollen at apex with the suggestion of
lateral processes at the tip. Posterior process gradually acum-
inate, slightly depressed at tip, extending just beyond extremity
of abdomen. Tegmina uniformly opaque ferruginous; pointed
at tips. Tibize broadly foliaceous.

Head subtriangular, longer than broad, finely and densely
punctate, finely pubescent; eyes large, brown, extending halfway
to lateral angles of pronotum; ocelli small, translucent, farther
from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line
passing through center of eyes; clypeus broader than long, tri-.
lobed, middle lobe longest, pubescent at tip. Pronotum uniform
brown, very rough, coarsely punctate, very sparsely pubescent;
dorsal horn cylindrical, of .almost uniform thickness, inclining
strongly forward, without anterior, posterior, or lateral carine,
tip swollen and rounded above, on either side of tip a very slight
lateral protuberance; lateral angles not prominent; scutellum
distinct, bifurcate; posterior process slender, gradually acum-
inate, triquetrous, the roughly defined dorsal ridge giving it a
tectiform appearance, extending just beyond the internal angles
of tegmina. Tegmina opaque, strongly punctate over entire
basal and costal areas, veins indistinct, tip pointed. Undersur-
face of body chocolate-brown; legs and feet ferruginous; tibize
swollen and foliaceous. Type, female.

Length, head to tip of tegmina, 6.5 mm.; length of pronotal
horn, 4 mm.; width between humeral angles, 2 mm.

LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker).

Genus LEPTOBELUS Stal
Centrotus FaBR. (in part).

Leptobelus was erected by Stal in 1866 '° for the reception of
those species of the subfamily Centrotinz in which the tibiz
were simple, sides of breast unarmed, hindwings with four
apical areas, exterior discoidal area of tegmina petiolate, and
disk of thorax elevated, bearing posterior process high above
the body.

In this genus the prothorax rises in a high column, which
gives off-at its summit two lateral horns and the posterior pro-
cess, the latter being distinctly raised above the abdomen and
usually subparallel to it. The scutellum is longer than broad,
with the tip more or less truncate. Only one species of the
-genus has been reported from the Islands.

“Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 86.

3876 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Leptobelus dama Germ. Plate I, fig. 4.

Centrotus dama GERM., Rey. Silb. (1835), 258, Pl. 3, fig. 14; FAIRM.,
Rev. Memb. (1846), 510; WaALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 602.

Leptobelus dama STA, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 386; STA, Bid.
Memb. Kan. (1869), 284; ATKINS., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885),
54, 81; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 15, fig. 11;
Lerroy, Ind. Ins. Life (1909), 729, fig. 504; Banks, Phil. Journ.
Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 47.

Leptobelus dama is apparently common throughout India and
the East Indies. Professor Baker has sent me specimens from
Palawan, and Banks has also reported it from the Islands. The
species has been so often described and figured that further de-
scription is unnecessary, except for convenience in comparison
should other species of the genus be found.

Shining black; densely punctate; base of scutellum and sides
of breast gray pilose; tegmina translucent bronze with prom-
inent brown veins; hind tibiz very spiny. Lateral branches of
pronotal horn long, sharp, slightly curving backward. Posterior
process rising high above scutellum and gradually curving down-
ward until it almost touches tegmina midway between internal
angle and tip; this process sharply carinate above.

India (Fairmaire, Stal, Lefroy) ; East Indies (Walker) ; Java
(Distant) ; PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (Baker).

Genus LOBOCENTRUS Stal

The genus Lobocentrus was erected '! for the species zonatus
described by Stal from the Philippine Islands in 1870. Neither
the genus nor the species has since been mentioned in literature,
with the exception of a catalogue reference by Buckton as listed
below. The genus is, however, well described and clearly de-
fined, and its validity has never been questioned. It is ap-
parently close to Leptobelus and is to be distinguished from
that genus, according to the author, by the difference in position
of ocelli, the lobe of the posterior process, and the number of
discoidal areas in the tegmina.

Lobocentrus zonatus Stal.

Lobocentrus zonatus STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; Buckt., Mon.
Memb. (1908), 268.

The following brief summary of the specific characters as
listed by Stal may aid the student in recognizing Lobocentrus
zonatus. \

Black; distinctly punctate; head, thorax, and scutellum
sparsely sericeous with golden-flavous pubescence, the sides of

“Hem. Phil. (1870), 727.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 377

the breast very densely sericeous in the same manner. Tegmina
obscure wine-colored, a translucent fascia before the middle and
the veins fuscous; base black and punctate. Prothorax with
percurrent median ridge; lateral horns extending outward and
slightly curving backward, slender, gradually acuminate, bisul-
cate above; posterior process lobed, acutely tectiform.

Described from the female.

Length, 8 mm.; width, 3.5 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal).

I have never seen a specimen of this species and have not
been able to learn whether or not the type is available for study.
It would seem, however, that the species should be recognized.
if found.

Genus DOGRANA Distant

Campylocentrus STAL (in part).

Dograna is a very distinct genus, including those species in
which the posterior process is united with the apex of the scu-
tellum by a strong downward perpendicular prolongation. The
suprahumeral horns are prominent; scutellum distinct and
slightly longer than broad; posterior process curved. While
the generic characters are more or less artificial, they are con-
venient in studying this rather confusing group of the Mem-
bracide. The genus was erected by Distant in 1907” and
placed by him in his division Acanthophyesaria. The genus con-
tains at present but two species, one of which is native to the
Philippines.

Dograna falco Buckt.
Campylocentrus falco BucktT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 243, Pl. 56, figs.
Py Pei
Dograna falco Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind—Rhynch. (1907), 4, 24.
Apparently rare. I have seen one specimen bearing the local-
ity label ‘‘“Malinao.” This specimen may be described as follows:
Very dark brown, almost black; thickly and roughly punc-
tured; pilose with scattered golden hairs, particularly on scu-
tellum and sides of mesothorax. Suprahumeral horns subtri-
quetrous, extending almost directly outward, very slightly up-
ward and backward. Posterior process extending beyond inter-
nal angle of tegmina, connected to scutellum by downward
prolongation; dorsal carinze high and sharp; tip gradually acu-
minate. Tegmina vitreous, wrinkled, black and punctate at base.
Undersurface of body and legs very dark brown; femora
swollen; tibize finely spined; tarsi ferruginous. Female.

“ Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 24.

378 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Length, 9 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns,
5.8 mm.

I believe this to be Buckton’s species, though it is slightly
larger than the specimen he describes. The habitat given by
that author is Luzon, Philippine Islands. There was no date
label nor further locality name on the specimen which I was
permitted to examine.

Genus LEPTOCENTRUS Stal

Membracis FABR. (in part); Centrotus FAR. (in part).

Leptocentrus is an old and well-established genus, including
those forms in which the posterior process is well elevated above
the body but does not bear a lobe below. The hind wings have
four apical areas and the tegmina five apical and two discoidal.
The suprahumeral horns are strong and usually widespreading.
The genus is well represented in Africa and India; four species
have been reported from the Philippines. These may be sepa-
rated as follows:

Key to the species of Leptocentrus.

a’. Posterior process short, not extending as far as the internal angle of

CEPI Tay Le REE CS eR Re ARI Sa. Se Rae ty Bae tee aduncus.
a’. Posterior process extending beyond internal angle of tegmina.
b*. Suprahumeral horns extending strongly upward.................... leucaspis.

6*. Suprahumeral horns almost horizontal.
c. Front margin of suprahumeral horns flattened into subfoliaceous
ST GL Oe ee oe ae aL Nr Ew Pe Ce ne re reponens.
c. Front margin of suprahumera! horns not flattened... taurus.

Leptocentrus taurus Fabr.

Cicada taurus LINN., Gmel. Ed. Syst. Nat. (1740), 1, 3; (1767), 4,
14; Fasr., Spec. Inc. (1781), 2, 317; FaBr., Mant. Ins. (1787), 2, 264.

Membracis taurus FaAsr., Syst. Ent. (1775), 676; Oniv., Ene. Méth.
(1792), 7, 665; FaABrR., Ent. Syst. (1794), 4, 14.

Membracis rupicapra FABR., Ent. Syst. Suppl. (1798), 514.

Centrotus rupicapra FABR., Syst. Rhyng. (1803), 18.

Centrotus taurus ‘FApR., Syst. Rhyng. (1803), 18; GERM., Rev. Silb.
(1835), 3, 257; BLANCH., Hem. (1840), 3, 182; FarrM., Rev. Memb.
(1846), 510; WaLk., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 602; Suppl.
(1858), 158.

Membracis tricornis Harpw., Zool. Journ. (1828), 18; Harpw., Tabl.
Suppl., Pl. 30, figs. c, d, f.

Centrotus terminalis WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604;
MELICH., Hom. Cey. (1908), 109.

Centrotus vicarius WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 605.

* Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4,.87 and 90.

x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 379

Leptocentrotus taurus STAL, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 90; STAu, Analect.
Hem. (1866), 386; STAL, Hem. Fabr. (1869), 2, 50; ATKINS., Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885), 54, 85; GopdG., Cat. Memb. N. Am. (1894),
477; BuckT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 268; MreticH., Hom. Cey. (1903),
116; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 28; Lerroy, Ind. Ins. Life
(1909), 731, 732; BaNnKs, Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 48.

Leptocentrus gazella BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 235, Pl. 53, fig. 5a.

Reported from the Philippine Islands by Banks as above.
The large number of easily available references makes a descrip-
tion unnecessary. The species shows some slight variation in
size, coloration, and position of pronotal horns when a large
series is examined. Distant’s figure ‘* is typical. I have ly
seen Philippine material.

Assam, Calcutta (Atkinson) ; Tenasserim, Mytitta (Doherty) ;
Borneo (Distant); Timor (Buckton); Philippine Islands
(Banks) ; Ceylon (Melichar).

Leptocentrus leucaspis Walk.

; Centrotus tauros (in part: error) WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851),
602.

Centrotus leucaspis WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. Suppl. (1858), 158.

Leptocentrus leucaspis BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 235, Pl. 538, figs.
3, a, b; MELICH., Wien. Ent. Zeitg. (1905), 24, 294; Dist., Fauna
Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 30, fig. 25.

Black; roughly punctate; scutellum and sides of mesothorax
densely pilose. Suprahumeral horns slender, triquetrous, ex-
tending upward, outward, and backward, well above dorsal line
of pronotum; tips sharp. Posterior process tricarinate, arising
well above scutellum and curving downward until it almost
touches tegmina just behind internal angles. Tegmina vina-
ceous ; veins somewhat obscure; base opaque and punctate. Legs
and undersurface of body fuscous.

Length, 7 to 9 mm.; width between extremities of suprahu-
meral horns, 5 to 7 mm. The males are smaller and darker
than the females.

British India and Philippines (Distant).

Leptocentrus reponens Walk. Plate I, fig. 6, a and b.

Centrotus reponens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604; MELIcH.,
Hom. Cey. (1903), 110.

Centrotus antilope STAL, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 284.

Leptocentrus antilope STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 727.

Leptocentrus reponens ATKINS., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885), 54,
86; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 30; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. &
Zool. (1914), 6, 69.

* Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 28, fig. 24.

Evidently the commonest of the Philippine species of this
genus. Walker, Stal, and Distant have all recorded it from the
Islands, and Professor Baker has sent me specimens collected
at Los Bajos.

Black; coarsely and deeply punctate; scutellum and sides of
meso- and metathorax densely white tomentose; metopidium and
lateral areas of pronotum covered with long yellowish pubes-
cence. Head broader than long, densely pilose, finely punctate;
clypeus trilobed, longer than wide; eyes prominent, light brown;
ocelli translucent, equidistant from each other and from the
eyes, and situated on a line passing through center of eyes.
Disk of pronotum thick, heavy, and cylindrical; suprahumeral
horns flattened, front margin subfoliaceous, tips suddenly acute;
these horns extending outward and backward, almost horizontal,
not rising above highest point of posterior process. Posterior
process arising from top of posterior region of pronotal disk,
gradually sloping downward but not touching tegmina; slender,

almost uniform in thickness, triquetrous, tip gradually acumi-

nate. Tegmina hyaline with broad, well-defined brown veins;
base very slightly punctate and somewhat pilose. White tomen-
tose metathorax usually showing through base of wings. Un-
dersurface of body, legs, and feet black.

Length, 8 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal horns,
6.5 to 7 mm.

Tenasserim, North Bengal (Walker); Sumatra (Distant) ;
Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal, Distant) ; LUZON, Los Banos
(Baker).

Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt.
Leptocentrus aduncus Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1908), 2386, Pl. 53, fig. 6.

This species has not been recorded since Buckton’s original
description, and it seems doubtful if it can be recognized from
his short description and poor figure. It apparently may be
distinguished only by the short horns and the short and auricu-
late posterior process as represented in his plate. Buckton’s
description follows:

Dark fuscous, shining and punctured. Suprahumerals short and auri-

culate. Posterior horn stout at base and short. Tegmina fuscous. Frons
hairy. Size 6 x 5 mm. MHabitat-Luzon, Philippine Isles.

Genus EMPHUSIS Buckton

Centrotus FABR. (in part); Centrotypus STAL (in part).

The genus E’mphusis is peculiar in having been apparently
incorrectly diagnosed by its author. Buckton states in his

x.p,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 381

original description that in Hmphusis the suprahumeral horns
are absent.® Distant, however, who presumably had Buckton’s
type before him, states that the suprahumeral horns are well
developed but directed subhorizontally and recurved apically.*®

The genus is close to Centrotypus, but differs in having the
anterior part of the pronotum much more elevated and swollen
and in having the anterior margin of the suprahumeral horns
in a continuous line with the semicircular anterior margin of
the metopidium. The hind wings have four apical areas, the
tegmina five apical areas. To this genus must be assigned the
following very remarkable species:

Emphusis bakeri sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 7, a and Db.

Large, handsome, brilliantly marked. Head and pronotum
black, the front of head, sides of metopidium, median dorsal
area between pronotal horns, and lateral margin of pronotum
as far as posterior process densely covered with snowy white
tomentose excrescence. Pronotum rising thick and high with
broad, widespreading suprahumeral horns. Dorsal margin of
pronotum sloping roundly to posterior process, which is curved,
decurrent, and extends to tips of tegmina. Tegmina black and
punctate at base and costal margin; hyaline in middle; red
bordered with brown at tip. The jet-black abdomen shows
through the hyaline portion of the tegmina. Legs and feet fus-
cous-ferruginous. 'The marked contrast of the black, white, and
red gives the insect a striking appearance. This is the largest
membracid thus far reported from the Philippines.

Head longer than broad, black, deeply but not closely punc-
tate; a broad, white, tomentose vertical band extending from
base of head to extremity of clypeus and occupying the space
between the ocelli the width of the clypeus; lateral margin of
head strongly sinuate; eyes large, dark gray mottled with brown;
ocelli pearly, much farther from each other than from the eyes
and situated above an imaginary line extending through center
of eyes; antenne long and bristlelike; clypeus three-lobed, pilose.
Pronotum strongly elevated, the disk appearing cylindrical from
a front view, but extended posteriorly to form a subtriangular
plate behind; suprahumeral horns arising from top of pronotum,
subhorizontal, curving downward and backward to an extent
which continues the line of the anterior margin of the pronotum;
posterior process long, decurved, gradually acuminate, follow-

* Mon. Memb. (1908), 256.
* Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 36.
137400-——5

382 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

ing the curve made by the internal margin of the tegmina,
sharply carinate above, two short lateral carine at base; dorsal
carina percurrent from anterior base of pronotal horns to tip
of posterior process. Tegmina long, somewhat narrow; black,
opaque, deeply and regularly punctate, and sparingly pubescent
at base; hyaline in middle; costal area for two thirds the length
of the tegmen black and punctate; apical fourth red with smoky
brown border; veins distinct, assuming the color of the part
of the tegmen traversed. Undersurface of body black; abdomen
black with segments bordered with yellow. Legs fuscous-
ferruginous; femora somewhat swollen; tibie slightly foliaceous
and covered with fine spines; tarsi flavous and spined; claws
brown. Type, female.

Length, 10.5 mm.; width between extremities of pronotal
horns, 8.6 mm.

MINDANAO, Iligan (Baker).

The type specimen bears Baker’s duplicate No. 3115.

The male is smaller and darker and lacks much of the snowy
white pubescence on the front and sides of the pronotum. The
brown border on the tips of the tegmina is not so prominent.

Length, 8 mm.; width between tips of horns, 7 mm.

I take pleasure in dedicating this very interesting species to
Professor C. F. Baker, through whose kindness I have been per-
mitted to examine most of the species recorded in this study.

Genus SERTORIUS Stal
Centrotus FABR. (in part).

The standing of the genus Sertortus may be seriously ques-
tioned, but it is here included, pending further knowledge of the
group. As diagnosed by Stal, the characters may be stated as
follows: Posterior process present; tibiz simple; underwings
with four apical areas; exterior discoidal cell of tegmina never
petiolate; posterior process touching scutellum; thorax strongly
elevated; horns present above lateral angles; longitudinal ridge
of thorax not elevated between lateral horns; lateral horns never
compressed anteriorly and posteriorly; tegmina with five com-
plete apical areas; sides of scutellum distinctly prominent; eyes
slightly prominent; two interior longitudinal veins of corium
joining transverse veins before the middle.”

According to this description the genus differs from Centro-
typus Stal only by the presence of a cross vein at the base of the
tegmen, a structure which both Goding ** and Kirkaldy ** have
remarked as being of very doubtful value as a generic character.

“Vide Stal, Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 87.

x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 3883

Sertorius erigens Walk.

Centrotus erigens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 614.
Sertorius erigens STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 727.

Black; head and pronotum roughly punctured. Head nar-
rower than anterior pronotum, wider than long. Pronotum
convex, slightly ridged, very deep in front, rising vertically from
the head; lateral angles obtuse, not prominent. Suprahumeral
horns broad, thick, prismatic, diverging, very slightly inclined
backward and downward, as long as the space between them;
sides conical, slightly and irregularly ridged, of almost equal
breadth. Posterior process deep at base, slender and tapering
toward apex, triquetrous, slightly curved, extending beyond tip
of abdomen. Abdomen tinged with gray. Tegmina blackish
brown along the borders, almost colorless in the middle, three
fourths of costal border and base punctate. Hindwings almost
colorless.

Length, 10 mm.; width between extremities of outstretched
tegmina, 18 mm.

This description is adapted from Walker.

Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal).

Genus PERIAMAN Distant

Centrotus FABR. (in part).

-*A genus with species bearing a superficial resemblance to those
of Centrotus, but at once distinguished by the four apical areas
of the hind wings. Clypeus extending well below the margin of
the head; pronotum convex; suprahumeral horns broad and
transverse; posterior process equally as high and extending on a
line with the dorsal margin of the metopidium, not extending
beyond the internal angle of the tegmina. Tegmina broad with
five apical areas. Femora and tibiz simple.

Distant makes P. flavolineatus Buckt. the type of this genus.”

Periaman brevifrons sp. nov. Plate I, fig. 8, a and b.

Very dark brown, almost black; densely punctate, sparingly
pubescent; pronotum almost vertical above head; dorsal margin
continuing horizontally into the posterior process; suprahumeral
horns short, thick, and heavy, compressed dorsoventrally, ex-
tending outward, very slightly upward and backward; posterior
process robust at base, gradually narrowing, sharply carinate

*Mon. Aus. Memb. (1908), 27.
* Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Assoc—Hem. (1907), 3, 90.
7°Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 37.

884 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

above; tegmina smoky hyaline, tips fuscous, extreme base black
and punctate; legs ferruginous.

Head twice as broad as long, somewhat rugose, pubescent with
golden hairs; eyes extremely large and prominent; ocelli trans-
lucent, much farther from each other than from the eyes and
situated about on a line passing through center of eyes; face
sharply emarginate before clypeus; clypeus longer than broad,
distinctly set off from head, pubescent at extremity. Pronotum
not greatly elevated, vertical above head, fiat between horns, per-
current dorsal carina, dorsal line practically straight; humeral
horns triquetrous, compressed, broad at base, tips sharp, almost
flat above, extending almost directly outward, very slightly up-
ward and backward; posterior process reaching just beyond
internal angle of tegmina, stout at base, gradually acuminate,
very slightly depressed in middle, tip faintly depressed, dorsal
carina percurrent, a lateral carina on each side near margin.
Scutellum distinct, pilose. Tegmina smoky hyaline, veins brown,
a broad fuscous cloud at tip, base narrowly black and punc-
tate; five apical and two discoidal areas. Hindwings iridescent
hyaline, border clear and somewhat wrinkled. Undersurface of
body black. Legs ferruginous brown; femora moderately swol-
len; tibize spined; tarsi flavous. Type, female.

Length, head to tip of tegmina, 7 mm.; width between extrem-
ities of horns, 3.6 mm.

PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa (Baker).

Genus TRICENTRUS Stal

Centrotus Fapr. (in part); Taloipa Buckt.

Tricentrus is a well-defined and easily distinguished genus. It
is the only genus which shows both the suprahumeral horns and
the spined posterior trochanters, the latter character appearing
to be a very reliable and sufficient structure for diagnosis. These
spines, or teeth, on the inner surface of the posterior trochanters
are found also in the genera Sipylus and Centrotoscelus, but
neither of these genera has suprahumeral horns. The function
of such a structure is conjectural. The hind wings have three
apical areas.

Four species have been described from the Philippines, all of
which are recognizable from material at hand. These species,
together with two herein described, may be separated as follows:

Key to the Philippine species of Tricentrus.

a’. Suprahumeral horns at least twice as long as the distance between their
bases inh PC LL 2 oe eas 5 vets OE EEA Eee ee convergens.

x. D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 385

a.’ Suprahumeral horns less than twice as long as the distance between
their bases.
b*. Suprahumeral horns not extending outward as far as extremities of
Nnumeralvancles: are Fe. Ge vo eT 2) le RT attenuatus.
ob’, Suprahumeral horns projecting laterally beyond humeral angles.
c’. Posterior process curving downward, much depressed at tip.. capreolus.
c. Posterior process straight or nearly so.

d’. Veins of tegmina thickly pilose.................-.... 2-2. pilinervosus.
ad’. Veins of tegmina smooth or very sparsely pilose.
e. Areas of tegmina much wrinkled... 2 plicatus.
CeATeASsrof wesminausmoothe. sess el sw eeeleye ees Sines fairmairei.

Tricentrus convergens Walk. Plate I, fig. 9, a and b.

Centrotus convergens WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 623.
Tricentrus convergens STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; Dist., Fauna
Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 53; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 68.

Tricentus convergens is the type species of the genus, origin-
ally described from the Philippines by Walker and apparently
not uncommon. It may be at once recognized by the very high
and flattened, almost foliaceous, suprahumeral horns.

Ferruginous, finely punctate, sparingly pubescent, with some-
times a white tomentose area above and behind the eyes. Supra-
humeral horns more than twice as long as the distance between
their bases, projecting strongly forward and upward, sub-
parallel, farther apart at their apices than at their bases, tips
much rounded and flattened, not at all sharp; posterior process
almost straight, tricarinate, dorsal carina high and sharp, ex-
tremity reaching just beyond internal angle of tegmina. Teg-
mina subhyaline, base brown and punctate. Undersurface of
body dark brown. Legs ferruginous.

Length, from head to extremity of tegmen, 6 mm.; length of
pronotal horns, 2 to 3 mm.; width between extremities of horns,
2to 3mm.

Philippines (Walker, Funkhouser); Luzon, Los’ Banos
(Baker).

Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. Figs. 1 and 2.

Centrotus fairmairei STAL, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 284.

Tricentrus fairmairei STAL, Analect. Hem. (1866), 387; STAL, Hem.
Phil. (1870), 728; Dist., Fauna Brit. Ind. (1907), 4, 58; FUNKH.,
Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 67.

Terentius fairmairet BucKT., Mon. Memb. (1908), 271.

Taloipa tinctoria BuCcKT., Trans. Linn. Soc. (1905), 9, 3384, Pl. 22,
fig. 4.

Tricentrus fairmairei is one of the abundant species of the
genus as represented in the Islands. It may be recognized super-
ficially by the reddish tinge over the entire body and tegmina.

386 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Reddish brown, rather bright on posterior process and base
of tegmina. Head almost twice as wide as long, obscurely and
lightly punctate, irregularly pilose; clypeus projecting for half
its length below inferior margin of face, margin slightly rimmed.
Pronotum finely punctate, densely pubescent, almost perpendic-
ular above head, strongly convex between horns; suprahumeral
horns short, stout, triquetrous, extending almost directly out-
ward, very slightly upward and backward, less than half as
long as the distance between their bases; dorsal carina per-
current; posterior process slightly depressed at base, swollen
before apex, dorsal carina high and sharp, extremity reaching
internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina reddish smoky hyaline,
base reddish brown or black and punctate. Legs and under-
surface of body ferruginous brown.

The species shows a rather wide range of color, some specimens
being much redder than others.

Length, 6 mm.; width between extremities of suprahumeral
horns, 3.4 to 3.6 mm.

Bangalore (Buckton); Philippine Islands (Stal, Distant,
Funkhouser) ; LUZON, Los Banos (Baker).

Tricentrus capreolus Walk. Plate II, fig. 10, a and 0.

Centrotus capreolus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 627.
Tricentrus capreolus STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728.

A black, robust species, characterized by the rather long de-
pressed posterior process. I have seen one specimen from the
Islands, bearing duplicate No. 2650, collected at Mount Banahao
by Professor Baker.

Black, finely and obsoletely punctured, sparsely covered with
tawny pubescence. Pronotum much convex, projecting well
above and before the suprahumeral horns as viewed from the
side; suprahumeral horns short and rather blunt, not half as
long as the distance between their bases; posterior process
smooth, gradually curving, depressed at tip, extending well be-
yond internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina reddish hyaline, base
black and punctate, veins brown, apical margin very slightly
fuscous; a whitish patch on base of abdomen often showing
through basal area. Undersurface of body black. Legs and feet
very dark brown.

Length, 6.5 mm.; width between extremities of suprahumeral
horns, 4.6 mm.

Philippine Islands (Walker, Stal) ; Luzon, Mount Banahao
(Baker).

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 387

Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh. Plate II, fig. 11, a and 0b.

Tricentrus pilinervosus FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 68,
figs. 2 and 2a.

A black, stout species with rather widespreading, elevated
suprahumeral horns. Near TJ. decoratus Dist., but differing
particularly in the shape and position of the posterior process.
Veins of tegmina very hairy.

Black, densely and coarsely punctate, sparsely pilose. Supra-
humeral horns extending upward, outward, and slightly back-
ward, as seen from above rounded before and almost straight
behind. Posterior process narrow, acute, carinate, extending
beyond internal angle of tegmina. Tegniina fuscous hyaline,
base black and punctate, costal and apical margin clouded; veins
each bearing two rows of short bristly hairs. Undersurface of
body black. Legs dark ferruginous.

Length, including tegmina, 6 to 7 mm.; width between extrem-
ities of horns, 3.5 to 4 mm.

Luzon, Los Banos (Baker).

Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 12, a and b.

Near T. fairmairei Stal, but larger and different in color, in
the form of the posterior process, the wrinkled condition of the
tegmina, and the shape and position of the suprahumeral horns.

Black, punctured, pubescent; pronotum convex, lateral angles
prominent, suprahumeral horns very slender, posterior process
gradually acuminate, extending beyond internal angle of teg-
mina; tegmina smoky hyaline, much wrinkled, black and punctate
at base.

Head wider than long, black, finely punctate, very densely
pilose with yellow hairs; eyes large, reddish brown, extending
beyond lateral margin of pronotum at base of head; ocelli opaque
brown, almost equidistant from each other and from the eyes
and situated slightly above a line passing through center of eyes;
clypeus extending for half its length below the line of the face,
sharply emarginate at base, lower margin slightly turned out at
edge. Pronotum moderately convex, almost perpendicular above
head, rounded between horns, black, finely and densely punctate,
thickly pilose with long golden hairs; dorsal carina obsolete be-
fore horns, percurrent behind them; humeral angles prominent
and auriculate; suprahumeral horns arising from extreme dorso-
lateral margin of pronotum, very thin as seen from the front,
distance between their bases almost twice as great as length of
horn, horns extending strongly outward, upward, and backward,

388 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

short, acute, somewhat flattened dorsoventrally, upper surface
of horn bearing distinct central carina; scutellum distinct, longer
than broad; posterior process slender, triquetrous, slightly de-
pressed in middle, lateral margin extended before middle, tip
acute, reaching well beyond internal angle of tegmina. Teg-
mina smoky hyaline, without markings, base black and punctate,
entire surface much wrinkled, veins distinct and somewhat punc-
tate along margins with occasional scattered hairs. Undersur-
face of body black, sides of abdomen and of meso- and metatho-
rax densely pubescent. Femora brown-black and swollen; hind
trochanters armed with strong teeth on inner surface; tibie flat-
tened, flavous above, very light yellow below, margins bristled;
small yellow nodule in joint between femur and tibia; tarsi fer-
ruginous; claws brown. Type, female.

The type specimen bears Baker’s duplicate No. 3116.

Length to extremity of tezmen, 7 mm.; width between extrem-
ities of suprahumeral horns, 4.8 mm.

MINDANAO, Dapitan (Baker).

Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 13, a and b.

Near T. gibbosulus Walk., but different in color, in shape and
position of suprahumeral horns, and in structure of posterior
process.

Testaceous, becoming light brown posteriorly, broad white
tomentose patch on sides of meso- and metathorax ; suprahumeral
horns broad and flattened, not extending outward as far as
humeral angles below them; posterior process short, sharp,
tectiform, barely reaching the internal angles of tegmina; under-
surface of body black; bases of femora very dark brown; ex-
tremities of femora, entire tibie, tarsi, and claws ferruginous-
ochraceous. Size small. .

Head broader than long, almost black, very densely and evenly
pilose with silvery hairs; eyes large, very prominent, ochraceous,
mottled with brown; ocelli pearly, somewhat farther from each
other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line
passing through center of eyes; lower margin of face wavy;
clypeus extending well below lower margin of face. Pronotum
moderately convex, dark brown before shading to lighter behind,
uniformly pilose, finely punctate; humeral angles prominent;
suprahumeral horns short, sharp, flattened dorsoventrally, not
extending outward as far as extremities of humeral angles,
projecting outward, upward, and strongly curving backward,
anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior margin almost
straight, not carinate above; posterior process tectiform, sharply

x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 389

carinate above, impinging on inner margin of tegmina for entire
length below, reaching barely to internal angle of tegmina. Teg-
mina fuscous hyaline, slightly wrinkled, base dark brown and
punctate, veins distinct and brown, narrow brown fascia at
extreme exterior tip. Sides of meso- and metathorax directly
behind eyes covered with snowy white tomentose patch. Under-
surface of body black, slightly pubescent. Femora very dark
brown, except extremities which are ferruginous; internal
margin of hind trochanters strongly armed with teeth, tibize
simple and ferruginous; tarsi and claws yellow-ferruginous.
Type, male. :

Length, 4.5 mm.; width between extremities of horns, 1.9 mm.

MINDANAO, Butuan (Baker).

Genus CENTROTUS Fabricius

The advisability of giving the genus Centrotus a place in this
study is extremely doubtful. It is included entirely on the
strength of the descriptions of three species from the Philippines
which have been assigned to this genus but which have never
been recognized since their original publication.

The genus is one of the oldest and best known of the genera
of the Membracide, being established by Fabricius in his
Systema Rhyngotorum in 1803, and has contained at various
times a large number of species now removed to other genera.
It appears probable that the species here given will be likewise
removed if they are discovered, since the characters of Centrotus
are much less inclusive than formerly.

The genus as now limited may be recognized by the shape of
the posterior process which is distinctly separate and somewhat
remote from the scutellum, somewhat extended and widened
beneath, then rather abruptly becoming slender, the tip often
touching the tegmina. No spines are present on the hind tro-
chanters; the hind wings have three apical areas; the supra-
humeral horns are always well developed.

The following must be considered as lost species until exam-
ination of type material or careful study of long series of
specimens makes their recognition possible.

Centrotus magellani Fairm.

Centrotus magellani FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 512; WALK., List
Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 604.

A translation of Fairmaire’s original description is as follows:
12. C. Magellani.*—Lefeby. Coll. Manilla. Long. 0,006. (Fuscous, elytra

390 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

\
hyaline, base and apex punctate black, anterior horns reversed, compressed,
recurved.)

Body and prothorax brown; horns compressed, directed forward, their
extremities recurved; posterior spine shorter than abdomen; sides of breast
white; on the front of the prothorax two lines between the horns and
the head of an indistinct gray; legs ferruginous, knees clearer; elytra
hyaline, with a brown spot at the base and at the extremity.

Centrotus dilatatus Walk.
Centrotus dilatatus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 630.

Centrotus dilatatus was described from a single specimen of
which the head was missing. The description lacks the details
necessary for present generic determination and is as follows:

Brown, clothed with dingy tawny hairs; head wanting; fore-chest very
broad, indistinctly ridged, low in front; shoulders flat, conical, very
prominent; horns above compressed, angular, extremely short; hind ap-
pendage very short, triangular, keeled, impressed on each side near the
base, not extending much beyond the base of the abdomen; fore-wings
grayish, ferruginous at the base; veins ferruginous, nodose. Length of
the body 13 line; of the wings 3 lines.

a. Philippine Islands. From Mr. Cuming’s collection.

It should be noted that the length of the wings as given above
was used by Walker to refer to the distance between the tips
of the tegmina when spread at right angles to the body. The
measurements as changed to millimeters then become: Length,
3.16 mm.; width of outstretched wings, 6.33 mm.

The description suggests a small Tricentrus, but since the
recognition of genera and species in this group depends largely
on the shape of the clypeus, the relative position of the ocelli
and the eyes, the apical areas of the hindwings, and the structure
of the scutellum the description of a headless specimen in the
discussion of which neither the scutellum nor the hindwings are
mentioned lends itself poorly to purposes of identification.

Centrotus orcus Buckt.
Centrotus orcus BuCKT., Mon. Memb. (1903), 247, Pl. 60, figs. 7, 7a, 7b.

No data concerning Centrotus orcus are available, except Buck-
ton’s description which is here quoted verbatim:

General form robust and broad between the shoulders. Suprahumerals
short, connate and stout. Pronotum narrowed to a short almost stylate
posterior horn. Colour sordid olive-green, with ochreous tips to the tegmina.
Frons and metopidium hirsute. Legs olive. Tegmina with five distinct
apical and three discoidal areas.

Size, 5x38 mm. Habitat—Philippine Isles.

x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 391

Genus SIPYLUS Stal
Centrotus FABR. (in part).

Sipylus is a genus peculiar in having the body very broadly
triangular, the width between the humeral angles being usually
as great as the extreme length of the pronotum. The other
characters assigned by Stal to the genus may be deduced from
his key 7! to be as follows: Posterior process present; tibize
simple; sides of breast unarmed; hindwings with three apical
areas; posterior process not distant from stutellum; body ob-
triangular; suprahumeral horns absent; lateral angles pro-
minent; posterior process short and depressed; posterior
trochanters armed with spines on internal margin.

The genus is very distinct in general appearance and not
difficult to recognize. Only two species, both from the Philip-
pines, have been assigned to the genus. These may be separated
as follows:

Key to the species of Sipylus.

a’. Veins of tegmina without prominent nodules........................-.....- crassulus.
a. Veins of tegmina with prominent nodules...............................- nodipennis.

Sipylus crassulus Stal. Plate II, fig. 14.

Centrotus crassulus STAL, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 285.
Sipylus crassulus StAu, Analect. Hem. (1866), 387. SrA, Hem. Phil.
(1870), 728. Buckt., Mon. Memb. (1903), 270.

If I am determining S. crassulus correctly, it is somewhat
variable in size and coloration, and the sexes differ in the length
of the auricular humeral angles and in the appearance of the
tegmina.

The female is ferruginous brown, punctate, and covered with
fine, white, silky pubescence; the humeral angles are very long,
almost half as long as the distance between their bases; the
pronotum is very convex; the posterior process short, robust,
and suddenly acute; the tegmina is smoky, ferruginous, and semi-
opaque, and more or less wrinkled and with brown punctate
base; the legs and undersurface of body are ferruginous.

Length, 5 to 6 mm.; width, 4.5 to 5 mm.

In the male the color is much darker, almost black anteriorly;
humeral angles shorter; tegmina almost clear hyaline with black
base and white tomentose patch at base of abdomen showing
through; undersurface of body black; legs dark brown.

Length, 4 to 5 mm.; width, 3.5 to 4 mm.

Philippines (Stal) ; LUZON, Mount Banahao (Baker).

“Hem. Afr. (1866), 4, 88.

392 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Sipylus nodipennis Funkh. Plate II, fig. 15.
Sipylus nodipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 72, fig. 5.

Sipylus nodipennis is easily recognized by the nodules on the
veins of the tegmina and the thick yellow pubescence over the
whole surface of the body.

The body is subtriangular; the pronotum slightly wider be-
tween the humeral angles than the distance from the anterior
convexity to the extremity of the posterior process. The teg-
mina are broad, rounded at apex, subhyaline and punctate at
base, and characterized by the presence of the tubercles on the
veins. The posterior trochanters are strongly armed with teeth.

Length, female, 3.5 to 4 mm.; male, 3 mm.; width at humeral
angles, female, 3.5 mm.; male, 2.75 mm.

LUZON, Los Banos (Baker).

Genus CENTROTOSCELUS Funkhouser

The genus Centrotoscelus was erected ” for the reception of
its one species. This genus is peculiar in having no supra-
humeral horns and yet having strong teeth on the posterior
trochanters. It is entirely distinct from Sipylus, though falling
near it in an artificial key. The genus seems naturally closely
related to Tricentrus, from which it may be distinguished by the
absence of the suprahumeral horns.

The body is long and comparatively slender ; scutellum distinct ;
posterior process short, impinging on scutellum and tegmina;
hind wings with three apical areas.

Centrotoscelus typus Funkh. Plate II, fig. 16, a and b.

Centrotoscelus typus FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 78, figs. 3
and 4.

Ferruginous brown; pronotum finely and densely punctate and
sparsely pilose. Posterior process long, narrow, gradually acum-
inate, slightly depressed at tip, extending somewhat beyond in-
ternal angles of tegmina; median ridge distinct at apex, but
becoming obsolete at metopidium. Tegmina subhyaline, brown
and punctate at base, a very narrow brown transverse stripe
behind middle and a faint brown cloud at apex. Legs ferrugi-
nous; tarsi yellowish; claws black. Segments of abdomen mar-
gined with white above.

Length, female, 5 mm.; male, 4.83 mm.; width, female, 2.5 mm.;
male, 2.2 mm.

LUZON, Los Banos (Baker).

* Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 72.

x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidz 393

Genus EBHUL Distant
Centrotus FABR. (in part); Leptobelus STAL (in part).

The genus Hbhul was erected by Distant,?* with EH. varius
Walk. as the type, to include those species of the division
Gargararia in which the posterior pronotal process is strongly,
sinuately waved.

Other generic characters given by the author are the convexly
gibbous, strongly ridged pronotum, the scutellum which is
almost as broad as long, the face longitudinally sulcate with
the beak reaching the posterior coxze, and the broad, ample teg-
mina crossed by a series of transverse veins at its apical area.

To this genus must be assigned the following new species:

Ebhul carinatus sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 17, a and b.

Ferruginous and black, distinctly marked, punctate, pubescent;
anterior pronotum high, entire pronotum sharply carinate; pos-
terior process uniform in size from base to apex, strongly sinuate,
extending beyond internal angle of tegmina; tegmina strikingly
marked with black, brown, white, and hyaline; undersurface of
body almost black; legs ferruginous.

Head including clypeus much longer than wide, center of base
much higher than upper margin of eyes, very finely and ob-
soletely punctate, densely pubescent with white hairs; eyes large,
prominent, brown mottled with black; ocelli pearly, semi-
transparent, much farther from each other than from the eyes
and situated about on an imaginary line passing through center
of eyes; clypeus set off by distinct suture from head, extending
far below the lower margin of the face, subtriangular at base,
rather narrow for the rest of its length and truncate at apex.
Pronotum rising high above head, finely punctate and pubescent
with white hairs, dorsal carina high, sharp, and percurrent;
on each side above humeral angles a short, sharp, elevated carina
suggesting the beginning of suprahumeral horns; lateral angles
prominent; no suprahumeral horns; scutellum distinct, exposed
by the elevation of the posterior process above it; posterior
process uniform in size, brown at base, white in middle and black
at extremity, a deep depression just behind crest of pronotum,
another just behind apex of scutellum, the lower line following
these curves to form decided sinuosities, tip subacute, triquetrous,
extending beyond internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina brown,
pubescent and punctate at base, this area followed by a tringular

*Fauna of British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 59.

394 The Philippine Journal of Science 1916

black fascia with base next to posterior process, next to this a
triangular white area narrowest above, beyond this a second
broad, black fascia extending almost to tip, which is subhyaline.
Undersurface of body almost black anteriorly with white pubes-
cence; abdomen fuscous ferruginous. Legs simple, ferruginous;
tarsi somewhat darker. Type, male.

Length, 5mm.; maximum width, 2 mm.

MINDANAO, Butuan (Baker).

Genus GARGARA Amyot and Serville

Membracis Fase. (in part); Centrotus FABR. (in part) ; Oxyrhachis
GERM. (in part) ; Smilia GERM. (in part); Maerops BUCKT.

Gargara is the most richly represented, thus far, of all the
genera of the Membracide found in the Philippines. Twelve
species are here recognized and future collecting will doubtless
yield many more. The genus has a wide range, the type species
(G. genistz2 Fabr.) being found in Europe, while many forms
have been recorded from Asia, Africa, and the East Indies.

The species are for the most part small and without the
striking pronotal developments so common to the family. From
the small size and commonplace appearance of its species the
genus was named by its authors ** from the fancied resemblance
to a seed.

The pronotal horns are lacking, the posterior trochanters
unarmed, the pronotum usually smooth, and the posterior process
straight.

The following key, while based on characters entirely artifi-
cial, will, it is believed, enable the student to locate all of the
species known to the Islands to date. However, any dicho-
tomous table is more or less unsatisfactory, and the full de-
scriptions must be consulted for final recognition of the species.

Key to the Philippine species of Gargara.

a. Pronotum entirely black or very dark.
b*. Median dorsal ridge distinct and prominent on anterior pronotum as
seen from front.
c. Tips of tegmina hyaline or nearly So.............--------------2----e00--+ luconica.
ec’. Tips of tegmina opaque or concolorous with rest of tegmina.
varicolor.
b?. Median dorsal ridge not present on anterior pronotum or if present
very obsolete and faint.
c’. Posterior process extending beyond tip of abdomen; large trifoliate
Spot One Smier ee. Mee cua see le aan ie eee We eee trifoliata.

* Histoire Naturelle des Insectes—Hemiptéres (1848), 527.

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 395

c’. Posterior process not reaching tip of abdomen.
d'. Tegmina entirely hyaline, except small black punctate area at
| YSIS reetic te ec A Ra Aa a atl A See nigrocarinata.
d’. Tegmina more or less colored and opaque.
e’. Front of head densely, posterior process slightly, pubescent.
nigrofasciata.
e’. Front of head not densely, posterior process not at all, pubescent.
f. Size very small, apical fourth of tegmina entirely hyaline.
pygmaea.
f°. Size larger, apical fourth of tegmina not hyaline... patruelis.
a’. Pronotum yellow, or very light brown ait least in the females.
b*. Veins of tegmina bearing nodules..............00000-202.-.e tuberculata.
b?. Veins of tegmina not bearing nodules.
c’. Tegmina entirely opaque.

Oeeheominagunitormmsye lowes eer ee coke eee ee ee luteipennis.
d@. Tegmina strongly marked with dark brown and white.
pulchripennis.

ec’. Tegmina hyaline at least for apical four fifths.
ad’. Head much deflexed; pronotum concolorous or nearly so; teg-

STANUAEY CSO fee ec eee are ae oe ee ee brunnea.
d. Head almost perpendicular; pronotum marked with brown and
yellow,; eominay iridescent...) 522i eee nitidipennis.

Gargara luconica Fairm.

Membracis luconica FAIRM., Rev. Memb. (1846), 255.
Enchenopa luconica WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 484.
Gargara luconica STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728.

A small, black, rather robust species with carinate posterior
process and dull, opaque tegmina with hyaline tips.

Head broader than long, black, finely punctate, sparsely pilose
with silvery hairs; eyes almost white with brown fascia; ocelli
pearly, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated
slightly above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus
strongly deflexed and extending far below margin of face. Pro-
notum uniform black, finely punctate, and sparingly pubescent
with silvery hairs; median carina percurrent from head to
apex of posterior process; humeral angles not prominent; pos-
terior process sharply carinate, tectiform, extending just beyond
internal angle of tegmina. Tegmina opaque, except at tips,
which are yellowish hyaline; basal and costal areas black and
punctate; veins prominent and bearing scattered silvery hairs.
Undersurface of body black; legs very dark ferruginous brown,

almost black; tarsi very light brown; claws ferruginous.
Length, 3 mm.; maximum width, 1.7 mm.

Philippine Islands (Fairmaire) ; NEGROS, Cuernos Mountains;
MINDANAO, Dapitan; LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker).

396 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Gargara pygmaea Walk.
Centrotus pygmaeus WALK., List Hom. Brit. Mus. (1851), 6380.
Gargara pygmaea BANKS, Phil. Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 48.

I have seen the material which C. S. Banks determined as
G. pygmaea and believe this determination to be correct. The
specimens do not agree with the original description as well
as might be desired in some minor respects, but on the whole
they answer Walker’s description. ‘The specimens which I have
seen, however, are all decidedly black, with only a tinge of
brown or ferruginous around the anterior and ventral regions,
while the original description would have them brown.

This species is very near G. luconica Fairm., as I determine
that species, but is smaller, and the tegmina are shining black
and not dull opaque. In both species the tips of the tegmina
are more or less hyaline.

The specimens bear Professor Baker’s duplicate Nos. 3951
and 2656.

Very small, black, and shining; posterior process straight and
sharp; tegmina glistening black for basal four fifths with tips
hyaline.

Head about as long as wide, finely and densely punctate, not
pubescent; eyes red-brown; ocelli very small, much farther from
each other than from the eyes and situated above a line passing
through center of eyes; front of head not greatly deflexed, almost
perpendicular, front convex; clypeus extending below margin
of face. Pronotum strongly sloping backward from head, black,
finely punctate, very sparsely pilose; median dorsal carina dis-
tinct behind humeral angles, but obsolete and only obscurely
visible before them; humeral angles not prominent; posterior
process subtriquetrous hardly reaching internal angle of tegmina.
Tegmina glistening, very dark brown or black for basal four
fifths, apex hyaline; base black and punctate; veins prominent.
Legs and undersurface of body black; tarsi flavous.

Length, 2.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Walker, Banks) ; PALAWAN, Puerto Prin-
cesa; LUZON, Mount Banahao (Baker).

Gargara patruelis Stal.
Centrotus patruelis STAL, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. (1859), 285.
Gargara patruelis STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728.

Rather large, black, robust, without percurrent dorsal carina.
Tegmina translucent smoky ferruginous with base and large
part of costal area black and punctured. Posterior process
strong, sharp, somewhat decurved.

x, D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 397

Head wider than long, black, sparingly pubescent with golden
hairs; eyes mottled brown; ocelli pearly, not prominent, farther
from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line
passing through center of eyes; clypeus short, wider than long,
continuing irregularly the sinuate outline of the face. Pro-
notum black, punctate, sparsely pilose, sloping gradually back-
ward above the head; lateral angles obtuse, not prominent;
posterior process strong, gradually acuminate, decurved and
turning downward at tip, tip extending beyond internal angles
of tegmina. Tegmina smoky hyaline, except the black and punc-
tate base which extends down into the costal area; veins prom-
inent, slightly elevated, and brown. Undersurface of body black.
Femora and tibiz black; tarsi flavous.

Length, 4mm.; maximum width, 2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Malinao, Tayabas, Mount
Banahao (Baker).

Gargara varicolor Stal. Plate II, fig. 18.

Gargara varicolor STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 728; FUNKH., Journ. Ent.
& Zool. (1914), 6, 69.

Gargara varicolor is closely related to G. patruelis, but is
smaller and differs particularly in the presence of a strong
anterior ridge extending over the metopidium and in the mark-
ings of the tegmina. The species, as I determine it, varies
considerably in size and color, but the tegminal markings appear
to be constant. Stal recognizes three varieties, ‘‘a,” ‘“‘b,” and
“c’—the first with pronotum black; the second black with
median and lateral stripe; the third ferruginous with black
spots on posterior process. Of these I have seen only the first,
but in the specimens at hand the color ranges from black to
light ferruginous.

Stal describes the tegmina as “vitreis, pone medium fascia fus-
cescente notatis, pone fasciam subvinaceis, basi punctulatis,” and
I find an apparently trustworthy character in the fact that the
fuscous marking extends into the black punctate base in a
wedge-shaped tooth.

The pronotum is sparingly pubescent with yellowish hairs
and is very densely and finely punctate. The posterior process
is somewhat depressed in the middle and at the tip.

Gargara varicolor seems to be one of the commonest of the
Philippine membracids, and many specimens have been studied.

Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Bafios, Mount Maqui-
ling, Mount Banahao (Baker).

137400-——_6

398 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Gargara pulchripennis Stal.

Gargara pulchripennis STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ.
Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70.

Gargara pulchripennis may be recognized at once by the beau-
tiful dark brown and white markings of the tegmina. These
markings are rather irregular and confluent, but usually show
a distinct cross stripe of white near the base, followed by
checkered areas of small brown and white patches. The base
of the tegmina is ferruginous and pubescent, the tip narrowly
dark brown with a white stripe just before it. The entire
tegmen is opaque.

The posterior process is rather short, not reaching the interior
angle of the tegmina, slightly depressed at base, and bluntly
tectiform at tip. The scutellum is very distinct.

Length, 4 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal) ; MINDANAO, Butuan; LUZON, Mount
Maquiling, Los Banos (Baker).

Gargara nigrofasciata Stal.

Gargara nigrofasciata STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ.
Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70; FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soe. (1914),
22, 235.

Gargara nigrofasciata is apparently variable, showing a
gradation in tegminal markings from the broad-striped form
described by Stal to specimens in which the stripe is narrowed
to a very narrow ferruginous line. There seem to be no specific
differences in the series.

Usually the median dorsal carina is obsolete or visible only
upon the posterior process. This process is rather thin and
very sharp, reaching the internal angle of the tegmina. The
pronotum is black, densely punctate, but not pubescent. The
eyes are very prominent and reddish.

The description of a single individual would be misleading,
owing to the variety of tegminal markings, and since these
markings were used as the principal character in erecting the
species, a long series must be studied before accurate specific
limits can be established.

Length, 3.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.5 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal) ; LUZON, Mount Maquiling, Mount
Banahao; MINDANAO, Iligan, Dapitan (Baker).

Gargara tuberculata Funkh.

Gargara tuberculata FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 70,
fig. 6.

x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 399

Gargara tuberculata may be recognized by the prominent
tubercles upon the veins of the tegmina and upon the pronotum.

Entirely lemon yellow with white lines extending over the
shoulders. Head yellow. Posterior process set off from thorax
by deep notch on each side. Tegmina yellow, opaque; base
punctate and pubescent; veins nodulose. Undersurface of body
white tomentose. Legs yellow.

Length, 4 to 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 to 2.5 mm.

LUZON, Los Bafios (Baker).

Gargara luteipennis Funkh.

Gargara luteipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6,- 71,
fig. 7.

Gargara luteipennis is of about the size of G. tuberculata and
resembles it in color, but lacks the granules on tegmina and
pronotum. The tegmina are very characteristic, being a flat
yellow, not shining or glistening, and with broad, well-marked
veins.

Entirely light yellow. Pronotum finely punctate, but not
pubescent. Posterior process acuminate, extending as far as
the internal angles of the tegmina.

Length, 4 mm.; maximum width, 2.5 mm.

LuzON, Los Banos (Baker).

The single type specimen of this species bears Professor
Baker’s duplicate No. 954.

Gargara nitidipennis Funkh.
Gargara nitidipennis FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 71.

The type specimens of G. nitidipennis were rather small, the
type measuring 3.5 mm. and the allotype 3.33 mm. Material
has since been received which includes specimens 5 mm. in
length, so that the insect appears to be somewhat variable as
to size.

The specific characters, however, are very constant, especially
the extremely iridescent tegmina and the brown- and yellow-
marked pronotum. The body is yellow with broad brown fascize
on anterior metopidium and apex of posterior process. The
latter is strong and heavy, slightly depressed at tip, and reaching
to the internal angles of the tegmina. The undersurface of
the body is ferruginous brown, the legs often being lighter.

Length, 3.5 to 5 mm.; maximum width, 1.3 to 2.2 mm.

LuzON, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling, Mount Banahao; MIN-
DANAO, Iligan, Dapitan; Butuan (Baker).

400 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Gargara nigrocarinata Funkh.

Gargara nigrocarinata FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22,
234, fig. 1.

Gargara nigrocarinata is a small black species, recognizable
by the high ridge on the posterior process and the delicate
hyaline tegmina with their sharply marked black bases.

The pronotum is finely punctate and bears short, yellowish
or silvery hairs; obtusely rounded in front with prominent
lateral angles; median carina obsolete before humeral angles,
but well developed posteriorly and becoming high and sharp
on posterior process. Head longer than wide; eyes prominent,
usually reddish in the females and pearly in the males.

Length, 3 to 3.5 mm.; maximum width, 1.5 to 1.8 mm.

LuZzON, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling (Baker).

Gargara brunnea Funkh.

Gargara brunnea. FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 235,
fig. 2.

Robust, brown, punctate, pubescent. Head broader than
long, inflexed. Pronotum low and broad anteriorly; humeral
angles obtuse; posterior process long, sloping downward, extend-
ing slightly beyond internal angles of tegmina, apex carinate.
Tegmina opaque hyaline, except at base, which is brown and
punctate.

Length, 3.5 to 4 mm.; maximum width, 2 to 2.3 mm.

Luzon, Mount Maquiling (Baker).

Gargara trifoliata Funkh. Plate II, fig. 19.

Gargara trifoliata FUNKH., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (1914), 22, 285,
fig. 3.

The largest and most distinct of all the species of this genus
hitherto described from the Islands is Gargara trifoliata. It
should be easily recognized by the large trifoliate white marking
on each tegmen and by the very long, decurved posterior process.

Black, punctate, head and anterior pronotum pubescent.
Posterior process heavy and strongly tricarinate, extending to
a point more than halfway between the internal angle and the
tip of the tegmen. Tegmina black for basal two thirds, on this
black area the characteristic clover-leaf hyaline spot, apical third
orange-yellow, tip bearing brown band.

Length, 8 mm.; maximum width, 4 mm.

LUZON, Mount Maquiling (Baker).

x, D, 6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracide 401

Genus CRYPTASPIDIA Stal

The genus Cryptaspidia, although clearly set off from the
foregoing by natural characters, is rather hard to delimit by the
use of artificial ones. It can best be recognized by its general
appearance and differs greatly from Gargara in the size of
its species and the difference in the structure shown in the
pronotal process.

All of the species assigned to the genus are from the Philip-
pines and were described by Stal in his Hemiptera insularum
Philippinarum in 1870.

The insects are long-bodied, rather slender, with very thin,
convex metopidia and gradually acuminate posterior processes.
The tegmina show two discoidal cells, and this character is
given by Stal as generic, but is not in itself sufficient. The hind
wings have three apical areas, and the posterior trochanters
are without spines.

Four species are known and may be separated as follows:

Key to the species of Cryptaspidia.

a. Median dorsal carina entirely lacking.........00020..222.220ceeeeceeeeceeee ee pubera.
a*. Median dorsal carina visible although sometimes faint.
b*. Size small, not over 5 mm. in length... 20 tagalica.
b’. Size large, not less than 6 mm. in length.
Gy lslencl sEonalhy Gone ie eee impressa.
CrpEeadunotrstErone ly (CONV exc sees een) eee obtusiceps.

Cryptaspidia pubera Stal. Plate II, fig. 20.

Cryptaspidia pubera STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; BucxtT., Mon.
Memb. (1908), 267; FUNKH., Journ. Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69.
Black, finely and densely punctate, more or less pubescent
with flavous hairs. No dorsal carina. Humeral angles obtuse
and not prominent. Tegmina ferruginous, somewhat pubescent.
Head entirely covered with matted golden hairs; ocelli pearly,
farther from each other than from the eyes, situated above a
line passing through center of eyes. Pronotum very convex
anteriorly, sparsely pubescent, gradually sloping into posterior
process which is rather short, thick, and not carinate. Tegmina
rough, somewhat wrinkled, fuscous ferruginous and sparingly
pubescent; base black and punctate, this area extending down
upon the costal margin. Undersurface of body strongly pubes-
cent. Legs and feet uniformly flavous.
Stal described the tegmina as fuscous hyaline, but in all of the
specimens studied they have inclined to opaqueness, especially
when seen against the hind wing and abdomen.

402 The Philippine Journal of Science 1935

Length, 5.5 mm.; maximum width, 2.7 mm.
Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Banos, Mount Maquiling
(Baker).

Cryptaspidia tagalica Stal.
Cryptaspidia tagalica STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 729; FUNKH., Journ.
Ent. & Zool. (1914), 6, 69.

Cryptaspidia tagalica is the smallest species of the genus thus
far described. The specimens studied agree well in size and
color and vary only slightly in tegminal markings.

Black, coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures being
much larger and farther apart on the posterior process than
on the metopidium. Head somewhat broader than long, punc-
tate, pilose with long yellowish hairs; ocelli distinct, transparent,
much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated
well above a line passing through center of eyes; clypeus broader
than long, only slightly deflexed, pilose; anterior margin of
head rounded between the eyes. Pronotum almost perpendi-
cular above the head, very obtusely convex, sparingly pilose
over lateral angles; lateral angles rounded, not prominent; pos-
terior process not set off from anterior pronotum by a hollowing
out above scutellum, but continuing to a gradual point from the
humeral angles, apex acute, very slightly depressed. Tegmina
wine-colored, base black and punctate, a rather narrow fuscous
band across middle, another near tip, apex hyaline. Under-
surface of body and femora black; tibize and tarsi ferruginous.

Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum width, 2 mm.

Philippine Islands (Stal) ; Luzon, Los Banos, Mount Maqui-
ling (Baker).

I have seen specimens close to this species, but apparently
distinct, which I would not care to describe as new from the
limited material. It may be that the species varies more greatly
than the above diagnosis would imply.

Cryptaspidia impressa Stal.
Cryptaspidia impressa STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730; Buckt., Mon.
Memb. (1903), 267.

Cryptaspidia impressa is very close to C. pubera, but is larger
and shows a distinct carina on the posterior process.

Black, punctate, and pubescent with grayish hairs. Head
broader than long, very convex between the eyes, pubescent;
ocelli -opalescent, farther from each other than from the eyes;
eyes prominent; clypeus strongly pilose. Pronotum rounded
anteriorly with faint median carina on metopidium which be-

x,D,6 Funkhouser: Review of the Philippine Membracidze 403

comes strong and sharp on posterior process. 'Tegmina fuscous

hyaline, marked with more or less irregular fascia of ferruginous.
Length, 6 to 7 mm.; maximum width, 3 to 3.5 mm.
Philippine Islands (Stal).

Cryptaspidia obtusiceps Stal.
Cryptaspidia obtusiceps STAL, Hem. Phil. (1870), 730.

Cryptaspidia obtusiceps is known to me only from the original
description, which follows. It is apparently very close to C.
impressa and is to be distinguished chiefly by the less convex head
as suggested in the key. Stal describes it after C. Reese
as follows:

Praecedenti simillima et maxime affinis, differt capite anterius inter
oculos sensim obtuse rotundato, fronte obtusissima, deorsum haud promi-
nula. 92 Long. 6-7, lat. 3-33 mill.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

AMYOT, CHARLES JEAN BAPTISTE, and SEVILLE, AUDINET. Histoire Natu-
relle des Insectes—Hemiptéres. Paris (1843), 533-558.

ATKINSON, E. T. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. (1885).

BANKS, CHARLES S. Rhynchota Palawanica. Part II, Hemiptera. Phil.
Journ. Sci., Sec. D (1910), 5, 47-48.

BLANCHARD, EMILE. Histoire Naturelle des ineectee! Paris |1840).

BUCKTON, GEORGE BowpLEeR. A Monograph of the Membracide. London
(1908).

IDEM. Observations on some undescribed or little-known species of Hemip-
tera-Homoptera of the family Membracide. Trans. Linn. Soc.—dZool.,
London (1905), II, 9, 329-838, Pls. 21, 22.

DISTANT, W. L. The Membracide of India, Ceylon and Burma. Fauna of
British India—Rhynchota (1907), 4, 1-78.

FABRICIUS, JOHN CHRISTIAN. Systema Entomologiae IV (1775).

IDEM. Species Insectorum II (1781).

IDEM. Mantissa Insectorum II (1787). ¥

IDEM. Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae (1798).

ipEM. Systema Rhyngotorum (18038).

FAIRMAIRE, LEON. Revue de la tribu des Membracides. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France (1846), II, 4, 235-320; 476-528.

Fowler, W. W. Biologia Centrali Americana. Part 1. Rhynchota-Homop-
tera (1894), 2

FUNKHOUSER, W. D. Some Philippine Membracide. Journ. Ent. & Zool.
(1914), 6, 67-74, figs. 1-7.

IpEM. New Membracide from the East Indies. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
(1914), 22, 235-238, figs. 1-9.

GERMAR, ERNST FRIEDRICH. Species Membracidum Musei Germari et dis-
positio generum Membracidum. Rev. ent. (1835), 3, 223-261; suppl.,
307-811.

GopING, F. W. Bibliographical and synonymical catalogue of the de-
scribed Membracide of North America. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat.
Hist. (1894), 3, 391-482.

404 The Philippine Journal of Science 1915

Ip—EM. A monograph of the Australian Membracide. Proc. Linn. Soe.
New South Wales (1903), 28, 2-41, Pl. 1.

HARDWICKE, THOMAS. Observations on the loves of the ants and the
aphides. Zool. Journ. (1828), 4, 1138-115.

KIRKALDY, G. W. Leaf-hoppers supplement. Honolulu Experiment Station.
Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Assoc-—Hem. (1907), 1-3, 1-186, Pls. I-XX.
LEFEBVRE, A. Systema pterologique des Membracides. Bull. ent. Ann.

Soc. ent. France (1842), 11, xx—xxii.

Lerroy, H. MAxweLL. Indian Insect Life (1909), 729-732, Pl. 78.

LINNE, CARL. Systema Naturae (1788), 1, pt. 3, 2092-2096.

MeEtIcHAR, L. Homopteren-Fauna von Ceylon (1903), iv-248, Pls. I-VI.

IpEM. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Homopterenfauna Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas.
Wien. ent. Zeitg. (1905), 24, 279-304.

OLIVIER, M. Encyclopedie Methodique (1792), 7, 657-669, Pl. 397.

SCHMIDT, EDMUND. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Membraciden. Stett. ent.
Zeitg. (1906), 67, 359-373.

STA, CAROLUS. Kongl. Svenska Fregattens Eugenies resa omkring Jorden.
Insector III. (1859).

IpemM. Analecta hemipterologica. Berl. ent. Zeitschr. (1866), 10, 386-889.

IpbEM. Hemiptera Africana (1866), 4, 82-99.

Ip—EM. Hemiptera Fabriciana. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens
Handlingar (1869), 8, 18-58.

IpEM. Bidrag till Membracidernas Kannedom. Oe¢efver. Kongl. Vet. Akad.
Forh. (1869), 26, 231-300.

Ip—EM. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum-Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes
Hemipter-fauna. Oefver. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. (1870), No. 7, 607—
776.

VAN DUZEE, EDWARD P. Studies in North American Membracide.

Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. (1908), 9, 29-127, 2 plates.

WALKER, FRANCIS. List of Specimens of Homopterous Insects in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum (1851), pt. II, 472-636.

IpEM. Ibid., Supplement (1858).

WESTWOOD, JOHN OBADIAH. Characters of new insects from Manilla col-
lected by Mr. Cuming. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1887), 5, 130.

Ip—EM. Description de Amblysoma latreilli, ete. Guérin Magaz. Zool.
(1841), 3, Ins., 93.

Fig.

moCMOoNnNAInNnhrwWNe

HIG

[Vol.
2 and 3

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATE I

. Centrochares horrificus Westw.

. Pyrgonota bifoliata Westw.

. Pyrgonota pinguiturris sp. nov.

. Leptobelus dama Germ.

. Dograna falco Buckt.

. Leptocentrus reponens Walk., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline.
. Emphusis bakeri sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline.

. Periaman brevifrons sp. nov., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline.
. Tricentrus convergens Walk., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline.

PLATE II

. Tricentrus capreolus Walk., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline.
. Tricentrus pilinervosus Funkh., a, frontal outline; b, lateral outline.
. Tricentrus plicatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline.
. Tricentrus attenuatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6, lateral outline.
. Sipylus crassulus Stal.

. Sipylus nodipennis Funkh.

. Centrotoscelus typus Funkh., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline.
. Ebhul carinatus sp. nov., a, frontal outline; 6b, lateral outline.

. Gargara varicolor Stal.

. Gargara trifoliata Funkh.

. Tegmen of Cryptaspidia pubera Stal.

TEXT FIGURES

Fore and hind wings of Tricentrus fairmatrei Stal. a, discoidal
cells; b, apical cells; c, internal angle.

. Front and lateral outline of Tricentrus fairmairei Stal. a, hum-

eral angles; 6, suprahumeral horns; c, metopidium; d, clypeus,
e, posterior process.
Armed posterior trochanters.

X, See. D, No. 1, of this Journal was issued July 14, 1915; Nos.
were issued August 26; No. 4 was issued January 8, 1916.]

405

wy 7 ay emai
me tees ac Ra an ae
eT Pea i, STR ar Meant a)
yooh ihe haat ae nahh of ;
WENT Ee ‘it th WY Xine ce Min hei anaes ng
Raa, Pa mK Puttin’ ibn, (Lert, A Bik: ha:
LD Pe (® PRG ‘wetalcsay asianed dap ; ana tt ve ‘A

a one Pe ian Lae i
* ; WET Ry baa Rega this n Resta fF
et ye td ‘akin 2 pg ae

fe col Late aime EU: Laver are
me Howe. Baltraig cathy Satter key, ANNE eh aseiad uetate
aie eat, ee eR, Re ee rence 8 26 bat
Chains, Me. Bains) okie ie a . deren,
bia SOT, BACNET ae hy Miagne (pela ; fenby
eas Z Saige: ca eth yn y | epee ie ae / eave ‘ain
ns aniltsporiertial,.§ seine Lada che gab NBE: 00k |
1) sea hes lettata! A umetliics Taine? iy, waek ee Pasi ity
Penienty ae bretabis ond Hinlasgayh oy ueirh it eNM NS aaeelte
ner aie psibiys Sasa scat pot baer herve astervus sehacsannl

‘ Hf veaytt Na pee CRIS | Ae iil

ale . geen Norvndanl db cape okra m -
RCNA Sn eth) oo ths BANAT Cote Lend onriare: 5 ty watt a CE
matt Loeaake ae spi eizaie, funtion, inp haenaancanebalnitieg

Bitg : mene Maes inatlieas, fiehidge ase WY: nef et tip

MD Piet

ili, Jnesih ahreioataaract aaglnoantae
-Aail senkarraaal Fite nting ut om i
MS ae ae By vial vin: PEORLY) ws HAE nahn owentle
TaN i ate a pe Sah Lane ‘eliae vapor pthc
cee “Rear eng. dati Aina hon, MPH H ray. ee
ne j Tae eae, Dee ila aT a ecgayyal Ly ier ME) ai:

Nee sheath ide waESA bil oh j

loving orgie on ae ie vention bale Ge pat re

. ; ela Leanadni 9 % ied fasiqan ihc: pete

ey witty | JAB tavinnalelowdetsen sey TD. To waived frente” bag Fg

; aoogils & raxolbhpoten 4 seirad Levecmederqun od sani Lame

y maaan Tebretmor: ae) |,
wot castor taltshieg Barns A, A,

rOt@l be lah femal eee iganssel ehh Teh 0: AD eke Oe
' farat # saw beret aay s 0 728 hormod haunal vw of

80%

ald

FUNKHOUSER: PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID&. | [Pum. Journ. Scr, X, D, No. 6.

PLATE I. PHILIPPINE MEMBRACIDE.

FUNKHOUSER: PHILIPPINE MEMBRACID AZ. | [Puin. Journ. Scr., X, D, No. 6.

lia 11b 13a 13b

PLATE Il. PHILIPPINE MEMBRACIDA.

INDEX

[New names are printed in heavy-faced type; numbers in italic indicate synonyms.]

A
Abemus, 123.
Acanthopanax ricinifolium S. and Z., 301.
Acer pictum Thunb., 345.
Acocephalini, 50.
Adelungia, 191.
Adelungiineg, 191.
Adris tyrannus Moore, 355.
Agalope westwoodii Voll., 357.
Agametina Heller, 229.
discomaculata Heller, 229.
Agametis, 229.
Agestrata luzonica, 271.
Aglaia roxburghiana, 259.
Aglaope infausta, 360.
Aglena, 190.
Aka-gashi, 293.
Akebi, 355.
Akebia quinata Decne., 355.
Akebi-kohoha, 354.
Aleyonaria, Philippine, 1, 155, 203.
Aleochara curtula Geoze, 129.
flavipennis Bernhauer, 129,
Alnus viridis var. sibirica Rgl., 293.
Alstonia scholaris, 260.
Amblypodia japonica Murray, 296.
Ammothea Savigny, 1.
Amorphophallus campanulatus, 87.
Amphipoda of Luzon, two, 251.
Anancylus maculosus Auriv., 241-242.
strix Heller, 241.
Andraca gracilis Butler, 345.
Anona muricata, 137.
reticulata, 138.
Anthelia Savigny, 157, 205.
celebensis, 159.
fuliginosa (Ehrbg.) Kikenthal, 158.
viridis, 159.
Anthribide, 34.
Apatura Fabricius, 281.
astasia Hbn., 823.
bunea Herrich-Schaffer, 282.
here Felder, 282.
here ab. sobrina Stichel, 282.
ilia Schiffermiller, 281.
ab. mikuni Wileman, 282.
var. clytie Schiff., 283.
var. serarum QOberth., 282.
var. substituta, 283.
japonica Felder, 289.
julia Schrk., 283.
metis Frr., 282.
phaedra Leech, 284.
serarum QOberth., 284.
substituta Butler, 281.

Apaturidi, 281.

Aphalaroida, 261.

Aphioda diura, 237.

integripennis Heller, 236.

Apoderus coeruleatus Faust, 28.

coloratus Faust, 28.
sharpi Faust, 28.
(Cyanotrachelus) ledyardi Heller, 27.
Arhopala Boisduval, 295. 2
japonica Miyajima, 296.
japonica Murray, 295.
Artopoétes Chapman, 300.
pryeri Chapman, 300.
pryeri Murray, 300.

Arya Dist., 53.

Ascaris lumbricoides, the eggs of, 111.

Astenus cribrellus Baudi, 121.

filiformis Latr., 121.
philippinus Bernhauer, 121.
viperinus Bernhauer, 121.

Astilbus heydeni Epp., 125.

philippinus Bernhauer, 125,

Athysanini, 50.

Atya armata Milne Edwards, 147.
molluccensis de Haan, 11, 147.
potimirim, 13.
spinipes Newport, 147.

Atyide, 11.

Atyoida, 147.

potimirim, 13.
Auaxa Walker, 352.
cesadaria Walker, 352.
sulphurea Butler, 352.
sulphurea Leech, 352.
Augiades Hiibner, 302.
ochracea Bremer, 302.
ochracea Leech, 302.
Augila Stal, 141.
angulata Baker, 143,
binghami Dist., 140.
negrosensis Baker, 143,
suleiceps Stal, 141.
valdesii Baker, 142,
Augilina Melichar, 141.
longipes Melichar, 141.
Augiline Baker, 141,
Auletobius ascendens Heller, 224.

BAKER, C. F., Notices of certain Philippine
Fulgoroidea, one being of economic impor-
tance, 137; Studies in Philippine Jassoidea:
II, Philippine Jassaria, 49; Studies in Phil-
ippine Jassoidea: III, The Stenocotide of

407

408

the Philippines, 189; Studies in Philippine
Jassoidea: IV, The Idiocerini of the Philip-
pines, 317; Two Amphipoda of Luzon, 251.

Balanoglossus, 170.

Baleluthini, 50.

Balocha Distant, 330.

busonioides Baker, 330.

Bangos, or milkfish, difficulties encountered in
the culture of the, in Zambales Province,
307.

Berberis, 355.

vealei Fort., 357.

BERNHAUER, MAX, Zur Staphylinidenfauna
der Philippinen: VI. Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der Indo-malayischen Fauna, 117.

Bizia sulphurea Butler, 352.

Boarmiine, 352.

Bolitochara, 124.

Bombycide, 345.

Bombyx fuscata Motsch., 348.

mandarina Leech, 348.
mori Linn., 348.
var. mandarina Moore, 348.

Brachida, 127.

Bryocorinen, neue orientalische, 75.

Busonia Distant, 327.

amentata Dist., 328.
mindanaensis Baker, 328.
scutellaris Baker, 327.

Bythoscopide, 50, 191.

Bythoscopine, 50, 318.

Cacia intricata Pasc., 244.
var. disjuncta Heller, 244,
proteus Heller, 243,
ulula Heller, 243.
xenoceroides Heller, 242,
Caliscelinz, 141.
Calliodes rectifasciata Leech, 353.
Callirhipis antiqua Waterh., 273.
bituberculata Schultze, 278.
bowringii, 273,
dissimilis Waterh., 274.
helleri Schultze, 274,
lineata Waterh., 277.
montalbanensis Schultze, 275.
nigriventralis Schultze, 275.
occultus, 278.
philippinensis Schultze, 276.
tiaongona Schultze, 276. ,
Calophya Loew, 261.
luzonensis Crawford, 261.
nigridorsalis Kuwayama, 262.
Campylocentrus Stal, 377.
faleo Buckt., 377.
Capnella Light, 2, 209.
philippinensis, 160.
ramosa, 160.
Caracuta malayica Felder, 299.
Caridina sp., 11.
Carsidara, 268.
Cassia fistula, 187.

Index

Catocaline, 353.
Cecidotrioza Kieffer, 266.
Celtis sinensis Pers., 290.
Centrochares Stal, 369.
horrificus Stal, 370.
horrificus Westw., 370.
Centrotine, 366.
Centrotus Fabricius, 369, 389.
antilope Stal, 379.
bifoliatus Westw., 372.
eapreolus Walk., 386.
convergens Walk., 385.
erassulus Stal, 391.
dama Germ., 376.
dilatatus Walk., 390.
erigens Walk., 383.
fairmairei Stal, 385.
Jeucaspis Walk., 379.
magellani Fairm., 389.
oreus Buckt., 390.
patruelis Stal, 396.
pygmaeus Walk., 396.
reponens Walk., 379.
rupicapra Fabr., 378.
tauros Walk., 379.
taurus Fabr., 378.
terminalis Walk., $78.
vicarius Walk., 378.
Centrotoscelus Funkhouser, 392.
typus Funkh., 392.
Centrotypus Stal, 380.
Cephalelini, 50.
Cephalelusaria, 50.
Cerambycidz, 35.
Cerambycinz, 237.
Cercidocerus curvaturatus Heller, 235.
pictus Faust, 236.
Cereopsius irregularis Heller, 240,
praetorius Er., 241.
varius Heller, 241.
Cerobates sexsuleatus Mots., 45.
Cespitularia Valenciennes, 156.
coerulea May, 166.
Cetonine, 271.
Ceylonese and Philippine Psyllide (Homop-
tera), 257.

| Chacosiingz, 357.

Chaerocampa, 347.
elpenor, 346.
porcellus, 346.
Chanos chanos Forskal, 307.
Chersydrus granulatus Schneider, 251.
Chiltonia mihiwaka (Chilton), 252.
Chirozetes arotes Heller, 230,
Chunra Distant, 324.
niveosparsa Leth. var.
Baker, 826,
var. palawanensis Ba-
ker, 326,
var. philippinensis Ba-
ker, 3265,
punceticosta Wlk., 325.
Cicada taurus Linn., $78.
Ciecini, 50.
Cionus (Stereonychus) reitteri Heller, 28.

lagunensis

Index

Clavularia Quoy and Gaimard, 157, 204.
auricula, 205.
celebensis, 159.
inflata Schenk, 163.
var. luzonica May,
155.
longissima May, 159.

violacea Quoy and Gaimard, 156,
205.

(Hicksonia) viridis Quoy and Gai-
mard, 159.

Coelogorgia, 167.

Coleopteren Fauna der Philippinen, 271.

Combalus laudator Dist., 84.

novitius, 84.

Comibaena difficta Walk., 349.

Coproporus brunnicollis Motsch., 123.
philippinus Bernhauer, 123,
punctipennis Kr., 123.

Coptops, 243.

Cornularia Lamarck, 157.
australis, 205.
cornucopiz (Pallas) Schweigger,

205.
erassa Milne-Edwards, 205.
glauca, 205.
minuta Light, 160, 203.
parva, 205.
tubiporoides, 205.

Cornulariella modesta Verrill, 158.

Cornulariidz, 157.

COWLES, R. P., Are Atya spinipes Newport
and Atya armata Milne Edwards synonyms
for Atya molluccensis de Haan?, 147; The
habits of some tropical Crustacea, 11.

CRAWFORD, D. L., Ceylonese and Philippine
Psyllidze (Homoptera), 257.

Crustacea, stomatopod, from the P. I., 169.

Crustacea, the habits of some tropical, 11.

Cryptaspidia Stal, 401.

impressa Stal, 402.
obtusiceps Stal, 403.
pubera Stal, 401.
tagalica Stal, 402.

Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson, 158.

Curculionide, 23.

Curculioninz, 220.

Curetis Hiibner, 297.

acuta Moore, 297.

angulata Moore, 298.

bulis Doub]. and Hew., 298.
yar. malayica Felder, 299.

japonica Fruhst., 297.

paracuta Nicéville, 297.

truncata Moore, 297.

tsushimana Fruhst., 297.

Cyamobolus charpentieri, 234.

sturmi, 2338.
var. definitus Heller, 233,
Cylas turcipennis Boh., 45.
Cyprinus carpio, 307.

Dasia griffini Taylor, 104.
olivacea Gray, 104.
semicincta (Peters), 104.

409

, DAY, ARTEMAS L., Difficulties encountered
in the culture of the bangos, or milkfish,
in Zambales Province, 307.

Dendronephthya, 2.

Dharmma Distant, 52.

Diadema diagoras Hew., 290.

Diagora Snellen, 289.

australis Stichel, 290.
japonica Felder, 289.
japonica Stichel, 289.

var. chinensis Stichel, 290.
persimilis Westwood, 290.
subviridis Stichel, 290.

var. intermedia Stichel, 290.
yankowskyi Stichel, 290.

Dibamus argenteus Taylor, 107.

novae-guineae, 108.

Diestota Muls., 124.

Diocalandra discors Faust, 45.

Diochares fimbriatus, 240.

mindanaonis Heller, 240.

Dipsas orientalis Murray, 292.

saepestriata Hewitson, 295.
Doda Distant, 51.
Dograna Distant, 377.
falco Buckt., 377.
falco Dist., 377.

Draco mindanensis Stejneger, 89.

Dryopidz et Heteroceridz des Philippines,
131.

Dugong dugong Miiller, 215.

Dugong in the P. I., 215.

Dussana Dist., 52.

Dynopsylla, 257.

ecornuta Crawford, 2638.
minor Crawford, 263,

Ebhul Distant, 393.
carinatus Funkh., 393,
Egropa Melichar, 138.
inusta Melichar, 137.
jacobsoni Bierman, 187.
Eleysma Butler, 357.
caudata Brem., 358.
translucida Butl., 358.
westwoodii Elwes, 357.
westwoodii Vollenhoven, 357.
Emoia ruficauda Taylor, 98.
Emphusis Buckton, 380.
bakeri Funkh., 381.
Enchenopa luconica Walk., 395.
Endymia apicalis Heller, 29.
philippinica Heller, 30.
Enoki, 290.
Eofurius Poppius, 85.
pygmaeus Poppius, 86,
Epania (?) longicollis Heller, 35,
Epepeotus, 240.
Epiechinus birmanus, 22.
lagune Heller, 21.
Epipsylla, 258.

Eremus philippinus Griffini, 65.
Errhomenini, 50.

410

Euchloris Hiibner, 349.
difficta Leech, $49.
difficta Walker, 349.
Euclea albata New., 244.
tuficollis Heller, 244.
Eucnemide, 22.
Eugenia malaccensis, 266.
Eunephthya, 2.
Eupachypeltis Poppius, 79.
pilosus Poppius, 80.
Eupelicinez, 50.
Euphalerus, 258.
eitri (Kuwayama), 257.
Euphranor caeca Oberthiir, 345.
Euprepes (Titiqua) semicinetus Peters,
Eupterygini, 50.
Eupyrgops banahaonis Heller, 222,
submaculatus Faust, 222.
Euripus japonica Pryer, 289.
Eurymeline, 50.
Evagora, 157.
rosea Philippi, 157, 205.

104.

EK
Falagria, 125.
Felisacus glabratus (Motsch.), 81.
magnificus Dist., 81.
pulchellus Poppius, 80.
Ficus asperrima (Rutherford), 261.
hispida, 261.
Fugi, 298.
Fulgoroidea, notices of certain Philippine, one
being of economical importance, 137.
FUNKHOUSER, W. D., Review of the Philip-
pine Membracide, 365.

Gabrita Kirk. (Petalopoda Spang.), 53.
Galba auricolor Bonv., 45.
funebris Chevr., 45.
Gargara Amyot and Serville, 137, 394.
brunnea Funkh., 400.
genistze Fabr., 394.
luconica Fairm., 395.
luconica Stal, 395.
luteipennis Funkh., 399.
nigrocarinata Funkh., 400.
nigrofasciata Stal, 398. -
nitidipennis Funkh., 399.
patruelis Stal, 396.
pulchripennis Stal, 398.
pygmaea Banks, 396.
pygmaea Walk., 396.
trifoliata Funkh., 400.
tuberculata Funkh., 398.
varicolor Stal, 397.
Gargararia, 393.
Gasterocercus anatinus Chevyr., 45.
Gastropaga Bernhauer, 127.
bakeri Bernhauer, 128,
Gecko verticillatus, 92.
Gelonztha hirta Thoms., 45.
Geometra dioptasaria Christ, 3851.
valida Feld. and Rogenh., $51.
Geometridz, 349.

Index

Geometrinz, 349.
Gnathodini, 50.
Gomadara-cho, 289.
Gonodactylus Latreille, 179.
affinis de Man, 180.
chiragra (Fabricius), 179.
chiragra Kemp, 179.
var. platysoma Kemp,
180.
var. platysoma Wood-
Mason, 180.
demani Henderson, 182.
demani Kemp, 182.
excavatus Miers, 184.
glaber Kemp, 186.
glaber Lenz, 186.
glabrous Brooks, 182.
glabrous Kemp, 182.
var. ternatensis de Man,
183.
glyptocercus Kemp, 186.
glyptocereus Wood-Mason, 186.
incipiens Lanchester, 180.
nefandus, 183.
proximus Kemp, 183,
pulchellus, 183.
smithi Pocock, 180.
spinosissimus Kemp, 186.
spinosissimus Pfeffer, 186.
trispinosus, 183.
tuberosus, 170.
Gorimalia, 24.
GRIFFINI, ACHILLE, Prospetto dei Grilla-
eridi delle Isole Filippine, 61.
Grillacridi, prospetto dei, delle Isole Filipine,
61.
GROUVELLE, A., Dryopidz des Philippines,
131.
Gryllacris Serville, 66.
alivittata Griff., 66.
americane, 61.
arctata Walker, 68.
biguttata Stal, 68.
var. detersa Griff., 68.
brachyptera Gerstaecker, 70.
brevispina Stal, 68.
elongata Fritze in Carl, 66.
fuscinervis Stal, 69.
isseli Griffini, 69.
limbaticollis Stal, 69.
maculipennis Stal, 67.
var. Griff., 67.
var. bakeri
67.
moesta Brunner, 68.
nasalis Walker, 68.
var. detersa Griif., 68.
nigripennis Gerst. subsp. trimacu-
lata Griff., 66.
nigrogeniculata Brunner, 69.
obscura Brunner, 66.
plebeia Stal, 70.
var. immaculata Griffini, 70.
princeps Stal, 67.
punctifrons Stal, 69.

Griffini,

Index

Gryllacris pustulata Stal, 66.
subsp. mindorensis Griff.,
67.
scripta Navas, 70.
signifera var. Griffini, 66.
sumatrana Griff., 66.
trimaculata, 66.
vittipes Griff., 67.
vittipes Walker, 67.
Guanabana, 140.
Guliga Dist., 50.
Gymnodactylus agusanensis Taylor, 90,
annulatus Taylor, 92.
philippinicus, 93.
Gyponine, 50.
H

Halme (?) spinicornis Heller, 237,
Hashidoi, 300.
Hecalusaria, 50.
Hekista laudator Kirk., 84.
HELLER, K. M., Neue Kafer von den Philip-
pinen, 19, 219.
Helopeltis bakeri Poppius, 75.
bradyi Wat., 76.
collaris Stal, 75.
obscuratus Poppius, 76,
pellucidus Stal, 75.
pollidiceps Poppius, 76.
Hemidactylus depressus, 94.
frenatus, 94.
luzonensis Taylor, 93.
Hemisphaerine, 141.
Hesperia rikuchina Pryer, 302.
Hesperiidz, 301.
Hestina australis Leech, 290.
japonica Leech, 289.
var. chinensis Leech, 290.
subviridis Leech, 290.
var. intermedia Leech, 290.
yankowskyi Grose-Smith and Kirby,
290.
Heterocera, 345.
Heteroceridz et Dryopidz des Philippines, 131.
Heterocerus latus Grouvelle, 134,
Heterosmilax japonica Kth., 287.
Heteroxenia Kolliker, 164.
capensis, 166.
elisebethze K6lliker, 166.
Hilda Kirkaldy, 1388.
bengalensis Dist., 138.
breviceps Stal, 1388.
funesta Stal, 138.
inusta Mel., 138.
jacobsoni Bierm., 138.
malayensis Dist., 138.
patruelis Stal, 138.
undata Walker, 138.
Hime-kimadara-seseri, 302.
Hiragi-nanten, 357.
Histeride, 20.
Homoptera, Ceylonese and Philippine Psylli-
dee, 257.
Homotoma Guérin, 262.
bakeri Crawford, 263.
distincta Crawford, 262.

411

Homotoma pacifica Crawford, 262.
radiata _Kuwayama, 268.
Hoplandria minima Bernhauer, 127,
philippina Brh., 127.
Hylicine, 50.
Hyperbaenus, 61.
Hyposidra Guénée, 346.
faleigera Leech, 3465.
Hypostenus, 119.
Hypsauchenia Germ., 372.
bifasciata Walk., 872.
bifoliata Fairm., 372.
hardwickii Kirby, 373.
westwoodi Fairm., 372.

Iba, Zambales, bangos ponds at, 809, 310, 311.
Ibota, 300. z
Idiocerinus Baker, 341,
melichari Baker, 341,
nacreatus Baker, 342.
Idiocerini of the P. I., 317.
Idiocerus clypealis, 318.
minor Bierman, 327.
niveosparsus, 318.
stali, 341.
unimaculatus, 318.
Idioscopus Baker, 338.
elypealis Leth., 339.
palawanensis Baker, 338.
tagalicus Baker, 340,
Idotasia honesta Pase., 30.
paucisquamosa Heller, 30.
TIpo conferta Kirk., 322.

Ipocerus Baker, 322,

kirkaldyi Baker, 323.
Iposcopus breviceps Baker, 322.
distanti Baker, 320, 322.
Ismene Swainson, 301.
aquilina Speyer, 301.
jankowskii Oberth., 301.
Ismeninz, 301.
Issidee, 187.
Issinze, 141.
Isthmia Stal, 138.
breviceps Stal, 138.
Itayakaede, 345.
J

Japanese Lepidoptera and their larvee, 281, 345.
Jassaria, Philippine, 49.
Jassidz, 50.
Jassinez, 50.
Jassini, 50.
Jassoidea, studies in Philippine, 49, 189, 317.
Jassus-Arya, 50.
Jassus Fabricius, 53.
eonspersus Stal, 55.
dubia Walk., 54.
luzonensis Baker, 56.
obseurus Stal, 54.
philippinensis Stal, 57.

Kafer, neue, von den Philippinen, 19, 219.
Kahavalu Kirk., 193.

412

Kashiwa, 293.

Kawa-yanagi, 350.

KEMP, STANLEY, On a collection of stoma-
topod Crustacea from the Philippine Islands,
169.

Kibane-seseri, 301.

Ki-edashaku, 352.

Ki-no-ha tora, 356.

Koebelia, 191.

Koebeliidz, 50, 191.

Ko-murasaki, 281.

Ko-nara, 293.

Kori-yanagi, 350.

Kraunhia floribunda Willd., 298.

Kunasia Dist., 52.

Kunasia-Myittana, 50.

Kunugi 294, 351.

Kuwa, 348.

Kuwago, 348.

Kyphocotis Kirk., 193.

Lagyra falecigera Butler, 345.

Ledridz, 50, 189.

Lemnalia, 1, 160, 209.

Lemnalioides, 160.

Lepidodactylus aureolineatus Taylor, 97.

labialis, 98.
lugubris, 98.
planicaudus, 98.

Lepidoptera and their larve, Japanese, 281,
345.

Leptobelus Stal, 375.

dama Germ., 376.

dama Stal, 376.

Leptocentrus Stal, 378.

aduneus Buckt., 380.
antilope Stal, 379.
gazella Buckt., 379.
leucaspis Buckt., 379.
leucaspis Walk., 379.
reponens Atkins, 379.
reponens Walk., 379.
taurus Fabr., 378.

Leptocentrotus taurus Stal, $79.

Leuronota, 264.

LIGHT, S. F., Notes on Philippine Alcyo-
naria. Part III: Two new species of Li-
thophytum Forskal from the Philippines, 1;
Notes on Philippine Aleyonaria. Part IV:
Notes on Philippine Stolonifera and Xenii-
dz, 155; Notes on Philippine Alcyonaria.
Part V: Cornularia minuta, a new species,
208.

Ligustrum japonicum Thunb., 300.

Liliaceze, 287.

Limotettixaria, 50.

Lithophytum Forskal, 1, 209.

acutifolium, 1.
indicum, 2.
macyrospiculatum, 1.
philippinensis Light, 3, 160.
ramosum (Q. and G.), 5.
rigidum Light, 5, 160.
stuhlmanni (May), 1.
Lizards, new species of Philippine, 89.

Index

Lobocentrus Stal, 376.
zonatus Stal, 376.
Lobotrachelus gentilis Heller, 31.
Lophatherum elatum S. and Z., 302.
Lumut, 308.
Luperosaurus compresicorpus Taylor, 96.
Lyczna pryeri Murray, 300.
Lyczenidz, 292.
Lygosoma decipiens Boulenger, 102.
Lysiosquilla Dana, 174.
acanthocarpus Kemp, 174.
acanthocarpus Miers, 174.
digueti Coutiére, 176.
maculata (Fabricius), 174.
maculata Kemp, 174.
multifasciata Wood-Mason, 175.
tigrina, 176.
vicina Nobili, 176.

Macroceratogonia Kirk., 50.
Madropora, 163.
Maerops Buckt., 394.
Mansoniella Poppius, 77.

nitida Poppius, 78.
Mecocerina guttata Jord., 35.

jordani Heller, 34,
Mecopus bakeri Heller, 31.
hopei, 31.

Medon granulicollis Bernh., 121.

philippinus Bernhauer, 121.
Me-ga-hadzusa, 358.

Megalochlora Meyrick, 351.
sponsaria Bremer, 352.
valida Felder and Rogenhofer,

851.
valida Stgr., 351.

Megarrhinus alternans Heller, 228.
bifasciatus Faust, 228.
brachmanus Faust, 228.
carinicollis Heller, 227.
cingalensis Faust, 228.
infidus Faust, 228.
subfasciatus Faust, 228.
suratus Heller, 227.

Megatrioza Crawford, 264.

armata Crawford, 264.
Megophthalminz, 50, 192.
Megophthalmus Curt., 193.
scanicus Fall, 191.

Membracidz, 137.

Membracidz, review of the Philippine, 365.

Membracine, 365.

Membracis Fabr., 378.

‘ luconica Fairm., 895.
rupicapra Fabr., 378.
taurus Fabr., 378.
tricornis Hardw., $878.
Mesohomotoma camphorae Matsumura, 264.

Metapocyrtus (Orthocyrtus) bakeri Heller,
221.
pachyrrhynchoi-

des Heller, 220,
Metopta Swinhoe, 3538.
rectifasciata Hmsn., 858.
rectifasciata Ménétries, 353.

Index

Milkfish, or bangos, difficulties encountered in
the culture of the, in Zambales Province,
307.

Millepora, 159.

Miyami-hannoki, 293.

Mizuiro-onaga-shijimi, 293.

Muirella Kirk., 51.

Mukwana Dist., 53.

Murasaki-shijimi, 295.

Murasaki-tateba, 285.

Myctiris longicarpus Latreille, 14.

platycheles Milne-Edwards, 14.

Myittana Dist., 53.

Myrmedoniini, 127.

Nanophyes Schonherr, 24.
coneretus, 24.
discoidalis Heller, 26,
finitus, 24.
globulus, 24.
lythri, 25.
neuter Heller, 25.
posticus, 24.
proles Heller, 25.
rufipes Motsch., 25.
siculus, 24.
(Corimalia) varicolor Heller, 27.
Nanophyinz, 24.
Neanias (Brunner) Griffini, 65.
philippinus Griffini, 65.
Neocoelidea Baker, 50.
Neotriozella Crawford, 265.
bicolor Crawford, 265,
Nephthya, 1, 167.
Neptunus pelagicus, 309.
Nericonia glabricollis Heller, 239.
morio Gah., 239.
trifasciata Pasc., 239.
Nesiolinus, 128.
Niphonidarum, 245.
Nire, 292.
No-bara, 352.
Noctuidz, 353.
Notocera A. and S., 369.
Nyctimene vittata Pase., 45.
Nymphalide, 281.
Nymphalinz, 281.

Oberea Muls., 36.
albocuspis Heller, 42.
balinee Heller, 43.
demissa New., 38.
erythrostoma Heller, 38.
flavoterminata Heller, 41,
macilenta New., 38.
makilingi Heller, 40.
melanostoma Heller, 39.
micholitzi Heller, 44.
mimetica Heller, 44.
punctiventris Heller, 43.
quianga Heller, 40.
rubetra Pasc., 40.
schadenbergi Heller, 39.
seminigra Chevr., 37.

187400. 7

413

Oberthiiria caeca Stgr., 345.
falcigera Matsumura, 345.
rutilans Griinberg, 345.

Ochrognesia difficta Warren, 349.

Ocypoda, 15.

0-kuwa modoki, 345.

Omphasus mansuetus Faust, 45.

Ophideres Boisduval, 354.

amurensis Stgr., 355.
fullonica Linn., 357.
tyrannus Guénée, 354.
Ophiocephalus striatus Bloch, 311.
Orchestia bottze M. E., 252.
humicola Marts., 252.
montana Weber, 252.
parvispinosa Weber, 252.
rectimana (Dana), 252.
Orthocyrtus pachyrrhynchoides, 221. >
politus, 221.
triangularis Heller, 220.
Osorius bakeri Bernhauer, 117.
ecribrum Fauv., 118.
luzonicus Bernhauer, 118.
maquilinganus Bernhauer, 117,
minutissimus Bernh., 119.
minutus Bernhauer, 119.
philippinus Bernhauer, 118.
Ostedes pauperata Pasc., 45.
Ostrea orientalis, 307.
palmipes, 307.
pyxidata, 307.
Otidognathus elegans, 234.
elegans sericoplagia Heller, 32.
fulvopictus Heller, 234.
(Litorrhynchus olim)
Fairm., 32.
Oxyeleotris ?, 311.
Oxypygus exclamationis Wied., 45.
Oxyrhachis Germ., 369.

elegans

Pachypeltis Sign., 78.
Pachyrrhynchus, 221.
Paipalesomus, 237.
Palaeofurius Popp., 86.
Palicus Stal, 50.
Pamphila ochracea Bremer, 302.
rikuchina Butl., 302.
Panchala asinarus Felder, 297.
Panchala ganesa Moore, 297.
Papilio canace Linn., 285.
charonia Drury, 286.
iris Esp., 283.
(Apatura) elytie Schiff., 282.
ilia Schiff., 281.
Paracoelidea Baker, 51.
Paralemnalia, 1.
thrysoides (Ehrbg.) Kiikenthal,
2, 167.
Parimera negrito Heller, 225.
var. variabilis Heller, 226.
obscura Faust, 226.
signata Faust, 226.
trivittata Heller, 225.
uniformis Faust, 227.

414

Parimera vittata Faust, 226.
vitticollis Heller, 227.
Paropia (Megophthalmus), 189.
Paropiide, 50.
Paropulopa Fieb., 193.
Parorchestia Stebbing, 252.
hawaiensis (Dana), 252.
lagunz Baker, 254,
luzonensis Baker, 253.
sylvicola (Dana), 252.
tenuis (Dana), 252.
Pasania cuspidata Cerst., 296.
Paurocephala orientalis Crawford, 261.
psylloptera Crawford, 260.
Pauropsylla Riibsammen, 258.
bakeri Crawford, 258.
depressa Crawford, 259.
floccosa Crawford, 259.
spondiase Crawford, 260.
triozoptera Crawford, 258.
tuberculata Crawford, 259.
Pauropsylline, 261.
Pedioscopus Kirkaldy, 331.

. agenor Kirk., 331.
angustatus Baker, 335,
coloratus Baker, 336.

var. bicolorata Baker,
338,
var. mindanensis Bak-
er, 337.
disjunctus Baker, 331.
maquilingensis Baker, 333.
modestus Baker, 333.
similis Baker, 334,
simplex Baker, 336.
Pempheres affinis Faust, 45.
habena Pasc., 231.
Penthimiinez, 50.
Periaman Distant, 383.
brevifrons Funkh., 383.
flavolineatus Buckt., 383.
Petalopoda Spang., 53.
Phznomerus sundevalli Boh., 45.
Pharsalia agenor, 36.
truncatipennis Heller, 36.
Phorodesma gratiosaria Brem., 349.
Phrynomorpharia, 50.
Phrynomorphini, 50.
Phymatura, 124.
Placidus Dist., 52.
Placuna placenta, 307.
Polycatus aurofasciatus Heller, 223.
eupholoides Heller, 223.
Polyphida affinis Nonfr., 238.
feae Gahan, 238. %
monticola Heller, 238.
Pongamia glabra, 299.
POPPIUS, B., Neue orientalische Bryocori-
nen, 75.
Populus pyramidalis, 284.

tremula, 284.

Poropterus bengueticus Heller, 231,
fossulatus Faust, 233.
irritus Pasc., 231.

Preta Dist., 193.

Procris, 3569. Ud

Index

Prodioctes (7?) rubrovittatus Heller, 234.
Prodromopsis cuneatus (Dist.), 84.
_ oculatus Popp., 84.
philippinensis Poppius, 83.
Proteides chrysaeglia Butl., 301.
Proteuclea Heller, 245.
laterivitta Heller, 245,
Protocerius grandis Guér., 34.
tufifrons Heller, 33.
Prunus communis Huds., 358.
Pseudobrachysticha semiaurea Girault, 137.
Pseudosilusa Bernhauer, 124,
testacea Kr., 124.
trifoveolata Bernhauer, 124,
Pseudosquilla Dana, 172.
ciliata (Fabricius), 172.
ciliata Kemp, 172.
megalophthalma Bigelow, 172.
oculata, 173.
ornata Kemp, 172.
ornata Miers, 172.
oxyrhyncha, 173.
Psylla, 258.
Psylledontus secundus Girault, 260.
Psyllidze (Homoptera), Ceylonese and Philip-
pine, 257.
Psylloidea, 49.
Pterygia DeLap., 369.
horrifica Buckt., 370.
horrificus Walk., 370.
postica Buckt., 870.
spinula Buckt., 370.
Ptychozoon horsfeldii, 96.
intermedia Taylor, 94.
kuhli, 95.
Pugla Dist., 53.
Pycnofurius amorphophalli Poppius, 86.
puncticollis Popp., 87.
Pyrgonota Stal, 372.
bifoliata Stal, 372.
bifoliata Westw., 372.
bifurea Stal, 374.
philippina Stal, 373.
pinguiturris Funkh., 374.
semperi Stal, 374.
tumida Stal, 373.
Pythamiine, 193.
Pythamus Melichar, 193.
dealbatus Mel., 189.
melichari Baker, 198.
var. mindanaensis Bak-
er, 200.
Pythauria chrysaeglia Pryer, 301.

Quercus acuta Thunb., 293.
dentata Thunb., 293.
glandulifera BI., 298.
mongolica, 294.
serrata Thunb., 294, 351.

R
Rhipidocerinz, 2738.
Rhizoxenia Ehrenberg, 157.
primula Dana, 159, 205.
rosea, 157, 205.

Index

Rhizoxenia thalassantha, 157.
(Evagora) rosea, 208.

Rhodinia fugax Moore, 347.

Rhodobaenus rubrovittatus Champ., 235.

sanguineus Gyllh., 235.

Rhopalocera, 281.

Rosa multiflora Thunb., 352.

Ruri-tateba, 285.

Ss
Sabima Dist., 52.
Salix caprea, 284.
purpurea L., 350.
var. multinervis Fr. and Sav.,
350.
rosmarinifolia, 284.
viminalis, 284.
Sankirai, 287.
Saru-tori-ibara, 287.
Sasa-gusa, 302.
Schiroseuji-aoshaku, 351.
SCHULTZE, W., I. Beitrag zur coleopteren
Fauna der Philippinen, 271.
Sclerophytum, 167.
Scyphistoma, 206.
SEALE, ALVIN, Note regarding the dugong
in the Philippine Islands, 215.
Selenocephalaria, 50.
Semnodema auctum Bonv., 22.
bakeri Heller, 22.
flabellicorne Bonv., 23.
harmandi Fleut., 23.
loriai Fleut., 23.
ornatum Fleut., 23.
resplendens Fleut., 23.
Sen-no-ki, 301.
Seriatopora, 165.
Serixia, 246.
Sertorius Stal, 382.
erigens Walk., 383.
Shii, 296.
Shiode?, 353.
Shirofu-aoshaku, 349.
Shirosuji-tomoye, 353.
Signoretia Stal, 193.
aureola Dist., 198.
gratiosa, 189.
greeni Dist., 198.
malaya Stal, 194,
sumatrana Schmidt, 198.
tagalica Baker, 196,
Signoretiinz, 50, 193.
Silusa, 124.
Siphonogorgia variabilis Hickson, 156, 203.
Sipirama rectifasciata Mén., 353.
Sipporia Poppius, 87.
flaviceps Poppius, 88.
Sipylus Stal, 391.
erassulus Stal, 391.
nodipennis Funkh., 392. |
Smicrocotis Kirk., 193.
Smilax china, 287. |
herbacea Linn. var. nipponica Maxim., |
353.
Smilia Germ., 372.

bifoliata Westw., 872. |

415

Soortana Dist., 52.
Sostea atramentaria Grouvelle, 131,
ebenina Grouvelle, 132,
sodalis Pasc., 132.
Sphenomorphus coxi Taylor, 100,
curtirostris Taylor, 101.
jagori, 100.
mindanensis Taylor, 99.
palustris Taylor, 102,
steeri Stejneger, 102.
Spirama interlineata Butl., 353.
rectifasciata Leech, 353.
Spiramia japonica Wlk., 353.
Spondias mangiferz, 260.
Spongodes, 3.
Squilla Fabricius, 170.
hieroglyphica Kemp, 171.
leptosquilla Brooks, 169.
nepa Kemp, 172.
nepa Latreille (Bigelow), 172.
oratoria de Haan, 171.
var. perpensa Kemp, 171.
raphidea Fabricius, 172.
raphidea Kemp, 172.
scorpio Kemp, 170.
scorpio Latreille, 170.
Staphylinus (Nesiolinus) bakeri
122.
pulcherrimus Bern-
hauer, 123,
Staphylinidenfauna der Philippinen, 117.
Stegelytraria, 50.
Stenocotidz, 50, 189.
Stenocotinez, 50, 192.
Stenocotis Stal, 193.
Stenus bispinus Motsch., 120.
tropicus Bernhauer, 119.

Bernhauer,

(Hypostenus) maquilinganus Bern-
hauer, 120.

smaragdinus Bern-
hauer, 119.

Stereonychus, 28.
Stereosoma celebense Hickson, 157.
(Anthelia) celebense Hickson, 207.

Stolonifera and Xeniidz, Philippine, 155.
Stomatopod Crustacea from the P. I., 169.
Stomatopoda, 170.
Styanax anthracinus, 23.

luzonicus Heller, 23.

Subic, Zambales, bangos pond at, 308, 312, 313.

Sumomo, 358.
Sympodium Ehrenberg, 157.
Syringa amurensis Rupr., 300.

T
Tachina, 294.
Taivoniella cuneale Poppius, 84.
fulvigenis Popp., 84.
Talitroides, 251.
Talitrus allaudi Chevr., 252.
gulliveri Miers, 252.
sylvaticus Hasw., 252.

| Taloipa Buckt., 384.
i}

tinctoria Buckt., 385.
Tartessusaria, 50.

416

TAYLOR, EDWARD H., New species of Phil-

ippine lizards, 89.
Telephaé obliquefasciata Mots., 45.
Telesto, 167.
Telphasia Pasc., 227.
Terentius fairmairei Buckt., 385.
Terulia Stal, 53.
Tettigometra Stal, 138.
Tettigometridez, 137.
Tettigometrini, 137.
Tettigoniellidz, 50, 189.
Tettigoniellinz, 50.
Tettigoniellini, 50.
Thagria Mel., 53.
Thamnotettix, 189.
Tharra Kirkaldy, 52.
carinata Baker, 58.
Jabena, 57.
Thaumastopeus cupripes Waterh., 271.
megregori Schultze, 271.
pugnator Heller, 271.
Thecla attilia Bremer, 293.
orientalis Janson, 292.
Theophila Moore, 345.
falecigera Butler, 345.
mandarina Moore, 348.
Tinobregmus Van D., 51.
Toba Schmidt, 51.
Toki, 295.
Tortor Kirk., 193.
Tragopus pygmaeus Heller, 232.
Tricentrus Stal, 384.
attenuatus Funkh., 388,
eapreolus Stal, 386.
eapreolus Walk., 386.
convergens Stal, 385.
convergens Walk., 385.
decoratus Dist., 387.
fairmairei Stal, 385.
gibbosulus Walk., 388.
pilinervosus Funkh., 387.
plicatus Funkh., 387,
Trichoderma, 123.
Trioza Foerster, 265.
asiatica Crawford, 266.
eugenie Crawford, 265.
koebelei Kirkaldy, 266.
magnolie Ashmead, 266.
Troginz, 272.
Tropidophorus misamisensis Stejneger, 106.
partelloi Stejneger, 89.
rivularis Taylor, 106.
Trox montalbanensis Schultze, 272.
Trypeticus grouvelli, 21.
longicollis Heller, 20.
Tubipora chamissonis Ehrbg., 164.
musica Linn., 155.
Tubiporide, 166.
Tubularia cornucopiz, 205.
Typhlocybini, 50.

U
Ulopa, 189.
Ulopidz, 50.

Index

Uragin-shijimi, 297.
Uragomadara-shijimi, 300.
Uranami-akashijimi, 295.
Usuba-tsubamega, 357.

Vanessa Fabricius, 285.
benguetana Semper, 286.
ecanace Leech, 285.
canace Linnzus, 285.

race harmonica Moore,

charonia Pryer, 286.
charonides Stichel, 287.
drilon Fruhst., 287.
glauconia Motschulsky, 286.
no-japonica Siebold, 286.
siphnos Fruhst., 286.

Varta Dist., 52.

Volkeliopsis Poppius, 81.

frontalis Poppius, 82.

WHARTON, LAWRENCE D., The eggs of
Ascaris lumbricoides, 111.

WILEMAN, A. E., Notes of Japanese Lepidop-
tera and their larve: Part II, 281; part III,
345.

288.

Kenia, 156, 209.
hicksoni Ashworth, 165.
rigida May, 165.

Xeniidz and Stolonifera, Philippine, 155.

XKestocephalaria, 50.

XKestocephalus, 50.

Xyaste trigonocephala Heller, 247.
uniformis Heller, 245.
varioscapus Heller, 246.

Xylorrhiza adusta Wied., 45.

Xylotrechus australis G. P., 45.

Y
Yama-kaiko, 348.
Yanagi (Salix sp.), 282, 349.

Zambales Province, difficulties encountered in
the culture of the bangos, or milkfish, 307.
Zephyrus Delman, 292.
attilia Bremer, 293.
subgrisea Wileman, 293.
attillia Leech, 293.
ecognata Stgr., 292.
diamantina Oberth., 292.
orientalis Leech, 292.
orientalis Murray, 292.
saepestriata Hewitson, 295.
saepestriata Leech, 295.
suffusa Leech, 292.
Zooxanthella, 158.
Zygeenide, 357.

| Zyras biseriatus Bernhauer, 125,

compressicornis Fauy., 126.
fulgidus Grav., 126.
pulchricornis Bernhauer, 126.

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE,
MANILA, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS—Continued

BOTANY
A FLORA OF MANILA
By Etmer D. MERRILL

Order No. 419. Paper, 490 pages, $2.50,
postpaid.

THE COCONUT PALM IN THE PHIL-
IPPINE ISLANDS

Order No. 37. Paper, 149 pages, 30 plates,
~ $1, postpaid.

The reprint contains the following arti-
cles: On the Water Relations of the Coconut
Palm (Cocos nucifera), The Coconut and its
Relation to Cooonut Oil, The Keeping Quali-
ties of Coconut Oil and the Causes of its
Rancidity, and The Principal Insects Attack-
ing the Coconut Palm.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS
By Frep W. WoxWortHy

Order No. 411. Paper, 182 pages, 9
plates, $0.50, postpaid.

In Indo-Matayan Woods, Doctor Fox-
worthy has brought together a large amount
of accurate information concerning trees
yielding woods of economic value.

ZLOOLOGY

A LIST OF THE MAMMALS OF THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, EXCLU-
SIVE OF THE CETACEA

By Nep HOoLtisTER

Order No. 418. Paper, 64 pages, $0.50,
postpaid.

This is the only recent attempt to enu-
merate the mammals of the Philippine
Islands. The distribution of each species
is given, and the original descriptions are
cited.

ZOOLOGY—Continued
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS
By RicHarp C. McGrecor

Order No. 103. Paper, 2 parts, 769
pages, $4, postpaid.

A CHECK-LIST OF PHILIPPINE
FISHES
By Davin STARR JORDAN and Ropert EARL
RICHARDSON

Order No. 102.
postpaid.

Paper, 78 pages, $0.75,

MEDICINE

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL
PLAGUE CONFERENCE

Held at Mukden, April, 1911, under the
auspices of the Chinese Government.

Edited by EricH Martini, G. F. Perris,
ARTHUR STANLEY, and RicHArD P.
STRONG

483 pages, 18 plates (2 colored, 4 half-
tones, 12 charts and maps)

Order No. 416. Paper, $2.50; cloth,
$3.50; postpaid.

The proceedings of this International Con-
ference and information gained therefrom, to
gether with the results of certain bacite-
riological investigations, constitute the pres-
ent report.

The Bureau of Science of the Govern-
ment of the Philippine Islands has been
appointed sole agent for the distribution
of the printed proceedings of the interna-
tional Plague Conference,

PRICES ARE IN UNITED STATES CURRENCY

Orders for these publications may be sent to the BUSINESS MANAGER,
PHILIPPINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, BUREAU OF SCIENCE, MANILA, P. L.,
or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order number.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York, U. S. A.
Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland.

Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Melly & Walsh, Ltd., 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India.

CONTENTS 2 es

BAKER, C. F. Studies in Philippine _Jassoidea, IV: ‘The Idio-
cetmi-ol the Philippmmes®: ick ons Sy a a -
WILEMAN, A. E. Notes on Japanese pee and their
Larve: Part III :

FUNKHOUSER, W.D. Review of the Philippine Membracide.. Y.

The ‘Philippine Journal of Science” is issued as follows: Bias)"

Section A. Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries... $2
Section: B.. Tropicel Medicine.) 222-22 Se eee ees a=
Section ‘CBOtamy, 625.2250 2.2 sass ee EEG See See ee a eS 4

Section D. General Biology, Ethnology, and. ‘Anthbopolosy= (See. :
tion D began with Volume \V) .........-.-.--.:----------------.: SEs etre ctees ee
Entire Journal, Volume II, III, IV, or VW ----..-..-.----------- was
Entire Journal, beginning with Volume VI -.-.._-..._.__-___.-___-_.-----.-
- Single numbers (except of Volume I) ...-....-----...-....----..----- en aie =
Each section is separately paged and indexed.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.
Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections) and supplement, sold =
only with a complete file of section A, B, ov C-......-----.--:---.----- 10.00 —
Supplement to Volume I (botany) --_.....------------------.-------------------- )
Volume I (without supplement) , sold only with a complete file of
section A, B, or C.....- aidan Reiser UM ape liareancee OREN, mihasshencce Ss at obs
Single numbers OW AY OS nL ce a bs ee ee ee 5 Sane eee econo sOs

Publications sent in exchange for the Philippine Journal of Science —
should be addressed: Library, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
Subscriptions may be sent to the Business MANAGER, Philippine” Jour- —
nal of Science, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents

listed below:
AGENTS

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.
Wim. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, oe London, W. C., England. —
Martinus Nijhoff, Lange Voorhout 9, The Hague, Holland. <
Mayer & Miller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., ee
many.
Kelly & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.
Thacker, Spink & Co., P. O. Box 54, Calcutta, India. :

Entered at the post office at Manila, P. |., as second-class matter.

SS psa fst Soni 0 ES! Pore = ‘ a t-—.> i NN ee cae ee eS) ere) (ae A om Ww FOULS 4 Vy |

Tn eal nnnnnn nna aaa anaaaaanaerrtTaaasenn

Eee eee eee hee amnannnaannnannnl Annee

a aaa alee. AARRAR AAA AAaeia\AAalalalanal— lala AARAARE ~Afam
9B a a a ain oinin'aalaa! pH Aaeaaeeee NAAARA AAR AOA ARR
iS See on ARAAR Aaa aae AAR

gi Ete AAA PRAna Pielele\ VARA AAAAA aAAARAARAARE

anmialale\alaan na a
cannannaneeeeoee

a PN
mn en

ARM AAR

sanan'o cs f | vy | \ amy g

NE ARAR am | | | ' Ni \ AAA AAA

S SS AN aN ENENEN fM RAR AaA !

aA RA nlm —S—1 | | AAA ey
aaa@maas aa o'o ARARAARARARARAannnaARanannn a naaeesennrrn

) | 9) | dae an) { ls / ia
oP 2aee Yn ama Lan en Le em m mI VV Vaan an a Lan en a a a ee ee aS i ae

| a aaaman | ann.
RATA een a amnan AAAAAAARAAARAAAAAAA Aare
aA aaaa ee AAAAAAAAREARRAAEESY RAAAARAR AARON on

RARRR a RA A A ZOTAR ARR RAR AAR RAR

weal aaa alalalalalaa |
aaa PPA RARAR Raa
PP mm 0 5) ne

~
SS a A a) Sa)

= AAA AP — Ap
-\ | aman an lana Aan nena ener NAA ANAC NON im is ER PR OS FS SS ES an a Ee a naan
Yat AARP aaaaaaaaas AA
~A RRA RAR RRR RRA ageeeecaeceeanee ae mannnr
aaalalamal RRRARARAR ARCO nnn mnannnnnanann enn anARanAA®
—\ SARA AROOARAR AR SAA A RAR ARR eae AARAAR

( Ys y f em ee
AAA SAAR RR Ran NRARRRAAR ARR Raaaaaael TL lnaalnme

i Mra Nes ng be lan
PARR APO nnn ARR AAPA
SS Fas as fa as a Can nN RANA A RARER —s RES AAA angm
TY Yon Yon ann ental leno eon an ca. Waa ee oa ek a i fl Pm mm me PN Oe le aanaaar
a AARAAA Ae alga
a P—?—- 7 -algiminna mn aman an~ SS aanaanaaaam AP) AAA apPPPr,Aasearr

= wii i

3 9088 0130

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Philippine journal of science"

See other formats